University of Illinois Annual Register 1913-1914 »«ftW» LIBRARY TTNIVKRSITY OK ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY ATURBANA-CHAMPAIGN BOOKSTACKS Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2009 with funding from CARL!: Consortium of Academic and Research Libraries in Illinois http://www.archive.org/details/annualregister19131914univ IGrarning a«b Sabor University of Illinois ANNUAL REGISTER 1913-1914 General Announcements, 1914-1915 Faculty and Courses, 1913-1914 Students, 1913-1914 URBANA PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY FEBRUARY 1914 ••^ REVIEW PRESS DECATUR, ILL. ispv ^11 3/*= (yif^i ^- ^ CONTENTS Calendar lo University Calendar 11 Board of Trustees 15 Committees of the Board 16 Advisory Boards 17 Administrative Officers The Council of Administration 19 The Colleges and Schools 20 General Administrative Officers 21 Officers of Instruction Colleges and Schools in Urbana 23 The Senate 23 The University Library 41 The College of Medicine (Chicago) 43 The College of Dentistry (Chicago) 50 The School of Pharmacy (Chicago) 51 Standing Committees of the Faculty 52 PART I. GENERAL INFORMATION Location 57 History 59 Equipment 65 Buildings and Grounds 65 Laboratories 74 Museums and Collections 75 Libraries 79 Administration 83 Government 83 Departments and Courses 84 Admission 88 Entrance Requirements 89 Admission by Examination 93 Admission by Certificate 94 Admission by Transfer of Entrance Credits 95 Conditional Freshmen 9^ Admission as Special Students 96 3 258631 4 Contents Admission to Advanced Standing 97 Program of Examinations, Summer, igi/} 98 Program of Examinations, September, J914 99 Program of Examinations, January, igi5 100 List of Accredited Schools 100 Description of Subjects Accepted for Admission 108 Graduation : First Degrees 118 Honors and Competitions 120 University Honors 120 Debating and Oratory 121 Prizes 122 Military Contests and Prizes 123 Lectures and Other General Exercises 125 Associations, Societies, and Clubs 137 General Organizations 137 Honorary Societies 139 Clubs Auxiliary to Courses of Study 140 Fraternities, Societies, and Clubs 141 Undergraduate Scholarships 142 Beneficiary Aid 146 Fees and Expenses 148 General Fees 148 Laboratory Fees 150 PART n. THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 155 Organization and Purpose 155 Special Students 156 General Requirements for Graduation 156 Arrangement of Courses 161 Courses in Business Administration 163 General Business Course 163 Course for Commercial and Civic Secretaries 164 Course in Banking 165 Course in Insurance 166 Four-Year Course in Accountancy 167 Tzvo-Year Course in Accountancy 16S Course in Railway Traffic and Accountancy 169 Course in Railway Transportation 169 Course for Commercial Teachers 170 Journalism 171 Contents 5 Course Preliminary to Law ::..],: 172 Household Science and Administration 173 Course Preparatory to Medicine 175 Courses Leading to the B.S. Degree 177 Cottrse in Chemistry 177 Course in Chemical Engineering 178 Course in Ceramics '. 179 Course in Ceramic Engineering 180 Combined Arts and Engineering Course 180 Honors 181 The College of Engineering 183 General Statement 183 Description of Departments 183 Architecture 184 Civil Engineering 185 Electrical Engineering 186 Mechanical Engineering 187 Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 188 Mining Engineering 188 Mine Rescue Station and Laboratories 189 Municipal and Sanitary' Engineering 190 Physics 190 Railway Engineering 191 Suggested Electives 192 Summer Reading 193 General Engineering Lectures for Freshmen 193 Trips of Inspection 193 Courses of Study and Degrees 194 Synopsis of Courses 195 Course in Architecture 195 Course in Architectural Engineering 196 Course in Civil Engineering 197 Course in Electrical Engineering 198 Course in Mechanical Engineering 199 Course in Mining Engineering 200 Course in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 201 Course in Railway Civil Engineering 202 Course in Raihvay Electrical Engineering 203 Course in Railway Mechanical Engineering 204 The College of Agriculture 205 General Statement 205 6 Contents Admission to Graduate Work in Agriculture 206 Scholarships in Agriculture and Household Science 206 Facilities for Instruction and Method of Work 206 Agricultural Extension 207 Agronomy 207 Animal Husbandry 208 Dairy Husbandry 209 Horticulture 210 Household Science 211 Veterinary Science 212 Requirements for Graduation 212 General Course in Agriculture 212 General Course in Floriculture 215 General Course in Household Science 216 General Course in Landscape Gardening 218 General Course for Prospective Teachers of Agriculture.. 219 Two-Weeks Course in Agriculture and Household Science. 220 The Graduate School 221 The Executive Faculty 221 History and Organization 221 Admission 222 The Masters' Degrees 223 The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 225 Scholarships and Fellowships 227 The Library School 230 General Statement 230 Admission 231 Proposed Preliminary Course 231 Advanced Standing 232 Library Visits and Field Work 232 Schedule of Course 232 The School of Music 234 General Statement 234 Requirements for Graduation 235 Course in Music 235 Course in Public School Music 236 Musical Organizations 236 The School of Education 238 General Statement 238 Course 238 Special Lectures 239 Contents 7 Committee on Appointment of Teachers 239 The School of Railway Engineering and Administration... 241 Military Science 242 Physical Training 244 For Men 244 For Women 244 The Summer Session 245 Staff of Instruction, 1913 245 General Statement 248 Preparation for State Teachers' Certificates 248 Graduate Work in the Summer Session 249 Summer Courses in Library Training 249 Fees 250 Scholarships 250 Description of Courses 250 The College of Law 270 General Statement 270 Admission 270 Suggested Preparatory Courses 271 One-Year Course in Preparation for Law 271 Two-Year Course in Preparation for Law 272 Special Students 272 Advanced Standing 273 Instruction 273 Moot Court 273 Special Lectures 274 The Law Library 274 Requirements for Graduation and Degrees 274 Degree of Bachelor of Laws 274 Degree of Doctor of Law 274 Certificate for Admission to the Illinois State Bar Exami- nations 275 Course for the Degree of LL.B 276 Privileges of Students 276 Law Clubs 276 Scholarship Prizes 277 The College of Medicine Buildings and Equipment 278 Clinical Facilities 278 Quine Library 280 Admission 281 8 Contents Special Students 283 Advanced Standing 283 Registration 284 Collegiate Year 284 Fees and Expenses 284 Scholarships 285 Courses Offered 285 Requirements for Graduation 286 General Plan of Instruction 286 Description of Courses 287 Total Hours of Work 292 The College of Dentistry Location 295 Building and Equipment 295 Laboratories 295 Infirmary 295 Library and Museum 296 Admission 296 Advanced Standing 297 Length of Course 297 Requirements for Graduation 297 Methods of Instruction 298 Summary of Course 298 Fees 299 The School of Pharmacv 300 History 300 Location 301 Equipment 301 Courses of Instruction 302 Admission 302 Graduation 303 ' State Registration 303 Fees and Expenses 304 PART III. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COURSES.... 307 (Arranged alphabetically by subjects) PART IV. AUXILIARY SCIENTIFIC BUREAUS The Agricultural Experiment Station 487 The Engineering Experiment Station 491 The State Laboratory of Natural History 494 Contents 9 The State Entomologist's Office 495 The State Water Survey 496 The State Geological Survey 497 The Board of Examiners in Accountancy 499 The Mine Rescue Station 500 The Miners' and Mechanics' Institutes 502 PART V. LISTS OF STUDENTS, DEGREES. ETC. Students, 1913-14 503 The Graduate School 5^5 Undergraduate Colleges and Schools in Urbana 518 The College of Medicine (Chicago) 583 The College of Dentistr>' (Chicago) 590 The School of Pharmacy (Chicago) 591 Degrees Conferred, 1913 59^ Baccalaureate Degrees 59^ Degrees in Law 604 Degrees in Libran.- Science 604 Degrees in Medicine and Pharmacy 604 Degrees in the Graduate School 606 Fellows and Scholars 610 L'niversity Honors, 1912-1913 612 Militan.' Honors, 1912-1913 615 Intercollegiate Debaters, 1912-1913 622 Summary of Degrees Conferred, 1913 623 Summary of Officers, 1913-14 624; Summary of Students, 1913-14 626 Director}- of Alumni Associations 628 Index of Names 631 General Index 641 CALENDAR 1913, 1914, 1915 1913 1914 1915 JULY JHNUKRY JULY 1 JKNUHRY S_ M J^ W J^ _F_ ^ S_ M J_ W I r_ 3 10 _8_ M T_ T 9 _F_ 3 _8_ 4 II _£ M T W _T_ _F_ 1 _8_ 2 "e 7 8 q 3 10 4 II 5 13 4 5 6 7 8 .1 5 6 7 8 .i 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 ,1 IT 14 IS 16 17 18 jq II 12 13 14 15 17 13 13 14 15 17 18 10 if 13 13 H 15 30 31,32 23 24 2S 36 18 iq 20 31 22 23 24 19 20 31 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 30 21 33 23 37 38 29 30 31 ... 25 26 • •• 27 38 29 30 31 • •• 26 27 38 • •• 29 30 • •• 31 ::: 24 31 25 3b '! 38 • •• 29 • •• 30 KUGUST FBBRUKRY nUGUST FBBRUKRY T M T W T F s 3 M T w T F 8 8 !L T W^ T F _s^ _8^ _M_ 2. w JI_ _F_ _8_ I 8 3 q I 8 a 3 10 4 II 5 12 f, 7 14 T I 2 3 4 5 6 ••• 3 4 s 6 7 13 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 lO II 12 13 M IS 16 IS 16 17 18 iq 20 21 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 17 24 18 35 19 26 20 27 21 28 32 29 23 30 22 • •• 23 24 25 26 27 28 16 23 10 17 24 18 25 19 36 20 27 21 28 22 29 31 38 • •• 33 • •• 23 24 25 • •• 36 27 ••• 3' ••■i-"i ,...,••• 1 i"*i 1— 1 SBPTBWBBR TBSKHCH SEPTEMBER WHRCH S M T W T F 8 S M T W T F 3 _S_ M_ T W J^ _F_ J^ _3_ _M_ T _w T _F^ _S_ I 3 3 4 5 6 I 3 3 4 s 6 7 >•• ... I 3 3 4 5 ... I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 II 13 13 8 q 10 IT 12 13 14 b 7 8 9 10 II 12 7 8 9 10 II 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 iq 20 IS 16 17 18 iq 20 31 13 14 15 lb 17 18 19 14 »5 16 17 18 't 20 21 22 33 24 2S 36 27 22 23 24 2S 26 37 38 20 21 23 23 24 25 26 31 28 33 23 24 25 26 »7 28 39 30 ... 29 1 30 31 •«• • •* 27 28 29 30 • *• ::: • •• 29130 il • •• ... • •• • •• 1 "• -1 1 ... 1 OCTOBER KPRIL j OCTOBER npRiL S M T w T F 8 8 M T w T F 8 8 M T W T F 8 s M J_ w _T_ _F_ _8_ I 3 3 4 ... ... I 3 3 4 • •• ■ ■• • •• «•• I 2 3 • ■• ... ... ... I 2 3 s 6 7 8 q 10 II 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 5 b 7 8 .1 10 13 1-1 14 i.S 16 17 18 12 13 14 X.S lb 17 18 II 12 13 14 15 lb 17 II 13 13 14 15 17 ig 20'2I 32 23 24 2,S 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 30 31 22 23 24 36 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 • •• ... ••• 25 2b 27 38 29 30 31 25 3b|37 38 39 30 • •• :;; NOiZETU^BER WAY I NOVEMBER 7AAY ^ K T W^ 2_ _F_ _8_ I 8 _S_ ^ T_ W^ J_ F I 8 2 9 I 8 M 3 9 T 3 10 4 II 5 12 _F_ 6 13 8_ 7 14 _S^ M T 1. T F ± I 8 3 ■1 4 ,s 6 7 3 4 5 6 ... 7 3 3 4 5 6 7 q 10 II 12 13 M i.S 10 II 12 13 14 15 lb 15 lb 17 18 '? 20 21 ,1 10 II 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 iq 30 21 22 17 18 iq 20 21 22 23 33 23 24 25 2b 27 28 17,18 19 30 21 32 a,3 24 2.S 26 27 28 29 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 ... ... ... ... ... 23 3435 3b 27 38 29 30 ■ • • • ■• 31 • ■• • ■• • •• • ■• • •- ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 30 311- ... ... OBCBMBBR JUNE DECB7i«tBER JUNE 8 M T w T F 8 S M T W T F 8 S M T_ W J^ _F_ _S_ ^ _M J^ W T_ F _S_ I 3 3 4 ,S 6 ... I 3 3 4 •i 6 ... • •• I 3 3 4 5 ... ... I 2 3 4 5 7 8 q 10 II 12 n 7 8 q 10 II 12 13 b 7 8 9 10 II 12 b 7 8 9 10 II 13 14 IS 16 17 18 iq 20 14 IS 16 17 18 IQ 20 13 14 15 lb 17 18 19 X3|i4;i5 lb 17 18 '^ 21 22 21 24 2S 26 27 21 22 23 24 2S 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 2b 30'3I|32 23 24 25 28 29 30 3» ... 28 29 30 ... 27 38 • •• 29 30 *•• 31 *•* ... 37 • •• 3i5 29 30 ... • •. '•" 1 : : : : : : i »- 1 THE UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 1913-1914-1915 FIRST SEMESTER, 1913-1914 1913 Sept. 9, Tues. Sept. 15-18, Mon. to Thurs. Sept. 22, 23, Mon., Tues. Sept. 24, Wed., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Oct. 6, Mon., 4 p. m, Nov. 3, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 14, Fri. Nov. 20-22, Thurs. to Sat. Nov. 26, Wed., 12 m. Dec. I, Mon., 12 m. 4 p. m. Dec. 2, Tues. Dec. 9, Tues. Dec. II, Thurs. Dec. 12, Fri. Dec. 19, Fri., 5 p. m. Dec. 31, Wed., 5 p. m. 1914 Jan. 5, Mon., 12 m. Jan. 29, Thurs. Feb. 2, Mon., 4 p. m. Feb. 5, Thurs. Feb. 6, Fri. Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Entrance examinations Registration days Instruction begun Freshman convocation Senate meeting Latest day for announcement of sub- jects for all undergraduate and graduate theses Russian SjTnphony Orchestra High School conference Thanksgiving recess begun Instruction resumed Senate meeting Illinois Day Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Cincinnati Symphony Orchestra Junior promenade Holiday recess begun Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for profes- sional degrees in engineering Instruction resumed Semester examinations begun Senate meeting Semester examinations ended Annual sophomore cotillion II 12 University of Illinois SECOND Feb. 9, lo, Mon., Tues. Feb. 10, Tues. Feb. II, Wed., 8 a. m. Feb. 12, Thurs. Feb. 17, Tues. Feb. 20, Fri. March 2, Mon. March 7, Sat. March 10, Tues. April I, Wed., 5 p. m. April 6, Men., 4 p. m. April 9, Thurs., 12 m. April 14, Tues., 12 m. May 7, Thurs. May 15, Fri., evening May 14-16, Thurs. to Sat. May 16, Sat. 12 m. May, between 15 and 31 May 30, Sat. June I, Mon., 4 p. m. June 4, Thurs. June 9, Tues. June II, Thurs. June 14, Sun. June IS, Mon. June 16, Tues. June 17, Wed. SEMESTER, 1913-1914 Registration days Post-exam. Jubilee Instruction begun Lincoln Day St. Louis Symphony Orchestra Annual military ball University Day Annual band concert Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Latest day for filing of completed theses by candidates for profes- sional degrees in engineering Senate meeting Easter recess begun Instruction resumed Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra Interscholastic oratorical contes^t Public school art exhibit Interscholastic athletic meet Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certi- fied copies of doctors' theses Ilazleton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Military Day Senate meeting Latest day for acceptance of under- graduate theses Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certi- fied copies of masters' theses Semester examinations begun Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Semester examinations ended Baccalaureate address Class Dav Senior ball Alumni Day Forty-third MENT Annual Commence- The Uniz'ersitv Calendar 13 SUMMER SESSION, 1914 June 22, Mon. June 23, Tues. July II, 18, 25, Aug. I. 8. Aug. 13, 14, Thurs., Fri. Registration Day Instruction begun Entrance examinations Final examinations FIRST SEMESTER, 1914-1915 Sept. 8, Tues. Sept. 14-18, Mon. to Fri. .Sept. 21, 22, Mon., Tues. Sept 23, Wed., 8 a. m. 4 p. m. Oct. 5, Mon., 4 p. m. Nov. 2, Mon., 5 p. m. Nov. 19-21, Thurs. to Sat. Nov. 25, Wed., 12 m. Nov. 30, Mon., 12 m. Dec. 2, Wed. Dec. 7, Mon., 4 p. m. Dec. 8, Tues. Dec. II, Fri. Dec. 22, Tues., 5 p. m. Dec. 31, Thurs., 5 p. m. Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Entrance examinations Registration days Instruction begun Freshman convocation Senate meeting Latest day for announcement of sub- jects for all undergraduate and graduate theses High school conference Thanksgiving recess begun Instruction resumed Illinois Day Senate meeting Quarter!}' meeting of the Board of Trustees Junior promenade Holiday recess begun Latest day for submission of outlines of theses by candidates for profes- sional degrees in engineering 1915 Jan. 4, Mon., 12 m. Jan. 28, Thurs. Feb. I, Mon., 4 p. m. Feb. 4, Thurs. Feb. 5, Fri. Instruction resumed Semester examinations begun Senate meeting Semester examinations ended Annual sophomore cotillion 14 University of Illinois SECOND Feb. 8, 9, Mon., Tues. Feb. 9, Tues. Feb. 10, Wed., 8 a. m. Feb. 12, Fri. Feb. 19, Fri. March 2, Tues. March 6, Sat. March 9, Tues. April I, Thurs., 5 p. m. April 5, Mon., 4 p. m. April I, Thurs., 12 m. April 6, Tues., 12 m. May 14, Fri., evening May 13-15, Thurs. to Sat. May 15, Sat. 12 m. May, between 15 and 31 May 29, Sat. June I, Tues., 12 m. June 3, Thurs. June 7, Mon., 4 p. m. June 8, Tues. June 10, Thurs. June 13, Sun. June 14, Mon. June 15, Tues. June 16, Wed. SEMESTER, 1914-1915 Registration days Post-exam. Jubilee Instruction begun Lincoln Day Annual military ball University Day Annual band concert Annual meeting of the Board of Trustees Latest day for filing of completed theses by candidates for profes- sional degrees in engineering Senate meeting Easter recess begun Instruction resumed Interscholastic oratorical contest Public school art exhibit Interscholastic athletic meet Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certi- fied copies of doctors' theses Hazelton prize drill Annual inspection Company competitive drill Military Day Latest day for acceptance of under- graduate theses Latest day for receipt by the Dean of the Graduate School of certi- fied copies of masters' theses Semester examinations begun Senate meeting Quarterly meeting of the Board of Trustees Semester examinations ended Baccalaureate address Class Day Senior ball Alumni Day Forty-fourth Annual Commence- ment THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES MEMBERS EX OFFICIO The Governor of Illinois HON. EDWARD F. DUNNE Springfield The President of the State Board of Agriculture DR. JOHN T. MONTGOMERY Charleston The Superintendent of Public Instruction HON. FRANCIS G. BLAIR Springfield ELECTED MEMBERS (Term, 1909-1915) LAURA B. EVANS Taylorville ARTHUR MEEKER Union Stock Yards, Chicago ALLEN F. MOORE Monticello (Term, 1911-1917) WILLIAM L. ABBOTT 120 West Adams Street, Chicago MARY E. BUSEY Urhana OTIS W. HOIT Genesee (Term, 1913-1919) ELLEN M. HENROTIN 742 Lincoln Parkway, Chicago JOHN R. TREVETT Champaign FLORENCE E. WATSON Effingham OFFICERS OF THE BOARD William L. Abbott, 120 West Adams Street, Chicago President *Charles M. McConn, Urbana Secretary tHARRisoN E. Cunningham, Urbana Secretary Matthew W. Busey, Urbana Treasurer George E. Frazer, Urbana Comptroller « Resigned, January 21, 1914. jEiected, January 21, 1914. IS COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE William L. Abbott, Chairman; Allen F, Moore, John R. Trevett STANDING COMMITTEES Buildings and Grounds — William L. Abbott, Chairman ; Francis G. Blair, Mary E. Biisey, Laura B. Evans, Allen F. Moore Finance — Allen F. Moore, Chairman ; Otis W. Hoit, John R. Trevett Engineering — Arthur Meeker, Chairman; William L. Abbott, John R. Trevett Agriculture — Otis W. Hoit, Chairman; Arthur Meeker, John T. Montgomery College of Medicine and School of Pharmacy — John T. Mont- gomery, Chairman ; William L. Abbott, Ellen M. Henrotin Students' Welfare — Laura B, Evans, Chairman ; Mary E. Busey, Ellen M. Henrotin, Florence E. Watson Instruction — Francis G. Blair, Chairman ; Ellen M. Henrotin, Florence E. Watson Library — Mary E. Busey, Chairman ; Laura B. Evans, Florence E. Watson i6 ADVISORY BOARDS COLLEGE OF LAW George E. Drennan Chicago • VVtujam R. Hunter Kankakee Walter C. Lindley Danville George T. Page Peoria Peter P. Schaefer Champaign SCHOOL OF PHARMACY A. G. C. Ackerman Chicago Herman Fry Chicago E. H. Ladish Chicago George C. Lescher Galesburg F. LUEDER Peoria ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION Conference Committee on Fuel Tests of Illinois Coals William L. Abbott Chicago For the Board of Trustees, University of Illinois A. Bement Chicago For the Western Society of Engineers F. H. Clark Chicago For the Western Railway Club W. F. M. Goss Urbana For the Engineering Experiment Station Adolph Mueller Decatur For the Illinois Manufacturers' Association Carl Scholz Chicago For the Illinois Coal Operators' Association 17 1 8 University of Illinois Conference Committee on Electric Traction Tests WiLUAM L. Abbott Chicago Chief Operating Engineer, Commonwealth Edison Company, Trustee of the University of Illinois L. E. Fisher St. Louis, Mo. Consulting Engineer T. P. Gaylord Chicago District Manager, Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company W. F. M. Goss Urbana Director of the Engineering Experiment Station, University of Illinois Edward C. Schmidt Urbana Professor of Railway Engineering, University of Illinois B. E. Sunny Chicago General Manager, General Electric Company DEPARTMENT OF CERAMICS F. W. BuTTERWORTH DanvUlc A. W. Gates Monmouth W. D. Gates Chicago D. V. Purington Chicago J. W. Stipes Champaign ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS President of the University Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D. THE COUNCIL OF ADMINISTRATION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Vice President, Dean of the Grad- uate School, Director of the Courses in Business Administra- tion, and Professor of Economics Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Dean of the College of Agri- culture and Professor of Thremmatology Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Dean of the College of Law and Professor of Law William Edward Quine, M.D., LL.D., Senior Dean of the College of Medicine and Emeritus Professor of Medicine Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean of Men and Professor of Rhetoric ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Dean of the Col- lege of Engineering, Director of the School of Railway Engi- neering and Administration, Director of the Engineering Ex- periment Station, and Professor of Railway Engineering Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Charles Russ Richards, B.M.E., M.E., M.M.E., Acting Dean of the College of Engineering and Professor of Mechanical En- gineering Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Dean of the College of Dentistry and Professor of Oral Surgery and Path- ology Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Acting Dean of Women George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Junior Dean of the College of Medicine, Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, and Head of the Department of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry •On leave. 19 20 University of Illinois THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Kendric Charles Babcock, B. Lit., Ph.D., Dean George Henry Meyer, A.M., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Dean Charles Russ Richards, B.M.E., M.E., M.M.E., Acting Dean Harvey Willard Miller, M.E., Assistant Dean THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Dean Fred Henry Rankin, Assistant to the Dean THE COLLEGE OF LAW Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Dean William Green Hale, LL.B., Secretary THE GRADUATE SCHOOL David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Dean THE LIBRARY SCHOOL Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Director THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC Charles Henry Mills, D.Mus., F.R.C.O.Eng., F.A.G.O., Director THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director WiLFORD Stanton Miller, A.M., Secretary THE COURSES IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Director Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Assistant Director THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND ADMINISTRATION ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Director THE SUMMER SESSION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE William Edward Quine, M.D., LL.D. Senior Dean George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Junior Dean William Henry Browne, Secretary •On leave. Administrative Officers 21 THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B,, D.D.S., M.D., Dean William Henry Browne, Secretary THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY William Baker Day, Ph.G., Acting Dean and Secretary GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President Edward Joseph Filbey, Ph.D., Private Secretary to the President Vergil Vivian Phelps, B.D., Ph.D., Executive Clerk OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Vice President OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER George Enfield Frazer, A.B., LL.B., Comptroller Lynn Elmer Knorr, A.B., Assistant Comptroller Nathaniel Hay, Purchasing Agent Oren Elmer Staples, Bursar Lloyd Morey, A.B., B. Mus., Auditor OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Charles Maxwell McConn, A.M., Registrar Harrison Edward Cunningham, A.B., Assistant Registrar Levi Augustus Boice, Recorder Ira Melville Smith, LL.B., Chief Clerk OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Dean Arthur Ray Warnock, A.B., Assistant Dean OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Acting Dean ADVISER TO FOREIGN STUDENTS Arthur Romeyn Seymour, Ph.D., Adviser 22 University of Illinois OFFICE OF THE SUPERVISING ARCHITECT James McLaren White, B.S., Supervising Architect Henry Dixon Oberdorfer, B.S., Assistant to the Supervising Architect Joseph Morrow, Superintendent of Buildings Evelyn Atkinson, Superintendent of Grounds DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN George A. Huff, Director DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR WOMEN Gertrude Evelyn Moulton, A.B., Director DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE Frank Daniel Webster, Major 20th U. S. Infantry, Commandant Frederick William Post, ist Sergeant U. S. A., Ret'd., Adminis- trative Assistant THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Librarian Francis Keese Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant Librarian CURATORS Frank Smith, A.M., Professor of Systematic Zoology and Curator of the Museum of Natural History Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Associate Professor of the Classics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture OFFICERS OF INSTRUCTION THE SENATE* Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President Thomas Jonathan Burrill, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Botany, Emeritus Samuel Walker Shattuck, C.E., LL.D., Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Nathan Clifford Ricker, D.Arch., Professor of Architecture Ira Osborn Baker, C.E., D.Eng., Professor of Civil Engineering Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Entomology Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Professor of Geology Donald McIntosh, V.S., Professor of Veterinary Science Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Samuel Wh^son Papr, M.S., Professor of Applied Chemistry Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor of the Latin Language and Literature, Chairman of the Department of the Classics, and Secretary of the Senate Charles Melville Moss, Ph.D., Professor of the Greek Language and Literature Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor of the English Language and Literature David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Economics, Vice Pres- ident, Dean of the Graduate School, and Director of the Courses in Business Administration Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Professor of Thremmatology and Dean of the College of Agriculture Albert Pruden Carman, D.Sc, Professor of Physics EvARTS Boutell Greene, Ph.D., Professor of History Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Professor of Rhetoric and Dean of Men Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy fNEWTON Alonzo Wells, M.P., Professor of Architectural Decora- tion *The Senate is composed of all University officers of full professorial rank and all others in charge of independent departments of instruction. The order is that of seniority. tOn leave. 23 24 University of Illinois Isabel Bevier, Ph.M., Professor of Household Science and Di- rector of the Courses in Household Science ♦Cyril George Hopkins, M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Agronomy Morgan Brooks, Ph.B., M.E., Professor of Electrical Engineer- ing George A Huff, Director of Physical Training for Men James McLaren White, B.S., Professor of Architectural Engi- neering and Supervising Architect Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor of Animal Hus- bandry Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor of Industry and Transportation Joseph Cullen Blair^ M.S. A., Professor of Horticulture Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor of Education and High School Visitor Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Professor of Law and Dean of the College of Law Edward John Lake, B.S., Assistant Professor of Art and Design and Acting Head of the Department of Art and Design Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph.D., Professor of Romance Languages Wilber John Eraser, M.S., Professor of Dairy Farming Frederick Green, A.M., LL.B., Professor of Law Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor of Animal Nutrition James Wilford Garner, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Professor of Sanitary Chemistry and Di- rector of the State Water Survey William Albert Noyes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Chemistry and Director of the Chemical Laboratory Ernest Ritson Dewsnup, A.M., Professor of Railway Adminis- tration tWiLLiAM Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Professor of Railway Engineering, Dean of the College of Engineering, and Director of the School of Railway Engineering and Adminis- tration George Abram Miller, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics Edward Gary Hayes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Director of the School of Education •On leave for one year from November 1, 1913. tOn leave. Senate 25 Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor of German Charles Henry Mills, D.Mus., F.R.C.O., F.A.G.O., Professor of Music and Director of the School of Music George Alfred Goodenough, M.E., Professor of Thermodynamics Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Librarian and Director of the Library School Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor of Mining Engi- neering Edward Charles Schmidt, M.E., Professor of Railway Engineer- ing Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English Raymond MacDonald Alden, Ph.D., Professor of English and Chairman of the Committee of the Department of English Charles Russ Richards, M.E., M.M.E., Professor of Mechani- cal Engineering, Head of the Department of Mechanical Engi- neering, and Acting Dean of the College of Engineering Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S.. Professor of Pomology Edward Harris Decker, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Law and Act- ing Librarian of the College of Law ♦John Archibald Fairlie, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science Leonard Hegnauer, B.S., Professor of Crop Production John William Lloyd, M.S. A., Professor of Olericulture Jeremiah George Mosier, B.S., Professor of Soil Physics Gertrude Evelyn Moulton, A.B., Director of Physical Training for Women James Harvey Pettit, Ph.D., Professor of Soil Fertility John Norton Pomeroy, A.M., LL.D., Professor of Law Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Breeding and Acting Head of the Department of Agronomyf Chester Garfield Vernier, Ph.B., J.D., Professor of Law Bruce Willet Benedict, B.S., Director of Shop Laboratories in the Department of Mechanical Engineering Lotus Delta Coffman. Ph.D., Professor of Education William Edward Burge, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiology and Acting Head of the Department of Physiology •On leave, second semester, 1913-14. tActing Head from November 1, 1913. 26 University of Illinois Ernest Ludlow Bogart, Ph.D., Professor of Economics William Green Hale, B.S., LL.B., Professor of Law and Sec- retary of the Faculty of the College of Law Madison Bentley^ B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology and Director of the Psychological Laboratory Ray Thomas Stull, E.M, (Cer.), Ceramist and Acting Director of the Courses in Ceramics Charles Frederick Hottes> Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Bacteriology and Head of the Department of Dairy Husbandry George Enfield Frazer, A.B., LL.B., Professor of Public Ac- counting and Comptroller Kendric Charles Babcock, B.Lit>, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Charles Hughes Johnston, Ph.D., Professor of Secondary Edu- cation \ William Trelease, D.Sc, LL.D., Professor of Botany and Act- ing Head of the Department of Botany John Sterling Kingsley, D.Sc, Professor of Zoology Clarence Walworth Alvord, Ph.D., Professor of History Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Professor of Inorganic Chem- istry William Shirley Bayley, Ph.D., Professor of Geology Walter Costella Coffey, M.S., Professor of Sheep Husbandry Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Instructor in English and Acting Dean of Women Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor of History Otto Eduard Lessing, Ph.D., Professor of German Ellery Burton Paine, M.S., E.E., Associate Professor of Elec- trical Engineering and Acting Head of the Department of Electrical Engineering Henry Lewis Rietz, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematical Statistics Charles Mulford Robinson, A.M., Professor of Civic Design Frank Smith, A.M., Professor of Systematic Zoology and Cur- ator of the Museum of Natural History Joel Stebbins, Ph.D., Professor of Astronomy Edward Wight Washburn, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Chem- istry Louis Allen Harding, M.E., Professor of Experimental Mechani- cal Engineering Associate Professors 27 LoRiNG Harvey Provine, B.S., A.E., Professor of Architectural Engineering and Acting Head of the Department of Archi- t£cture Frank Daniel Webster, Major 20th U. S. Infantry, Professor of Military Science and Tactics and Commandant ♦Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Edward Fulton, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Rhetoric fDAViD HoBART Carnahan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Associate Professor of the Classics Charles Zeleny, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History George Tobias Flom, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Scandinavian Alexander Dyer MacGillivray, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Systematic Entomology Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Associate Professor of the Class- ics and Curator of the Museum of Classical Art and Arche- ology ASSISTANT PROFESSORS George Henry Meyer, A.M., Assistant Professor of German and Assistant Dean of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Edward Chauncey Baldwin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Eng- lish Neil Conwell Brooks, Ph.D,. Assistant Professor of German and Curator of the Museum of European Culture Oscar Adolph Leutwiler, M.E., Assistant Professor of Machine Design Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Economy and Assistant Director of the Library School Nathan Austin W^eston, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Econom- ics and Assistant Director of the Courses in Business Admin- istration Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics •Beginning February 1, 1914. tOn leave. 28 University of Illinois Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Strati- graphic Geology Herbert Fisher Moore, B.S., M.M.E., Assistant Professor of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Fred Henry Rankin, Assistant Professor and Superintendent of Agricultural Extension, Assistant to the Dean of the College of Agriculture Floyd RoWt Watson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics Edward Hardenberch Waldo, A.B., M.S., M.E., Assistant Pro- fessor of Electrical Engineering Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Entomology William Frederick Schulz, E.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics John Myron Bryant, B.S., E.E., Assistant Professor of Electri- cal Engineering Lewis Flint Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education John Driscoll Fitz-Gerald H, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ro- mance Languages Jakob Kunz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Physics William Spence Robertson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History ♦Louis Dixon Hall, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Hus- bandry Charles Herschel Sisam, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathe- matics John McBeath Snodgrass, B.S., Assistant Professor of Railway Mechanical Engineering Simon Litman, Dr.Jur.Pub.etRer.Cam., Assistant Professor of Economics David Ford McFarland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Applied Chemistry James Byrnie Shaw, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Mathematics Arnold Emch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics Jean Baptiste Beck, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Romance Languages Walter Fairleigh Dodd, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Political Science •On leave. Assistant Professors 29 Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Assistant Professor of Flori- culture Melvin Lorenius Enger, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Theo- retical and Applied Mechanics Nellie Esther Goldthwaite, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Household Science George Foss Schwartz, B.Mus., A.M., Assistant Professor of Music Alonzo Morris Buck, M.E., Assistant Professor of Railway Elec- trical Engineering Aretas Wilbur Nolan, A.B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Agri- cultural Extension Franklin William Scott, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English and Secretary of the Department of English Harrie Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Eng- lish Otto Rahn, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Assistant Professor of Pomology John A Detlefsen, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Genetics Allen Boyer McDaniel^ B.S., Assistant Professor of Civil Engi- neering Wilhelm Miller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Landscape Horti- culture ♦Leonard Bloomfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Comparative Philology and German Frederic Duncalf, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History *David Simon Blondheim, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ro- mance Languages Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the Classics Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chem- istry James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Assistant Professor of Horse Hus- bandry Ora Stanley Fisher, B.S., Assistant Professor of Soil Fertility ♦Nelson William Hepbltin, M.S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufactures Harvey Willard Miller, M.E., Assistant Professor of General Engineering Drawing and Assistant Dean of the College of Engineering *0n leave. 30 University of Illinois Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Bac- teriology Ralph Rodney Root, M.L.A., Assistant Professor of Landscape Gardening Henry Perly Rusk, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cattle Hus- bandry Constance Barlow-Smith, Assistant Professor of Sight Singing and Ear Training, in charge of Public School Music George McPhail Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry James Elmo Smith, C.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineer- ing Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Assistant Professor of Heating and Ventilation Elmer Allen Holbrook, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mining En- gineering Percy Ash, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor of Architectural De- sign William Caldwell Titcomb, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Architecture John Ira Parcel, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Structural Engineering Wilbur M Wilson, M.M.E., Assistant Professor of Structural Engineering ASSOCIATES Charles Richard Clark, B.S., Associate in Architectural Con- struction Tiiacher Howland Guild, A.M., Associate in English Arthur Romeyn Seymour, Ph.D., Associate in Spanish and Ad- viser to Foreign Students Arthur Robert Crathorne, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Charles Christopher Adams, Ph.D., Associate in Animal Ecology Robert Lacy Borger, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Ernest Barnes Lytle, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Jacob Zeitlin, Ph.D., Associate in English John Mabry Mathews, Ph.D.. Associate in Political Science Ernest Winfield Bailey, M.S.. Associate in Pomology Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate in Poultry Husbandry RoYDEN Earl Brand, M.S., Associate in Dairy Husbandry Solon Justus Buck, Ph.D., Associate in History Associates 31 Virgil R Fleming, B.S., Associate in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, M.S., Associate in Soil Physics Helena Maude Pincomb, B.S., Associate in Household Science Arthur Howard Sutherland, Ph.D., Associate in Psychology Paul Hansen, B.S., Associate in Sanitary Engineering and En- gineer for the State Water Survey William Leonidas Burlison, M.S., Associate in Crop Production Harold Wilson Stewart, B.S., Associate in Soil Physics Arthur James Todd, V\\X>., Associate in Sociology Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Associate in Physics Lurene Seymour^ B.S., Ph.B., Associate in Household Science Gustaf Eric Wahlin, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Stephen Osgood Andros, A.B., B.S., E.M., Associate in Mining Engineering Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Associate in Soil Fertility Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate in Pomology Sleeter Bull, M.S., Associate in Animal Nutrition Arthur Francis Comstock, B.S., C.E., Associate in Railway Civil Engineering William Truman Crandall, B.S., M.S., Associate in Milk Pro- duction Nina Belle Crigler, B.S., Associate in Household Science Florence Rising Curtis, A.B., B.L.S., Associate in Library Economy John Adlum Dent, M.E., Associate in Mechanical Engineering Ira Wilmer Dickerson, B.S., Associate in Farm Mechanics Charles Elmer Durst, M.S., Associate in Olericulture Karl John Theodore Ekblaw, M.S., Associate in Farm Me- chanics Ira William Fisk, M.S., Associate in Electrical Engineering Neal Bryant Carver, C.E., Associate in Civil Engineering Cora Emeline Gray, M.S., Associate in Household Science Walter Frederick Handschin, B.S., Associate in Animal Hus- bandry Leonard Vaughan James, M.S., E.E., Associate in Electrical En- gineering Albert Woodward Jamison, M.S., Associate in Agricultural Ex- tension Walter Edward Joseph, Ph.D., Associate in Animal Husbandry Charles Fabens Kelley, A.B., Associate in Art and Design 32 University of Illinois LeRoy Lang, M.S., Associate in Dairy Manufactures ♦Arno Herbert Nehrling, Associate in Floriculture Francis Marion Porter, M.S., Associate in General Engineering Drawing Robert Kent Steward, C.E., Associate in General Engineering Drawing Leslie Morton Turner, B.L., D.derUniversite, Associate in Ro- mance Languages Oscar S Watkins, B.S., Associate in Horticultural Chemistry Ruth Wheeler, Ph.D., Associate in Household Science Earl Archibald White, M.S., Associate in Farm Mechanics Albert Lemuel Whiting, Ph.D., Associate in Soil Biology Carroll Carson Wiley, C.E,, Associate in Civil Engineering Charles Henry Woolbert, A.M., Associate in Public Speaking and English Philip Sheridan Biegler, B.S., Associate in Electrical Engineering LECTURERS Edna Lyman Scott, Special Lecturer on Library Work for Chil- dren Alfred Knight Chittenden, M.F., Lecturer on Timber and Tim- ber Resources and Assistant to the Director of the Engineer- ing Experiment Station George Benjamin Rice, Lecturer on the Installation and Operation of Mechanical Equipment for Buildings and Assistant Mechani- cal Engineer in the Office of the Supervising Architect William Arthur Chase, LL.B., C.P.A., Lecturer on Accountancy and Commercial Lazv Roger Frank Little, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer on Business Law INSTRUCTORS David Leonard Scroggin, Instructor in Machine Shop Henri Jacobus van den Berg, Instructor in Piano Edgar Thomas Lanham, Instructor in Forge Shop Albert Austin Harding, Instructor in Wind Instruments and Di- rector of the University Military Band Mary Minerva Wetmore, Instructor in Art and Design Harry Lovering Gill, Instructor in Track Athletics Harry Frederick Godeke. B.S.. Instructor in Mechanical Engineer- ing ^Resigned, January 31, 1914, Instructors 33 George Wellington Pickels, Jr., B.C.E., C.E,, Instructor in Civii Engineering Charles Marshall Poor, Ph.D., Instructor in German John Giffin Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics Frank Walker Reed, Ph.D., Instructor in Astronomy George Paul Boomsliter, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Ap- plied Mechanics Florence M Kirkup, Instructor in Voice Clarence Eugene Noerenberg^ B.S., A.E., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Fred B Seely, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics Charles Allyn Williams, Ph.D., Instructor in German Herbert Le Sourd Creek, Ph.D., Instructor in English Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Harrison Frederick Gonnerman, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Robert Edwin Kennedy, Instructor in Foundry William Horace Rayner, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering George Denton Beal, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Instructor in English Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing Aubrey John Kempner, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Duncan Arthur MacInnes, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry John Lyon Rich, Ph.D., Instructor in Geology Harold Ordway Rugg, C.E., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing Glen Alfred Shook, A.B., Instructor in Physics William Herschel Smith, M.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Ellis Bayley Stouffer, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Raymond Earl Davis, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering Armin Hajman Koller, Ph.D., Instructor in German Joseph Howard Beard, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Physiology Edward Wilson Chittenden, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Arthur Charles Cole, Ph.D., Instructor in History William Wells Denton, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Herbert Seton Eames, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering John Joseph Gardner, B.S., Instructor in Pomology y B Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry 34 University of Illitwis Marvin Edward Jahr, A.B., Instructor in Farm Mechanics Robert Taylor Jones, B.S., Instructor in Architecture Joseph Mitchell Kellogg, M.Arch., Instructor in Architectural Design Allen Holmes Kimball, M.S., Instructor in Architectural Design ♦Frank Carlton Loring, B.S., A.M., Instructor in Electrical Engi- neering Edson Wilfred Morphy, Instructor in Violin Horatio Newton Parker, Instructor in Milk Distribution Chester Otis Reed, B.S., Instructor in Farm Mechanics Lambert Thorp, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Arthur Jerrold Tieje, Ph.D., Instructor in English Lowell Leslie Townsend, A.M., Instructor in Piano Edna Almeda Treat, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano Charles George MacArthur, A.M., Instructor in Physiological Chemistry Olin Harris Moore, Ph.D., Instructor in Romance Languages Ernest James Reece, Ph.B., Instructor in Library Economy Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Instructor in Library Economy and Assistant in charge of the Collections in Library Economy Edwin John Manley, Instructor in Swimming Frederick Kitson Cowley, Instructor in Architecture Samuel Chatwood Burton, A.M., Instructor in Architecture Horace Whittier Peaslee, B.Arch., Instructor in Landscape Design Heber Dignam Nasmyth, Instructor in Voice Clarissa Rinaker, Ph.D., Instructor in English Harley Jones VanCleave, Ph.D., Instructor in Zoology Stuart Jeffrey Bates, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Henry John Broderson, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Josephine Elizabeth Burns, Ph.D., Instructor in Mathematics Mervin James Curl, A.M., Instructor in English Easley Stephen Jones, A.M., Instructor in English Walter Byron McDougall, Ph.D., Instructor in Botany Gertrude Schoepperle, Ph.D., Instructor in English Queen Lois Shepherd, Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy Leslie Denis Smith, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Angelo Benedetto Marino Corrubia, B.S., M.S., Instructor in Architecture James Hutchinson Forsythe, M.Arch., Instructor in Architecture ^Resigned, December, 1913. Instructors 35 RuFUS Crane, A.B., B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Draw- ing Philip Stephan Barto, Ph.D., Instructor in German Verna Brooks, A.B., Instructor in Physical Training for Women Ira Thomson Carrithers, A.B., Instructor in Intramural Athletics Arthur Boquer Domonoske, M.S., Instructor in Machine Design Elmer Tryon Ebersol, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Crop Production Roy Newton Fargo, B.S., Instructor in Physical Training for Men and Director of the Men's Gymnasium Forest Addison Fisher, B.S., Instructor in Soil Physics Georgia Elizabeth Fleming, B.S., Instructor in Textiles Lawrence Earl Foglesong, B.S., Instructor in Landscape Garden- ing ♦Hugh Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor in Entomology Stella Mary Hague, Ph.D., Instructor in Botany Florence Harrison, B.S., Instructor in Household Science, in charge of Extension Work Robert William Hoffman, B.S., Instructor in Landscape Garden- ing Ray Stillman Hulce, M.S., Instructor in Milk Production Ralph Kent Hursh, B.S., Instructor in Ceramics John Clark Jordan, A.M., Instructor in English Maude Edna Parsons, A.B., Instructor in Household Science and Director of the Lunch Room Joseph Culpepper Pendleton, Instructor in Foundry Work Henry Eugene Pengilly, Instructor in Fencing Virgil Augustus Place, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Barney S Radcliffe, M.S., Instructor in Ceramics GusTAV H Radebaugh, Instructor in Machine Work Harrison August Ruehe, B.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufactures Charles Bovett Sayre, B.S., Instructor in Olericulture Hiram Thompson Scoville, A.B., Instructor in Accountancy Francis Marion Simpson, B.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Frank A Gushing Smith, B.S., Instructor in Landscape Design Grace Esther Stevens, A.B., Instructor in Household Science Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor in Economics George Frisbie Whicher, A.M., Instructor in English Harry William Waterfall, B.S., Instructor in Machine Design Christian Alban Ruckmich, Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology •Resigned, November 30, 1913. 36 University of Illinois Harold Eaton Babbitt, B.S., Instructor in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Harry Gardner, M.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics Alexander Vallance, M.E., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Charles Earl Bradbury, B.P., Instructor in Art and Design Abner Richard Knight, M.E., Instructor in Electrical Engineering Roger Sherman Loomis, B.Lit., A.M., Tutor in English Charles Henry Hecker, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Anna Viola Simon, Instructor in Voice Arthur Grenville Eldredge, Instructor in Photography and Direc- tor of the Photographic Laboratories Gustave Adolph Gross, Instructor in Pattern Making Charles Leslie Stewart, A.M., Instructor in Economics *Warren Hobart Pillsbury, B.L., J.D., Instructor in Law Lewis Emanuel Young, B.S., E.M., Instructor in Mining Engineer- ing Robert Douglas Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor in Entomology Robin Beach, B.S., Instructor in General Engineering Drawing Alexander Green, Ph.D., Instructor in German Guy G Mills, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering ♦Charles Ruby Moore, B.S., Instructor in Electrical Engineering ASSISTANTS James Merion Duncan, Assistant in Pattern Making Sada Annis Harbarger, A.m., Assistant in English Ruth Kelso, A.M., Assistant in English Marion Charlotte Landee, Assistant in English and Assistant in Physical Training for Women Elizabeth Parnham Brush, A.M., Assistant in History Bessie Rose Green, A.M., Assistant in Zoology Alta Gwinn, A.M., Assistant in English Orrin Harold Smith, A.M., Assistant in Physics John Hamilton Whitten, A.M., Assistant in Botany Rosalie Mary Parr, A.M., Assistant in Botany Peter Joseph Rebman, Assistant in Forge Shop Lloyd Theodore Jones, A.M., Assistant in Physics Walter Albert Buchen, A.M., Assistant in English Oliver Arnold Keller, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Manufactures ^Beginning February 1, 1914. Assistants 37 WiLFORD Stanton Miller, A.M., Assistant in Education and Secre- tary of the School of Education Oscar Alan Randolph, M.S., Assistant in Physics Sidney Archie Ro\\t^nd, Jr., A.B., Assistant in Mathematics George Rutledge, A.M., Research Assistant in Mathematics George Wallace Sears, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Felix Emil Held, A.M., Assistant in German Augusta Dillman Evans, A.B., Assistant in Agricultural Exten- sion Orr Milton Allyn, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production William Harry Bair, B.S., Assistant in Physics Reed O'Shea Brigham, B.S., Assistant in Botany Wilbur Jerome Carmichael. B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Frank Leslie Fleener, A.B., Assistant in Geology John Alexander Frisk, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering and Mechanician in the Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Rosa Lee Gaut, B.Mus., Assistant in Physical Training for Women Clarence Mark Hebbert^ B.S., Assistant in Mathematics George William Heitkamp, A.B., Assistant in Geology Charles Kay Hewes, B.S.. Assistant in Chemistry Ralph R Jones, Assistant in Physical Training for Men Oliver Kamm, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Walter Stephen Nelson, Assistant in General Engineering Draw- ing Clyde Ross Newell, Ph.B., M.S., Assistant in Bacteriology Frank Ashmore Pearson. B.S.A., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry Alvah Peterson, A.M., Assistant in Entomology John William Read, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry David Grosh Thompson, A.M.. Assistant in Geology Earle Horace Warner, A.B., Assistant in Physics John Jonathan Yoke, Assistant in Animal Husbandry Bert Stover Davisson, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Ernest Carroll Faust, A.B., Research Assistant in Zoology Emerson Grant Sutcliffe, A.B., Assistant in English ♦Bronson Barlow, M.S., Research Assistant in Bacteriology Ernst Kessler, Assistant in Glass Blowing Thomas Gregory Goodwin, A.B., Assistant in English John Richard Wells, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Lew R Sarett, A.B., Assistant in Public Speaking Broxislav Roman Honovski, Ph.D.. Research Assistant in Chem- istrv ^Resigned November 1, 1913. 38 University of Illinois Catherine Oaks, A.B., B.L.S., Reviser in the Library School ♦Hakry Young Carson, B.S., Assistant in Architectural Engineer- ing and Superintendent of Construction Conrad Joseph Eppels, Assistant in Romance Languages John Raymond Shulters, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Denton Loring Geyer, A.M., Assistant in Philosophy Sebastian Karrar, A.M., Assistant in Physics Jonas Bernard Nathanson, A.M., Assistant in Physics Chester Harmon Allen, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Jesse Melangthon Barn hart, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry in the Department of Dairy Husbandry John David Bond, A.B., Research Assistant in Astronomy Benjamin Lester Bowling, Assistant in the Cement Laboratory Lawrence Vreeland Burton, B.S., Assistant in Bacteriology Charles Serophin Carry, B. es L., Assistant in Romance Languages Joseph Harvey Checkley, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Exten- sion Arthur Samuel Colby, B.S., Assistant in Pomology • Harvey Peach Corson, M.S., Assistant in Sanitary Chemistry and Chemist and Bacteriologist in the State Water Survey Edgar Wallace Engle, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry . Harrison Fred Theodore Fahrnkopf, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fer- tility Harry Charles Gilkerson, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Alfred Laurence Hall-Quest, A.M., Assistant in Education Charles Leroy Harlan, A.B,, Assistant in Education Arthur Floyd Heck, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Harry Virl Heimburger, A.B,, Assistant in Zoology Raymond W Hess, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Ernest Michael Rudolph Lam key, A.B., Assistant in Botany Thomas Ernest Layng, A.M., Assistant in Chemistry John Marvin LeCato, A.B., Assistant in Botany Ralph Harlan Linkins, A.B., Assistant in Zoology Harrison McJohnston, A.B., Assistant in English William Pitt Miller, B.S., Assistant in Agricultural Extension Alma Jessie Neill, A.B., Assistant in Physiology Charles Ivan Newlin, B.S., Assistant in Animal Husbandry Alva LeRoy Prickett, A.B., Assistant in Economics Charles Claflin Rand. B.S., Assistant in Ceramics Clarence Samuel Ross, A.B., Assistant in Geology Guy Watson Smith, M.S., Assistant in Mathematics 'Appointment to December 1, 191 ; Graduate Assistants 39 Howard John Snider, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Thomas Blaine Stanley, A.B., Assistant in English Scott Champlin Taylor, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Gerritt John Van Zoeren, A.B., Assistant in Chemistry Harry Dwight Waggoner, A.B., Assistant in Botany Edward Harvey Walworth, B.S., Assistant in Crop Production Thor Griffith Wesenberg, A.M., Assistant in Romance Languages Ernest Atkins Wildman, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry William Wodin Yapp, B.S., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry Adolf Eduard Zucker, A.M., Assistant in German Harry Fletcher Lewis, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Frederick Calkins Torrance, M.E., Assistant in Mechanical En- gineering Laboratory Lawrence Fleming Foster, A.B,, Assistant in Chemistry Warren Rippey Schoonover, B.S., Assistant in Soil Fertility Henry Charles Zeis, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Anna Sue Hughitt, Assistant in Physical Training for Women Dorothy Ruth Shoemaker, A.B., Assistant in Physical Training for Women Thomas Franklin Vance, Ph.D., Assistant in Psychology Alfred Chester Hanford, A.M., Assistant in Political Science George Washington Spindler, A.M., Assistant in German Louis Allen, A.B., Assistant in Romance Languages Franz August Aust, M.S., Assistant in Landscape Design Raymond Ephraim Dixon, A.M., Assistant in English Arthur Edwards Williams, B.S., Assistant in Ceramics Earle Robinson Math, B.S'., Assistant in Architectural Construc- tion Charles Christian Rees, A.B., Assistant in Pathology in Horti- culture Harry Montgomery Weeter, A.B., Assistant in Dairy Husbandry Paul Anders, Assistant in Glass Blowing Russell McCulloch Storey, A.M., Assistant in Political Science GRADUATE ASSISTANTS Robert Earl Baker, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Theodore Rally Ball, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Herbert Melville Carter, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Ernest Edward Charlton, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Homer Eldon Chenoweth, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Karl Adolph Clark, A.M.. Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Margaret Vara Cobb, A.M., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Juanita Elizabeth Darrah, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry 40 University of Illinois DuANE Taylor Englis, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Ross Earlby Gilmore, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Gertrude Amelia Johnson, M.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Harry Cleveland Kremmers, A.B., Graduate Assistant Chemistry William Asbury Manuel, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Stewart Dent Marquis, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Henry Gustav May, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Samuel Hawthorne Scherfee, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Botany Clarence Scholl, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Horace Wesley Stunkard, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Everett Harvey Taylor, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Ralph Waldo Tippet, A.B., Graduatt Assistant in Chemistry Howard DeWitt Valentine, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Henry Joseph Weiland, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry Grace Adaline Wells, B.S., Graduate Assistant in Zoology Edward Wichers, A.B., Graduate Assistant in Chemistry STUDENT ASSISTANTS William Calvin Adams, Student Assistant in Chemistry Silas Alonzo Braley, Student Assistant in Chemistry Joseph Cohen, Student Assistant in Chemistry Alexander Cohn, Student Assistant in Chemistry Henry Charles Eckstein, Student Assistant in Chemistry Agnes Hitt, Student Assistant in Physical Training for Women John Moller Janson, Student Assistant in Chemistry Ralph Augustus Nelson, Student Assistant in Chemistry Anton Prasil, Student Assistant in Chemistry Paul Cobb Rich, Student Assistant in Chemistry George Benjamin Ruby, Student Assistant in Chemistry Carl William John Sievert, Student Assistant in Chemistry Glen Seymour Skinner, Student Assistant in Chemistry John Donald Snook, Student Assistant in Chemistry Walter Addison Straw, Student Assistant in Chemistry ASSISTANTS IN MILITARY SCIENCE Edwards Hall Berry, Assistant in Military Science Herbert Edward Howes, Assistant in Military Science Harold Paul Ousley, Assistant in Military Science Edwin Chester Prouty, Assistant in Military Science Clifford Harper Westcott, Assistant in Military Science Frederick John Giehler. Assistant in Military Science Paul Cobb Rich, Assistant in Military Science Charles R Velzy, Assistant in Military Science THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY STAFF Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Librarian and Director of the Library School Francis Keese Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Assistant Librarian Sabra Elizabeth Stevens, A.B., General Assistant Marguerite Mitchell, A.B,, General Assistant Eleanor G Karsten, Ph.B., Secretary Order Department — Jacob Hodnefield, A.M., Exchange Assistant AuRELLA Knapp, A.B., B.L.S., Order Assistant (Periodicals) Myrtle Anna Renz^ B.L.S., Order Assistant Clara Agnes Ricketts, A.B., B.L.S., Order Assistant Loan Department — Emma Reed Jutton, B.L.S., Loan Librarian Frances Margaret Feind, A.B., B.L.S., Loan Assistant Sarah Elizabeth Bryan, A.B., B.L.S., Loan Assistant Viola Eraser, A.B., Loan Assistant Ina May Brown, Loan Assistant Thomas Parker Ayer, A.B., Shelf Assistant Glenn Christy, Shelf Assistant John George Eppinger, Shelf Assistant John Breedis, Shelf Assistant Everett Orren Fontaine, Shelf Assistant Binding Department — JosiE Batcheller Houchens, A.m., B.L.S., Binding Librarian Catalog Department — Philip Sanford Goulding, A.B,, Catalog Librarian Adah Patton, B.L.S., Classifier Nellie Mabel Robertson, A.B., B.L.S., Catalog Assistant Antoinette Helen Goetz, A.B,, Catalog Assistant Edith Emigh, Catalog Assistant LiLLA M Alexander, Catalog Assistant Fannie Dunlap. Ph.B., Catalog Assistant 41 42 University of Illinois Bertha Lee Sharp, Catalog Assistant Elizabeth Henrietta Cass, A.B., B.L.S., Catalog Assistant Nelle Uree Branch, A.B., Catalog Assistant Minnie Joanna Bollman, A.B., Catalog Assistant Hazel Yearsley Shaw, A.M., Catalog Assistant Mary Zeliaette Troy, A.B., Catalog Assistant Reference Department — Alice Sarah Johnson, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Emma Felsenthal, Ph.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Margaret Hutchins, A.B., B.L.S., Reference Assistant Departmental Libraries — Mary Torrance, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in the Classics ♦John Boynton Kaiser, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Economics and Sociology Ola M Wyeth, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Germanic and Romance Languages Marion Leatherman, A.B., Assistant in History and Political Science Jennie Adah Craig, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in English Margaret Herdman, A.B., Assistant in Philosophy, Psychology, and Education Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Library Economy Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Assistant in Natural History Mary Elizabeth Love, Assistant in Natural History Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Assistant in Architecture 'Resigned, February 1, 1914. THE COLLEGE OF iMEDICINE (Congress and Honore Streets^ Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D.. President of the University William Edward Quine, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Medicine, Emeritus, and Senior Dean George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, Head of the Department of Physiology and Physiological Chemistry, and Junior Dean Henry Parker Newman, A.M., M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Clinical Gynecology, Emeritus John Erasmus Harper, A.M., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and Clinical Ophthalmology, Emeritus Daniel Atkinson King Steele, M.D., LL.D., Professor of Sur- gery and Clinical Surgery and Head of the Department of Sur- gery Oscar Augustus King, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry and Clinical Neurology and Head of the Department of Psychiatry Henry Tltiman Byford, A.M., M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Clinical Gynecology and Head of the Department of Gynecology William Allen Pusey, A.M., M.D., Professor of Dermatology and Head of the Department of Dermatology Thomas Archibald Davis, M.D., Professor of Clinical Surgery Frank Breckenridge Earle, M.D., Professor of Pediatrics Adolph Gehrmann, M.D., Professor of Hygiene and Bacteriology William McIntyre Harsha, A.B., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Maurice Louis Goodkind, M.D., Professor of Medicine and Clin- ical Medicine Charles Spencer Williamson, B.S., M.D., Professor of Medicine and Clinical Medicine and Head of the Department of Medicine Bernard Fantus, M.D,, Professor of Pharmacology John Lincoln Porter, M.D., Professor of Orthopedic Surgery 43 44 College of Medicine Albert John Ochsner, B.S., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clin- ical Surgery William Lincoln Ballenger, M.D., Professor of Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology, and Head of the Department of Lar- yngolgy, Rhinology, and Otology Frederick Tice, M.D., Professor of Diseases of the Chest and Clinical Medicine Joseph McIntyre Patton, M.D., Professor of Clinical Medicine Daniel Nathan Eisendrath, A.B., M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Charles Davison, M.D,, Professor of Surgery and Clinical Sur- gery Charles Sumner Bacon, Ph.B., M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Obstetrics and Head of the Department of Obstetrics Lee Harrison Mettler, A.M., M.D., Professor of Neurology and Clinical Neurology and Head of the Department of Neurology Casey A Wood, A.M., M.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and Head of the Department of Ophthalmology Channing Whitney Barrett, M.D., Professor of Gynecology and Clinical Gynecology NoRVAL Pierce, M.D., Professor of Otology and Clinical Otology Albert E Halsted, M.D., Professor of Surgery and Clinical Sur- gery Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., Ph.D., M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Head of the Department of Anatomy David John Davis, M.D., Acting Professor of Pathology, Acting Head of the Department of Pathology and Director of the Re- search Laboratory for Experimental Medicine ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Rachelle S Yarros, M.D., Associate Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Obstetrics William Elliott Gamble, B.S., M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology Charles Edward Humiston, M.D., Associate Professor of Sur- gery and Clinical Surgery Nelson Mortimer Percy, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery Edward Milton Brown, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Surgery William Fuller, M.D., Associate Professor of Operative Surgery Assistant Professors 45 Charles Mayer Jacobs, M.D., Associate Professor of Clinical Orthopedic Surgery Juuus H Hess, M.D,, Associate Professor of CliniccU Pediatrics Joseph C Beck, M.D., Associate Professor of Laryngology, Rhin' ology, and Otology ASSISTANT PROFESSORS Haim I Davis, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry Mary Gilruth McEwen, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Clin- ical Gynecology John Michael Lang, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Gyne- cology Edward Louis Heintz, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medi- cine and Clinical Medicine John Weatherson, C.E., M.D., Assistant Professor of Medicine, Head of the Instructors in Senior Medicine, and Recording Sec- retary of the Faculty Stella May Gardner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Microscopical and Chemical Diagnosis Frederick George Dyas, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery George Farnsworth Thompson, B.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Frank Donald Moore, M.D., Assistant Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery Frederick Gillette Harris, M.D., Assistant Professor of Derma- tology and Venereal Diseases Ulysses Grant Darling, M.D., Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Clinical Neurology Cecil V Bachelle, M.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics Otto Herman Rohrlack, Ph.G., M.D., Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Obstetrics Richard Hunt Brown, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology John Brown Loring, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Oph- thalmology Ephraim Kirkpatrick Findlay, M.D., Assistant Professor of Clinical Ophthalmology William Henry Welker, A.C, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physiological Chemistry Emanuel Oliver Benson, A.B., M.D., Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Clinical Pediatrics 46 College of Medicine Maurice Lewison, M.D., Assistant Professor of Physical Diag- nosis Mary C Lincoln, M.D., Assistant Professor of Microscopical and Chemical Diagnosis William H Burmeister, M.D., Assistant Professor of Pathology LECTURERS Elmer DeWitt Brothers, M.S., LL.B., Lecturer on Medical Juris- prudence Matthew Mills, LL.B., Alternate Lecturer on Medical Jurispru- dence Bernard John Cigrand, M.S., D.D.S., Lecturer on the History of Medicine INSTRUCTORS Robert William Morris, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Senior Medi- cine William David McDowell, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Senior Medi- cine Ralph Randall Holmes, A.M., M.D., Instructor in Senior Medi- cine Waldemar Eberhardt, B.S., M.D,, Instructor in Senior Medicine Edward F Fox, M.D., Instructor in Senior Medicine Solomon Strouse, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Wilbur Maynard French, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics Lois Lindsay Wynekoop, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics William A Ribbeck, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics and Clinical Pediatrics John A Christian, M.D., Instructor in Pediatrics Edward Kent Armstrong, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics Alexander B Raff, M.D., Instructor in Diseases of the Chest Walter Bradford Metcalf, M.D., Instructor in Diseases of the Chest Clarence T Roome, M.D., Instructor in Diseases of the Chest Arrie Bamberger, M.D., Instructor in Minor Surgery John Milton Berger, M.D., Head Instructor in Senior Surgery and Assistant in Clinical Surgery George Luther Davenport, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery and Minor Surgery Raymond William McNeally, M.D., Instructor in Senior Sur- gery Instructors 47 Henry Lester Baker, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery and As- sistant in Clinical Surgery Howard Oscar Shafer, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery Charles Herbert Phifer, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery French S Cary, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery Irving S Koll, M.D., Instructor in Senior Surgery Charles M McKenna, M.D,, Instructor in Senior Surgery Meyer Solomon, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry and Clinical Psy- chiatry and Instructor in Neurology John Ralph Ballenger, M.D., Instructor in Psychiatry and Clin- ical Psychiatry Alexander Sandor Hershfield, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Benjamin Braude, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Isador Bernard Diamond, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Edward F Leonard, M.D., Instructor in Neurology Richard Charles Steffan, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics John William Birk, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Annie E Barron, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Charles Newberger, M.D., Instructor in Obstetrics Mary Jeanette Kearsley, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Irving Herbert Eddy, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology George Henry Van Dyke, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Clara P Seipple, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Albert John Schoenberg, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Wesley John Woolston, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Mary Blanche White, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Pauline Rose Kapsa, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology Egan Walter Fischman, M.D., Instructor in Gynecology George J Lorch, Ph.G., M.D., Instructor in lunior Medicine Edward A Corcoran, M.D., Instructor in lunior Medicine Charles H Schmidt, M.D., Instructor in Junior Medicine Henry Eugene Irish, M.D., Instructor in Junior Medicine Harry Jerome Smejkal, M.D., Instructor in Junior Medicine Frank J Wright, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine Frank Chauvet, M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis Louis Rudolph, M.D., Instructor in Physical Diagnosis John Ross Harger, B.S., M.D., Instructor in Junior Surgery and Minor Surgery David Alexander, M.D., Instructor in Orthopedic Surgery Bert Leslie Taylor Woods, M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery and Assistant in Clinical Surgery 48 College of Medicine William Chester Smith, M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery Arthur Barnett Eustace, M.D., Instructor in Operative Sur- gery Archie James Graham, M.D., Instructor in Operative Surgery Adolph Hartunc, M.D., Instructor in Radiology Arthur William Stillians, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology Philip Frank Shaffner, M.D., Instructor in Dermatology Lillian Ethel Taylor, M.D., Instructor in Laryngology, Rhi- nology, and Otology Charles Clayton Clement, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Frederic Vreeland, M.D., Instructor in Ophthalmology Richard Root Rupert, M.D., Instructor in Anatomy John Eddy Haskell, A.B., M.D., Instructor in Pharmacology Margaret May Jones, M.D,, Instructor in Clinical Laryngology, Attending Physician to the Dispensary Jacob Carl Krafft, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Pediatrics, Attend- ing Physician to the Dispensary Ernest Sisson Moore, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, At- tending Physician to the Dispensary Robert Mosser, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, Attending Physician to the Dispensary Georgiana Theobold, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Ophthalmology, Attending Physician to the Dispensary Lawrence W Whitmer, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Ophthal- mology, Attending Physician to the Dispensary Franklin S Wilson, M.D., Instructor in Clinical Medicine, At- tending Physician to the Dispensary ASSISTANTS Frederick Hamilton Blayney, A.M., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery George Washington Post, Jr., B.S,, A.M., M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Robert Emmett Flannery, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Charles C Clark, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Elmer W Schnoor, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Max Meyerovitz, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Alexander Donald Ferguson, M.D., Assistant in Clinical Surgery Walter Charles Hammond, M.D., Assistant in Obstetrics Harrison Willis Maltby, M.D., Assistant in Orthopedic Surgery William Arthur Clark, A.M., M.D., Assistant in Orthopedic Sur- gery Student Assistants 49 Edgar Grim Miller, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant in Physiological Chem- istry Oscar Gustav Fischer, M.D., Assista^it in Bacteriology Metta May Loomis, Librarian Thomas S Jones, Artist in the Department of Anatomy STUDENT ASSISTANTS Clay Adler^ Ph.C, Student Assistant in Chemistry Conrad George Appelle, Student Assistant in Chemistry Max Brachvogel, Student Assistant in Physiology Charles Calvin Conley, Student Assistant in Chemistry James Tobias Groot, Student Assistant in Chemistry Eric Gosta Hakenson^ Student Technician in the Infirmary and Dissecting Room Benjamin Vaughn McClanhan, Student Assistant in Physiology Emil George Nadeau, Student Assistant in Physiology Arthur John Ochs, Student Assistant in Bacteriology Francis Allen Richardson, A.B., B.S., M.D., Student Assistant in Chemistry Clara Roushausen, Student Assistant in Bacteriology Joseph Seilen, Student Assistant in Physiology J Craig Small, A.B., Student Assistant in Physiological Chem- istry Leo Tarkowski, Student Assistant in the Library of the College of Medicine THE COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY (Harrison and Honore Streets, Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University Frederick Brown Moorehead, A.B., D.D.S., M.D., Professor of Oral Surgery and Pathology and Dean of the College of Dentis- try Donald Mackay Gallie, D.D.S., Professor of Operative Dentistry and Operative Technics George Walter Dittmar, D.D.S., Professor of Prosthetic Den- tistry and Prosthetic Technics, and Superintendent of the In- firmary Frederick Bogue Noyes, B.S., D.D.S., Professor of Orthodontia and Dental Histology Edgar David Coolidge, D.D.S., Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics Albert Chauncey Eycleshymer, B.S., M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy George Peter Dreyer, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Physiology Louis Schultz, D.D.S., M.D., Assistant Professor of Oral Sur- gery and Pathology Louis E Bake, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Operative Technics and Porcelain Art Solomon Perry Starr, D.D.S., Assistant Professor of Prosthetic Technics Elmer DeWitt Brothers, LL.B., Lecturer on Dental Jurisprudence Henry Cooley Lee, Ph.G., D.D.S., Instructor in Operative Den- tistry and Materia Medica Frank Joseph Bernard, D.D.S., Instructor in Prosthetic Dentis- try Arthur H Hixson, B.S., Instructor in Bacteriology John C McGuire, D.D.S., Instructor in Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry Warren C Hawthorne, B.S., Instructor in Metallurgy Vergil H Moon, M.S., D.D.S., M.D., Instructor in Histology Edgar Grim Miller, M.D., Assistant in Chemistry Edwin Paul Swatek, D.D.S., Assistant in Oral Surgery SO THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY (Michigan Boulevaio) and Twelfth Street, Chicago) FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University William Baker Day, Ph.G., Professor of Materia Medica and Botany, Acting Dean, and Secretary Albert Henry Clark, Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Chemistry Clyde Mason Snow, Ph.G., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Bernard Fantus, M.D., Lecturer on Physiology Edmund Norris Gathercoal, Ph.G., Instructor in Pharmacog- nosy Henry William Colson, Ph.C, Instructor in Chemistry Ben Lee Eicher, Ph.C, Instructor in Pharmacy 51 STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY COMMITTEES OF THE SENATE Committee on Educational Policy — Professor Forbes (chair- man), Dean Kinley (ex officio), Professor E. B. Greene, Pro- fessor Mumford, Professor Noyes, Professor Pomeroy, Professor Schmidt Committee on Library — Professor Daniels (chairman), Pro- fessor Blair, Professor Carman, Professor Goebel, Professor Sherman, Professor Trelease, Librarian Windsor Committee on Athletics — Professor Parr (chairman). Dean Clark, Professor Goodenough, Director Huff, Professor White COMMITTEES OF THE COUNCIL OF ADMINISTRATION Committee on Attendance for Men — Associate Professor Pease (chairman), Assistant Dean Warnock (secretary ex officio), Pro- fessor Coffey, Dr. Borger, Mr. Noerenbcrg Committee on Attendance for Women — Assistant Professor Goldthwaite (chairman), Acting Dean Kyle (secretar>' ex of- ficio), Assistant Professor Simpson Committee on Discipline for Men — Dean Clark (chairman ex officio), Professor Barton, Professor Decker, Professor Good- enough, Assistant Professor Rankin, Assistant Professor Scott Committee on Discipline for Women — Acting Dean Kyle, (chairman ex officio), Director Moulton, Miss Curtis Committee on Student Organisations and Activities — Assist- ant Professor Watson (chairman), Dean Clark, Acting Dean Kyle, Professor Lloyd, Assistant Professor Schwartz Committee on Student Publications — Assistant Professor Scott (chairman), Assistant Professor Robertson, Mr. Simpson 52 Committees of the Faculty 53 Auditing Committee for Student Organizations and Publica- tions — Assistant Dean Wamock (chairman), Mr. Scovill, Mr. Noerenberg Committee on Students' Progress (membership ex officio) — Dean Clark (chairman), Acting Dean Kyle, Assistant Dean Meyer, Assistant Dean Miller, Assistant Professor Rankin, Pro- fessor Hale Committee on Loan Funds — Dean Clark (chairman). Assistant Dean Meyer, Assistant Dean Miller Committee on the Hospital Association — Dean Clark Committee on Transfer of Credits — Dean Babcock (chairman). Professor Hollister, Professor Goodenough, Assistant Professor Leutwiler, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Seymour, Registrar McConn (sec- retary ex officio) Committee on Accredited Schools — Professor Coffman (chair- man), Professor Hollister, Assistant Professor Paul, Mr. Jami- son, Registrar McConn Committee on Appointment of Graduates — Professor Bagley (chairman), Professor Hollister, Professor Frank Smith Committee on Catalog — Professor Ward (chairman), Pro- fessor Alden, Professor Carman, Assistant Professor Scott, Regis- trar McConn PART I GENERAL INFORMATION LOCATION The University of Illinois is situated in Champaign Cotmty, ^bout fifty miles northeast of the geographical center of the State. It is 128 miles south of Chicago, 118 miles west of Indianapolis^ 164 miles northeast of St. Louis, The campus of the University lies just within the corporate limits of the city of Urbana and is bounded on the west by the city of Champaign. These two municipalities, locally known as the "Twin Cities," form in fact one community of about twenty- four thousand inhabitants. The city halls of the two towns are about two miles apart, the campus half way between. The rail- way, express, telegraph, and telephone services of both cities are, therefore, equally available for the University. Mail for the in- stitution itself should be directed to Urbana to insure prompt de- livery. The Urbana post-office maintains a sub-station at the University, located in the Library Building. Urbana-Champaign The cities of Urbana and Champaign are in the heart of the "Corn Belt" and form the business and social center of a rich farming community. Both cities are well paved, well drained, and provided with good water suppl3^ In matters pertaining to health, conditions are excellent. There is a hospital within three blocks of the campus, in which students may be cared for at moderate expense. The University has no dormitories, but the number of board- ing houses is large, and there are forty-two residence halls erected by fraternities, sororities, and local clubs. The material needs of the student body are, therefore, provided for. The moral and religious conditions of the University commun- ity are favorable to the welfare of the students. There are thirty- churches, representing eleven denominations, and a number of students' religious associations, leagues, and guilds, including strong Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations. Under a special State law, the liquor traffic has been barred from all territory within a radius of four miles from the Uni- versity. 57 58 General Information Railway Connections The University is connected with neighboring cities in Illinois, including Bloomington, Danville, Decatur, Peoria, and Spring- field, and also with St. Louis, by the electric interurban lines of the Illinois Traction System. It will shortly be connected by other interurban lines with Kankakee and Chicago. It may be reached from Chicago and the north and from points in the south by the Illinois Central Railroad (time from Chicago by express trains, three hours and ten minutes), being on the direct line from Chicago to Cairo and New Orleans. It is joined to the east and the west by the Peoria & Eastern Division of the "Big Four" Route (Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago, and St. Louis Railway), as well as by the division of the Wabash Rail- way which connects Kansas City and St. Louis with Detroit and Buffalo. It is also reached from the west by the Havana branch of the Illinois Central Railroad and from Decatur by another branch of the same system. The time from New York by way of the Wabash and "Big Four" routes is twenty-six hours, by way of Chicago and the Illi- nois Central, twenty-four hours. Washington and Philadelphia are about equally distant in time. Pittsburg, Buffalo, Kansas City, and Omaha may be reached in fifteen, fourteen, thirteen, and seventeen hours respectively. The station of the Illinois Central Railroad is in Champaign. The Wabash and "Big Four" have stations in both Champaign and Urbana. These several stations are each a little more than a mile distant from the University campus. There are several hotels in Champaign and Urbana within easy reach of the Uni- versity, the Beardsley in Champaign and the Columbian in Ur- bana being the largest. HISTORY J 862. The Morrill Land Grant By this act the national government donated to each state in the Union public land scrip, in quantity equal to 30,000 acres for each senator and representative in Congress, "for the endowment, support, and maintenance of at least one college, whose leading object shall be, without excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, * * * * in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of life." On account of this grant the State pays the University, semi- annually, interest at the rate of five per cent on about $610,000 and deferred payments on land contracts amounting approximately^ to $35,000. Location chosen To secure the location of the University several counties en- tered into competition by proposing to donate to its use specified sums of money or their equivalent. Champaign County offered a large brick building in the suburbs of Urbana, erected for a semi- nary and nearly completed, about 1,000 acres of land, and $100,000 in countj' bonds. To this the Illinois Central Railroad added $50,000 in freight 1867. Incorporation The institution was incorporated February 28, 1867, under the name of the Illinois Industrial University. It was placed under the control of a Board of Trustees, consisting of the Governor, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the President of the State Board of Agriculture, ex officio members, and twenty- eight citizens appointed by the Governor. The chief executive of- ficer was called the Regent, and was made an ex officio member of the Board and the presiding officer of both the Board of Trus- tees and the Faculty. (See also 1873 and 1887 below.) 59 6o General Information 1867. Dr. Gregory Regent On March 12, 1867, John Milton Gregory, LL.D., was elected Regent of the University. On May 7, 1867, Dr. Gregory accepted the position and entered upon his duties. He served as Regent un- til September i, 1880. 1868. The University opened The University opened on March 2, 1868. The number of students enrolled was about fifty; the faculty consisted of the Re- gent and two professors. During the first term another instruct- or was added, and the number of students increased to 77 — all young men. During the first term instruction was given in algebra, geome- try, physics, history, rhetoric, and Latin. Work on the farm and gardens or about the buildings was at first compulsory for all students. In March of the next year, however, compulsory labor was discontinued, save when it was to serve as a part of instruc- tion. 1868-9. The first laboratories During the autumn of 1868 a chemical laboratory was fitted up ; and laboratory work in botany was begun the following year. i8yo. Pioneer shop instruction In January, 1870, a mechanical shop was fitted up with tools and machinery, and here was begun the first shop instruction given in any American university. In the summer of 1871 the Wood Shops and Testing Laboratory (burned on June 9, 1900) were erected and equipped for students' shop work in both wood and iron. 18/O. Women admitted On March 9, 1870, the Trustees voted to admit women as students. In the year 1870-71 twenty-four availed themselves of the privilege. Since that time they have constituted from one- sixth to one-fifth of the total number of students. ^873. First reorganisation of the Board of Trustees At this time the number of members was reduced from thirty- one (see 1867 above) to eleven — the Governor and the President of the State Board of Agriculture, ex officio, and nine others, who were still appointed by the Governor. Beginning at this time also, the President of the Board has been chosen by the members from among their own number for a term of one year. (See also 1887 below.) History 6l iSyy. Authority to confer degrees received According to the original State law, the usual diplomas and degrees could not be granted by the University; certificates show- ing the studies pursued and the attainments in each were given instead. The certificates proved unsatisfactory to the holders, and in 1877 the legislature gave the University authority to confer degrees and issue diplomas. 1880-81. Dr. Peabody Regent In June, 1880, Regent Gregory's resignation was accepted to take effect September i, 1880, and Selim Hobart Peabody, A.B., Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Physics, was made Regent pro tempore. At the next annual meeting, in March, 1881, he was elected Regent. 1885. Change of name In this year the General Assembly changed the name of the in- stitution from the Illinois Industrial University to the University of Illinois. 1885. The State Laboratory of Natural History transferred to the University See page 494. 1887. Second reorganisation of the Board of Trustees In 1887 a law was passed making membership in the Board elective, at a general State election, and restoring the Superintend- ent of Public Instruction as an ex officio member. There are now, therefore, three ex officio and nine elective members. (For the previous organization of the Board see 1867 and 1873 above.) 1887. The Agricultural Experiment Station established at the University. See page 490. i8<;>o. Additional Federal endowment In 1890 the Congress of the United States made further appro- priations for the endowment of the institutions founded under the act of 1862. Under this enactment each such college or uni- versity received the first year $15,000, the second year $16,000, and in each succeeding year a sum larger by $i,oco than the amount of the preceding year, until the amount reached $25,000; this sum was to be paid yearly thereafter. 62 General Information 189 1. Dr. Burrill Acting Regent In June, 1891, Regent Peabody's resignation was accepted, to take effect September i, and in August Thomas Jonathan Burrill, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Botany and Horticulture, was appoint- ed Acting Regent. Dr. Burrill served in this capacity until Sep- tember, 1894. 1892. The Graduate School Beginning with this year, graduate work was undertaken under the name of the Graduate School, but without the organization of a separate faculty. 1894. The Summer Session The first Summer Session of the University was authorized by a vote of the Trustees on March 13, 1894, and was opened in June of that year. 1894. Dr. Draper President On April 13, 1894, Andrew Sloan Draper, LL.D., was elected Regent. He accepted May 10, 1894. On August i his title was changed to President. Dr. Draper entered upon his duties at the beginning of the school year 1894-95. He served until June, 1904. 1896. The School of Pharmacy On May i, 1896, the Chicago College of Pharmacy, founded in 1859, became the School of Pharmacy of the University of Illi- nois. T897. The College of Medicine Negotiations looking to the affiliation of the College of Physi- cians and Surgeons of Chicago with the University, which had been going on for several years, were concluded by the Board of Trustees March 9, 1897. Accordingly, the College of Physicians and Surgeons became, on April 21, 1897, the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. (The College of Medicine was dis- continued on June 30, 1912, but was re-opened on February 12, I9U) 1897. ^^'^ School of Music By vote of the Trustees on June 9, 1897, the department of mu- sic, which had been reorganized and enlarged in 1895, was erected into the School of Music, with a separate faculty and organiza- tion. 1897. The State Water Survey authorized See page 496. History 63 1897. The Library School In 1897 the School of Library Economy, which had been es- tablished in 1893 at the Armour Institute of Technology in Chi- cago, was transferred to the University, the Director of that school was appointed Librarian of the University Library, and the Library School was opened. 1897. The College of Law Pursuant to an action of the Board of Trustees, taken Decem- ber 8, 1896, the School of Law was organized, and was opened September 13, 1897. The course of study covered two years, in conformity with the then existing requirements for admission to the bar of Illinois. In the following November, however, the Supreme Court of the State announced rules relating to examina- tions for admission to the bar which made three years of study necessary, and the course of study in the Law School was im- mediately rearranged on that basis. On February 9, 1900, the name of the School of Law was changed, by vote of the Board of Trustees, to College of Law. 1899. The State Entomologist's Office permanently established at the University See page 495. 1900. Courses in Business Administration In 1900 the General Assembly made an appropriation for the establishment of courses of training for business life, and, in ac- cordance with that action, the Trustees approved the organization of the Courses in Business Administration. 1901. The College of Dentistry In accordance with an action taken by the Board of Trustees on March 12, 1901, a School of Dentistry was organized as a de- partment of the College of Medicine. The School was opened October 3, 1901. The name was changed to College of Dentistry on April 27, 1905. (The College of Dentistry was discontinued on June 30, 1912, but was re-opened on October i, 1913.) 1903. The Board of Examiners in Accountancy created See page 499. 1903. The Engineering Experiment Station established See page 491. 1904. Dr. James President On March 8, 1904, President Draper's resignation was ac- cepted, to take effect July i. On August 23, 1904, Edmund Janes 64 General Information James, Ph.D., LL.D., was elected President. He accepted on August 26, 1904, and entered upon his duties in the fall of that year. igos. The School of Education By a vote of April 27, 1905, the Board of Trustees established the School of Education, to provide for the professional training of teachers. 1905. The State Geological Survey established See page 497. ipo6-;^. The School of Raihvay Engineering and Administration On January 30, 1906, the Board of Trustees created in the Col- lege of Engineering a department of railway engineering; on Jan- uary 22, 1907, supplementing that action, it established the School of Railway Engineering and Administration. 7po6-7. The Graduate School organized as a separate faculty The General Assembly appropriated $50,000 for the Graduate School, and the Executive Faculty of that school was organized. 7909. A Mine Rescue Station established at the University See page 500. igii. The- Mill Tax The General Assembly passed a law providing that in the year 1912, and annually thereafter, the proceeds of a tax of one mill for each dollar of the assessed valuation of the taxable property of the State should be set apart as a fund for the maintenance of the Uni- versity. 797^. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry discontinued The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry were discontinued on June 30, 1912. 7975. The Colleges of Medicine and Dentistry reopened On February 12, 1913, the Board of Trustees accepted the gift of the capital stock of the College of Physicians and Surgeons, do- nated to the University by the alumni and other friends of medi- cal education in Chicago, and the College of Medicine was re- opened. The College of Dentistry was reopened on October i, 1913. 797J. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences In this year the College of Literature and Arts and the Col- lege of Science were united to form the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. EQUIPMENT BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS The land occupied by the University and its several depart- ments embraces 225 acres, besides a farm of 855 acres. There are at the present time some forty-five buildings on the campus. LIBERAL ARTS GROUP University Hall (erected 1873) is the "old main building" of the University. It occupies three sides of a quadrangle, and is five stories in height. It is devoted to class rooms and offices. Lincoln Hall (erected 191 1) has a frontage of 230 feet. The exterior is brick, stone, and terra cotta. This building provides for the advanced work of the departments of the classics, English, Romance languages. Germanic languages, history, economics, po- litical science, sociology, and philosophy. The first three floors provide, in addition to the ordinary class and consultation rooms, seminar libraries and conference rooms. On the fourth floor are research rooms and two museums, the Museum of Classical Art and Archeology, and the Museum of European Culture. The Commerce Building (erected 1912) is a fire-proof building three stories high, 153 feet on the front and 60 feet deep, with a one-story annex containing a lecture room 48 feet square. The building has a total floor area of about 29,000 square feet and is to house the work in business administration with its various class rooms, offices, and laboratories. The exterior first story finish is buff Bedford stone; the second and third stories are of brick with carved stone trimmings and cornice. The roof is of tile, and the interior trim is of dark oak throughout. GENERAL SCIENCE GROUP Natural History Hall (old part erected 1892; addition 1909) is the largest building on the campus' covering a ground area 135 feet by 275 feet. It is occupied by the departments of botany, entomol- ogy, zoolog)', physiology, geology, and mathematics, together with the offices and equipment of the State Geological Survey, and the 65 66 General Information State Natural History Survey, and the office of the State Ento- mologist. The offices of the President, the Registrar, and the Dean of Men, and the Business Office, are also housed in this build- ing. A fireproof museum 51 feet by 63 feet in size, equipped with fireproof and dustproof cases, occupies the center of the build- ing. The Laboratory of Physics (erected 1909) is a three-story fire- proof brick building trimmed with Bedford limestone. The length is 178 feet and the depth of the wings is 125 feet. The large lec- ture room has a seating capacity of two hundred sixty-two. A one- story annex, 78 by 28 feet, contains the ventilating and heating fans and the machine shop of the department. The total available floor area, exclusive of the basement, is about 60,000 square feet. The large laboratories and the recitation rooms are mostly in the west wing. The east wing is of heavy construction and contains about 30 smaller laboratories for advanced experimental work. The blue print department of the University occupies rooms on the top floor of the building. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents of a wide range in amperes and in volts are available in all parts of the building. The Chemical Laboratory (erected 1901-2) is a three-story building, the ground plan of which is shaped like the letter E. The extreme dimensions are 230 feet along the front and 116 feet along the wings. The middle rear wing contains the lecture amphitheater, which seats 350. The end wings contain the general laboratories. The central part of the building is occupied by offices, museum, class and seminar rooms, supply rooms, and a number of special rooms for research work. There is a basement, which contains the ventilating plant and rooms for assaying and metallurgy. In this building are located also the general office and laboratories of the State Water Survey. The Astronomical Observatory (erected 1896) is a brick building with extreme dimensions of 75 by 55 feet. It has three wings and is surmounted by a dome 25 feet in diameter. The Ceramics Laboratory (erected 1910) is a two-story brick building in which are provided a general laboratory, plaster room, pottery room, rough grinding room, machine room, drawing room, library, recitation rooms, chemical laboratory, and office. (See also the Mining and Ceramics Laboratory under "Engineering Group" below.) Buildings and Grounds 67 The Entomology Building, for the use of the State Entomolo- gist and his staff, is a two-story building 48 by 20 feet, with base- ment storerooms, and with two insectary wings of greenhouse con- struction, each 25 by 20 feet. It contains the office of horticultural inspection, a stenographer's room, rooms for the assistant inspec- tors and insectary assistants, and a large fireproof vault. The glass-covered wings are equipped for experimental entomolog\- and life-history studies. ENGINEEWNG GROUP Engineering Hail (erected 1894) is a four-story building, with a frontage of 200 feet, a depth of 76 feet on the wings and 138 feet on the center, and a floor area of 47,000 square feet The first and second floors are occupied by the offices, the recitation rooms, and the instrument and drafting rooms of the departments of civil engi- neering and municipal and sanitary engineering. The engineering lecture room, on the second floor, has a seating capacity of two hundred twenty-five. The third floor is occupied by the offices of the Dean of the College of Engineering and Director of the Engi- neering Experiment Station and by the office, recitation, and draft- ing rooms of the department of mechanical engineering. A portion of the third floor and all of the fourth floor is occupied by the de- partment of architecture. The Electrical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1898) is a two- story brick building with floor area of 18,000 square feet. The basement contains the departmental shop, the storage battery room, the electric furnace room, and rooms for electrical research. The first floor contains the undergraduate laboratory, the instrument room, the high potential laboratory, and the drafting, lecture, and recitation rooms. The second floor contains the photometric labo- ratory, the offices, the departmental library, and a room used by the Electrical Engineering Society. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (erected 1905) is a brick building with a frontage of 120 feet, a total depth of 182 feet, and a floor area of 24,000 square feet. The front section is two stories high, and contains offices, lecture and computation rooms, and an instrument room. Back of this are three bays. The middle bay is provided with a concrete testing floor and a lo-ton three- motor traveling crane of 38-foot span. The north bay contains a 5-ton traveling crane and is used for laboratory work in connec- tion with the departments of civil engineering and theoretical and applied mechanics. 68 General Inforfnation The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics (erected 1901-2) is a brick building having a floor area of 16,000 square feet. The front part contains the materials testing laboratory, and the rear wing contains the hydraulics laboratory. The Mining and Ceramics Laboratory (erected 1912) is a one- story building with a floor area of 11,200 square feet. It contains a kiln room for the department of ceramics having an area of 4,300 square feet, a mining engineering laboratory of 3,600 feet area, and a chemical laboratory for the department of mining en- gineering. There are also offices and class rooms for the depart- ment of ceramics and a Mine Rescue Station equipped with Yeager helmets and arranged for training men in the methods of mine rescue work. The Locomotive Testing Laboratory (erected 1912) is a fire- proof building with brick walls 117 feet long and 42 feet wide, connected by a spur with the Illinois Traction System tracks. It houses a locomotive testing plant, which consists of supporting wheels on which rest the drivers of the locomotive to be tested, a dynamometer to which the locomotive drawbar is attached, and which measures the tractive force exerted by the locomotive, water brakes for absorbing the power developed by the locomotive, and other auxiliary apparatus. The exhaust gases pass through a "tran- site" (or asbestos board) duct to a large fan which forces them through a reinforced concrete cinder separator; the separator re- moves the cinders and discharges the gases into the air through a brick stack eight feet in height. The Transportation Building (erected 1912) is a three-story fire- proof building of brick trimmed with stone. The general dimen- sions of the building are 65x189 feet and the total floor area is 34,225 square feet. The first and second floors of the building are occupied by the departments of railway and mining engineering, and the third floor is occupied by the department of general en- gineering drawing. The Metal Shops (erected 1902) occupy a one-story brick build- ing, with a floor area of 12,000 square feet, containing a lecture room, two office rooms, a machine shop, and a forge shop. The machine shop is 48 by 140 feet. Power is supplied by a 20 horse- power electric motor. A three-ton traveling crane of 12 foot span covers the center of the floor for the entire length. The Wood Shop (erected 1901-2) and the Foundry (added 1904) occupy a brick building which has a floor area of 16,000 square Buildings and Grounds 69 feet. The part of the building devoted to the wood shop contains a bench room, lathe room, machine room, and various smaller rooms for lectures, exhibition purposes, etc. The part devoted to the foundry has a molding floor, 35x80 feet, traversed by a 5-ton traveling crane, and a basement room for the storage of materials. AGRICULTURAL GROUP The Agricultural Building (erected 1900) consists of four sepa- rate structures, built around a court and connected by corridors. The main building, three stories in height, contains offices, class rooms, and laboratories for the departments of agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, horticulture, and veterinary science ; the chemical laboratory of the Experiment Station ; administra- tion rooms; and an assembly room (Morrow Hall) with a seating capacity of 500. The other three buildings are two stories high ; one is for dairy manufactures, one for farm crops, and one for veterinary science and stock judging. These buildings are of stone and brick, roofed with slate, and contain 113 rooms and a total floor space of about two acres. An adjacent glass structure serves the departments of agronomy and horticulture. There are, in addi- tion to these buildings, three dwellings, three barns, and a green- house. The Agronomy Building (erected 1904-5) is 50 by 100 feet in size, of brick and slate, trimmed vrith stone. It contains a field laboratory for crop work in which yields of experimental plats are studied, sample seeds stored, and specimens preserved. The Farm Mechanics Building (erected 1906-7) is a three-story brick structure containing class rooms, offices, lecture rooms, draft- ing room, library, laboratories, and tool and storage rooms. The third floor, which is reached by an elevator, furnishes storage room for the greater part of $16,000 worth of farm machiney loaned the College by various manufacturing companies and used for labora- tory work. The facilities afforded by this building, with its equip- ment, make possible the assembling, testing, and adjusting of all the important machines used in farm operations. The Stock Pavilion (erected 1913) is a fireproof building 54 feet high on the front and 148 feet deep with circular ends 92 feet in diameter and 20 feet high. The total ground area is 30,000 square feet, and the show arena is 216 feet long and 65 feet wide. Seats of concrete provide accommodations for 2000. Arrangements are to be made providing for a di\'ision of the arena into three parts giv- ing three separate judging rooms for instructional purposes. The 70 General Information building also contains class rooms and offices. Stabling will be provided in a separate structure. The exterior is of brick and terra cotta, renaissance in design, the frieze being enriched with medal- lions of animals' heads. The Animal Husbandry Cattle Feeding Plant has a capacity for feeding 150 steers at a time. It consists of open and closed sheds with paved lots adjoining, with a storage barn 44 by 72 feet and an experimental silo. The Beef Cattle Building (erected 1904-5) is a one-story struc- ture of brick and slate, trimmed with stone, 217 feet across the front, with a wing at either end 33 by 49 feet; the central portion rises two stories and is used for the storage of feed. Other por- tions of the building are used as quarters for the breeding herd, and will accommodate about 100 head of cattle. The Sheep Barn is a wooden structure consisting of a main barn 36 by 90 feet, and a shed, opening to the south, 25 by 100 feet in size. A 6-foot aisle, lined by pens on each side, runs through the center of the barn. This building besides accommodating the Uni- versity flock is used for experimental work. Its location and con- struction insures dry footing and ample light and ventilation throughout the year. Other buildings for the accommodation of live stock are the horse barn, the piggery, and two large barns on the South Farm. The Experimental Dairy Barns (erected 1912) comprise a round barn 70 feet in diameter with a reinforced concrete silo in the cen- ter, a semi-detached rectangular structure 40 by 70 feet with a Grout silo adjacent, and a small dairy house and shop 26 by 32 feet. The barns are of frame construction on brick walls with solid floors of the mill type of construction, and contain feed rooms, hay lofts, and other accommodations for the experimental dairy herd. The dairy house is of frame construction, two stories in height, and con- tains office, shop, coal room, dairy room, and four sleeping rooms for employees. The Horticulture Building (erected 1904-5) is a structure of brick and slate trimmed with stone, approximately 50 by 100 feet in size. It is used as a field laboratory for horticultural tests, and contains sorting rooms, storage rooms, and a laboratory for the mixing of spraying materials and other operations in connection with the horticultural work. Buildings and Grounds 71 The Horticulture Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) includes (i) a floricultural group and (2) a vegetable and plant breeding group. (i) The Floriculture Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) consists of a two-story and basement service building 93 by 37 feet, and the following glass structures : four houses each 105 by 28 feet, three houses each 105 by 35 feet, one corridor house 139 by 10 feet, one storage house 50 by 12 feet, and a palm house 80 by 40 feet. The service building is of hollow tile and cement construction, and contains laboratories, lecture room, herbarium room, offices, and seminar room, as well as potting, storage, and work rooms. (2) The Vegetable and Plant Breeding Greenhouse Group (erected 1912-13) consists of a glass house for vegetable growing 105 by 28 feet, two houses for plant breeding each approximately 80 by 30 feet, a wire house 80 by 30 feet, and a two-story and base- ment service building 82 by 36 feet, containing laboratories, work rooms, class rooms, offices, and storage rooms. The type of con- struction of this building is the same as that of the floriculture service building. LAW BUILDING The Law Building (erected 1878; remodeled 1902 and 1912) is the second oldest building in the University group. It has two sto- ries and a basement. The upper floor contains the Law Library, the students' conference room, the private offices of the members of the law faculty, and the Moot Court Room, a model court room with a seating capacity of four hundred. On the main floor are the recitation rooms, the Dean's offices, and the faculty room. In the basement are the lockers, the students' reading room, and a court room for the Law Clubs. BUILDINGS FOR GENERAL UNIVERSITY USE The Library Building (erected 1896-7) is modern Romanesque in style, is built of Minnesota sandstone, and measures 167 by 113 feet, with a tower 132 feet high. The first floor, or basement, con- tains the rooms of the catalog and order departments, the bound newspapers, and the University Station Postoffice. The second, or main floor, contains the general reference room, the periodical read- ing rooms, a small conference room, and the delivery room, which opens into the second story of the stack. The third floor contains the study room, lecture rooms, and office of the Library School, faculty study room, and the office of the librarian and assistant 72 General Information librarian. The five-story book stack is a rear wing to the building, separated from it by a fireproof wall. The delivery room is open to the roof and is lighted by a dome of art glass; the lunettes arc decorated with frescoes symbolic of the four older colleges of the University — Literature and Arts, Science, Agriculture, and Engi- neering. The Auditorium (erected 1907-8) is a brick and stone building for general meeting purposes. It contains an auditorium seating about 2,200 and a memorial vestibule. All general University exer- cises, including convocations and the commencement gatherings, are held in this building. The Men's Gymnasium (erected 1901) is a three-story building of stone and pressed brick, 100 by 150 feet. On the first floor there is a swimming pool, 26 feet wide, 75 feet long, and 8 feet deep at the lower end, lined with white enamel bricks. This floor contains, also, the general locker room, which is fitted up with all-metal lock- ers, and with shower bath, and steam baths; rooms for the Univer- sity athletic teams ; a room for visiting teams ; a special dressing room for members of the faculty; and ofl&ces for the physical di- rector and the instructors in athletics. The entire second floor is one large room, which is fitted up with all the modern appliances for gymnastic exercises. The third floor contains an elevated run- ning track, 15 laps to the mile, which is properly banked on the turns to secure the greatest speed and comfort in running. The Armory (erected 1889-90) has a clear floor space of 15,000 square feet in one hall It is equipped v^rith racks for 1,200 stands of arms. An annex provides for two pieces of field artillery. The New Armory (under construction 1913-14) comprizes a drill room with a clear area 200x400 feet and a height of 98 feet at the center, the roof being carried by fourteen three-hinged steel arches. The sides are of hollow tile and the ends, supported by col- umns, are of steel, glass, tile, and concrete with wood frames and sashes. The drill floor is of sufficient area to permit the maneuver- ing of an entire battalion of the cadet regiment. Provision has been made for the addition of a balcony around the drill floor with seats for 3000 and for the addition of three-stor}-^ facades along the sides, flanked by towers at each end. This will provide space for com- pany rooms, lockers rooms, shooting tubes, and class rooms. The Woman's Building (erected 1905) is in the New England colonial style of architecture, of reddish brown brick, with white stone trimmings. The central part of the structure is the woman's Buildings and Grounds 73 gymnasium. On the lower floor there are a swimming tank, lock- ers, dressing rooms, and baths. The upper floor is devoted to the main gj-mnasium, which is 92 by 50 feet. The north wing of the building is given to the department of household science, and the south wing provides rooms for the social life of the women stu- dents. The addition to the Womans' Building (erected 1912) is a three-story fireproof building with basement. It is 200 feet long on the front and 83 feet on each connecting wing, having 43,000 square feet of floor area. It has a large colonade with towers on the front and two smaller colonades on the north and south of the inner court. The addition is similar to the old building in finish and sup- plements the working space of the departments using it. It has two halls for literary societies and a modern flat on the upper floor, and an institutional kitchen and large dining room on the second floor. There are also offices for the Dean of Women and the Director of the Courses in Household Science, laboratories, social rooms, and space for the expansion of gymnasium work. THE president's HOUSE The President's House (erected 1896) is a three-story frame building, in the colonial style. The first story is designed primarily for entertaining; large reception and dining parlors are so arranged as to open together into a central corridor. The second and third stories provide library and living rooms. SERVICE BUILDINGS The Central Heat and Power Plant (erected 1902; addition 1910) is 55 by 120 feet. It contains boilers aggregating 1,800 horse- power. A supplemental boiler and power plant, designed ultimate- ly to carry the load of the present station, is equipped with boilers of 1,000 horse-power. These two stations furnish steam for heat- ing and power to all buildings on the campus. A power plant con- taining a 250-kilowatt Allis-Chalmers direct connected steam en- gine and dynamo, a 125-kilowatt direct connected Westinghouse engine and generator, and a lOO-kilowatt Curtiss turbo-generator, together with the accessories necessary to a complete power sta- tion, supplies current for light and power to all parts of the grounds. The pipe-lines of the heating system and the circuits for distributing electricity are carried from the central plant to the sev- eral buildings through brick and concrete tunnels and clay and con- crete conduits. Altogether there are now 6,275 feet of tunnels and 3,800 feet of conduit for the distribution of steam and 7,000 feet of 74 General Information conduit for the distribution of electricity. The new boiler and power plant provides temporary quarters for the electric test car of the department of railway engineering. The Pumping Station of the University water-works is a brick building, 38 by 73 feet, connected with the central heating station. Four 8-inch wells, 145 feet deep, and one 12-inch well, 148 feet deep, supply the University with water. A masonry reservoir provides for a fire-reserve supply. The pumps, tanks, and connections are arranged to give opportunities for experimental work, and also to vary the working conditions in the adjacent hydraulics laboratory. In this building is kept the equipment of the University fire depart- ment, including an electric automatic hose and chemical wagon. LABORATORIES Twenty-six departments of the University are equipped with laboratories. The following list shows the buildings in which these are located : GENERAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES Botany — Natural History Hall Ceramics — Ceramics Laboratory Chemistry — Chemical Laboratory Entomology — Natural History Hall Geology — Natural History Hall Physics — Laboratory of Physics Physiology — Natural History Hall Psychology — University Hall Zoology — Natural History Hall ENGINEERING LABORATORIES Cement — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Electrical engineering — Electrical Engineering Laboratory Founding — Wood Shop Forging — Metal Shops Hydraulics — Laboratory of Applied Mechanics Locomotive — Locomotive Laboratory Machine Construction — Metal Shops Materials testing — Laboratory of Applied Mechanics Mechanical engineering — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Mining — Mining Engineering Laboratory Roads — Mechanical Engineering Laboratory Wood Working — Wood Shop Museums and Collections 75 SPECIAL RESEARCH LABORATORIES Agricultural Experiment Station — Agricultural Building Bacteriological laboratory Chemical laboratory- Physical laboratory Geological department — Natural History Hall Laboratory of economic geology State Entomologist's Office — Natural History Hall State Laboratory of Natural History — Natural History Hall State Water Survey — Chemical Laboratory Laboratory for sanitary water analysis MUSEUMS AND COLLECTIONS COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES Liberal Arts Group Art. — A collection of casts, photographs, and engravings pre- sented to the University in 1876 by citizens of the community has, for want of a suitable gallery, been placed in different buildings on the campus. Eight large statues are in the auditorium foyer. Numerous pieces of this collection are now in the studios of the department of art and design in University Hall, and others are used to decorate the corridors and class rooms of University Hall, Natural History Hall, and the Library. A collection of eighty-one German and Japanese prints purchased by the department of art and design from the St. Louis Exposition in 1905 is displayed in the rooms of the department of art and design. Other collections of value to art students, consisting of a num- ber of casts of Moorish, Spanish, and German ornament and mis- cellaneous casts, models, prints, and drawings, are placed in the studios and corridors of the department of art and design. Classical Archeology and Art. — This museum is located in Room 402 Lincoln Hall, and contains casts of important works of Greek and Roman sculpture; miscellaneous originals and models of Egyp- tian, Greek, and Roman antiquities ; about 1,500 Babylonian tab- lets ; and over 1,100 mounted photographs of historic sites and archeological remains in Greece, Italy, and other parts of the ancient world. Over 1,100 slides belonging to the department of the classics are also available for illustrative purposes. The museum is open on Sunday, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday afternoons. Commerce. — For its courses in industrial economics and com- merce the University has a working collection of the materials of 76 General Information commerce ; a lantern and several hundred slides ; political and in- dustrial maps ; and diagrams and stereoscopic views illustrating va- rious phases of commerce and industry. Most qI the articles con- stituting the commercial museum are the gift of the Philadelphia Commercial Museum. Education. — In Room 437 Lincoln Hall is a collection of illustra- tive material from the manual training departments of various schools; photographs of school buildings; drawings and construct- ive work by pupils in the public schools ; and the nucleus of a rep- resentative collection of apparatus for the school laboratory. It is plafined to gather here particularly materials that are illustrative of the development of public schools in Illinois. European Culture. — The Museum of European Culture is in the north wing of Lincoln Hall. The collection consists of casts of Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance art, models of early weapons and armor, facsimiles of miniatures and types of writing from medieval manuscripts, replicas of seals, reproductions of runic in- scriptions, of early ivory carving, of musical instruments, etc. The museum is open on Sunday, Monday, Wednesday, and Friday afternoons. Science Group Botany. — The herbarium contains about 65,000 mounted speci- mens of plants. The flowering plants of North America are fairly well represented ; the collection of species of such plants indigenous to Illinois is practically complete; and a collection of foreign spe- cies has been made. The collection of fungi amounts to 32,000 named specimens, and includes those most injurious to other plants, causing rusts, moulds, etc., and many valuable sets of published col- lections. Entomology. — The entomology collections of the University in- clude an elementary reference series of 6,400 specimens, represent- ing 1,600 common species ; and the Bolter collection, donated to the University by the executors of the estate of the late Andreas Bolter, of Chicago, which now contains about 120,000 specimens represent- ing over 16,000 species. The department has access, also, to the in- sect collections of the State Laboratory of Natural History, which contain 315,000 pinned insects and 23,000 vials and bottles of speci- mens in alcohol, mainly from Illinois. Geology. — The geology collections are to be found in the Natural History Building. Lithology is represented by type collections of rocks aggregating 9,000 specimens; 1,000 thin sections of rocks and Museums and Collections y^ minerals; ornamental building stones; a stratigraphic collection to illustrate Illinois geology; a collection of Illinois soils (104), and one of polished marbles, granites, and other ornamental stones. The mineralogy collection is rich in rock-forming minerals, ores, and materials of economic value. It contains over 12,000 speci- mens; 575 crystal models; and a collection of gems and precious stones. The paleontology collection (49,000 specimens) contains representative fossils from the entire geologic series, but is es- pecially rich in paleozoic forms. It embraces the private collections of A. H. Worthen (including 742 type specimens) ; Tyler and Mc- Whorter; Hertzer; the greater part of the collections made by the Geological Survey of the state under Worthen ; 200 thin sections of corals and bryozoa ; the Ward collection of casts ; and special collections representing the fauna and flora of particular groups. In September, 1913, a collection of marine and fresh water shells that had belonged to the late A. H. Worthen was presented to the Museum by Mrs. Thomas A. Worthen. This collection includes about 3,000 specimens. Zoology. — The zoology collections have been specially selected and prepared to illustrate the courses of study in zoology and to present a synoptical view of the zoology of the State. Most of them are placed in the new museum room in the Natural History Building, and in adjacent corridors. The mounted mammals in- clude a collection of the ruminants of the United States and rep- resentatives of the other orders of Mammalia except the Sirenia. The same orders are also represented by mounted skeletons. The collection of mounted birds includes representatives of all the orders and families of North America, together with a num- ber of characteristic tropical, Bornean, and New Zealand forms. The collection is practically complete for Illinois species. There is also a collection of the nests and eggs of Illinois birds. In June, 1913, Mr. M. K. Bamum and Major M. H. Barnum presented the IMuseum with a collection of 2,000 birds* eggs in orig- inal sets, representing about 300 species. The cold-blooded vertebrates are represented by a series of mounted skins of larger species, both terrestrial and marine; mounted skeletons of typical representatives of the principal groups; alcoholic specimens; and casts. The alcoholics include se- ries of the reptiles, amphibians, and fishes, the latter comprising about 300 species. The casts represent about seventy-five species, nearly all fishes. yS General Information The Mollusca are illustrated by alcoholic specimens of all classes and orders, and dissections showing the internal anatomy of typical forms. There are several thousand shells, belonging to more than 2,000 species. The collection of the Illinois aquatic species is near- ly complete. The lower invertebrates are represented by several hundred dried specimens and alcoholics, and by a series of Blaschka glass models. The embryology of vertebrates and invertebrates is illustrated by several sets of Ziegler wax models and series of sections and other preparations. In addition to the foregoing, the collections of the State Lab- oratory of Natural History are available for illustrative purposes, as well as for original investigation by advanced students. COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Architecture. — The collections of the department of architecture include plaster casts of architectural detail and ornament; 9,400 lan- tern slides of architectural subjects and 900 slides of painting and sculpture ; 20,000 classified plates, photographs, and 2,400 stereo- scopic views ; a working library of about 1,800 volumes on archi- tecture and the allied arts; a collection of 300 examples of Amer- ican woods, shown in three sections each ; and collections of archi- tectural drawings and of specimens of building materials, fittings, and appliances. Civil Engineering. — The department of civil engineering has samples of iron, steel, wood, brick, and stone; materials for roads and pavements ; models of arches and trusses. The department also possesses a collection of photographs and blue-print working drawings of bridges, metal skeleton buildings, masonry structures, standard railroad construction, etc. Electrical Engineering. — This department has a collection of samples illustrating standard practise in the industrial applications of electricity. There is also a growing collection of lantern slides, photographs, blue-prints, drawings, pamphlets, and other engineer- ing data. Mechanical Engineering. — This department includes in its equip- ment part of a set of Reuleaux models; models of valve gears; sections of steam pumps ; injectors ; valves, skeleton steam and water gauges; standard packings; steam-pipe coverings; and drop forgings. There are also examples of castings, perforated metal, defective boiler plates, and set of drills, with samples of oil, iron, Libraries 79 and steel. A number of working drawings from leading firms form a valuable addition to these collections. Mining Engineering. — This department has a complete exhibit of sized coal as prepared by typical Illinois washeries, the raw ma- terials and the finished products illustrating the briquetting of coal, models of a metalliferous mine and of timber and steel mine sup- ports, a complete exhibit of explosive and blasting materials and ap- pliances, the Draeger, Fleuss, and Westphalia breathing apparatus, and all of the appliances necessary for mine rescue and first aid demonstration, a collection of safety-lamps and other mine-lighting devices, and working drawings and photographs of mine machin- ery. Railway Engineering. — The department of railway engineering has an unusually complete exhibit of photographs illustrating the development in transportation; an exhibit showing the progress in the design and manufacture of rails ; models of locomotive valve gears; a full-sized model of the front end of a Richmond com- pound locomotive; and sets of working drawings of locomotives, cars, and other railway equipment. COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE The various agricultural departments maintain collections illus- trative of their work ; prominent among which are those showing typical specimens of standard varieties of corn; wax models of fruit and vegetables ; a horticulture herbarium ; specimens of breeds of live stock ; a collection of farm machinery ; and exhibits of neg- atives and samples showing the progress of certain investigations, especially with fruit, crops, and soils. See further the description of the facilities for instruction and methods of work of the departments of agronomy, animal hus- bandry, dairy husbandry, and horticulture, pages LIBRARY SCHOOL The School has made a collection of books and pamphlets on li- brary science; of library reports and catalogs; of mounted samples showing methods of administration in all departments; of labor- saving devices and fittings ; and of photographs and lantern slides illustrating the history of books and libraries. LIBRARIES (For the Library Staff see page 41.) The University Library includes all the books belonging to the colleges and schools of the University which are situated in Urbana 8o General Information and also the libraries of the College of Medicine and School of Pharmacy in Chicago. On January i, 1914, the several libraries contained the following numbers of bound volumes and pamphlets : Volumes Pamphlets General library, including depart- mental collections 251,000 28,000 State Laboratory of Natural His- tory library 8,100 30,000 State Geological Survey library. 1,500 4,000 College of Medicine library 15,150 Pharmacy library 2,500 The Library receives about 2,000 serial publications. The Library is housed, for the most part, in the Library build- ing, and is for the use of the whole University. The officers of instruction and administration of the University, the graduate stu- dents, and the members of the senior class have direct access to the shelves ; other students may have this privilege upon the recom- mendation of their instructors. All students have the direct use of 10,700 volumes in the reading rooms, and in addition graduate stu- dents have the use of the seminar libraries. As a part of the Library are included several special collections : The University of Illinois collection, including printed material illustrating the history of the University: about 300 volumes. Col- lege Publications collection, comprising the catalogs, announce- ments, reports, studies, etc., of other educational institutions : about 5,000 volumes. Thesis collection, a complete file of the original copies of the theses presented for graduation from the University of Illinois ; they are bound and filed by years : 2,000 volumes. The Collection of School Reports, a carefully cataloged collection of school reports, courses of study, and other documents published by public school authorities throughout the United States. The Dziatzko collection of Library Economy, bought in 1905, the entire library of Karl Dziatzko, librarian of Gottingen University : 300 volumes, 250 pamphlets. The Dittenberger Collection of the Clas- sics, bought in 1907, the entire library of Wilhelm Dittenberger, professor of Classical Philology in the University of Halle: 5,600 items. The Heyne collection, purchased by the University in 1909, the philological library of Professor Moritz Heyne, of the Univer- sity of Gottingen : about S,ooo items, principally on German phil- Libraries 8i ology and literature. The Karsten collection, principally on French and German philology and literature, the library of the late Pro- fessor Gustaf E. Karsten, presented by Mrs. Eleanor G, Karsten. The Grober collection, purchased in 1912, the entire library of the late Professor Gustav Grober, of Strasburg: 6,300 titles, principally on the Romance languages. The Vahlen collection, purchased in 1913, the entire classical library of the late Professor Johannes Vahlen, of Berlin : 10,000 volumes. The Avon collection, purchased in 1913, the pedagogical library of the late Dr. R. Aron, of Berlin: 20,000 volumes. A number of seminar and departmental collections are main- tained in various buildings on the campus, including the six sem- inars in Lincoln Hall; most of these are primarily reference collec- tions for the use of graduate students and advanced undergraduate students in the departments using the respective buildings. The principal departmental libraries and reading rooms are the fol- lowing : Name of library Location Number of volumes Philosophy, Psychology, and Education Lincoln Hall 9.900 Classics Lincoln Hall 9»950 Modern languages Lincoln Hall 19,600 English Lincoln Hall 9-500 History and Political Science Lincoln Hall 17,600 Economics and Sociology Lincoln Hall 17,000 Natural History Natural History Building *i8,300 Law Law Building 15,000 Commerce Reading Room Commerce Building 400 Architecture Engineering Building 3,090 Agriculture Reading Room Agricultural Building 300 Chemistry Chemistry Building 4»520 Physics Physics Building 940 Mathematics Natural History Building 3,150 Mason Library of Western History. The library of western his- tory collected by Edward G. Mason, Esq., long president of the Chicago Historical Society, is in the Public Library of the city of Champaign, and is accessible to students in the University. •Including the State Laboratory collection. 82 General Information LIBRARY REGULATIONS The General Library is primarily for free reference use; any citizen of the State may use the books in the general reading rooms. The privilege of drawing books for use outside the build- ing is accorded to all officers of instruction and government, to all registered students, and to other accredited persons. Books not reserved for classes may be borrowed for home use for two weeks and may be renewed for two weeks more if not specially restricted or called for. All books are subject to recall at any time when needed for university work. General reference books, books reserved for classes, all general periodicals, and certain other groups of books are to be consulted in the reading rooms only. They may not be loaned from the Li- brary except when the reading rooms are closed. They must then be returned by the time the Library next opens. Books from the stack which are not returned on time are sub- ject to a fine of two cents a day. Books from the reference, re- serve, and periodical shelves, as well as some special collections, are subject to a fine of twenty-five cents for the first hour and five cents for each additional hour if kept overtime. Books re- called for university work must be returned at once upon re- ceipt of the notice. If not returned within two days after notice is mailed a fine of twenty-five cents a day is charged. All books lost or damaged must be replaced or paid for. Books not at the time needed in Urbana, or not subject to special restrictions, may be loaned for a limited period to other libraries in the State, for the use of serious students. Hours of Opening. The General Library is open week days dur- ing the general sessions of the University, from 7 :45 a. m. to 10 p. m., and on Sundays from 2 p. m. to 6 p. m. During the Sum- mer Session, the Library is open from 7 145 a. m. to 10 p. m. on week days, but is not open on Sundays. During the summer vaca- tion, the Library is open from 9 a. m. to 12 m. Permits may be given for use at other hours. The Library is regularly closed on New Year's, Independence, Labor, Thanksgiving, and Christmas days. The hours of opening of the departmental libraries differ somewhat from those given above. ADMINISTRATION GOVERNMENT The government of the University is vested by law primarily in a Board of Trustees, consisting of twelve members. The Gov- ernor of the State, the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the President of the State Board of Agriculture are members ex officio. The other nine members are elected by the people of the State for terms of six years; the terms of three members expire every second year. The administration of the University is vested by the Board of Trustees in the President of the University, the Senate, the Coun- cil of Administration, the Faculties of the several colleges, and the Deans of the colleges and Directors of the schools. The President is the administrative head of the University. The Senate is composed of the full professors and those other members of the faculty who are in charge of separate departments of the various colleges and schools. It is charged with the direc- tion of the general educational policy of the University. The Council of Administration is composed of the President, the Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of Men and Women, and the Deans of the several colleges. It constitutes an advisory board to the President, and has exclusive jurisdiction over all matters of discipline. The Council does not determine educational policy; but when any matter arises which has not been provided for by common usage or by rule of the Senate and cannot be con- veniently laid over until the next meeting of the Senate, the Coun- cil may act upon the same according to its discretion. The Faculties of the colleges and schools of the University, com- posed of the members of the corps of instruction of these colleges and schools, have jurisdiction, subject to higher University authority, over all matters which pertain exclusively to these organizations. The Dean of the Graduate School, the Deans of the several colleges, and the Directors of the schools are responsible for the carrying out of all University regulations within their respective departments. 83 84 General Information DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES For the purpose of administration, the University is divided into several colleges and schools. These are not educationally sep- arate, but are interdependent and form a single unit. The colleges and schools are as follows: I. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences II. The College of Engineering III. The College of Agriculture IV. The Graduate School V. The Library School VI. The School of Music VII. The School of Education VIII. The School of Railway Engineering and Administration IX. The College of Law X. The College of Medicine XI. The College of Dentistry XII. The School of Pharmacy The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences offers courses in — 1. Philosophy and arts, including — (a) The ancient classical languages (b) The Romance languages (c) The Germanic languages (d) The English language and literature, including rhetoric (e) Mathematics (f) The political and social sciences — History Economics Political science Sociology (g) Philosophical subjects — Philosophy Psychology Education (h) Art and design 2. General Science, affording opportunity to specialize in : (a) Astronomy (b) Geology, including mineralogy (c) Physics (d) Chemistry Departments and Courses 85 (e) Ceramics (f) Botany, including bacteriology (g) Zoology (h) Entomology (i) Physiology By the grouping of certain subjects students in this College are also offered opportunities for specific vocational and professional training as follows : 1. Business administration (a) General business (b) Secretarial service (c^l Banking (d) Accountancy (e) Railway administration — Railway traffic and accountancy Railway transportation (f) Insurance (g) Commercial teaching 2. Teaching and school administration 3. Journalism 4. Chemistry'- 5. Chemical engineering 6. Ceramics 7. Ceramic engineering 8. Household science and household administration 9. Library administration 10. Law (combined course) 11. Medicine (combined course) 12. Engineering (combined course) The College of Engineering offers courses in — 1. Architecture 2. Architectural engineering 3. Civil engineering 4. Electrical engineering 5. Mechanical engineering 6. Mining engineering 7. Municipal and sanitary engineering 8. Railway civil engineering 9 Raihvay electrical engineering 10. Railway mechanical engineering 86 General Information The College of Agriculture offers courses in — 1. Agronomy 2. Horticulture, floriculture, and landscape gardening 3. Animal husbandry 4. Dairy husbandry 5. Veterinary science 6. Household science 7. Agricultural extension 8. Teachers' course Military science and physical training are provided in all the undergraduate colleges in Urbana. The Graduate School offers courses in — Philology, including the classical languages, Romance lan- guages, Germanic languages, and English Mathematics Political and social sciences, including history, economics, sociology, and political science Philosophy, including psychology and education Physical sciences, including physics, chemistry, astronomy, and geology Biology, including botany, zoology, entomology, and physi- ology Engineering, including architecture, architectural engineer- ing, civil engineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, mechanics, mining engineering, municipal and sanitary engineering, and railway engineering Agriculture, including agronomy, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, floriculture, horticulture, and thremmatology Household science The Library School offers a professional course of two years in preparation for the work of the librarian, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Library Science. Graduation from a college or uni- versity of approved standing is required for admission to the Li- brary School. The School of Music offers courses in vocal and instrumental music, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Music; and provides training in public school methods in music. The School of Education enrolls, at the beginning of the junior year, students already registered in other colleges of the University who are preparing to teach, and directs their work for the remain- ing two years. Departments and Courses 87 The School of Railway Engineering and Administration offers courses of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in railway civil, railway electrical, and railway mechanical engineering; and also courses in railway transportation and in railway traffic and accountancy leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The Courses in Business Administration virtually constitute a school of commerce. They include courses in social and industrial economics, accountancy, banking, and railway administration, lead- ing to the degree of Bachelor of Arts. The College of Law offers a course of three years leading to the degree of Bachelor of Law. One year of college work in an institution of approved standing is required for admission to the College of Law. Students holding the bachelor's degree in arts or science may become candidates in this College for the degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.). The College of Medicine offers a course of four years leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine; and, in conjunction with the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, a course of six years, lead- ing to the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Doctor of Medi- cine. The College of Dentistry offers a three-year course leading to the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. The School of Pharmacy offers courses in the branches neces- sary to a scientific and practical knowledge of pharmacy, including pharmacy, chemistry, materia medica, botany, physics, and physi- ology. The courses lead to the degrees of Graduate in Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Chemist. The Summer Session, of eight weeks, offered in 1913 courses in accountancy, agricultural education, art and design, botany, chem- istry, drawing (general engineering), economics, education, Eng- ish, entomology, French, German, history, household science. Latin, library science, manual training, mathematics, mechanical engineering, mechanics (theoretical and applied), microscopical technique, music, physical training for men and for women, phy- sics, political science, psychology, rhetoric, sociology, and zoology. All the courses given in the Summer Session are of collegiate grade and may be counted toward the bachelor's degree. Certain advanced courses may be counted toward the master's degree. ADMISSION GENERAL STATEMENT An applicant for admission to any of the colleges or schools of the University must be at least sixteen years of age. Candidates for admission to the College of Dentistry must be eighteen and for the School of Pharmacy (Chicago) must be seventeen years of age. Women are admitted to all departments under the same condi- tions and on the same terms as men. Students may be admitted at any time, but should enter if pos- sible at the beginning of the fall semester (in 1914, September 23) or at the beginning of the spring semester (in 1915, February 10). Students can seldom enter the College of Engineering to advantage except at the opening of the school year in September. The entrance requirements for the undergraduate departments, including the colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, and Agriculture, and the School of Music, amounting in each case to IS units of high school work, are stated in detail immediately below. The College of Law requires, in addition to 15 units of high school credit, one year of college work in arts, letters, and science in an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. For 1915-16 and thereafter two years of college work will be required. (See page 270). The Library School requires a bachelor's degree in arts, letters, or science from an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. (See page 231.) The College of Medicine (Chicago) requires, in addition to 15 units of high school credit, two years (60 semester hours) of col- lege work in an institution having standards equal to those of the University of Illinois. (See page 281.) The College of Dentistry (Chicago) requires an applicant for admission to present a certificate of graduation from an accredited 88 Admission 89 high school or the equivalent ; which equivalent is interpreted to mean 15 units of preparatory work in an accredited high school or academy or a state normal school. (See page 296.) The School of Pharmacy (Chicago) requires for admission to its shorter course, leading to the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy, two years of high school work or the full educational equivalent ; and for admission to its longer course, leading to the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist, graduation from an accredited high school or the equivalent. (See page 302.) ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNDERGRADUATE COLLEGES An applicant for admission to any one of the undergraduate departments — including the colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, and Agriculture, and the School of Music — must offer credit for fifteen (15) units of high school or other secondary school work, so chosen as to include : I, Those subjects prescribed alike by all the undergraduate departments (see List A below). •IL Certain subjects prescribed in addition by the individual department which the student wishes to enter. III. Enough electives to make up the required total of 15 units. A unit is the amount of work represented by the pursuit of one preparatory subject, with the equivalent of five forty-minute recita- tions a week, through 2^ weeks ; or, in other words, the work of 180 recitation periods of forty minutes each, or the equivalent in laboratory or other practise. I. Units Prescribed by All the Colleges (List A) Of the 15 units required, the following 5J/^ units, constituting List A, are prescribed for admission to the freshman class in all the undergraduate colleges of the University, and no substitutes are accepted. List A. Units Prescribed by All the Colleges English composition i unit English literature 2 units Algebra VA units Plane geometry i unit Total, List A 5^ units 90 General Information II. Additional Prescriptions of Individual Colleges Of the 9J/4 units that remain, certain others are prescribed for admission by individual colleges, and in each case no substitutes are accepted by the college in question. These additional prescriptions are as follows : Units Prescribed in Addition by Individual Colleges For courses in Literature and Arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences : History i unit Foreign languages* 3 units Sciences : For the courses in Science' in the College of Liberal Arts and Science , 2 units For the College of Engineering: Solid and spherical geometry J^ unit Physics I unit For the College of Agriculture : Science 2 units For the School of Music: History i unit Foreign languages'. 3 units Music 2 units III. Electives The remainder of the required 15 units — after those prescribed (i) by all the colleges, and (2) by the individual college desired, have been counted — must be made up from the subjects in Lists B and C below. For courses in literature and arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, only two units from List C may be of- fered. For the Colleges of Engineering and Agriculture and for courses in science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences three units from List C are accepted. No subject is accepted for an amount less than the minimum, or greater than the maximum, men- tioned in the lists. For a description of the subjects required and accepted for admission see page 108. *At least two of these must be in the same language. Three units in Latin must be presented if the student wishes to pursue the study of that subject in the University. 'Two years of German are prescribed (as well as two units in science) for admission to the course in chemical engineering in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. ■At least two of these units must be in the same language. Admission 91 List B. Electives Astronomy 18 weeks ^ unit Botany 18 or 36 weeks V2 or i unit Chemistry 36 weeks i unit Civics 18 or 36 weeks ^ or 1 unit Commercial geography 18 weeks ^ unit Drawing 18 or 36 weeks J^ or i unit Economics 18 weeks ^ unit English literature (3rd unit) 36 weeks i unit French 36 to 144 weeks i to 4 units Geology 18 or 36 weeks V2 or i unit Geometry, solid and spherical 18 weeks H ui^t German 36 to 144 weeks i to 4 units Greek 36 to 108 weeks i to 3 units History 36 to 108 weeks i to 3 units Latin z'^ to 144 weeks i to 4 units Physics 36 weeks I unit Physical geography 18 or 36 weeks 5^2 or i unit Physiology 18 or 36 weeks J/4 or i unit Spanish 36 to 72 weeks i to 2 units Trigonometry 18 weeks J^ unit Zoology 18 or 36 weeks J/2 or i unit List Cy Limited Electives Agriculture 36 to 72 weeks i to 2 units Bookkeeping 36 weeks I unit Business law 18 weeks }/2 unit Domestic science 36 weeks i unit Manual training' 36 to 72 weeks i to 2 units Summary by Colleges The requirements listed above may be summarized by colleges as follows : For Courses in Literature and Arts in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: I. List A (prescribed by all the colleges) 5J^ units *The subjects named in List C must be taught in accordance with specifica- tions which are set forth in the High School Manual. Further information may be had on application to the High School Visitor. *In giving credit for manual training the University specifies that the work is to be done by competent teachers, as determined by inspection, and that credit shall not exceed one unit for 360 forty-minute periods of work, including the necessary drawing and shop work. 92 General Information II. Special prescriptions for these courses — History I unit Foreign languages (see foot-note i, page 90) 3 units III. Electives (not more than 2 units from List C) . . . 5J/2 units 15 units For Courses in Science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences: I. List A (prescribed by all the colleges) SJ^ units II. Special prescription for these courses — Science* 2 units III. Electives (not more than 3 units from List C)... 7^ units 15 units For the College of Engineering : I. List A (prescribed by all the colleges) 55^ units II. Special prescriptions by this college — Solid and spherical geometry J^ unit Physics I unit III. Electives (not more than 3 units from List C) . . 8 units 15 units For the College of Agriculture: I. List A (prescribed by all the colleges) 5>4 units II. Special prescription by this college — Science 2 units III. Electives (not more than 3 units from List C) . . 7^2 units 15 units For the School of Music: I. List A (prescribed by all departments) sYi units II. Special prescriptions by this school — History I unit Foreign languages (see foot-note 3, page 90) . 3 units Music 2 units III. Electives (not more than 3 units from List C) . . 35^ units 15 units 'See also the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, foot-note 2 on page 90. Admission 93 METHODS OF ADMISSION The credits required for admission to the undergraduate depart- ments, as detailed above, may be secured : (a) By examination, (b) By certificate from an accredited high school or other secondary school. (c) By transfer from another university or college of recog- nized standing. (A) ADMISSION BY EXAMINATION I. The University Entrance Examinations The University entrance examinations are given at the Univer- sity in Urbana (in Room 228, Natural History Building) three times in each year : in September, immediately before the opening of the fall semester; in February, shortly before the opening of the spring semester; and in July, during the Summer Session. These examinations cover all the subjects required or accepted for admission, as outlined in the "Description of Subjects Accepted for Admission" on pages 108 to 117. For programs of these three sets of examinations for 1914-15 see pages 98 to 100. II. The Examinations of the College Entrance Examination Board The certificate of the College Entrance Examination Board, showing a grade of 60 per cent, or higher, will be accepted for ad- mission in any subject in the lists on pages 89 to 91, in the amounts there specified as being acceptable. These examinations will be held during the week of June 15-20, 1914. All applications for examination must be addressed to the Sec- retary of the College Entrance Examination Board, Post Office Sub-Station 84, New York, N. Y., and must be made upon a blank form to be obtained from the Secretary of the Board upon appli- cation. Applications for examination at points in the United States east of the Mississippi River, and also at Minneapolis, St. Louis, and other points on the Mississippi River, must be received by the Secre- tary of the Board at least two weeks in advance of the examinations ; that is, on or before Monday, June i, 1914; applications for exam- ination elsewhere in the United States or in Canada must be re- ceived at least three weeks in advance of the examinations; that is, on or before Monday, May 25, 1914; and applications for ex- amination outside of the United States and Canada must be re- 94 General Information ceived at least five weeks in advance of the examinations ; that is, on or before Monday, May ii, 1914. Applications received later than the dates named will be ac- cepted when it is possible to arrange for the admission of the candidate concerned, but only upon the payment of $5.00 in addi- tion to the usual fee. The examination fee is $5.00 for all candidates examined at points in the United States and Canada, and $15.00 for all candi- dates examined outside of the United States and Canada. The fee (which cannot be accepted in advance of the application) should be remitted by postal order, express order, or draft on New York to the order of the College Entrance Examination Board. A list of the places at which examinations are to be held by the Board in June, 1914, will be published about March i. Requests that the examinations be held at particular points, to receive proper consideration, should be transmitted to the Secretary of the Board not later than February i. III. The New York Regents' Examinations Credits will be accepted, also, from the examinations conducted by the Regents of the University of the State of New York. (B) ADMISSION BY CERTIFICATE FROM AN ACCRED- ITED PREPARATORY SCHOOL Blank certificates for students wishing to enter the University by certificate from an accredited high school or academy may be had of the Registrar. They should be obtained early and should be filled out and sent in to the Registrar for approval as soon as possible after the close of the high school year in June. Certificates received at the University after September 17 (in 1914) will be held until the arrival of the student unless such certificates are ac- companied by an addressed envelope with a special delivery stamp. Accredited Schools The High School Visitor of the University visits and inspects on request high schools and other preparatory schools throughout the State. On the basis of his reports, approved by the Committee on Accredited Schools and by the Council of Administration, the University accredits all work which is found to be sufficiently well done. For a list of Accredited Schools, correct to January i, 1914, see page loi. Not all the schools named in this list, however, are accredited for the same amount of work nor all for the same sub- jects. A student presenting a certificate from any one of these schools will be given entrance credit for all the subjects named Admission 95 therein for which the said school is specifically accredited as shown in the certificate of its accredited relation issued to the school by the University. Entrance credits will also be accepted on certificate from the following sources : 1. From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. 2. From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the membership of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. 3. From the state normal schools of Illinois and other state normal schools having equal requirements for graduation. 4. From schools approved by the New England College En- trance Certificate Board. Foreign Students Candidates for admission who come from foreign countries should bring complete official credentials. Certificates from oriental countries should be accompanied by certified translations. Upon arriving at the University foreign students should consult with the Adviser to Foreign Students, Room 214, Lincoln Hall. Examination in Rhetoric i Those students who show by examination a proficiency in com- position sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in Rhetoric i may be excused from the first semester's work. An examination to test such proficiency will be given at 7 :oo p. m., on the first day of registration (in 1914 September 21). The re- sults of this examination will be announced the following morning. Students who try this examination should defer their registration until they learn whether or not they have passed in the examina- tion. (C) ADMISSION BY TRANSFER OF ENTRANCE CREDITS FROM OTHER COLLEGES OR UNIVERSITIES A person who has been admitted to another college or univer- sity of recognized standing will be admitted to this University upon presenting a certificate of honorable dismissal from the institution from which he comes and an official statement of the subjects upon which he was admitted to such institution, provided it appears that the subjects are those required here for admission by examination or real equivalents. No substitutes will be accepted for the sub- jects prescribed for all colleges or by individual colleges as indi- cated above (pages 89, 90). 96 General Information For admission to advanced standing by transfer of college cred- its see page 98 below. Students intending to transfer to the University of Illinois should send an official statement of their college credits, accom- panied by a summary of their preparatory work and by a letter of honorable dismissal, to the Registrar as early in the summer as possible. CONDITIONED FRESHMEN A student who lacks not more than 2 of the 15 units required for matriculation may be entered as a conditioned freshman, pro- vided the deficiencies are not in work which should precede the pre- scribed courses of the first semester, and provided that all his en- trance conditions are such as can be made up during his first year. A conditioned student is not matriculated and must pay a tui- tion fee of $7.50 a semester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $12.00 a semester. No student having entrance conditions may register for a second year in the University, except on the recommendation of the fac- ulty of the college or school in which he is enrolled, approved by the Council of Administration. Only in rare and especially meri- torious cases will such permission to continue as a conditioned stu- dent be granted. ADMISSION AS SPECIAL STUDENTS Persons over twenty-one years of age may be admitted as spe- cial students, provided they secure (i) the recommendation of the professor whose work they wish to take, and (2) the approval of the dean of the college concerned. They must give evidence that they possess the requisite information and ability to pursue profit- ably, as special students, their chosen subjects, and must meet the special requirements of the particular colleges in which they wish to enroll, as stated below. A special student is not matriculated and must pay a tuition fee of $7.50 a semester in addition to the regular incidental fee of $12.00 a semester. No one may enroll as a special student in any school or college of the University for more than two years, except by special per- mission, application for which must be made through the dean of the college. A person registered as a special student in one college and de- siring to take a course in another college of the University must obtain the approval of the dean of the latter college. Admission 97 Special Requirements of Particular Colleges The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences requires a written ap- plication, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the char- acter and extent of the applicant's preparatory work, and showing honorable dismissal from the school last attended. In order that action may be taken on such applications before registration they should be presented at least one week before the beginning of the semester. The College of Engineering requires that applicants for admis- sion as special students shall satisfy the entrance requirements in mathematics and English (one and one-half years of algebra, one year of plane geometry, one-half year of solid geometry, one year of English composition, and two years of English literature). The College of Agriculture will receive non-matriculants twenty- one years old or over, provided that if deficient in English as meas- ured by the requirements for matriculation they shall arrange to carry English as one subject until that deficiency is made good; and provided further, in the case of men, that they shall have had at least two years of experience in practical agriculture. The Library School requires a written application, accompanied by official certificates, indicating the character and extent of the applicant's preparatory and college work and showing honorable dismissal from the institution last attended. In order that action may be taken on such applications before registration they should be presented not later than one week before the beginning of the academic year. It is the practise of this School to admit as special students only those mature persons who, tho unable to meet the formal require- ments for entrance, are substantially prepared for thoro and ad- vanced work. Such persons must present evidence of possessing the requisite information and ability to pursue the chosen subjects profitably, and some substitute for the regular requirements for entrance, such as approved library or teaching experience, foreign travel, etc. Preference will be given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illinois, who may desire more adequate training in particular subjects. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING After matriculation, an applicant may secure advanced standing either by examination or by transfer of credits. I. By examination. — Advanced standing is granted only by ex- amination unless the applicant is from an approved school. 98 General Information 2. By transfer of credits. — Credits may be accepted for ad- vanced standing from another university or college of recognized standing, from a state normal school, or from an approved high school (not more than the equivalent of one unit unless the high school course exceeded four years in length). An applicant for advanced standing by transfer must present a certified record of work done in the institution from which he comes, accompanied (except in cases of transfer from high schools) by a letter of honorable dismissal. Students intending to transfer to the Univer- sity of Illinois should send their credentials to the Registrar as early in the summer as possible. PROGRAMS OF UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS The University entrance examinations are given at the Univer- sity in Urbana (in Room 228, Natural History Building) three times in each year : in September, immediately before the opening of the fall semester; in February, shortly before the opening of the spring semester; and in July and August, during the Summer Ses- sion. The scope of these examinations is indicated in the "Description of Subjects Accepted for Admission," pages 108 to 117. Admission to the examinations is by permit. Permits may be obtained of the Registrar, 321 Natural History Building. Entrance Examinations, July, August, 1914 ♦History, i, 2, or 3 units Sat., July 11, 8:00 a.m. Civics, y2 unit or i unit Sat., July 11, 10:00 a.m. tPhysiology, J/2 unit or I unit Sat., July 18, 8:00 a.m. Commercial geography, J^ unit Sat., July 18, 8 :oo a.m. fPhysiography, J/2 unit or i unit Sat., July 18, 10 :oo a.m. Algebra, i^ units Sat, July 25, 8 :oo a.m. Plane geometry, i unit Sat, July 25, 8 :oo a.m. Solid and spherical geometry, ]/2 unit Sat., July 25, 10:00 a.m. English literature, 2 units Sat, Aug. 8, 8:00 a.m. English composition, i unit Sat, Aug. 8, 10 :oo a.m. Latin, i, 2, 3, or 4 units Sat, Aug. 8, 8 :oo a.m. German, i, 2, 3, or 4 units Sat., Aug. 8, 8 :oo a.m. The time for examinations in agriculture, astronomy, bookkeep- ing, botanyj, business law, chemistry^, domestic science, drawing •Three units may be offered in history, made up from the following: Ancient history to 800 A. D., 1 unit; medieval and modern history, 1 unit; English history, J unit or 1 unit; American history, J unit or 1 unit. tNote-book required for 1 unit; not required for i unit. iNote-book required. Admission 99 (freehand or mechanical), economics, the fourth unit in English, French, geology, Greek, physics*, Spanish, trigonometry, and zoology*, will be arranged with candidates. Fall Examinations, September, 1914 ♦Chemistry, i unit Mon. Geology, H unit or i unit Mon Astronomy, H unit Mon Trigonometry, ^ unit Mon JHistory, i, 2, or 3 units Tues English literature, 2 units Tues English composition, i unit Tues. Latin, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both Wed. ♦Physics, I unit Wed. fPhysical geography, H unit or i unit... Wed. Algebra, l^^ units Wed. Civics, H unit or i unit Wed. Economics, H unit Wed. Geometry, plane, i unit Thurs. Geometry, solid and spherical, 16 unit. . .Thurs. fPhysiology, j6 unit or i unit Thurs. German, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both. . .Thurs. German, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both. . .Thurs. French, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both. . .Thurs. French, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both. . .Thurs. Spanish, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both. ..Thurs. Business law, ^ unit Thurs. Commercial geography, J^ unit Thurs. Latin, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Fri. Bookkeeping, i unit Fri. ♦Botany, J/2 unit or i unit Fri. *Zoology, H unit or i unit Fri. The time for examinations in agricultur manual training, freehand or mechanical draw bept. 14, I :oo p.m. Sept. 14, I :oo p.m. Sept. 14, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 14, 3 130 p.m. Sept. 15. 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 15, I :oop.m. Sept. 15, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 16, 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 16, 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 16, 10 :30 a.m. Sept. 16, 1 .00 p.m. Sept. 16, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 16, 3 130 p.m. Sept. 17, 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 17, 10 :30 a.m. Sept. 17, 10 130 a.m. Sept. 17, 1 :00 p.m. Sept. 17, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 17, I :oo p.m. Sept. 17, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 17, I :oo p.m. Sept. 17, I :oo p.m. Sept. 17, 3 :30 p.m. Sept. 18, 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 18. 8 :oo a.m. Sept. 18, 8 :00 a.m. Sept. 18, 10 :30 a.m. e, domestic science, ing, Greek, and the fourth unit in English, will be arranged with applicants. *Note-book required. tNote-book required for 1 unit; not required for i unit. JThree units may be oflFered in history^ made up from the following: Ancient history to 800 A. D., 1 unit; medieval and modern history, 1 unit; English history, J unit or 1 unit; American history, J unit or 1 unit. ICX) General Information Mid- Year Examinations, February, 1915 ♦Chemistry, i unit Wed. Geology, J/2 unit or i unit Wed. Astronomy, J^ unit Wed. Trigonometry, ^4 unit Wed. ^History, i, 2, or 3 units Wed. English literature, 2 units Thurs. English composition, i unit Thurs. Latin, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both Thurs. ♦Physics, I unit Thurs. tPhysical geography, J/2 unit or i unit Thurs. Algebra, iH units Fri. Civics, 5^2 unit or I unit Fri. Economics, H unit Fri. Geometry, plane, i unit Fri. Geometry, solid and spherical, % unit Fri. tPhysiology, 14 unit or i unit Fri. German, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat. German, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both .Sat. French, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat. French, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Sat. Spanish, ist unit, or 2nd unit, or both Sat. Business law, % unit Sat. Commercial geography, ]/2 unit Sat. Latin, 3rd unit, or 4th unit, or both Sat., Bookkeeping, i unit Sat., ♦Botany, J/2 unit or i unit Sat. ♦Zoology, y^ unit or i unit Sat, The time for examinations in agriculture, domestic science, man- ual training, freehand or mechanical drawing, Greek, and the fourth unit in English, will be arranged with applicants. LIST OF ACCREDITED SCHOOLS (Correct to January i, 19 14) The following high schools, having all the prescribed units, and enough others to make up the required total of 15 units, are in the list of fully accredited schools. Not all of these schools, however, are accredited for the same amount of work, nor all for the same subjects. A student present- , Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 3, 10:30 a.m. , Feb. 3, 10:30 a.m. , Feb. 3, 1 :00 p.m. , Feb. 4, 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 4. 10 :30 a.m. , Feb. 4, I :oo p.m. , Feb. 4, 1 :00 p.m. , Feb. 4, 3:30 p.m. , Feb. 5, 8 :oo a.m. , Feb. 5, 10 :30 a.m. , Feb. 5, 10:30 a.m. , Feb: 5, 1 :00 p.m. , Feb. 5, 3 '30 p.m. , Feb. 5, 3 '30 p.m. , Feb. 6, 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 6, 10:30 a.m. , Feb. 6, 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 6, 10:30 a.m. , Feb. 6, 8 :oo a.m. , Feb. 6, 8:00 a.m. , Feb. 6, 10 :30 a.m. , Feb. 6, 1 :00 p.m. , Feb. 6, I :oo p.m. , Feb. 6, I :oo p.m. , Feb. 6, 3:30 p.m. •Note-book required. tNote-book required for 1 unit; not required for i unit JThree units may be offered in history, made up from the following: Ancient history to 800 A. D., 1 unit; medieval and modern history, 1 unit; English history, J unit or 1 unit; American history, h unit or 1 unit. Accredited Schools lOI ing a certificate from any one of these schools will be given en- trance credit for all the subjects named therein for which the said school is specifically accredited, as shown in the certificate of its accredited relation issued by the University. The High School Visitor of the University inspects high schools not previously accredited upon request, if the request is accom- panied by a report of the school which shows that it merits such inspection. The University accredits all work which is thus found to be suflBciently well done. For further particulars address The High School Visitor, in care of the University of Illinois. FULLY ACCREDITED SCHOOLS SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT Abingdon A. C. Butler Albion High School Elbert Waller Southern Collegiate Institute Aledo High School Drury Academy Altamont Alton Amboy Anna High School Union Academy Arcola Arispie-Indiantown Tp. Arlington Heights Armington Hittle Tp. Arth ur Ashland Assumption Tp. Astoria Atlanta Atwood Auburn Augusta F. N. Taylor William Harris R. A. Haight O. M. Eastman F. C. Prowdley Sheldon R. Allen (Tiskilwa) O. R. ZOLL Elzie L. Stewart James G. Norris J. R, Rowland C. D. Jacobs Arthur W. Niedermeyer Charles E. Kuechler C. B. Whitehouse AuGusTANA College Acad. {Rock Island) Aurora East High School West High School Jennings Seminary Austin High School {Chicago) Averyville High School {Peoria,) C. M. Bardwell Ella Flagg Young Harry E. Iler Henry S. Stice H. a. Bone H. G. Russell George H. Busier Barry Batavia Beardstown Belleville Bellflower Tp. Belvidere Bement Benton Tp. Biggsville Tp. Bloomington High School St. Mary's High School Bloom Tp. {Chicago Heights) Blue Island J. E. Lemon Lewis A. Reisner N. N. Stevenson J. K. Stableton principal M. P. WiLKINS Lee V. Matheny Frank B. Hines, Pres. A. F. Caldwell Dean M. In man F. I. Tillman B. C. Richardson Myrtle Kenney Charles McGinnis H. Wallace Stevens Ina L. Rabb F. H. Craven Ada R, Kruger Eunice Blackburn Grover C. Summers Bertha Mae Allen H. G. Spear MiLERNA ScHLUTIUS Carrie M. Boling Lottie B. Cook Lettie E. Bristol A. E. Decker C. W. Foss C. E. Lawyer K. C. Merrick Bertha A, Barber George H. Rockwood Hazel Broad Ruth Tipple E. S. Williamson Mrs. H. G. Russell H. W. Brua E. R. Spencer T. E. Almon B. G. Goodworth E. S. Lake J. Charles McMillan William Wallis Sister Marie Alphonsb E. L. Boyer Ray D. Crout 102 General Information SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT BowEN High School (Chicago) Ella Flagg Young Bradley Poly. Inst. (Peoria) Bridgeport Tp. Bushnell Cairo Calumet High School (Chicago) Cambridge Camp Point Canton Carlinville Carl Schurz High School (Chicago) Carlyle Car MI Carrollton Carterville Carthage High School Carthage College Academy R. C. Hiett T. C. Clendenen Ella Flagg Young H. M. Hinkle W. H. Brewster G. W. Gaylor Harvey T. White Ella Flagg Young M. N. Todd Joseph Gersbacher Edwin A. Doolittle R. G. Crisenberry D. H. Wells W. G. Thompson G. T. Smith W. W. Earnest DeWitt El wood L. C. Smith A. B. Hiett S. E. Reecher Ella Flagg Young Casey Central High School (Peoria) Centralia Tp. Champaign Charleston Chatsworth Chenoa Chester Chicago Public High Schools Austin BoWEN Calumet Carl Schurz Crane, R. T. (Tech.) Curtis Englewood Harrison Technical Hyde Park Lake Lake View Lane Technical McKlNLEY Marshall Medill Phillips TULEY Waller Chicago Private Schools Latin School Harvard School F. W. Parker School Kenwood Institute Loyola Academy North Park College Academy University High School Chicago Heights Bloom Tp. High School Chillicothe Tp. Chrisman Winfield Scott Cicero J. Sterling Morton Tp. Clayton T. J. Haney Clinton H. H. Edmunds principal Charles I. Parker T. C. Burgess, Dir. A. F. Trams Mary C. Rasmussen Margaret Wilson Grant Beebe Zella a. Petty Pearl T. Brown I. P. RiNKER Margaret Hubbard Walter F. Slocum Percy C. Garwood Henry J. Karch David M. Crist L. L. Jones A. M. Wilson H. D. Hoover, Pres. W. P. Wyatt A, W. Beasley eston v. tubbs Lottie Switzer Lester R. McCarty Lyddia E. Klamm Maude Fairfield J. L. Bowman George H. Rockwood Charles I. Parker Avon S. Hall Walter F. Slocum W. J. Bartholf Thomas G. Hill James E. Armstrong Frank L. Morse Hiram B. Loomis Edward F. Stearns W. J. Bogan George M. Clayberg Louis J. Block Spencer R. Smith Franklin P. Fisk Oliver S. Westcott R. P. Bates T. J. SCHOBINGER Flora J. Cooke Mrs. Stella Dyer- LORING Simon Nicholas, S. J. C. T. Wilson F. W. Johnson E. L. BOYER Arthur M. Wells Helen E. Booker H. V. Church Irene Chapman J. D. Knight Accredited Schooh 103 SCHOOL Colfax p superintendent Collegiate Institute {Genese^' ^"""^^ COLLINSVILLE Tp \^ineseO) Cb^ne, R. f iTech,) High School (ru;^^^^\^ ^ly^a. School {Chicago) Crystal Lake Curtis High School {Lhtcago) Dallas City Danville Decatur DeKalb Tp. iJELAVAN Des Plaines jMmne Tp. Dixon High School North High School Downer's Grove Drury Academy (Aledo) DuQuoiN Tp. DWIGHT Earlville East High School KAurord) East St. Louis i-DWARDSVILLE Effingham Eldorado Tp. Elgin High School Elgin Academv jLlizabeth Elmhurst High School ^^\ Flagg Young H. A. Dean S-^^A Flagg Young M. N. Beeman ^. P. Randle J- O. Englemann R« W. Bakowell W. R. Snydeb H. V. Baldwin 'j. C. Butler E. C. Fisher C. A. Brothers F. L. Bennett C. M. Bar DWELL D. Walter Potts Charles F. Ford ^' C Bailey Robert L White R- L Lewis A. M. NiCHELSON t D ELMw^Sr"-^'^ Proseminar ElPaSO ^- ^' CONDIT Englewood High School Brittin \tfncago) P „ E^ANSTir^ P^OSEMINAR (£&«\,^)^^« ^OUNG Township High School EvANSTON Academy FAIRBURY C Tir -r^ Fairfield ^- ^- Powers Farmer City ^* Wilson Moore Tp. I^ARMINGTON TT T t^ Fhrkv Hall (Lake Forest) ^^ ^' ^^"" Forr?st"''-^^^^"°'^ Tp. Frances Shime» School (MLC^^rfltr''"^''''^'' Freeport Fulton Galena Galesburg Galva Geneseo cT.VnV ?^'^= School Collegiate Institute S. E. Raines Harry B. Price w T J^enzimer W. L. Steele F. U. White Geneva Genoa H. M. Coultrap Charles E. Lowman principal LiDA J. Smith ■A. E. Arendt W. J. Bartholf Richard G. Breeden Thomas G. Hill A. W. Sm ALLEY Jesse H. Newlon f; M. Giles Marie F. Tate Horace L. Howard C. H. Anderson Lebbeus Woods M Maude Manley Dean M. Inman W. T. McKlNNEY Edna Beers C. W. HouK Miss E. M. Brow^.- Nellie L. Smith C. E. Lawyer H. J. Alvis J- G. Stull Guy C Gladson M. T. VanCleve W. L. GOBLE H. M. Buckley Carrie Beaven John C. Hoskinson HARRfET r'°r' ^'''"''^ Glen'g'ri^ggs'^^"'^^"^ James E. Armstrong Daniel Irion. Director W. F. Beardsley ^- W. Helm H. D. WiLLARD H- D. ErCKELBERG tSTHER HeDQUIST Frances Laura Hughes O. A. Towns Hope M. Pollard William P. McKee, Dean L. A. Fulwider Mrs. C. R. Flatt Katharine Obye A. W. Willis Henrietta Silliman A. J. Beatty Lester S. Parker Mrs. Margaret Spraker 104 General Information SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT Georgetown Tp. Gibson City Drummer Tp. GiLMAN Godfrey MoNTiCELLO Seminary Grand Prairie Seminary (Onarga) Roy WiTHRow Granite City Greenfield Greenview Greenville Griggsville Hamilton Harrisburg Tp. Harrison Technical High School (Chicago) L. P. Frohardt L. \V. Ragland J. P. Scheid S. S. Simpson Vail Cordell J. A. Johnston Harter- Stan ford Tp. (Flora) Ella Flagg Young J. H. Light Harvard Harvard School (Chicago) Harvey Thornton Tp. Havana Henry Herrin Tp. Hyde Park High School (Chicago) Heyworth Highland Highland Park Township High School Northwestern Military Academy T. S. Henry W. E. King Ella Flagg Young L. R. Blohm C. L. DiETZ H. J. Beckemeyer O. V. Schaeffer H. B. Fisher W. D. Madden S. K. McDowell Frank D. Fleming HiLLSBORO HiNDSBORo Union Hinsdale HiTTLE Tp. (Armington) Homer hoopeston Hume hutsonville tp. Illinois Woman's College Acad. (Jacksonville) Illiopolis W. p. Sullivan Industry Tp. Jacksonville High School Adolph Gore Illinois Woman's College Academy Whipple Academy Jennings Seminary (Aurora) Jekseyville T. Pike Johnston City F. D. Harwood John Swaney School (McNabb) Joliet Tp. J. Sterling Morton Tp. (Cicero) Kankakee F. N. Tracy Kansas R. B. Henley Kenilworth New Trier Tp. Kenwood Institute (Chicago) Kewanee KiNMUNDY Knoxville LaGrange Lyons Tp. LaHarpe Lake High School (Chicago) W. R. Curtis E. V. Latham G. G. Lafferty T. W. Everitt Ella Flagg Young principal O. P. Rees H. T. McKinney Gretta R. Wilneb Martina C. Ehickson H. H. Frost, Pres. Walter F. Coolidge Hazel D. Dollinger Hazel Alkin Waldo F. Mitchell Roberta S. Amrine Philena Clark Harry Taylor Frank L. Morse 0. A. Towns Floyd E. Dewhirst J. J. Schobinger L. W. Smith Mrs. Sara E. Pierce Esther Massey T. H. Schutte Hiram B. Loomis Mrs. Lillian Anderson C. L. Dietz R. L. Sandwick Dr. II. H. Rogers D. O. Kime Emma Newell 1. A. Wilson Eunice Blackburn Otto H. Worley W. R. Lowery Audrey Dykeman Harry Thrasher Joseph R. Harkeb, Pres. Zita Jackson Fred Mabrey Charles E. Collins Joseph R. Harker, Pres. Walter L. Harris Bertha A. Barber E. B. Shaker C. T. Ramsay R. K. Snapp J. Stanley Brown H. V. Church William R. Towsley Neva B. Wiley H. E. Brown Mrs. Stella Dykr- Loring Wendell S. Brooks Bruce H. Corzine Sylvia E. Smith G. H. Wilkinson Jane Robertson Edward F. Stearns Accredited Schools 105 SCHOOL Lake Forest Lake Forest Academy Ferry Hall Lake View High School (Lntcago) Lanark Lane Technic.-vl High School (Chicago) r LaSalle-Peru Tp (LaSalle) ftw School (Chicago) i-AWRENCEVILLE Tp. superintendent Ella Flagg Young Charles S. Cobb Ella Flagg Young PHINCIPAL F. p. DONNER ^- '^- GOODIER C. B. Smith J- H. Smith F. L. HoLCH W. A. Perrin WILLIAM HaWKES G. H. Wells Lena LeRoy Lewistown Lexington LiBERTYVILLE Lincoln Litchfield LOCKPORT Tp. LODA LOVINGTON Tp LrlVt t'^^^^X'*^ (Chicago) 1.YONS Tp. (LaGrange) McKiNLEY High Sc/ooi. (CJncago) -r. ^ McLeansboro f"-'-;^ F^^GG Young McNabb ^- ^' Hickman Mac^m^" S"""^" School Manteno X- "''^' Alexander Manual Traininp Wt^« c? ■^' Gregory Marengo ^'"'"''^^'^^ High School (Peoria) Marengo Marion Tp. Marissa Tp. Marseilles Marshall High School ^ (Chicago) Marshall Tp. Mason City Mattooon Mazon Tp. Medili. High School ^ (Chicago) -Men DON Mendota Metropolis MiLFORD Tp. May wood Proviso Tp. Minonk Moline Momence Monmouth MONTICELLO , ^ MoNTicELLo Seminary fr.^fJ ^ Moore Tp. (Farmer Ciyf'^^'^'y^ AloRGAN Park -^^ MoSn 'p ^^°^. School Morris ^^''^ ^^^ Academy Morrison S?^"** D. Martin Morton Tp. "'• E. Weaver Albert Reep E. A. Collins Ella Flagg Young G. A. Buzzard J. F. Wiley I^^A Flagg Young T ' u Malcomson J. H. Browning M. N. McCartney j8. R. Morris C. H. Maxson R- .T. Walters a" 11? J°i-^ER A. w. Gross W. M. Lewis Frances Laura Hughes LiNA Aukerman W. J. BOGAN D i McCormack K. p. Bates F. W. Cox Elsie English Margaret McCune W. L. Boles Theodore F. Fieker W. Louise Cater i^- B. KORB L)- B. Carroll Alfred Livingston Marie E. Wallin i" W. Chatham biMON Nicholas, 5". J G. H. Wilkinson- George M. Clayberg Robert Wilson R- R. Snapp vir ^D Maxwell W. P. Morgan Henry H. Janssen Horace L. Howard ^ois Morrow Florence Schwartz William N. Brown ^- J. Pollard ^- G. Lentz Anna J. McNabney Elinore a. Bates Eouis J. Block Lewis W. Williams ^- ^- Curry H. B. Black E. C. Shields Hazel McCreary f • J. Dean -ti- vV. McCulloch John E. Witmer Charles H. Briggs E. P. Nutting E. E. Wheeler Mary Findley Ruby L. Allen Martina C. Erickson ■n. D. Eickelberg J. H. Heil Harry D, Abells E. C. Robey Mary L. Barnes •T. L. Cook io6 General Information SUPERINTENDENT A. S. Anderson SCHOOL Mt. Carmel Mt. Carroll High School G. V. Clum Frances Shimer School M. L. Test C. W. Yerkes Mt. Pulaski Tp. Mt. Sterling Mt. Vernon Tp. moweaqua Murphysboro Tp. Naperville High School O. A. Waterman Northwestern College Academy Nashville W. C. Fairweather Neoga Tp. Newman Tp. Newton C. E. Girhard New Trier Tp. (Kenilworth) NoKOMis Henry Buellesfield Normal High School C. F. Miller University High School North High School (Dixon) H. V. Baldwin North Park College Academy (Chicago) Northwestern College Academy (Naperville) Northwestern Military Academy (Highland Park) Oakland G. W. Sutton Oak Park & River Forest Tp. (Oak Park) Oblong Roscoe R. Smith Odell V. T. Smith Olney H. W. Hostettleh Onarga High School S. E. LeMarr Grand Prairie Seminary Oregon Ottawa Tp. Palatine Chester Wells Palestine J. M. Watters Pana Tp. Paris T. W. B. Everhart F. W. Parker School (Chicago) Pawnee Tp. PawPaw Paxton Pekin Peoria Averyville High School Bradley Poly. Inst. Central High School W. C. SUFT O. J. Bainum J. J. Crosby Harry E. Iler G. T. Smith Manual Training High School Petersburg Phillips High School (Chicago) Pittsfield Plain FIELD Plano Polo PONTIAC Tp. Princeton Tp. Prophetstown Proviso Tp. (May wood) QUINCY High School St. Mary's Academy H. A. Paine Ella Flagg Young T. C. Reeder H. J. Bassler R. E. Locke H. B. Urban P. F. Grove E. G. Bauman principal j. t. dorris Gayle H. Au William P. McKee, Dean l. f. fulwiler Belle Williamson T. M. Dickson J. Earl Hiett G. J. Koons V. Blanche Graham Thomas Finkbeiner ROLLA HiLLER W. L. Hagan T. H. Trinkle J. H. PURSIFULL H. E. Brown LuciLE Heskett E. L. King Ralph W. Pringle Lebbeus Woods C. J. Wilson Thomas Finkbeiner Dr. H. H. Rogers Mabel Banta T. Calvin Hanna J. M. Karns Helen Lyons B. Y. Alvis Marguerite D. Thomp- son H. H. Frost, Pres. Charles H. Kingman Helen Hannan R. A. Fraley W. E. Andrews T. J. BUCHER Flora J. Cooke W. B, Rose Julia H. Suft E. A. Messenger W. F. Shirley Hazel Broad T. C. Burgess, Director A. W. Beasley William N. Brown H. H. Stanch Spencer R. Smith Nellie A. Moore Verne Perry H. L. Tate Ethel C. Lowry Arthur Vernek W. R. Spurrier W. W. Jennings John E. Witmer Zens L. Smith Mother Mary Petra Accredited Schools 107 SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT E. H. Miller Louis A. Tohill A. F. Ames Lewis A. Mahon'ey E. O. Phares R. G. Tones Rantoul Ridgefarm Riverside Robinson Tp. Rochelle Rock Falls rockford Rock Island High School H. B. Hayden AuGUSTANA College Academy Villa de Chantal Mother Borgia RooDHOUSE J. 0. Stanberry Roseville Tp. RossviLLE I. A. Smothers RusHViLLE C. E. Knapp Rutland W. E. Gutteridge St. Charles Faith McAuley St. Elmo R. W. Jennings St. Mary's Academy (.Quincy) St. Mary's High School (Bloomington) Sandwich W. W. Woodbury Savanna Tp. ' Saybrook George E. White Sheffield J. H. Martin Shelbyville a. F. Lyle Sheldon Rush Carley SiDELL Tp. Southern Collegiate Inst. (Albion) F. C. Scott 'i^ H. S. Magill, Jr. B. T. Adkins WiLLLAM E. EcCLES J. C. Myers O. A. Drake T. H. Finley K. D. Waldo Sparta Springfield High School Ursuline Academy Stanford Staunton Sterling Tp. Stockland Tp. Stockton Stonington Streator Tp. Sullivan Sycamore Taylorville Tp. Thornton Tp. (Harvey) TiSKILWA Arispie-Indiantown Tp. Toulon Tp. TuLEY High School (Chicago) Tuscola Union Academy (Anna) University High School (Chicago) Upper Alton Western Mil. Acad. A. M. Jackson Urbana a. p. Johnson Ursuline Academy (SpringHeld) Ella Flagg Young Stanley Morris Vandalia Vermilion Grove Vermilion Academy Villa de Chantal (Rock Island) Villa Grove ViRDEN Virginia Waller High School (Chicago) Walnut Warren Lewis Ogilvie Mother Borgia E. L. Lawson Clyde Sloan A. M. Santee Ella Flagg Young T. F. McLamarrah H. H. Hagen principal Jessie McHarry Ethel Gwinn T. H. ZlEGLER J. O. Marberry Thomas R. Johnston Bess Burhaus C. P. Briggs A. T. Burton C. W. Foss Sister Mary Agnes C. A. Whiteside H. L. Kesslek R. D. Bowden Laura L. Knowles Janet Arie Minnie Lang will Dean Parrill Mother Mary Petra Sister Marie Alphonse Maud Webster C. M. Higgins Constance Mitchell Laura Schoettler B. H. Gault S. J. Berkema Sherman Cass Frank B. Hines. Pres. St. J. W. Wilton F. D. Thomson Mother Paul Lilly Stiegelmeiee Sara M. Marty E. T. Austin Ottis Hoskinson Parker Noll Edith Schroedeb O. A. Rawlins A. L. Smith Edna Koch R. G. Beals L. W. Smith A. W. Hussey Eugene L. Mendenhall Franklin P. Fisk J. Clem Hammond H. Wallace Stevens F. W. Johnson George D. Eaton Si. L. Flaningam Mother Paul Ernest T. Jackson EIdith Shugart Sister Mary Agnes W. F. Wollenhaupt Laura Mason Oliver S. Westcott Paul C. Moon O. M. BUSER io8 General Information SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENT Harry Andrews P. M. Smith iAMES E. RaIBOURN .. W. Haviland E. F. Nichols H. H. KiRKPATRICK C. M. Bardwell Washburn Washington Waterloo Watseka Waukegan Tp. Wenona West Chicago West High School {Aurora) W. III. St. Normal Acad. {Macomb) Western Military Acad. {Upper Alton) A. M. Jackson Westfield College Acad. Wheaton High School J. B. Russell Wheaton College Academy Whipple Academy {Jacksonville) White Hall Hey wood Coffield Wilmington Guy W. Bedell Winchester J. B. Hendricks Woodstock E. C. Thomas Wyoming Clarence W. Pratt YoRKViLLE T. A. Gallaher PRINCIPAL L. Ada Kreider Ira W. Dingledine Charles F. Steiner Mary J. Laycock W. C. Knoelk T. Grace Walker Norma Conyne K. C. Merrick W. P. Morgan George D. Eaton H. M. TipswoRD Ellen M. Gregg O. D. Tyner Walter L. Harris Heywood Coffield Bertha M. Oldred Bertha Duerkop B. M. Aldrich John G. Strieber Edith J. Anderson PARTIALLY ACCREDITED SCHOOLS Byron Keithsburg Knoxville St. Alban's School Martinsville Raymond St. Alban's School {Knoxville) Salem H. J. Blue H. V. Lynn E. C. Kloutz Harold Bright W. F. Grotts Edna King W. J. Stonks LuciAN F. Sennett Harry L. Ryan Frank J. DuFrain L. B. Hastings, Rector E. C. Franklin DESCRIPTION OF SUBJECTS ACCEPTED FOR ADMISSION The amount of work in each of the foregoing subjects which corresponds to the minimum number of credits assigned is shown by the description of subjects below. 1. Agriculture. — Courses in agriculture should be arranged for periods of not less than 2^ weeks. Such a course may be accepted for one unit of entrance credit, and two such courses may be ac- cepted for two units, provided the work covered by each course, is so closely related in its parts as to constitute one of the gener- ally accepted divisions now recognized in agricultural work. At least one-half the time should be devoted to laboratory work, and note-books should be presented. 2. Algebra. — Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, sim- ple equations, involution, evolution, radicals, quadratic equations and equations reducible to the quadratic form, surds, theory of exponents, and the analysis and solution of problems involving these. Admission 109 3. Astronomy. — In addition to a knowledge of the descriptive matter in a good text-book, there must be some practical familiarity with the geography of the heavens, with the various celestial mo- tions, and with the positions of the conspicuous naked-eye heavenly bodies. 4. Bookkeeping. — The unit of work in bookkeeping for col- lege entrance should consist of a working knowledge of both sin- gle and double entry bookkeeping for the usual lines of business. The student should be able to change his books from single to double entry and from individual to proprietorship. At least one set of transactions should be kept by single entry and at least two sets by double entry in which the uses of the ordinary bookkeep- ing books and commercial papers should be involved. The stu- dent should be drilled in the making of profit and loss statements and of balance sheets and should be able to explain the meanings of the items involved in both kinds of instruments. The work should be done under the immediate supervision of a teacher and the student should devote at least ten periods of not less than forty minutes full time in class each week for one academic year. 5. Botany. — A familiar acquaintance with the general structure of plants, and of the principal organs and their functions, derived to a considerable extent from a study of the objects, is required; also a general knowledge of the main groups of plants; and the ability to classify and name the more common species. Laboratory note-books and herbarium collections should be presented. 6. Business Law. — The amount of business law which is ac- cepted is indicated by the ground covered in any of the ordinary text-books on the subject, such as Spencer's Elements of Commer- cial Law, Burdick's Business Law, and White's Elements of Com- mercial Law. 7. Chemistry. — The instruction must include both text-book and laboratory work. The work should be so arranged that at least one-half of the time shall be given to the laboratory. The course as it is given in the best high schools in one year will sat- isfy the requirements of the University for the one unit for admis- sion. The laboratory notes, bearing the teacher's indorsement, must be presented as evidence of the actual laboratory work ac- complished. Candidates for admission may be required to demon- strate their ability by laboratory tests. 8. Civics. — Such an amount of study of the American Govern- ment, its history and interpretation, as is indicated by any of the no General Information usual high school text-books on civil government, is regarded as sufficient for one term. The work may advantageously be com- bined with the elements of political economy, 9. Commercial Geography. — The amount and character of the work accepted in this subject is indicated by the scope of such books as Redways* Commercial Geography, Adam's smaller book on the same subject, the text-books of Brigham, or Robinson, or Trotter's work. ID. Domestic Science. — (a) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week in foods. (b) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least one recitation period a week in clothing, (c) An equivalent of 180 hours of prepared work with at least two recitation periods a week on the home. (Two periods of laboratory work are considered equivalent to one period of prepared work.) Of the foregoing, (a) will be accepted as a unit's work; or two half units taken from (a) and (b), or (a) and (c), or (b) and (c) will be accepted as a unit's work. The work is to be done by trained teachers with indi- vidual equipment, as determined by inspection. 11. Drawing. — Free-hand or mechanical drawing, or both. Drawing-books or plates must be submitted. The number of credits allowed depends on the quantity and quality of the work submitted, 12. Economics. — The principles of economics, with economic history, as given in any good elementary text-book. 13. English Composition and Rhetoric. — Correct spelling, capitalization, punctuation, paragraphing, idiom, and definition; the elements of rhetoric. The candidate will be required to write two paragraphs of about one hundred fifty words each to test his abil- ity to use the English language. This work counts for one unit. 14. English Literature. — (a) Each candidate is expected to have read certain assigned literary masterpieces, and will be sub- jected to such an examination as will determine whether or not he has done so. With a view to a large freedom of choice, the books provided for reading are arranged in the following groups, from which at least ten units are to be selected, two from each group. Each unit is here set off by semicolons. I. The Old Testament, comprising at least the chief narrative episodes in Genesis, Exodus, Joshua, Judges, Samuel, Kings, and Daniel, together with the books of Ruth and Esther; the Iliad, Admission iii with the omission, if desired, of Books XI, XIII, XIV, XV, XVII, XXI ; the Odyssey, with the omission, if desired, of Books I, II, III, IV, V, XV, XVI, XVII ; Virgil's Aeneid. The Iliad, the Odyssey, and the Aeneid should be read in English translations of recognized literary excellence. For any unit of this group a unit from any other group may be substituted. II. Shakespeare's Merchant of Venice; Midsummer Night's Dream; As You Like It; Twelfth Night; Henry the Fifth; Julius Caesar. III. Defoe's Robinson Crusoe, Part I ; Goldsmith's Vicar of Wakefield ; Scott's Ivanhoe or Quentin Durvvard ; Hawthorne's House of Seven Gables; Dicken's David Copperfield or Tale of Two Cities; Thackeray's Henry Esmond; Mrs. Gaskell's Cranford; George Eliot's Silas Mamer; Stevenson's Treasure Island. IV. Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress, Part I ; The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator; Franklin's Autobiography (con- densed); Irving's Sketch Book; Macaulay's Essays on Lord Clive and Warren Hastings ; Thackeray's English Humorists ; selections from Lincoln, including the two Inaugurals, the Speeches in Inde- pendence Hall and at Gettysburg, the Last Public Address, and the Letter to Horace Greeley, with a brief memoir or estimate ; Park- man's Oregon Trail; either Thoreau's Walden or selections from Huxley's Lay Sermons; Stevenson's Inland Voyage and Travels with a Donkey. V. Palgrave's Golden Treasury (First Series), Books II and III, with especial attention to Dryden, Collins, Gray, Cowper, Burns*; Gray's Elegy in a Country Churchyard and Goldsmith's Deserted Village; Coleridge's Ancient Mariner and Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal; Scott's Lady of the Lake; Byron's Childe Harold, Canto IV, and Prisoner of Chillon ; Palgrave's Golden Treasur>' (First Series), Book IV, with especial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley; Poe's Raven, Longfellow's Courtship of Miles Stan- dish, Whittier's Snow Bound; Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome and Arnold's Sohrab and Rustum; Tennyson's Gareth and Lynette, Lancelot and Elaine, The Passing of Arthur; Browning's Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Goods News from Ghent to Aix, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident of the French Camp. Herve Riel, Pheidippides, My Last Duchess, Up at a Villa — Down in the City. 112 General Information (b) In addition to the foregoing the candidate will be required to present a careful, systematic study, with supplementary reading, of the history of either English or American literature. (c) The candidate will be examined on the form and sub- stance of certain books in addition to those named under (a). For 1914 the books will be selected from the list below. The examina- tion will be of such a character as to require a minute study of each of the works named in order to pass it successfully. The list is: Shakespeare's Macbeth; Milton's Comus, L'Allegro, and II Pen- seroso; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washing- ton's Farewell Address and Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. The work outlined in (a), (b), and (c) counts for two units. (d) The three units in English composition, rhetoric, and lit- erature, as described above, are required for all students, A fourth unit may be obtained for one full year's additional work in the study of English and American authors. 15. French. — First year's work. — Elementary grammar, with the more common irregular verbs. Careful training in pronuncia- tion. About 100 pages of easy prose should be read. Second year's work. — Advanced grammar, with all the irregular verbs. Elementary composition, and conversation. About 300 pages of modern French should be read. Third year's work. — Intermediate composition, and conversation. About 500 pages of standard authors should be read, including a few classics. Fourth year's work. — Advanced composition, and conversation. Standard modern and classical authors should be read and studied to the extent of 700 pages. 16. Geology. — The student must show familiarity with the prin- ciples of dynamic and structural geology, and some acquaintance with the facts of historical geology as presented in Scott's Intro- duction to Geology, Brigham's Text-book of Geology, or an equiv- alent, together with at least an equal amount of time spent in labo- ratory and field work. The laboratory work should follow one or more of the lines indicated below, and note-books should be presented showing the character and amount of work done, (a) Studies of natural phenomena occurring in the neighborhood which illustrate the principles of dynamic geolog}^ Each study should Admission 113 include a careful drawing of the object and a written description of the way in which it was produced, (b) Studies of well-marked types of crystalline, metamorphic, and sedimentary rocks which will enable the student to recognize each type and state clearly the conditions under which it was formed, (c) Studies of minerals of economic value, including the characteristics of each, its origin, and the uses to which it is put. (d) Studies of the types of soil occurring in the neighborhood, including the origin of each and the cause of differences in appearance and fertility. 17. Geometry. — (a) Plane Geometry. Special emphasis is placed on the ability to use propositions in the solution of original numerical exercises and of supplementary theorems. (b) Solid and Spherical Geometry. Applications to the solu- tion of original exercises are emphasized. 18. German. — It is recommended that pupils be trained to un- derstand spoken German and to reproduce freely in writing and orally what has been read. Whatever method of teaching is used, however, a thoro knowledge of grammar is expected. No attempt is made in what follows to give more than a general outline for the work of successive years, but the German department welcomes inquiries from teachers who wish further suggestions in the plan- ning of courses. First Year's Work. — At the end of the year pupils should be able to read intelligently and with accurate pronunciation simple German prose, to translate it into idiomatic English, and to answer in Ger- man easy questions on the passage read. A few short poems may well be memorized. Elementary grammar should be mastered up to the subjunctive as arranged in most books for beginners. Easy prose composition rather than the writing of forms will be the test of this grammatical work in entrance examinations given by the University. Second's Years Work. — Only modern writers should be read, preference being given to material which has a distinctly German atmosphere and which lends itself readily to conversational treat- ment in the class room. The regular recitations should afford con- stant oral and written drill on the elementary grammar of the pre- vious year. In addition, the beginner's book should be completed, but more importance is attached to accuracy and facility in simple modes of expression than to a theoretical knowledge of advanced syntax. 114 General Information Third Year's Work. — Most of the time should still be devoted to good modern prose. There should be some work in advanced prose composition — based on German models — and the daily reci- tations should continue to afford abundant oral practise. Pupils ought by this time to understand spoken German fairly well. Fourth Yea/s Work. — At the end of this year a pupil should be able to read at sight any prose or verse of moderate difficulty. He should also be able to express himself orally or in writing with considerable readiness and a high degree of accuracy. It is rec- ommended that work in composition take the form of free repro- duction of portions of the texts studied rather than translation of English selections. The reading should be divided about equally between modern and classical authors. 19. Greek. — First Year's Work. — The exercises in any of the beginning books, and one book of the Anabasis or its equivalent. Second year's work. — Two additional books of the Anabasis and three of Homer, or their equivalents, together with an amount of Greek prose composition equal to one exercise a week for one year. Third year's work. — Three additional books of the Iliad, three of the Odyssey, and Books VI, VII, VIII of Herodotus, or an equivalent from other authors. 20. History. — One, two, or three units may be presented, to be chosen from the following list : Ancient history to 800 A. D., one unit. Medieval and modern history, one unit. English history, one-half or one unit. American history, one-half or one unit. Examinations for entrance will be given in all these subjects. The examination for each unit is intended to cover one full year of high school work. 21. Latin. — First year's work. — Such knowledge of inflections and syntax as is given in any good preparatory Latin book, together with the ability to read simple fables and stories. Second year's work. — Four books of Caesar's Gallic War, or its equivalent in Latin of equal difficulty; the ability to write simple Latin based on the text. Third year's work. — SiK orations of Cicero; the ability to write simple Latin based on the text; the simpler historical references and the fundamental facts of Latin syntax. Admission 115 Fourth years work. — Six books of Virgil, with history and myth- ology; the scansion of hexameter verse. 22. Manual Training. — The requirement for one unit is the equivalent of 360 forty-minute periods in manual training fol- lowing the syllabus prepared by the manual training section of the High School Conference. 23. Music. — Credit in music is not accepted on certificate, but only by examination at the University, and only for admission to the School of Music. In the examination for two units in piano, students are required to play the following or the equivalent : Sim- ple scales and arpeggios at fairly rapid tempo; scales in double octaves at a moderate speed; Bach, two-part invention; Czerny, Op. 229; an easy sonata of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven. In the ex- amination for two units in voice, students are required to sing the following or the equivalent : Simple scales and arpeggios ; studies selected from Concone, Sieber, Panofka, and Panseron ; songs se- lected from Schubert, Schumann, and Mendelsshon. In the ex- amination for two units in violin, students are required to play the following or the equivalent : Gordon's Fountain Studies ; Her- mann's Scale Studies; Wohlfahrt's Etudes, Book I; Kayser's Etudes; Pleyel, Duet; selections from Weiss and Blumenstengel ; miscellaneous pieces by Daucla, Papini, Weidig, Sitt, etc. 24. Physics. — One year's high school work covering the ele- ments of physical science as presented in the best of the current high school text-books of physics. Laboratory practise in ele- mentary quantitative experiments should accompany the text-book work. The candidate's laboratory note-book will be considered as part of the examination. 25. Physical Geography. — The amount and character of the work required may be seen by referring to the texts of Gilbert and Brigham, or Davis ; the recitations must be supplimented by at least an equal amount of time devoted to laboratory work. The labora- tory exercises should follow one or more lines such as are indicated below. Each student should present a note-book showing what he has done. (a) Studies in mathematical geography in which map and scale only are used. These should embrace such topics as length of a de- gree in longitude in various latitudes ; length and breadth of con- tinents, etc., in degrees and miles; relative latitudes of places; dis- tances between cities, etc., in degrees and miles; difference in length ii6 General Information of parallels and meridians ; problems in time ; location of time belts, etc. (b) Studies of local topographic features which illustrate the various phases of stream work. Each study should include a draw- ing or topographic map of the object, and a full, clear description of the way in which it was formed. (c) Studies of glacial deposits as shown in terminal and ground moraines, kames, eskers, etc. ; distribution of dark and light colored soils; occurrences of lakes, ponds, gravel beds, clay banks, and waterbearing strips of sand and gravel. (d) Studies of stream work as shown in the topographical sheets which may be obtained from the United States Geological Survey at a nominal cost. (e) Studies of the form, size, direction and rate of movement of high and low barometer areas, and the relation of these to di- rection of wind, character of cloud, distribution of heat, and amount of moisture in the air, as shown in the daily weather maps. Later these studies should lead to the making of weather maps from the data furnished by the daily papers, and to local prediction of weather changes based on the student's own observation. (f) Studies of the climate of various countries compared with our own, the necessary data being derived from such topographic, rainfall, wind, current, and temperature maps as are found in Sydow-Wagner's or Longman's atlases. 26. Physiology. — For one-half unit : The anatomy, histology, and physiology of the human body and the essentials of hygiene, taught with the aid of charts and models to the extent shown in Martin's Human Body (Briefer Course). For more than one-half unit, the course must include practical laboratory work. 27. Spanish. — First year's work. — Elementary grammar, in- cluding thoro drill in the irregular verbs ; careful training in pro- nunciation, and translation of simple Spanish when spoken ; read- ing of about 100 pages of easy prose; simple composition and dic- tation. Second year's work. — In addition to the foregoing, about 300 pages of modern prose ; elementary syntax ; dictation, composition, and translation of spoken Spanish continued. 28. Trigonometry. — The work should cover the field of plane trigonometry, as given in standard text-books, including the solu- Admission 117 tion of right and oblique triangles. Special emphasis is placed upon the solution of practical problems, trigonometric identities, and trig- onometric equations. 29. Zoology. — The instruction must include laboratory work equivalent to four periods a week for a half-year, besides the time required for text-book and recitation work. Note-books and draw- ings must be presented to show the character of work done and the types of animals studied. The drawings are to be made from the objects themselves, not copied from illustrations, and the notes are to be a record of the student's own observations of the animals examined. The amount of equipment and the character of the sur- roundings must, of course, determine the nature of the work done and the kind of animals studied; but in any case the student should have at least a fairly accurate knowledge of the external anatomy of each of eight or ten animals distributed among several of the larger divisions of the animal kingdom, and should know something of their life histories and of their more obvious adaptations to en- vironment. It is recommended that special attention be given to such facts as can be gained from a careful study of the living animal. The names of the largest divisions of the animal king- dom, with their most important distinguishing characters, and with illustrative examples selected, when practicable, from familiar forms, ought also to be known. GRADUATION— FIRST DEGREES THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE A bachelor's degree is conferred upon any student who satisfac- torily completes the course of study described under one of the various colleges and schools, doing either the first three years, or the last year, of his work in residence at the University. Residence Requirement If the student is in residence at the University for one year only, that years* work must be taken in the college from which the degree is expected. No person will be recommended for a degree by the faculty of any college in the University unless he has been a regularly registered student in that college for at least one year. Requirements for Graduation A candidate for a bachelor's degree must pass in the subjects marked prescribed in his chosen course, and must conform to the directions given in connection with that course in regard to elect- ives. In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the College of Agriculture, credit for 130 hours is required for graduation. In the College of Engineering, in the College of Law, in the Library School, and in the School of Music, the candidate must complete the course of study as laid down. Military Science and Physical Training The number of hours required includes, for men, five in military drill and tactics and two in physical training ; and for women, three in physical training. Men excused from the military requirements, and women who do not take the course in physical training, must elect instead an equivalent number of hours in other subjects. Thesis In all cases in which a thesis is required,* the subject must be announced not later than the first Monday in November, and the completed thesis must be submitted to the dean of the proper col- *See requirements for graduation in the various colleges. 118 Degrees 119 lege by June i. The work must be done under the direction of the professor in whose department the subject belongs, and must be in the line of the course of study for which a degree is expected. The thesis must be presented upon regulation paper; it is de- posited in the library of the University. Second Bachelor's Degree A student who has already received one bachelor's degree may receive a second bachelor's degree, provided that all specified re- quirements for both degrees be fully met, and provided also that the course offered for the second degree include at least 30 sem- ester hours not counted for the first degree. LIST OF FIRST DEGREES 1. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred on those who complete a course in literature and arts, or certain courses in sci- ence, in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. 2. The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred on those who complete a course in the College of Engineering or in the Col- lege of Agriculture. This degree is conferred on a graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences who completes a course in ceramics or in chemistry and may be conferred on graduates from other courses in this College on recommendation of the faculty. 3. The degree of Bachelor of Laws is conferred on those who complete the course in the College of Law. 4. The degree of Doctor of Law is conferred on those who complete the course in the College of Law, satisfying certain special requirements additional to those for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 5. The degree of Bachelor of Library Science is conferred on those who complete the course in the Library School. 6. The degree of Bachelor of Music is conferred on those who complete one of the courses in the School of Music. 7. The degree of Doctor of Medicine is conferred on those who complete the course in the College of Medicine. 8. The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery is conferred on those who complete the course in the College of Dentistry. 9. 10. The degree of Graduate in Pharmacy, or of Pharma- ceutical Chemist, is conferred on those who complete the short- er and the longer courses, respectively, in the School of Pharmacy. HONORS AND COMPETITIONS UNIVERSITY HONORS The University gives public official recognition to such students as attain a high grade of scholarship by the following system of honors : Preliminary Honors are assigned at the completion of the sophomore year on the basis of the average of the grades re- ceived during the freshman and sophomore years in all studies ex- cept Military and Physical Training. The number of persons to whom honors are awarded may not exceed one-tenth of the mem- bership of the sophomore class. A failure in any subject dis- qualifies a student from receiving these honors. Preliminary Honors afford an opportunity for sophomores to secure recog- nition for high scholarship without waiting for graduation. Final Honors* are assigned on graduation on the basis of the average of the grades received during the junior and senior years. The number of persons to whom final honors are awarded may not exceed one-tenth of the membership of the senior class. A failure in any subject during the junior and senior years disqualifies a student from receiving these honors. Final honors are designed especially to favor students whose preparatory education has been so imperfect as to prevent them from receiving preliminary honors. Special Honors are awarded at the close of the senior year. No student may receive such honors who has not completed, before the beginning of his senior year, at least twenty hours' work in the subject, or group of allied subjects, in which the honors are pro- posed; he must complete thirty hours' work in the same subject, or group of allied subjects, by the end of his senior year, must do such other work as the professor in charge may assign, and must prepare an acceptable thesis. No student is eligible for special *Honors on Gradttation. — The rules governing honors on graduation in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences are stated on pages 174, 175 following. The rules given above apply to the other undergraduate colleges and schools of the University. 120 Debating and Oratory 121 hoii'dts Vhfb, 'during the senior y^ar, has received a grade of less than eighty per cent in any subject. Special honors are planned for especially brilliant students who prefer to concentrate their ef- forts upon a special course. A student may be a recipient of both final and special honors. The names of students receiving honors are published in th* Annual Register of the University. (See Part V.) DEBATING AND ORATORY The University engages yearly in four intercollegiate debates, the teams for which are chosen in a series of competitive prelimi- naries to which all students are eligible. Through the generosity of Hon. William B, McKinley a gold watch-fob is presented to every speaker who represents the University, either in debate or in oratory. The Central Debating Circuit of America is an association formed by the universities of Illinois, Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, and Wisconsin. It holds a debate at each university on the Friday evening following the Thanksgiving recess. The State University Debating League consists of the state universities of Illinois, Indiana, and Ohio. Under its auspices three debates are held upon the second Friday in March, each uni- versity sending out an affirmative and a negative team. The Northern Oratorical League, consisting of Northwestern University, Oberlin College, and the state universities of Illinois, Iowa, Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin, holds an annual con- test on the first Friday evening in May. The contest for 1914 will be held on May i, at the University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis- consin. The winner receives the Lowden testimonial of one hun- dred dollars, and the speaker awarded second place, fifty dollars. The Illinois representative is selected in competitive contests open to all undergraduates. The Intercollegiate Peace Association holds annual state and inter-state oratorical contests to which representatives of this Univeristy are eligible. Orations must be upon some phase of the peace question. Cash prizes are offered in both contests. A Freshman-Sophomore Debate and an Inter- Society Decl.^.- MATiON Contest are held yearly. The names of students who represented the University in de- bate and oratory in 1912-13 are given in the list of honors at the end of this volume. 122 General Information The Interscholastic Oratorical Prize A medal of the value of twenty dollars, and two medals of the value of ten dollars each, are offered annually by the University to the high schools of the State for the best orations delivered in a competitive contest between their representatives. This contest takes place in the spring at the time of the interscholastic athletic meet — in 1914, on May 15. THE BRYAN PRIZE In 1898 Mr. William Jennings Bryan gave to the University the sum of two hundred fifty dollars, from the interest on which a prize of twenty-five dollars is offered biennially for the best essay on the science of government. The contest is open to all matricu- lated undergraduate students. The essays may not be less than three thousand, nor more than six thousand, words in length, and must be left at the President's office not later than the second Wednesday in May. The prize was offered for the first time in 1901. It will be offered next in 1915. B'NAI B'RITH PRIZES The Champaign and Urbana lodge of the Independent Order of B'nai B'rith has donated to the University the sum of fifty dollars, to be awarded in prizes to students of the University for essays on Jewish subjects. The sum named is the second of five annual con- tributions to be given for this purpose. For information in regard to the conditions governing the award of the prizes, address the Registrar, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois. ARCHITECTURE The Francis J. Plym Fellowship in Architecture By the generosity of Mr. Francis J. Plym, of Niles, Michigan, a graduate of the University of Illinois of the class of 1897, the Trustees have been enabled to establish a fellowship for the ad- vanced study of architecture. The stipend attached to this fellow- ship is $1,000, awarded annually by competition in Architectural Design. The holder of the fellowship is required to spend a year in study and travel abroad. For further information address the Department of Architecture. The Joseph C. Llewellyn Prize in Architectural Engineering In June, 1913, Mr. Joseph C. Llewellyn, of Chicago, a graduate of the University of the class of 1877, established, for a period of Contests and Prises 123 four years, a prize of fifty dollars per annum for a problem in de- sign, the competition being limited to students in architectural en- gineering. The Prize in Architecture of the American Academy in Rome is open for competition among qualified undergraduates and gradu- ates of certain American architectural schools, including that of the University of Illinois. This prize grants three years of residence and travel abroad for the study of classic and Renaissance archi- tecture. MILITARY CONTESTS AND PRIZES The University Bronze Medals Bronze medals typical of the University and its Military Depart- ment are awarded by the University to the members of the infan- try companies and artillery and signal detachments which shall score the greatest number of points at the annual competitive drill, held at some time between May 15 and May 31. The members of the company rifle team making the highest score at gallery target practise are also awarded medals. The medals so awarded become the permanent property of the recipients. A complete roster of the winning organizations is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. (See Part V.) The University Gold Medal The Board of Trustees provides annually a gold medal which is to be awarded, at the annual competitive drill held near the close of the year, to the best drilled student, whose property the medal becomes. Each student must have matriculated in the University and must have completed one semester's work in Military i with a grade of not less than 90, and three semesters' work in Military 2 with a grade of not less than 95 ; and he must have an average standing of not less than 85 per cent in all of his other studies for the preceding semester, which standing shall be determined by the Registrar. The name of the winner is published in the Annual Register of the University for the following year. The reward is made for excellence in the same details as in the Hazelton contest. The Hazelton Prize Medal Captain W. C. Hazelton provided in 1890 a medal, which is awarded, at a competitive drill held at some time between May 15 and May 31, to the best drilled student. Each competitor must have been in attendance at the University at least sixteen weeks of 124 General Information the current college year; must have had less than five unexcused absences from drill; and must present himself for competition in full uniform. The award is made for excellence in : 1. Erectness of carriage, military appearance, and neatness 2. Execution of the school of the soldier, without arms 3. Manual of arms, with and without numbers The name of the successful competitor is published in the An- nual Register of the University for the following year. He is given a certificate setting forth the facts, and may wear the medal until the fifteenth day of the May following, when he must return it for the next competition. LECTURES AND OTHER GENERAL EXERCISES A part of the instruction afforded by the University to its stu- dents is given through the medium of lectures by distinguished men and women from outside the University faculty and by means of exhibitions, recitals, and other exercises distinct from the regular courses of instruction. A partial list of these exercises for the cal- endar year 1913 follows. Lectures by members of the University faculty are excluded from this list. GENERAL UNIVERSITY EXERCISES Convocations March 28. In honor of the visit of the members of the legisla- ture to the University. April 30. Dr. Washington Gladden : 'The Basis of the New Social Order". Sept. 24. Annual convocation for freshmen. Nov. 7. In honor of Dr. Nathan C. Ricker, Professor of Architecture. Addresses by President Edmund J. James, and Bishops E. H. Hughes and F. J. McG}NNell of the Board of Bishops of the Methodist Episcopal Church. Nov. 19. Commemorative of the delivery by Lincoln of his Gettysburg Address. Dedications Feb. 6. Formal Opening of Museum of European Culture. Addresses by Dr. Kuno Francke, Professor of the History of German Culture, and Curator of the Germanic Museum, Har- vard University: "European Aid to American Citizenship", "Erasmus as Thinker and Artist". Feb. 12. Lincoln Hall. 9 a. m.. Dr. Bliss Perry, Professor of English Literature, Harvard University, formerly editor of the Atlantic Monthly: "Language and Literature". 10 a. m.. Dr. Frederick J. E. Woodbridge, Professor of Philosophy, Columbia University: "Philosophy". 11 a. m., Dr. Albert Shaw, Editor of the Review of Reviews: "The Social Sci- ences". 3 p. m.. Dedication Exercises; Dr. Hugh Black, Pro- fessor of Practical Theology, Union Theological Seminary: 125 126 General Information "How Lincoln appeared to Scotchmen" ; addresses by Hon. Edward F. Dunne, Governor of Illinois; Mr. W. L. Abbott, President of the Board of Trustees; Mr. W. Carbys Zimmer- man, State Architect; and Dr. Edmund J. James, President of the University. 4 '.30 p. m.. Bishop William F. McDowell : Dedication of the building to the study of the Humanities, in memory of Abraham Lincoln. April 16, 17. The Commerce Building. April 16, 2:30 p. m., Mr. Harry A. Wheeler, President of the Chamber of Commerce of the United States : "The Public Concern in Improved Busi- ness Administration"; Mr. S. T. Henry, Western Manager of the Engineering Record: "Some Business Tendencies of the Day"; Mr. Charles A. Ewing, of Decatur: "The Business Problems of Agriculture". April 16, 7 130 p. m., Reading of a paper by Mr. Frederick A. Cleveland, Chairman of the Presi- dent's Commission on Economy and Efficiency : "What a Budget may mean to the Administration". April 17, 9:30 a. m., Mr. Alexander H. Revell, President of A. H. Revell and Co. : "Com- mencing Right"; Mr. Leon C. Marshall, Dean of the Col- lege of Commerce and Administration, University of Chicago : "The Relation of a School of Commerce to the Practical Prob- lems of Business"; Mr. Howard Elting, President of the Chi- cago Association of Commerce : "The College Graduate a Busi- ness Tyro — A Problem of Adjustment"; Mr. B. F. Harris, President of the First National Bank of Champaign : Address on behalf of the Illinois Bankers Association; Mr. Julius W. Hegeler: Report of the committee of the Illinois Manufactur- ers' Association on "College Courses in Business Administra- tion". 3 p. m., Dedication Exercises in the Auditorium and the Commerce Building. May 8, 9. The Transportation Building and the Locomotive AND Mining Laboratories. May 8, 8:00 a. m., Mr. Samuel Insull, President of the Commonwealth Edison Company of Chicago : "The Influence of Engineering on Modern Civiliza- tion"; Mr. J. G. Pangborn, Special Representative of the Bal- timore and Ohio Railroad, Baltimore, Maryland : "The History of the Locomotive" ; Mr. Robert W. Hunt, President of Robert W. Hunt & Co., Chicago : "Economy in the Consumption of Coal". May 9, 9:30 a. m.. Railway Conference, with addresses by Mr. B. A. Worthington, President of the Chicago and Alton Railway Company, Chicago: Hon. W. B. McKinley, Lectures and Exercises 127 President of the Illinois Traction System, Champaign ; Mr. George R. Henderson, of the Baldwin Locomotive Works, Philadelphia, Pa.; Mr. Albert Reichmann, President of the Western Society of Engineers, Chicago; Mr. T. H. Goodnow, President of the Western Railway Club, Chicago; Mr. H. G, Hetzler, President of the Chicago and Western Indiana Rail- way Company, Chicago; Mr. W. L. Park, Vice-President of the Illinois Central Railway Company, Chicago ; Mr. Robert Quayle, General Superintendent of Motive Power, Chicago and Northwestern Railroad Company, Chicago; Mr. Samuel O. Dunn, Editor, Railway Age Gazette, Chicago. May 9, 9:30 a. m.. Mining Conference, with addresses by Mr. Francis S. Peabody, President of the Peabody Coal Company, Chicago; Mr. A. J. Moorshead, President of the Madison Coal Corpora- tion, St. Louis, Mo.; Mr. E. W. Parker, Chief Statistician, United States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. ; Mr. R. W. Robiquet, Past- President of the Coal Operators' Association, 5th and 9th Districts, Belleville, lUinois. May 9, 4 p. m., Con- vocation Exercises. Dr. Edmund J. James, President of the Uni- versity : Address of Dedication ; Mr. W. L. Abbott, President of the Board of Trustees : Address on behalf of the Univer- sity; Mr. WiLLARD A. Smith, Editor of the Railway and En- gineering Review: Address of Congratulation. (The Mining Conference was continued during the evening of May 9 and the morning of May 10, with addresses by prominent men.) Nov. 9. Y. W. C. A. Building. Bishop William F. McDowell: Dedicatory Address. Exercises commemorating the admission of the name of Isaac Funk to the Illinois Farmers' Hall of Fame. Jan. 22. Hon. Thomas C. Kerrick : "Isaac Funk, the Farmer and Legislator"; remarks by Hon. A. P. Grout, Dr. J. T. Montgomery, and Dr. Eugene Davenport. Religious Lectures Feb. 12-16. Dr. Hugh Black : A series of lectures under the auspices of the Y. M. C. A. Mar. 9-13. Dr. George R. Wendling: A series of lectures un- der the auspices of the Y. M. C. A. April 28-May 2. Dr. J. H. Garrison : The annual Bondurant Bi- ble lectures. 128 General Information Lectures under the Auspices of the Champaign County Anti-Tuber- culosis Health League. Feb. i6. Dr. William E. Quine, Dean of the College of Medi- cine of the University of Illinois : "Banishment of Infectious Diseases". Feb. 23. Dr. L. D. McMichael, of Chicago: "Prevention of Tuberculosis". Feb. 26. Dr. H. M. Bracken, of the Minnesota State Board of Health: "Problems of Health". Mar. 13. Dr. George T. Palmer, Director of the Springfield Tu- berculosis Sanitarium : "Meeting the Tuberculosis Problem in the Smaller City". Mar. 30. Dr. A. C. Eycleshymer, of Chicago : "Growing Old and Attempts to Prevent It". The Star Lecture Course Feb. 15. The Ben Greet Players: "The Comedy of Errors". Mar. 14. The Illinois-Indiana Debate. Oct. 10. Mr. Victor Murdock : "Marching with the New Cru- saders". Dec. 6. Mr. Benjamin Chapin : "An Interpretation of Lincoln". Dec. 13. The Mandolin and Glee Club Concert. Exhibitions Feb. 6, 7, 8. Electrical Show. An exhibit of electrical ap- paratus and appliances under the management of the Electrical Engineering Society, a student organization. Feb. 23-Mar. 3. Art Exhibit, Water colors and pastels, exhib- ited by the Philadelphia Water Color Club. Mar. 20. Exhibit of Photography. Mr. A. G. Eldredge; Por- traits, landscapes, biological subjects. May 15-24. Architectural Exhibition. Work in oil, water- color, and pencil by members of the department of architec- ture. May 8, g, 10. Mining Demonstration and Exhibition. Mining apparatus and safety appliances exhibited and demonstrated by the department of mining engineering and the student branch of the American Institute of Mining Engineering. June 2. Traveling Social Exhibit. From the Chicago School of Civics and Philanthropy. Oct. 14-28. Architectural Exhibition. Sketches and studies in oil, water-color, and pencil by members of the department of architecture. Lectures and Exercises 129 Nov. 9. Flower Exhibit. Held in the Floricultural Green- houses. Nov. 21-22. History Exhibit. Illustrative materials and other aids to the teaching of history in secondary schools. Nov. 21-23. Architectural Exhibition. Work done by the stu- dents in all classes of the department of architecture. December 16, 17, 18. Fruit Exhibit. Held in connection with the Fifty-eighth Annual Convention of the State Horticul- tural Society. Entertainments Feb. II. Recital by Esther Plumb. Feb. 21, 22. Players Club: Three Irish plays, "The Hourglass", "The Pot of Broth", and "The Workhouse Ward". April 3. Annual Spring Concert. The Choral Society and Uni- versity Orchestra, with Bruno Steinel, Cellist. May 9. Literary Societies : An outdoor play, "The Chaplet of Pan". May 15. Fifteenth Annual Maypole. May 17. Annual Interscholastic Circus. May 29. The Coburn Players: "Iphigenia in Tauris". COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES College Assemblies Jan. 21. Mr. F. C. Enright, formerly representative to Buenos Ayres from the Chicago Association of Commerce : "South America". (Other college assemblies were addressed by mem- bers of the faculty.) Archeology Nov. 6-12. Sir William Ramsay, Professor of Humanity, Aberdeen University, Scotland : A series of lectures entitled "A General Description of the Travels and Missionary Methods of the Apostle Paul". Botany Feb. 20. Dr. E. C. Jeffrey, Professor of Botany, Harvard Uni- versity: "The Nature of Coal Forming Plants". Nov. 7. Dr. J. M. Coulter, Head of the Department of Botany, University of Chicago: "The Origin of Monocotyledonous Plants" (before the Botany Club). 130 General Information Business Courses April 5. Publications Banquet of the Ben Franklin Club. Addresses by prominent journalists. May 20. Mr. George W. Simmons, Vice-President of the Sim- mons Hardware Co., of St. Louis, Mo. : "Selling Goods at Wholesale" (before the Commercial Club). Oct. 9. Mr. Frank P. Stockbridge, Managing Editor of Popular Mechanics: Address before the Ben Franklin Club. Ceramics Jan. 12-25. Two-Weeks Course in Ceramics, open to manufac- turers. April 18. Mr. William P. Blair, Secretary of the National Brick Manufacturers' Association: "Modern Methods in Brick Pave- ment Construction". Chemistry (Addresses before the University of Illinois Section of the Amer- ican Chemical Society) Jan. 21. Dr. A, H. Sabin, Consulting Chemist, National Lead Co., New York City: "The Manufacture of White Lead". May 21. Dr. Julius Stieglitz, Director of the Chemical Labora- tories and Professor of Chemistry, University of Chicago : "Electric Theory of Oxidation". Comparative Philology April 5, Dr. George Hempl, Professor of German, Leland Stan- ford Junior University : "The Etruscan Runes". Education Jan. 14. Mr. E. E. Lewis, Supervisor of the Training Depart- ment, Eastern Illinois State Normal School : "Vocational Edu- cation" (before Kappa Delta Pi). Mar. 6. Mr. F. E. Thompson, Professor of Education, Univer- sity of Colorado : "Potentiality and Stimulus in Education". April 10. Dr. David Felmley, President of the Illinois State Normal University: "Vocational Education" (before Kappa Delta Pi). April 10. Mr. August H. Kelley : "Social Relation between the School and Home". English March 14-15. Mr. Alfred Noyes: "The Great Green Table", "The Future of Poetry". Lectures and Exercises 131 History Jan. 15, 16, 17. Dr. James T. Shotwell, Professor of History, Columbia University: "The Industrial Revolution", "The Economic Interpretation of History", "The Achievements and Possibilities of History". March 5, 7. Dr. Charles B. Gibson : "The Land of the Sul- tans", "The Green Caucasian Mountains". April 21, 26. Rev. Dr. Robert W. Rogers, Professor of Hebrew and Old Testament Exegesis, Drew Theological Seminary, Madison, N. J. : "Some Contributions of Ancient Oriental History to Modem Thought". May 5, 19. Dr. Albert Frederick Pollard, Professor of English History, University of London, Fellow of All Souls College, Oxford : "The English Parliament, Its Historical Function and Development". Nov. 6. Bishop Roots, Hankan, China: "The Revolution in China". Dec. 5. Mr. Bernard Langdon-Davies, of Cambridge Uni- versity, England : "International Arbitration". Philosophy Feb. 13, 14. Dr. Frederick J. E. Woodbridge, Professor of Phil- osophy, Columbia University : "Philosophy and its History". Photography March 20. Mr. A. G. Eldredge, formerly with Doubleday, Page & Co. : Illustrated lecture, "Landscape and Garden Photography". Psychology March 4, 10. Dr. Felix Krueger^ Professor of Psychology, Uni- versity of Halle, and Roosevelt exchange professor at Colum- bia University: "Introduction to Psychology". THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING College Assemblies Jan. 10-14. Mr. A. T. North, Contracting Engineer: "Esti- mating". Jan. 15. Mr. A. N. Johnson, State Highway Commissioner of Illinois : "Present Status of Road Work in Illinois". Feb. 14. Mr. F. N. D. Buchman, Secretary of the Y. M. C. A., Pennsylvania State College : "The Opportunities of Engineers in Shaping the World's Problems". 132 General Information Feb. 21. Mr. H. B. McMasters, of Youngstown, Ohio: "Fire Tests of Building Partitions". Feb. 28. Mr. A, N. Rebori, Professor of Architectural Design, Armour Institute : "The Development of the Skyscraper". March 6. Mr. C. C. Thomas, Professor of Steam Engineering, University of Wisconsin: "Machinery of Modern Steamships". March 7. Mr. J. E. Conzelmann, Engineer, St. Louis, Mo. : "The Unit System of Reinforced Concrete Construction". March 14. Mr. L. V. Ludy, Professor of Experimental Engi- neering, Purdue University : "Automobile Efficiencies". April II. Mr. Langdon Pierce, Division Engineer, Sanitary Dis- trict, Chicago : "Methods of Sewage Disposal". Mr. W. B. Griffin, Architect, Chicago : "The Proposed National Capital City of Australia". Oct. 15. Dr. Sakuro Tanabe, Professor of Civil Engineering, Kyoto Imperial University, Kyoto, Japan : "The Past and Present of Kyoto City and its Engineering Features". Nov. 7. Mr. T. L. Condron, Consulting Civil Engineer, Chi- cago : "Architectural Engineering". Nov. 20. Mr. J. F. Hayford, Professor of Civil Engineering and Director of the College of Engineering, Northwestern Univer- sity: "Experiences on a Survey in Central America". Dec. 5. Mr. G. E. Tibbetts, Bridge Engineer for the Kansas City Terminal Railway, Kansas City, Mo. : "The Kansas City Termi- nal". Dec. II. Mr. G. R. Small, Superintendent of the label service, National Board of Fire Underwriters, Chicago : "The Work of the Laboratories of the National Board of Fire Underwriters". Dec. II. Mr. E. C. English, Contractor, Chicago: "Estimating". Mr. W. J. Smith, Architect, Chicago: "Architectural Design". Addresses before the Freshman Class Jan, 15. Mr. A. N. Johnson, State Highway Engineer: "Road Construction". Nov. 5. Mr. A. N. Johnson, State Highway Engineer: "Good Roads". Architecture Jan. 16. Mr. George Burnap, Official Landscape Architect of Washington, D. C. : "Landscape Gardening in Washington, D. C." Lectures and Exercises 133 March 27. Mr. E. C. English : "Estimating Carpenter Work*' (before the Architectural Club). April 24. Mr. William Jones Smith : "Architectural Charac- ter of Buildings" (before the Architectural Club). Mining Engineering (Addresses before the Mining Societ}-) Feb. 27. Mr. L. W. Scott: "Gold Dredging in Siberia". Oct. 31. Mr. George H, Hawes : "Mining in the Lake Superior Region". Physics Oct. 23. Dr. W. J. Humphreys, of the U. S. Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C. : "Effect of Volcanic Dust in the Atmosphere on Temperature", "Effect of Pressure on Spectrum Lines". THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE Agricultural Extension (Addresses before the Com Growers' and Stockmen's Convention) Jan. 16. Mr. George O. Shields, President, League of American Sportsmen : "The Value of Insect Eating Birds to the People" ; "Wild Animals and Birds". Illustrated. Jan. 18. Mr. William G. Eckhardt, Agricultural Adviser for DeKalb County, Illinois : "Problems and Work that should be done by County Agricultural Advisers". Jan. 20. Mr. C. C. Pervier, Sheffield, Illinois : "European Farm Conditions". Illustrated. Jan. 21. Mr. A. N. Johnson, State Highway Commissioner, Springfield, Illinois : "Illinois Roads". Jan. 22. Hon. A. P. Grout, President Illinois Farmers' Institute : "The Illinois Alfalfa Growers' Association". Jan. 22. Mr. Frank Stockdale, Representative of the Interna- tional Harvester Co. : "The Dawn of Plenty". Illustrated. Jan. 23. Mr. W. D. Gibbs : "Preliminary Work of Draining Illinois Lands". Mr. Guy L. Shaw: "What Comes after Drainage". Jan. 24 Mr. Ernest Burnham, of the University of Michigan: "Rural School Education". Dec. 19. Mr. McNeal C. James, Professor of Agricultural Edu- cation, Normal School, Valley City, N. D. : "Secondary School Agriculture". 134 General Information Agronomy March ii. Mr. C. H. Oathout, Manager of the Meharry Farms, Tolono, Illinois : "Accomplishments on the Meharry Farms". March 25. Mr. J. S. Collier, Agricultural Adviser of Kankakee County: "The Work of the County Adviser". Nov. 4. Hon. F. I. Mann, of Oilman, Illinois: "Practical Agri- culture". Dec. 2. Mr. S. W. Strong, Secretary of the Illinois Grain Deal- ers' Association : "Improving the Quality of Grain for Illinois Elevators". Animal Husbandry Jan. 17. Brother Leo, of Notre Dame University: "Producing Carload Lots for the International". Hon. E. p. Hull, Mechanicsburg, Illinois: "Cattle Feeding: Producing International Winners in Carload Lots" (before the Com Growers' and Stockmen's Convention). April 4. Mr. Wayne Dinsmore, Secretary of the Percheron Breeders' Association of America: "Horse Market Conditions in the United States and Europe". July 15. Dr. Charles E. Thorne, Director of the Ohio State Ex- periment Station: "Live Stock Farming and Soil Fertility" (be- fore the Illinois Cattle Feeders' Association and visitors). Horticulture Jan. IS, 16. Mr. George Burnap, Official Landscape Architect of Washington, D. C: "The Home Problem," "The Washington Plan". Feb. 5, 6. Mr. James Sturgis Pray, Assistant Professor of Landscape Architecture, Harvard University : "Gardens Old and New", "Functional City Planning". Feb. 15-29. Mr. W. N. Rudd, President of Mt. Greenwood Ceme- tery Association : Lectures on horticultural subjects. Nov. 6. Mr. Jens Jensen, Landscape Architect, Chicago, Illinois : "Some Phases of Landscape Design". Dec. 12. Mr. Thomas Bendelow, Golf Course Architect: "Golf Courses". Dec. 16. Judge William Prentiss, of Chicago : "Horticulture — a Safety Valve for the Business and Professional Man". Lectures and Exercises 135 Dec. 17. Mr. W. W. Thomas, Anna, Illinois: "The Strawberry in Illinois"; Mr. W. S. Perrine, Centralia, Illinois, and Mr. F. Kern, Bayfield, Wisconsin : "The Producer" ; Mrs. Carolina A. Bley, Chairman of the Pure Food Committee, Chicago Wom- man's Club: "The Consumer"; Mr. John Denny, Chicago, Illinois : "The Commission Man" ; Mr. L. F. Troja, Industrial Agent, Wells, Fargo Express Co., Chicago : "The Express Com- pany"; Mr. A. G. Hambrock, President of the Retail Merchants' Association of Illinois, Chicago : "The Retailer" ; Dr. William K. Jaques, of Chicago, Illinois : "Various Points of View". Dec. 18. Mr. A. W. Brayton, Mt. Morris, Illinois : "The National W)iite Pine Forest of Illinois as a State Reservation". Household Science Jan. 23. Mrs. Minnie Starr Grainger, State Secretarj- of the Federations of Woman's Clubs, and Miss Mary Snow, of the Chicago Public Schools: Addresses before the School for Housekeepers. THE COLLEGE OF LAW Oct. 6. Mr. R. A- Daly : "Evolution in Law Book Publishing and the Modem Methods of Finding the Law", "The Mechanical and Typographical Devices Found in Digests and their Uses", "An- alyzing Statements of Fact and Finding Cases in Points", "Ex- hausting Authorities, Text Books, Encyclopedias, and Selected Cases", "Search Books and Tablets, and Answering Questions Concerning Law Publications". THE LIBRARY SCHOOL Jan. 14, 15. Mr. Edwin L. Shuman, Literar>^ Editor of the Chicago Record-Herald: "How to Judge a Book", "The Librar- ian and Public Taste". April 8. Mr. Adam Strohm, Librarian of the Detroit Public Library : "The Organization and Work of the Detroit Public Library". April II, 12. Miss Ethel S. Fegan, Librarian of Ladies' College, Cheltenham, England : "Librar>' Training in Great Britain", "The Great University and Reference Libraries in England". April 28. Miss Mary Emogene Hazeltine, Preceptor of the Uni- versity of Wisconsin Library School : "The Work of the Wis- consin Library Commission" and a "Book Talk". 136 General Information May 6. Mr. William H. Brett, Dean of the Western Reserve University Library School: "The Larger Purpose of the Li- brary". Nov. 7. Dr. W. Daw^son Johnson, Librarian, Columbia Uni- versity: "The Mutual Advantage Accruing from Establishing a Vital Connection between a Library School and a University". Dec. 17-18. Mr. George B. Utley, Secretary of the American Library Association: "The American Library Association and Its Work", "A Library Diagnosis". THE SUMMER SESSION OF 1913 Lectures June 23-29. Professor J. B. Stoughton Holborn, Oxford,, Eng-^ land : "Art in Daily Life". June 30-July 7. Professor J. B. Stoughton Holborn, Oxford, . England: "The Inspiration of Greece the Greatest Factor in, Modem Civilization". July 3. Dr. Leonard P. Ayres, Russell Sage Foundation, . New - York City : "The Sub-normal Child in the Public Schools"; July 8-16. Dr. Ruth Marshall, Rockford College: "The N^edi of Nature Study", "Nature Study Field Trips", "Courses ih.. Nature Study", "Literature of Nature Study", "Round Table. Discussion". July 29. Mr. John Adams, Professor of Education, University of London : "The Dullness of the School Master". July 30- August 5. Dr. F. H. Hayward, London, England r "Adolescent and Adult", "Lessons in Appreciation", "Glimpses into English Education", "The Moral Education Controversy", "Fallacies of Heredity Mongers". July II. Dr. T. W. Galloway, Professor of Biology, James Mil- likin University: "Sex Education". Entertainments July II, 12. The Ben Greet Players: "Midsummer Night's, Dream", "Love's Labour's Lost", "Twelfth Night". ASSOCIATIONS, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS GENERAL ORGANIZATIONS University of Illinois Union The University of Illinois Union is an association of the men of the University, having for its general object the promotion of college spirit and good fellowship. The Union has purchased a house which is open to all university- men. All male students are eligible to active membership in the Union ; alumni and members of the faculty may become associate members. The Union elects annually a Student Council, consisting of eight seniors and seven juniors, which takes charge of certain student activities. The Woman's League The Woman's League was organized to further the spirit of unity among the women of the University and to be a medium for the maintenance of high social standards. The administrative power is vested in an Advisory Board and an Executive Commit- tee composed of representatives from the various women's organi- zations. Every woman in the University is, by virtue of her regis- tration, a member of the League. The League manages a loan fund, supports a room in the Burnham Hospital, and provides the magazines for the Woman's Building. Hospital Organization The Hospital Association is an organization of students to pro- vide a fund for hospital care in case of sickness. The members of the Association pay a fee of one dollar each semester, and the fund thus raised is used to pay the hospital expenses of members who may need such care. The fund is under the control of a commit- tee of the Council of Administration. During the past ten years the Association has rendered valuable aid to a considerable num- ber of members. Students are advised to join the Association, 137 138 General Information Literary Societies The Adelphic, Ionian, and Philomathean societies for men, and the Alethenai, Athenian, Illiola, and Gregorian societies for women, meet weekly, on Fridays, and the Jamesonian on Tues- days, throughout term time. The Christian Associations The present membership of the Young Men's Christian Associa- tion is 1066 — believed to be the largest paid membership of any Student Y. M. C. A. in the world. The Association building fur- nishes free, for the use of all students, lounging room and library, parlors, organization rooms for committee meetings, correspond- ence tables, check room, etc. The building also contains game rooms, bowling alleys, and dormitories to accommodate ninety men. A cafeteria, whose manager is on the pay roll of the Association, serves 450 to 500 persons daily. Religious meetings for men are held occasionally on Sunday afternoon. Thursday evening meet- ings are addressed by prominent faculty members on ethical topics. Student-led classes in Bible Study are promoted, the teachers re- ceiving training in normal groups. In 1912-13 there were 750 men enrolled in voluntary Bible Study and 280 enrolled in Mission Study. An employment bureau managed by a special secretary, who maintains office hours every afternoon in the Association building, endeavors to help needy students to find work. The Y. W. C. A. is spending its first year in its new home, the Hannah McKinley building, recently dedicated. Dormitory space is provided for fifty young women. There are parlors on the first floor for use of the women rooming in the house, a large assembly room, and free use of pianos, organization rooms, and correspond- ence tables. A bowling alley and modem dining room are in the basement. There are 500 members of the Y. W. C. A. at present, which is twice the number previously enrolled. In 1912-13 there were 360 young women enrolled in voluntary Bible Study and 112 in Mission Study. An employment bureau is maintained at the Y. W. C. A. to assist needy young women in finding employment. At the opening of the college year the Associations endeavor to help new students to find desirable rooming and boarding places. A copy of the Students' Handbook, giving information about Ur- bana and Champaign, the University, and the various college or- ganizations and activities will be sent free to prospective students. For this handbook or for further information address the general secretary of either Association. Societies and Clubs 139 The Cosmopolitan Club The Cosmopolitan Club is an organization devoted to the pro- motion of social and intellectual intercourse among persons of dif- ferent nationalities at the University, Public meetings are held in Universit}^ buildings, to afford the University community informa- tion about the customs peculiar to the various countries of the world. The clubhouse on Daniel street affords a home to many foreign students and to a limited number of native students. Ma-Wan-Da Ma-Wan-Da is a senior society formed by the consolidation of the two former senior societies, Shield and Trident and Phenix. HONORARY SOCIETIES The honorary societies or fraternities named below are private intercollegiate organizations of students and graduates, having for their primary purpose the recognition and encouragement of excel- lence in scholarship in various departments of study. Election is in all cases made by the societies themselves in accordance with their own rules. The University assumes no responsibility for their elections. Phi Beta Kappa Each year a certain number of the ranking students of the senior class are elected to membership in the Phi Beta Kappa Society. The number is ordinarily limited to one-fifth of the total member- ship of the graduating class. The Phi Beta Kappa Prise Gamma of Illinois chapter of Phi Beta Kappa offers annually a prize of $25.00 to that member of Gamma Chapter who at his graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences gives evidence of greatest promise as a scholar in the domain of liberal arts. The award is based on the following considerations : (a) Class room records ; (b) other literary and scholarly activities in the University; (c) an essay, which may be a senior thesis or a term paper. At the discretion of the committee in charge, the award may be withheld if none of the essays appears worthy of the prize. Essays submitted in competition and all correspondence with reference to this prize should be addressed to the Secretary of the Phi Beta Kappa Society, University of Illinois. Sigma Xi Members of the senior class who give "promise of marked abil- ity" in scientific investigations are eligible to membership in the 140 General Information Sigma Xi Society, which was founded to encourage research in pure and applied science. Other Honorary Societies Alpha Chi Sigma (Chemical) ; Alpha Gamma Rho (Agricul- tural) ; Alpha Zeta (Agricultural) ; Beta Gamma Sigma (Com- mercial) ; Delta Sigma Rho (Oratorical) ; Eta Kappa Nu (Electri- cal Engineering) ; Gamma Alpha (Scientific) ; Kappa Delta Pi (Ed- ucational) ; Order of the Coif (Law) ; Phi Alpha Delta (Law) ; Phi Delta Phi (Law) ; Phi Lambda Upsilon (Chemical) ; Scab- bard and Blade (Military) ; Scarab (Architectural) ; Sigma Delta Chi (Journalistic); Sigma Mu Rho (Medical); Tau Beta Pi (En- gineering); Triangle (Civil Engineering). CLUBS AUXILIARY TO COURSES OF STUDY In addition to the associations and societies of a general char- acter described above, there are in each college a number of so- cieties and clubs devoted to outside work of a literary, scientific, or technical nature auxiliary to the work of various departments of that college. Among these are the following: In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences : The Botanical Club, the Ceramic Club, le Cercle Frangais, el Circulo Espanol, the Chemical Club, the University of Illinois Section of the American Chemical Society, the Classical Club, the Commercial Club, der Deutsche Verein, the English Journal Club, the Geological Journal Club, the History Club, the Mathematical Club, the Oratorical As- sociation, the Pen and Brush Club, the Philological Club, the Po- litical Science Club, the Romance Journal Club, the Scandinavian Club, the Zoological Club. In the College of Engineering: The Architects' Club, the Civil Engineers' Club, the Electrical Engineering Society, the Ur- bana Section of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the Mechanical Engineering Society, the Urbana Student Branch of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the Mining Engineer- ing Society, the Urbana Student Branch of the American Institute of Mining Engineers, the Physics Club, the Railway Club. In the College of Agriculture: The Agricultural Club, the Horticultural Club, the Household Science Club, the Landscape Gardeners' Club. In the College of Law : The Fuller, John Marshall, Witena- gemot, and Van Twiller Law Clubs. Societies and Clubs 141 In the School of Music: The University Choral and Orches- tral Society, the University Glee and Mandolin Club, the University Military Band. In the Library School : The Library Club. FRATERNITIES, SOCIETIES, AND CLUBS National Fraternities. — Acacia (Masonic); Alpha Delta Phi; Alpha Kappa Psi; Alpha Sigma Phi; Alpha Tau Omega; Beta Theta Pi; Chi Phi; Chi Psi; Delta Kappa Epsilon; Delta Tau Delta ; Delta Upsilon ; Kappa Sigma ; Phi Delta Theta ; Phi Gamma Delta; Phi Kappa; Phi Kappa Psi; Phi Kappa Sigma; Phi Sigma Kappa ; Psi Upsilon ; Sigma Alpha Epsilon ; Sigma Chi ; Sigma Nu ; Sigma Pi; Tau Kappa Epsilon; Theta Delta Chi; Zeta Beta Tau; Zeta Psi. Sororities. — Achoth (Eastern Star); Alpha Chi Omega; Alpha Delta Pi ; Alpha Omicron Pi ; Alpha Xi Delta ; Chi Omega ; Delta Gamma ; Gamma Phi Beta ; Kappa Alpha Theta ; Kappa Kappa Gamma ; Phi Beta ; Pi Beta Phi ; Sigma Kappa. Local Chihs. — Chi Beta; Delta Omega; Gamma Alpha; Ilus; Iris; Pi Omicron; Psi Delta; Tau Lambda. Interfraternity Organisations. — Men's Pan Hellenic Council; Girls' Pan Hellenic Association; Helmet; Yo Ma; Phi Delta Psi. OTHER ORGANIZATIONS Other students' societies include the following: Chinese Students' Club ; Dixie Club ; Easterners' Club ; Egyptian Club ; H. H. Club ; Ivrim ; Kansas Club ; Komenian Society ; Lincoln League ; Mask and Bauble (Dramatic); Motorcycle Club; Scribblers' Club; Sewanee Circle; Shomeez (Interfraternity Missouri Club) ; Treveri. UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLAR- SHIPS (For circulars giving more detailed information concerning these scholarships, apply to the Registrar of the University.) COUNTY SCHOLARSHIPS A law passed by the General Assembly of the State of Illinois at the session of 1905 and embodied in the General School Law of 1909 provides that one scholarship may be awarded annually to each county of the State. The holder thereof must be at least sixteen years of age, and a resident of the county to which he is accredited. No student who has attended the University of Illinois is eligible for a scholarship. The holder of a scholarship is relieved of payment of the matriculation fee ($10.00, payable once, upon entrance) and incidental fees for four years ($24.00 a year) in any department of the University other than the professional schools. The term "professional schools," as here used, includes the College of Law, the Library School, the College of Medicine, the College of Dentistry, and the School of Pharmacy. A competitive examination, under the direction of the President of the University and upon such branches of study as the Presi- dent may select, is held, upon the first Saturday in June of each year, at the county court house in each county by the County Super- intendent of Schools. Questions for these examinations are fur- nished in advance to the County Superintendents. The successful candidates in the examinations must then meet in full, either by certificate from an accredited high school or by passing entrance examinations at the University, the requirements for admission to the freshman class, and must register the follow- ing September. In case the scholarship in any county is not claimed by a resi- dent of that county, the President of the University may fill the same by assigning to that county from some other county the stu- dent found to possess the next highest qualifications. 142 Undergraduate Scholarships 143 A student holding a scholarship who shall make it appear to the satisfaction of the President of the University that he requires leave of absence for the purpose of earning funds to defray his expenses while in attendance, may, in the discretion of the Presi- dent, be granted such a leave of absence, and may be allowed an extension of his scholarship for not more than two years (making not more than six years in all from the beginning of the scholar- ship). Such extension will not be granted unless the student has been in attendance at the University for at least one full semester, nor unless the student's average grade during the period of his at- tendance has been at least 80 per cent, exclusive of grades in Mil- itary Science and Physical Training. GENERAL ASSEMBLY SCHOLARSHIPS The same act by which the county scholarships described above were established also provides that each member of the General Assembly may nominate annually one eligible person from his dis- trict for a scholarship in the University, granting the same priv- ileges as the county scholarships. A member of the General Assembly who wishes to nominate a candidate for a scholarship should file the name and address of his nominee, as early in the spring as practicable and not later than June I, with the President of the University and also with the County Superintendent of the county in which the nominee resides. The nominee is then required, under the statute, (i) to pass the scholarship examination — the same that is given to competitors for the county scholarships on the first Saturday in June, under the County Superintendent ; (2) to meet in full, either by certificate from an accredited high school or by passing entrance examinations at the University, the requirements for admission to the freshman class; and (3) to register in the University the following Septem- ber. If a nominee fails to make a passing grade (70) in the scholar- ship examination he may not receive the scholarship. In this case notice will be sent to the member of the General Assembly who made the nomination, who is then entitled to nominate a second candidate. This second candidate is subject to all the requirements stated above; the scholarship examination will be given him at the University on the Wednesday preceding the fall registration days (in 1914, September 16). A General Assembly scholarship may be extended under the same conditions as a county scholarship. 144 General Information SCHOLARSHIPS IN CERAMICS The University offers annually to each county in the State one scholarship, awarded by the Trustees of the University, upon the nomination of the Illinois Clay Workers' Association, to applicants who intend to pursue either of the courses in ceramics (Ceramics, and Ceramic Engineering). These scholarships are good for four years and relieve the student from the pa3'^ment of the matricula- tion fee ($10.00, payable once, upon entrance) and the incidental fees ($24.00 a year). The candidate must be at least sixteen years of age, must be a resident of the county for which he is nominated, and must meet in full, before entering, by certificate from an accredited high school or by passing entrance examinations at the University, the require- ments for admission to the freshman class. SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE AND HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The University offers every year to each county in the State, except Cook and Lake, and to each of the first ten congressional districts, one scholarship for prospective students of Agriculture in the College of Agriculture and one for prospective students of Household Science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences or the College of Agriculture. Appointments to scholarships in agriculture are made by the Trustees of the University upon the recommendation of the Exec- utive Committee of the Illinois Farmers' Institute ; and to scholar- ships in household science upon the recommendation of the County Domestic Science Associations, or, for counties and districts in which there are no domestic science associations, on the recom- mendation of the Illinois Farmers' Institute. Persons who have already attended the University are not eligible. Candidates who are able to meet in full the requirements for admission to the freshman class are eligible to appointment at 16 years of age. Candidates who cannot meet these entrance require- ments are eligible to appointment as special students (in the Col- lege of Agriculture) at 21 years of age. Acceptable candidates, residents of counties or districts for which appointments have been made, not exceeding five in number from any one county or district, may be assigned to counties or districts for which no recommendations are made. The first nominee from each county or district, if duly qualified, is awarded the scholarship Undergraduate Scholarships 145 at the time of registration. Other nominees must pay the regular fees on registration. Assignments to counties and districts for which there are no nominees registered are made on October 15, at which time the nominees so assigned to counties or districts other than their own receive rebates of the full amount of the matricula- tion and incidental fees paid. The scholarships are good for two years and relieve the holders from the payment of the matriculation fee ($10.00, payable once, upon matriculation), and the incidental fees ($24.00 a year). If, before a scholarship expires, the holder satisfies in full the require- ments for admission to the freshman class of the college in which he or she is enrolled the term of the scholarship may be extended to four years from the date of the student's matriculation. MILITARY SCHOLARSHIPS Students who have had three semesters of class instruction in military science and four semesters of drill practise are eligible for appointment as commissioned officers of the University Corps of Cadets. To those attaining this rank, special military scholarships, good for one year, and equal in value to the university incidental fees for the year, are open. The amount of these scholarships is paid to the holders at the close of the academic year. Appoint- ments in the Corps of Cadets are made on the recommendation of the Commandant of Cadets, confirmed by the Council of Ad- ministration. OTHER SCHOLARSHIPS For scholarships in the College of Law, see page 277. For scholarships in the Summer Session, see page 250. For fellowships and graduate scholarships, see under Graduate School, page 227. BENEFICIARY AID EDWARD SNYDER DEPARTMENT OF STUDENTS' AID In 1899 Edward Snyder, Professor of the German Language and Literature, Emeritus, gave the University the sum of $12,000, to be lent to worthy students to enable them to finish their courses in the University. This fund is available for junior, senior, and graduate students who need aid to remain and complete their work. The minimum loan made is fifty dollars ($50) ; the maximum loan is one hun- dred and fifty dollars ($150) to a junior, and two hundred dollars ($200) to a senior or graduate student. Notes of hand are taken for the amount of the loans, with 5 per cent interest. The maxi- mum time limit is for juniors three years and for seniors and grad- uates two years from the ensuing thirtieth of June. Loans are made only to matriculated students who have attained at least the full rank of junior, who have been in residence at the University at least one year, who are at the time students in resi- dence at the University, and who have declared their intention to graduate. In recommending loans, preference is given to those students who are most advanced in their university work, who have shown themselves most assiduous and successful in their studies, and have shown habitual economy in living. No distinction is made on account of sex or course of study. A loan will not be recommended for any student who is believed to have been financially or morally delinquent in any respect. Applications for loans must be made in writing and addressed to Dean Thomas Arkle Clark, Chairman of the Loan Fund Committee. CLASS OF 189s LOAN FUND A fund of $100.00 was established by the class of 1895, to be lent to needy and deserving students. According to the conditions of the gift, the sum of fifty dollars is to be lent annually, and the 146 Beneficiary Aid 147 benefit of the fund is open only to students who, at the time of ap- plication, are members of the freshman class. No person may re- ceive the benefit of the fund more than four years. The loan bears interest from the time the recipient leaves the Universit}', and is due one-half in five years and one-half in six years after matricu- lation. The fund is in charge of the Loan Fund Committee of the Council of Administration, Applications should be made in writing and should be addressed to Dean Thomas Arkle Clark, Chairman of the Committee. GRADUATE CLUB LOAN FUND A fund of $75 was established by the members of the Graduate Club in 1907-1908, for the benefit of graduate students. Its ad- ministration is in the hands of the Loan Fund Committee of the Council of Administration, Applications should be made in writ- ing and should be addressed to Dean Thomas Arkle Clark, Chair- man of the Committee. WILLIAM B. M'KINLEY LOAN FUND In September, 1912, the Hon, William B, McKinley of Cham- paign, Illinois, turned over to the University notes aggregating something more than $12,000.00, this amount as it is collected to be used as a loan fund for undergraduate men. In making the dona- tion, Mr, McKinley stipulated that loans should be made to stu- dents upon their own personal notes, and that a preference should be shown in making these loans to upperclassmen. The notes draw interest at 5 per cent and become due two years after the student's graduation. Applications for loans should be made in writing and should be addressed to Dean Thomas Arkle Clark, Chairman of the Loan Fund Committee, HENRY STRONG LOAN FUND Mr, Gordon Strong, of Chicago, trustee of the Henry Strong Educational Fund, has for 1913-14 offered the University $500.00 to be loaned to self-supporting students of high scholastic attain- ments. The loan bears interest at 4 per cent and is payable within one year after graduation. The fund has been loaned to two stu- dents, each of whom received $250.00. FEES AND EXPENSES GENERAL FEES All University fees are payable each semester in advance. G)LLEGES OF LIBERAL ArtS AND SCIENCES, ENGINEERING, AND Agriculture^ and Library School Matriculation Fee. Each student not holding a scholarship, upon satisfying the requirements for admission to the Uni- versity, pays the matriculation fee of $10.00 Incidental Fee. All students, excepting those holding scholar- ships, pay, each semester, an incidental fee of 12,00 Tuition Fee. Students conditioned on entrance requirements, and special students, except special students holding scholarships, pay, each semester, a tuition fee of 7.50 Laboratory Fees. Each student working in laboratories, or in the drafting or engineering classes, is required to pay a fee varying from $1.00 to $10.00, to cover materials and apparatus used and breakages or damages. (For a list of Laboratory Fees, see page 150. Listener's Fee. Persons not connected with the University who attend classes as listeners, or for credit, pay for each course, each semester 7.50 Late Registration Fee. A former student who enters after the Registration Days in either semester must pay a late regis- tration fee of i.oo Change Fee. For every change of study-list made later than the tenth day of instruction in either semester, there is charged a fee of i.oo Special Examination Fee. For any special examination, the fee is 5-00 Diploma Fee 5-00 148 Fees and Expenses 149 School of Music College Courses Matriculated students, residents of Illinois, pay, each semester, the incidental fee $12.00 Non-matriculated students registered for the course in Public School Methods, as outlined on page 236, pay, each semester: (i) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) The tuition fee 7.50 All other students (including matriculated students not residents of Illinois and all conditioned and special students), pay, each semester : If they take music onl}-, special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $,>2.5o For one lesson a week iQ SO For harmony, counterpoint, fugue, etc 9.00 If they take, in addition to music, subjects in other departments : ( 1 ) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) Unless matriculated, the tuition fee 7.50 (3) Special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $25.00 For one lesson a week 15.00 (4) For harmony, counterpoint, fugue, etc 9.00 Preparatory Courses Students taking music only pay, each semester, special music fees as follows : For two lessons a week $i9oO For one lesson a week 11.00 Students taking, in addition to music, subjects in other depart- ments pay, each semester: ( 1 ) The incidental fee $12.00 (2) Unless matriculated, the tuition fee 7.50 (3) Special music fees, as follows: For two lessons a week $15.00 For one lesson a week 8.50 Additional Use of a piano for practise one hour a day, each semester. .$ 3.00 Additional hours at the same rate Special students, taking music only, may enter classes in physical training on paying, each semester 7.50 I50 General Information College of Law Matriculation fee, payable upon satisfying tiie entrance re- quirements $ 10.00 Tuition fee, each semester 25.00 Students conditioned on entrance requirements pay, each semester, an additional fee of 7.50 Students not enrolled in the College of Law pay, each sem- ester, for each law course 5.00 College of Medicine Matriculation fee, each year $ 5,00 General ticket, freshman and sophomore years, each 120.00 Junior year 140.00 Senior year 155.00 Laboratory deposit, freshman and sophomore years, each... 20.00 Junior year (there is no deposit in the senior year) 5.00 College of Dentistry Matriculation fee, each year $ 5.00 Tuition, each year (including laboratory and dissection fees) 150.00 School of Pharmacy Matriculation fee, paid but once $ 5.00 Tuition fee, shorter course, each year 75-00 Tuition fee, longer course, each year 125.00 Laboratory deposit, shorter course, each year 10.00 Laboratory deposit, longer course, each year 15.00 Diploma fee 5.00 LABORATORY FEES (FOR MATERIALS) 1913-1914 (The fees given below are in each case for one semester only; where a course runs through both semesters, the fee named is to be paid each semester.) A.rchitecture 6 $ Architecture 10 Architecture 1 3 Architecture 14 Architecture 15 Architecture 19 Architecture 3 1 Architecture 43 Architecture 44 Architecture 57 Architecture 68 1.50 Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany 8 Botany 9 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 1.00 1.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 3.00 1.50 7.50 1.50 3.00 6.00 3.00 Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany Botany 11... 12... 101. 102. 103. 106. 107. 1.50 2.00 3.00 3.00 6.00 3.00 3.00 Ceramics 1 2.00 Ceramics 5 5.00 Ceramics 6 5.00 Ceramics Ceramics Ceramics Ceramics Ceramics Ceramics 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 5.00 2.00 ,00 ,00 00 ,00 Chemistry 1 8.00 Chemistry la 6.00 Chemistry lb ~. 6.00 Chemistry 3 8.00 Fees and Expenses 151 Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem. Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem. Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Chem Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ Civ 3 Ci sem.) S 4 8 5 a 1 5 b 1 5c (3 hrs,) 8 8 8 Qa 10 9b 10. 9c 10 10a „ 5 10b (i sem.) 5 II (per hr.) 2 13a 10 1 3b 1 IS „ 8. 16 3. 21 8 22 10 27 8. 3 3 8. 35 ^ 10 61 5. 65 S. 66 _ 3. 68a. ^ 8. 68b 8. 69 _ 3. 70 3. 71 3. 72 3. 80 3. 102c 5. 103 10. 103a 10. 105a (per hr.) 2. 106 10. 107 (per hr.) 2. 108 3. 110 „ 10. III (per hr.) ^ 2. Engineering 4 1. Engineering 4a.„ 1. Engineering 5/. 1. Engineering 13 1. Engineering 13a Engineering 13b Engineering 14 _ 1. Engineering 14a Engineering 21 1. Engineering 22 „ 1 stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry stry strv 00 Entomology 11 00 Entomology 13 00 Entomology 14 00 Entomology 00 Entomology 00 Entomology 00 Entomology 00 General 00 Geology 102..„ 103 108... „ 109 Engineering Drawing 2. la. 2 4 5a'"!" 6 7 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 8 00 Geology 9 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 00 Geology 23 00 Household Science 00 Household 00 Household 00 Household 00 Household 00 Household 00 Household 00 Household 10 11 12 13 14 15 „ 16 17 .^„ 18 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.25 3.00 2.75 2.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.50 1. 2. 2. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1. 1 4 5 6 10. 14 17 , 18. Science Science Science Science Science Science Science 00 Mechanical Engineering 3 00 Mechanical Engineering 12 00 Mechanical Engineering 13 00 Mechanical Engineering 27 50 Mechanical Engineering 32 50 Mining Engineering 4 50 Mining Engineering 9 50 Mining Engineering; 10 50| Municipal and Sanitary Eng. 2... 50 Municipal and Sanitary Eng. 6a. 50 Phvsics 2b 50 Physics 1 Engineering 21 1.00 Physics 1 Engineering 22 „ 1.00 Physics Dairy Husbandry 11 4.00 Physics 00 Physics 00 Physics 00, Physics 00 Physics Electrical Electrical Electrical Electrical Electrical Electrical Electrical Engineering 16 3 Engineering 22 4, Engineering 23 5, Engineering 24 5. Engineering 27 5. Engineering 28 _ 3, Engineering 29 4, 00! Physics OOj Physics 00 1 Physiology Entomology 1 „ 1. 00 1 Physiology I.5O1 Physiology 1. 50 ! Physiology 1.50! Physiology 1.50 Physiology 2.00 Psychology 50 Psychology .50 Railway Engineering 11.. SO Railway Engineering 63.. 00 Entomology 2 Entomology 3 Entomology 4 Entomology 5 Entomology 6 Entomology 7 1. Entomology 8 . 1. Entomology 9 ^ 1. Entomology 10 1. 3 4 6b 15 16 — 18 ^ 20b 25 „ 30b 31 1 2 3 4 loi"""". 3 4 .00 .25 .25 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 1.00 3.00 5.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 5.00 2.00 5.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 1.50 1.00 2.00 3.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.59 2.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 152 General Information Theoretical and Applied Mech. 5.. 2.00; Zoology 7 1.00 Theoretical and Applied Mech. 9- 2.00 Zoology 9 2.00 Theoretical and Applied Mech. 10 1.00 Zoology 1 _ 2.50 Zoology 2 ^. 3.50 Zoology 3 3.00 Zoology 6 3.00 Zoology 11 . 1.50 Zoology 13a (per hr.) 1.00 Zoology 15a (per hr.) . 1.00 Zoology 17 1.00 Zoology 18 1.00 AVERAGE ANNUAL EXPENSES The following are estimated average annual expenses for under- graduate students attending at Urbana, exclusive of books, clothing, railroad fare, laboratory fees, if any, and small miscellaneous needs : ♦Semester fees $ 24.00 to $ 24.00 Room rent for each student (two in room) 72.00 " 80.00 Table board in boarding houses and clubs 144.00 " 180.00 Washing 20.00 " 30.00 Total $260.00 to $314.00 Board and room in private house, a week $S-50 to $6.50 In addition to the foregoing, freshmen pay a matriculation fee of $10.00, and the men are required to buy a cadet uniform, which costs $16.20. Freshmen engineering students will need to buy a set of drawing instruments at a cost of about $18.00. Other necessary expenses will need to be taken into considera- tion. For all the necessary expenses of the year the average stu- dent is likely to need not less than $375.00 to $450.00. Most stu- dents spend more than this amount. For information in regard to scholarships which cover the matriculation and incidental fees, see page 142. Board and Rooms The University does not provide dormitories nor furnish board, but the numerous rooming and boarding houses near the campus are to a certain extent under the supervision of the University. The Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations of the University will aid new students in securing rooms and board. Prospective women students and their parents are invited to correspond with the Dean of Women in regard to suitable places. •Students of law and music, special students, and conditioned student! must make needed changes in the amount given for "semester fees." PART II THE COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES For a description of the buildings used by this College, see page 65, for museums and collections belonging to it (art, archaeology, commerce, education, European culture, botany, entomology, geol- ogy, and zoology), see pages 75, 76, for a summary of its courses, see pages 84, 85; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its courses of study, see page 140; for fees, see page 148. ORGANIZATION The organization of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences, in which are merged the former College of Literature and Arts and College of Science, became fully effective on July i, 1913, following upon an action of the Board of Trustees, taken on July 5, 1912. During the period of transition from the old order of two Colleges, to the new single College, various temporary adjustments will be necessary; procedure according to the regulations of the former Colleges, especially in matters like requirements for admission, elect- ive subjects, honors, and combined courses, must continue for cer- tain groups of students already registered. It is expected that the faculty of the College will have worked out a new schedule in these matters before the end of the first year of the union. In the mean- time, the requirements of the former Colleges are printed in separ- ate paragraphs wherever necessary. PURPOSE The purpose of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences is, first, to secure to its students a liberal education including both the hu- manities and the sciences ; second, to furnish specially arranged courses preparator>' to later professional and technical studies by which good students may ordinarily obtain in six years both the degree in arts and a professional degree in law or medicine, or a technical degree in engineering ; and, third, to provide certain highly specialized courses in applied science (particularly chemistry), busi- 155 156 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ness administration, journalism, and household science. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon the completion of all these courses, except those in applied science for which the degree of Bachelor of Science is given. Under the modified elective system a student who desires to prepare for teaching may specialize to a considerable extent in the particular subject which he wishes to teach and may also find time for courses in education and related subjects which are of interest to teachers generally. Such students should, as a rule, continue their preparation in the Graduate School. Students who desire to devote a considerable part of their under- graduate course to specific preparation for some particular calling other than teaching may select courses in (i) business administra- tion, including general business, secretarial service, banking, insur- ance, accounting, and railway administration and transportation ; or (2) journalism; or (3) applied chemistry; or (4) ceramics; or (5) household administration. .ADMISSION See the general statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 88ff. SPECIAL STUDENTS For a statement of the regulations of the University in regard to special students, see page 96. It is the policy of this College to admit as special students only a select group of mature and serious persons who, though unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are substantially pre- pared for work of college grade. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION The following general requirements apply to all candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts: A. University Requirements. — Each candidate must meet the general University requirements as to residence and registration. He must also secure credit in approved courses (see pages 157-163 below) amounting to 130 hours. An hour is one class period a week for one semester, each class period presupposing two hours' preparation by the student, or the equivalent in laboratory or draw- ing room. Requirements for Graduation 157 B. Prescribed Studies. — Subjects specifically prescribed for all students : Rhetoric i* (6 hours) ; Physical Training, i and la for men, 7 and 9 for women; Military Science i and 2 for men. In ad- dition, students who purpose to make a science their major subject, are required to have Chemistry i, and Physics 2a, 2b (or i, 3) unless they have had one-year courses in these subjects in an accredited high school or acceptable equivalent courses elsewhere. C. I. Group Requirements for the degree according to the schedule of the former College of Literature and Arts. — Every can- didate must offer a minimum of 8 hours in each of the following groups : I. English, including literature and rhetoric. II. Ancient and modem languages other than English, including Greek, Latin, the Germanic languages, and the Romance languages. Only courses which require the use of a foreign language may be counted in this group, and the 8 hours offered must all be in the same language. III. The social sciences, including historj', economics, political science, and sociology. IV. Mathematics and philosophy, including mathematics, educa- tion, philosophy, and psychology. A candidate who elects mathe- matics must take at least five hours of it. If a student does not elect mathematics, his elections in this group must include work in at least two of the other departments of the group. That is, if he does not take mathematics, he must take either philosophy and psychology, or philosophy and education, or education and psychol- ogy. With the exception of mathematics, no subject of this group is open to freshmen. V. The natural sciences, including astronomy, botany, chemis- try, entomology, geolog>', physiolog>^ physics, and zoology. Zoology- 16 may not be counted toward this group requirement. C. (2) Group Requirements for the degree according to the schedule of the former College of Science. — Each candidate must offer 8 hours in each of the following Groups : i, 2, 3 and 5. In Group 4, 16 hours must be offered, provided that students who have had three years of work in foreign language in an accredited •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in Rhetoric 1 may be excused from the first semester's work. See page 95. 158 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences high school, or an equivalent course elsewhere, will be relieved from the requirement of Group 4, and similarly, those who have had one year or two years of foreign language may be relieved from 4 hours or 8 hours respectively of this requirement. The physics and chem- istry of the prescribed list may be applied on the requirements of Groups I and 2. Group I. — Mathematics, physics, astronomy, logic (Philosophy i), mineralogy (Geology 5). Group 2. — Chemistry, geology, household science, bacteriology (Botany 5). Group 3. — Botany, zoology, physiology, psychology, entomology. Group 4. — Foreign language. Group 5. — English literature, history, political science, economics, philosophy, education. D. (i) Major Subjects according to the former College of Lit- erature and Arts. — Each candidate must select some one subject to be designated as his major, and secure credit in that subject to the amount of 24 hours. The courses selected for the last two years should include some distinctly advanced work. The subjects which may be recognized as majors in this college are subject to additions from time to time ; at present they are as follows : Classics* ; eco- nomics; education; English^ (including English literature and rhet- oric) ; French*; German*; Greek*; history; household science; Latin* ; mathematics ; philosophy ; political science ; psychology ; so- ciology. Special requirements and suggestions for students in business courses and in household science are indicated below, on pages 163 and 173 respectively. Students holding scholarships in household science must make that subject their major, and take one of the courses outlined on pages 174 and 175 below. D (2) Major Subjects according to the former College of Sci- ence. — A total credit of at least 20 hours must be secured in some one of the divisions of the following major elective list. Not more than 40 hours' work (exclusive of thesis) in any one of these divi- sions may be applied toward graduation. In arranging the subjects to be counted toward the major requirement the student is advised *For the definition of the major in this subject, see below page 352. 'For tlie definition of the major in English, see below page i77. •A major in French must include 24 hours in addition to French 1. *A major in German must include 24 hours in addition to German 1 and 3. \ Requirements for Graduation 159 to consult with the head of the department in which the major is taken. Major electives are : Astronomy, botany, chemistry, education, entomology, geology (including mineralogy and physical geogra- phy), household science, library science, mathematics, physics, physiology, psychology, and zoology. E. Elective Subjects. — The remainder of the course is made up of electives chosen under defined conditions. 1. Credit is regularly given for courses properly announced in the following subjects: Art and design (the total credit in this department is limited to 20 hours) ; astronomy, botany, chemistry, the classics, economics (including accountancy and commercial law), education, English, entomology, geology, Germanic languages, history, household science, library science, mathematics, philosophy, physics, physiology, political science, psychology, Romance languages, sociology, zoology. 2. Not more than 40 hours in any one subject may be counted for graduation, except when the student is writing a thesis. In this case he may count, in addition to the 40 hours, the hours of the seminar course in which he does his thesis work. In the depart- ment of English a student may take 40 hours in addition to Rhetoric i. 3. No credit is granted in any subject unless the student pur- sues it for the full time required in the shortest course offered in that subject. For example, if the student elects a course which yields two hours of credit for one semester, he must stay in the class during the semester in order to get any credit at all. In order to secure any credit in a beginning course in a foreign language, a full year's work must be completed. 4. Seniors graduating under the schedule of the former Col- lege of Literature and Arts who register in courses open to fresh- men may receive only one-half of the credit regularly assigned to such courses. For the year 1913-1914 the following courses are in- cluded in this list : Art and Design i and 2 ; Astronomy i ; Botany 11; Chemistry i; English i, 10, 20; Entomology i; French i; Geology 3, 10, 14, 23; German i, 3; Greek i; History i, 11; House- hold Science 2, 7; Latin i; Library Science 12; Mathematics 2, 4; Rhetoric i ; Spanish i ; Zoology i, 16. i6o The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 5. A limited amount of credit toward the A.B. degree is ordi- narily given for courses offered in other colleges and schools of this University. Students who continue under the schedule of the former College of Science may select, with the approval of the Dean, approximately one-third of the work to be counted toward a degree, from subjects given in other colleges of the University. Students who continue under the schedule of the former College of Literature and Arts will ordinarily confine their elections of work in other colleges and schools to the following courses : Physical Training. — Not to exceed 5 semester hours. Military Science and Tactics. — Military Science i and 2. Law. — Law i (Contracts) ; Law 2 (Torts) ; Law 3 (Real Prop- erty) ; Law 4 (Pleading); Law 5 (Criminal Law); Law 6 (Per- sonal Property). The total credit is limited to 24 hours. None of these courses may be taken before the senior year. Law i may count for six hours only. Engineering. — General Engineering Drawing i and 2 (Mechan- ical Drawing and Descriptive Geometry) ; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7 and 8 (Analytical Mechanics) ; Mechanical Engineer- ing 7 or 15 (Thermodynamics) ; Civil Engineering 10 or 21 (Survey- ing) ; Architecture 31, 32 (Architectural Drawing) ; Architecture 13, 14, 15, 16, (History of Architecture) ; Electrical Engineering i and 21, or 2 and 26 (Principles). Agriculture. — Agricultural Extension 2 (Elementary Agriculture for teachers); Agronomy 25 (Seeds), for business students only; Agronomy 9 (Soil Physics); Farm Management i; Agronomy 22 (Plant Breeding) ; Animal Husbandry 7 (Principles of Animal Nutrition) ; Animal Husbandry 30 (Principles of Evolution as Applied to the Improvement of Domesticated Animals and Plants) ; Horticulture 9 (Forestry) ; Horticulture loa (Landscape Garden- ing) ; Horticulture 12 (Evolution of Horticultural Plants) ; Horti- culture 19 (General Floriculture), for household science students only. The total credit allowed in these agricultural courses will not ordinarily exceed 14 hours. Library Science. — Library 3 (Selection of Books) ; 7 (History of Libraries) ; 9 (Book Making) ; 12 (General Reference) ; 13 (Public Documents). The total credit allowed in Library Science will not ordinarily exceed 14 hours. The course in General Reference (Lib. Requirements for Graduation i6i 12) is of special value to students in the courses in Literature and Arts. Music. — Music i, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (courses in the history and theory of music). Courses not listed under paragraphs i to 5 above may not be counted for the degree of A.B., except by special permission of the Dean of the College. F. Bachelors' Theses. — A bachelor's thesis is not generally re- quired in this College. Students of high standing are, however, en- couraged to write theses in connection with their major studies. Credit toward the degree is given for thesis work only as a part of the work in some course for which the student is registered. Students desiring to take a thesis course in geology or mineralogy may add to their credits in those subjects the credits received for chemistry; and students in physiology may add to their credits in that subject those in zoology and bacteriology. Only students grad- uating with a thesis will, as a rule, be selected for fellowships, scholarships, and other similar university honors. Candidates for honors or the honor degree, are required by the general regula- tions of the University to write a thesis. See below, page 181. ARRANGEMENT OF COURSES FIRST YEAR Subjects Prescribed for Freshmen The following subjects must be taken during the freshman year: Rhetoric i,* three hours each semester; Military 2, one hour each semester, and Military i, one hour ^econd semester (for men) ; Physical Training (Physical Training i and la for men; 7 and 9 — Physiology 6 — for women). Students who have entered accord- ing to the requirements formerly set down for the College of Lit- erature and Arts, must take foreign language, 4 hours each semes- ter; students entering as of the former College of Science, should take Chemistry i, unless chemistry has been accepted for admission. Freshman Electives The following subjects are open to freshmen. The total amount taken in any semester is limited to eighteen hours, and should not be less than fifteen. All freshmen in the courses in Business Ad- ministration must take 6 hours from Economics, 7, 22, 26, 27. *See footnote, page 157. 1 62 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences English 10^ (3)*; Rhetoric i (3). French i (4) or 2 (4) ; German i (4) or 3 (4) or 4 (4) or 5 (4) ; Greek i (4) or 7 (3) ; Latin i (4) or 2 (4) ; Spanish 1 (4). Mathematics 2 (3) and 4 (2). Economics 7 (3) and 26 (3); History i (4). Astronomy i (3); Botany 2^ (5), 4 (5), 11 (5); Chemistry i* (5) or la* (4); Entomology i (2); Geology' (5) 3* (5), 14 (3), 23* (5) ; Physics 2a' and 2b' (5) ; Physiology 4 (s) ; Zoology I* (5). Household Science 2 (2) or 7 (2) Library Science 12 (2). Art and Design i (2 or 3). Second Semester: English 10' (3) ; Rhetoric i (3). French i (4) or 2 (4) ; German 3 (4) or 4 (4) or 5 (4) or 6 (4) or 7 (4) ; Greek i (4), 4 (4), or 6 (3) ; Latin i (4), or 2 (4) ; Spanish i (4). Mathematics 3 (2), 6 (5). Economics 22 (3) and 27 (3) ; History i (4) or 11 (3). Astronomy 4 (5) ; Botany i (5), 2" (5) ; i6b (5) ; Chemistry I* (5) or la* (4) or 2 and 3 (5) ; Entomology i (2) ; Geology la (5), 3* (5), 8 (3), 10 (3), 12 (5) ; Physics 2a'' and 2b'' (5) ; Zoology 2 (5), I* (5), or 16 (2). Household Science i (3). Art and Design i (2). SECX)ND YEAR Male students must continue Military 2 throughout the year. Students who have failed to secure credit for any of the prescribed subjects of the freshman year must make up such deficiencies at this time. ^English 10 Is open only to rresTimen who have presented the minimum amount of English required for admission. See the description of this course in Part III. *The figure immediately following the subject is the number of the course (see "General Description of Courses," page Zi7^.) ; the figure in paren- thesis indicates the number of credit hours to be secured in the course each semester. ^Either semester may be taken separately, or both together; entrance botany required. *May be taken in either semester, but not in both. •Prerequisite: Mathematics 4 (Trigonometry) which may be taken at the same time. Requirements for Graduation 163 ELECTION Aside from the subjects prescribed for the first two years, each student selects, with the advice of the Dean or other college ad- visers, such courses as will enable him to meet the requirements for graduation as stated above. COURSES IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Courses in economics, accountancy, banking, commerce, railway administration, and industry are offered in combination with courses in language, law, and science, with the aim of providing a univer- sity training for business life. The combined courses are designed to give the student a knowledge of the general principles that un- derlie all lines of business, with special training in the work of some particular calling. ARRANGEMENT OF COURSES The subjects of study are so arranged as to furnish training for (l) general business, (2) commercial and civic secretaries, (3) bank- ing, (4) insurance, (5) accountancy, (6) railway traffic and ac- counting, (7) railway transportation, (8) commercial teachers. The work of the class-room is supplemented by lectures by practical specialists, and by visits of inspection to industrial and mercantile establishments. The outlines of the courses in General Business, Secretarial Work, Banking, Insurance, Accountancy, Railway Administration, and Commercial Teaching are given below. GENERAL BUSINESS COURSE The general business course is intended for students who wish a general knowledge of modern business organization and methods and their relation to the public welfare, without specializing in the details of any particular business. Every student must take 15 to 18 hours of work each semester. Students desiring mathematics, or taking courses requiring it, should elect it the first year, omitting Economic Resources (Economics 26), or Economic History of the United States (Economics 22), and science, which may then be elected the second year. 164 Courses in Business Administration Course in General Business First Semester FIRST YEAR Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) Economic Resources (Econ. 26) or English Econ. Hist. (Econ. 7) Mathematics (Math. 2, 4) or Science SECOND Prescribed Subjects Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Amer. Nat'l Gov't (Pol. Sci. 1) Military (Mil. 2) History of U. S. (Hist. 3) or European History (Hist. 1) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Science Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) Modern Industries (Econ. 27) or Econ. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 22) Mathematics (Math. 6) or Science YEAR Prescribed Subjects Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Business Organization (Econ. 6) Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Military (Mil. 2) State and Local Gov't (Pol. Sci. 3) History of U. S. (Hist. 3) or European History (Hist. 1) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Science Ag- io) THIRD Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate counting (Acc'y 1) Corporation Managem't (Econ. Domestic Com. (Econ. 28) or Foreign Com. (Econ. 29) Suggested Electives History Public Finance (Econ. 5) Foreign language continued Advanced Accounting and Auditing (Acc'y 2) Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) State Administration (Pol. Sci. 13) Psychology (Psych. 1) Municipal Gov't (Pol. Sci. 4) Sales Correspondence (Rhet. 21) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Organization of Foreign Com. (Econ. 31) or Tariff and Customs Regulations (Econ. 30) Suggested Electives History Indust. Consolid. (Econ. 11) Foreign language continued Advanced Accounting and Auditing (Acc'y 2) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) Psychology (Psych. 2) Logic (Phil, lb) Summarizing and Abstracting (Rhet. 22) FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects Seminar (Econ. 18) Work Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Economic Development of Europe (Econ. 13) Suggested Electives 5) Economic Reform (Econ. 21) Finan. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 4b) (See also third year electives) COURSE FOR COMMERCIAL AND CIVIC SECRETARIES This course is intended for students who expect to take service with chambers of commerce, commercial clubs, and civic organiza- tions. The work of the first and second years is the same as in the general business course. Prescribed Subjects Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written (Rhet. 25) Labor Problems (Econ. 12) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Suggested Electives Political Ethics (Phil. 9) Constitutional Law (Pol. Sci. (See also third year electives) Course for Commercial and Civic Secretaries 165 Course for Commercial and Civic Secretaries THIRD YEAR First Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Domestic Commerce (EU:on. 28) or Foreign Commerce (Econ. 29) Municipal Gov't (Pol. Sci. 4) Corporation Managem't (Eicon. 10) Suggested Electives Sales Correspondence (Rhet. 21) Public Finance (Econ. S) Prin. of Sociol. (Sociol. 1) State Administration (PoL Sci. 13) PoUtical Ethics (Phil. 9) Property Insurance (Econ. 34) Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Organization of Foreign Com- merce (Econ. 31) or Tariff and Customs Regulations (Econ. 30) Charities (Sociol. 8) Suggested Electives Summarizing and Abstracting (Rhet. 22) Industr. Consolidations (Econ. 11) Nat. Administration (Pol. Sci. 12) Logic (Phil, lb) Gov't of Illinois (Pol. Sci. 16) FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) Foreign Commerce (Econ. 29) or Domestic Commerce (Econ. 28) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Seminar (Econ. 18) Constitutional Law of U. S. (Pol. Sci. 5) Labor Problems (Ek;on. 12) Population (Sociol. 10) Prescribed Subjects Corn- Work Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) Tariff and Customs Regulations (Econ. 30) or Organization of Foreign merce (Econ. 31) Conference on Written (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Seminar (Econ. IS) Social and Industrial Problems (Pol. Sci. 11) Economic Reform (Econ. 21) Criminology (Sociol. 9) COURSE IN BANKING The work of the first and second years in banking is the same as in the course in general business, but students must take ad- vanced algebra (Math. 2), which is a prerequisite for the mathe- matics of investment (Math. 23a). Course in Banking THIRD YEAR First Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Corporation Managem't (Exon. 10) Public Finance (Econ. 5) Suggested Electives Domestic Com. (Econ. 28) Logic (PhiL la) History Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Math, of Investment (Math. 23) Economic Development of Europe (Econ. 13) Suggested Electives Tariff and Customs Regulations (Econ. 30) Indust. Consolid. (Econ. 11) History i66 Courses in Business Administration Prescribed Subjects Practical Banking (Econ. 9) Foreign Com. (Econ. 29) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Labor Problems (Econ. 12) Political Ethics (Phil. 9) Advanced Accounting and ing (Acc'y 2) FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects The Money Market (Econ, 8) Finan. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 4b) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Seminar (Econ. 18) Work Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Organization of Foreign Commerce (Econ. 31) Audit- Advanced Accounting and Audit- ing (Acc'y 2) COURSE IN INSURANCE The work of the first and second years in insurance is the same as in the course in railway traffic and accounting, except that Eco- nomics 7 (Econ. Hist, of England) may take the place of Eco- nomic Resources (Econ. 26), and that any other science may be taken instead of physics. (See page 169.) Course in Insurance THIRD YEAR First Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Corporation Managem't (Econ. 10) Amer. Nat'l Gov't (Pol. Sci. 1) Econ. of Insurance (Econ. 33) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued History of U. S. (Hist. 3) European History (Hist. 3) Public Finance (Econ. 5) Sales Correspondence (Rhet. 21) FOURTH Prescribed Subjects Property Insurance (Econ. 34) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Sem. in Insur. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Actuarial Theory (Math. 31) State Administration (Pol. Sci. 13) Suggested Electives Political Ethics (Phil. 9) Labor Problems (Econ. 12) Practical Banking (Econ. 9) Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Mathematics of Investment (Math. 23) State and Local Gov't (Pol. Sci. 3) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued History of U. S. (Hist. 3) European History (Hist. 1) Summarizing and Abstracting (Rhet. 22) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Sem. in Insur. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Finan. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 4b) Econ. Development of Europe (Econ. 13) Indus. Consolid. (Econ. 11) Money Market (Econ. 8) COURSES IN ACCOUNTANCY The development of the commercial, industrial, and financial interests of the country has given rise to a demand for three classes of workers in accountancy, (i) the teacher, (2) the business execu- tive, (3) the public accountant. In order to give students adequate preparation for these three fields, the University offers several courses of study: Course in Accountancy 167 1. A four years' course in business administration with a maxi- mum of work in accountancy, economics, history, political science, statistics, language, and other subjects. 2. Work in accountancy open to election by students in business administration as part of the general training necessary to a suc- cessful business executive. 3. A two years' special course in preparation for the examina- tions required by law for securing a certificate as a Certified Public Accountant. According to this law, passed in 1903, establishing accountancy upon a professional basis, candidates are required to pass examina- tions in commercial law as affecting accountancy, the theory of accounts, practical accounting, and auditing. Four- Year Course in Accountancy FIRST YEAR First Semester Prescribed Subjects Second Semester Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet, 1) Military (Mil 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) Algebra and Trig. (Math. 2, 4) English Econ. Hist. (Econ. 7) or Economic Resources (Econ. 26) Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) Analytical Geom. (Math. 6) Modem Industries (Econ. 27) Econ. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 22) or SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Elementary and Intermediate counting (Acc'y 1) Military (Mil. 2) Science Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Calculus (Math. 8a) European History (Hist. 1) Hist, of U. S. (Hist. 3) Amer. Nat'l Gov't (PoL Sci. 1) Prescribed Subjects Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Ac- Business Organization (Econ. 6) Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Elementary and Intermediate counting (Acc'y 1) Military (Mil. 2) Science Suggested Electives Foreign language continued European History (Hist. 1) Hist, of U. S. (Hist. 3) State and Local Gov't (PoL Sci. 3) Ac- THIRD YEAR Prescribed Subjects Advanced Accounting and Audit- ing (Acc'y 2) Corporation Managem't (Econ. 10) Public Finance (Econ. 5) Municipal Gov't (Pol. Sci. 4) Suggested Electives Sales Correspondence (Rhet. 21) Foreign language Domestic Commerce (Econ. 28) Logic (Phil, la) Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) Prescribed Subjects Advanced Accounting and Audit- ing (Acc'y 2) Indust. Consolid. (Econ. 11) Mathematics of Investment (Math. 23) Suggested Electives Summarizing and Abstracting (Rhet. 22) Foreign language Tariff and Customs Regulations (Econ. 30) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) i68 Courses in Business Administration FOURTH Prescribed Subjects Accounting Problems and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Political Ethics (Phil. 9) Suggested Electives Practical Banking (Econ. 9) Labor Problems (Econ. 12) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Accounting Problems and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Suggested Electives Money Market (Econ. 8) Finan. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 4b) Two- Year Course in Accountancy This course is open only to students in accountancy who are preparing for the C. P. A. examinations, who are at least 20 years of age and able to matriculate in the University, and who can fur- nish satisfactory evidence of at least one year's experience in the office of a practising public accountant. The course must be taken as outlined. No variation from it is allowed. Two-Ycar Course in Accountancy First Semester Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate counting (Acc'y 1) Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Algebra (Math. 2) Military (Mil. 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) Ac- Prescribed Subjects Advanced Accounting and ing (Acc'y 2) Accounting Problems and ing (Acc'y 3) Corporation Managem't (Econ Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Practical Banking (Econ. 9) Economics of Insurance (Econ. Property Insurance (Econ. 34) Military (Mil. 2) FIRST YEAR Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Ac- Elementary and Intermediate counting (Acc'y 1) Business Organization (Econ. 6) Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Mathematics of Investment (Math. 23) Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Audit- Advanced Accounting and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) Audit- Accounting Problems and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) 10) Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Industrial Consolidations (Econ. 11) 33) State and Local Gov't (Pol. Sci. 3) Military (Mil. 2) COURSES IN RAILWAY ADMINISTRATION There are two courses offered under the head of railway ad- ministration, one emphasizing those subjects which are of most value to the student interested in the accounting and traffic aspects of railway work, the other laying stress upon the transportation service, properly so called, and intended to prepare men directly for the transportation departments of railways. Course in Railway Traffic and Accounting 169 Course in Railway Traffic and Accounting First Semester FIRST YEAR Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) Algebra and Trig. (Math. 2, 4) Economic Resources (Econ. 26) or Eng. Econ. Hist. (Econ. 7) Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) ^ Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) Analytical Geometry (Math. 6) Econ. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 22) or Modern Industries (Econ. 27) SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Amer. Nat'l Gov't (Pol. Sci. 1) Physics (Phys. 1 and 3) Military (Mil. 2) THIRD Prescribed Subjects Adv. Accounting and Audit. (Acc'y 2) Corporation Managem't (Econ. 10) Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) Railway Operation (Econ. 45) or Traffic Administration (Econ. 43) FOURTH Prescribed Subjects Accounting Problems and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) Traffic Admin. (Econ. 43) or Railway Operation (Econ. 45) Sem. in R'y Admin. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Prescribed Subjects Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Business Organization (Econ. 6) Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Physics (Phys. 1 and 3) Military (Mil. 2) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Adv. Accounting and Audit. (Acc'y 2) Indust. Consolid. (Econ. 11) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) Mathematics of Investment (Math. 23) Railway Operation (Econ. 45) or Traffic Administration (Econ. 43) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Accounting Problems and Audit- ing (Acc'y 3) Traffic Admin. (Econ. 43) or Railway Operation (Econ. 45) Sem. in R'y Adm.in. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Course in ILulway Transport.\tion In choosing additional courses to make up the required 130 hours of credit, six hours of such electives must be taken in history, political science, more advanced language, or philosophy. Course in Railway Transportation First Semester FIRST YEAR Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) Gen. Engin. Drawing (G. E. D. 1) Algebra and Trig. (Math. 2, 4) Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) *Descriptive G'com. (G. E. D. Anal. Geom. (Math. 6) 2) •This subject is to be taken for three hours' credit only. 170 Course for Commercial Teachers Prescribed Subjects Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Calculus (Math. 7) Physics (Phys 1, 3) Military (Mil. 2) SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Business Organization (Econ. 6) Physics (Phys. 1, 3) MiHtary (Mil. 2) Anal. Mech. (T. and A. M. 7) THIRD YEAR Prescribed Subjects Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) Traffic Admin. (Econ. 43) or Railway Operation (Econ. 45) Anal. Mech. and Resist, of Materials (T. and A. M. 8, 9) FOURTH Prescribed Subjects Railway Operation (Econ. 45) or Traffic Admin. (Econ. 43) Sem. in R'y Admin. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Labor Problems (Econ. 12) Locomotives (R'y M. E. 1) Engin. Materials (T. and A. M. 6) Prescribed Subjects Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) Traffic Administration (Econ. 43) or Railway Operation (Econ. 45) Engines and Boilers (M. E. 11) Electrical Engin. (E. E. 16) Surveying (C. E. 10) YEAR Prescribed Subjects Railway Operation (Econ. 45) or Traffic Admin. (Econ. 43) Mech. Engin. Lab. (M. E. 13) Sem. in R'y Admin. (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting fAcc'y 1) R'y Tests (R'y M. E. 11) Mech. Engin. Lab. (M. E. 13) COURSE FOR COMMERCIAL TEACHERS This course is intended for students who are planning to teach commercial subjects in secondary schools. Course for Commercial Teachers First Semester FIRST YEAR Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1, la) English Economic History (Econ. 7) or Economic Resources (Econ. 26) Mathematics (Math. 2. 4) or Science SECOND Prescribed Subjects Principles of Econ. (Econ. 1) Amer. Nat'l Gov't (Pol. Sci. 1) Psychology (Psychol. 1) Military (Mil. 2) History of U. S. (Hist. 3) or European History (Hist. 1) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Science English literature Prescribed Subjects Foreign language Rhetoric (Rhet. 1) Military (Mil. 1, 2) Physical Training (P. T. 1) Econ. Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 22) or Modern Industries (Econ. 27) Mathematics (Math. 6) or Science YEAR Prescribed Subjects Money and Banking (Econ. 3) Business Organization (Econ. 6) Business Writing (Rhet. 10) Psychology (Psychol. 2) Military (Mil. 2) History of U. S. (Hist. 3) or European History (Hist. 1) Suggested Electives Foreign language continued Mathematics Science English literature Course in Journalism 171 THIRD YEAR Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Corporation Managem't (Econ. 10) Prin. of Education (Educ. 1) Domestic Commerce (Econ. 28) or Foreign Commerce (Econ. 29) Suggested Electives History Foreign language continued Logic (PhiL la) Public Finance (Econ. 5) Municipal Gov't (Pol. Sci. 4) Railway Transportation (Econ. 41) Sales Correspondence (Rhet. 21) Prescribed Subjects Elementary and Intermediate Ac- counting (Acc'y 1) Hist, of Education (Educ. 2) Organization of Foreign Com- merce (Econ. 31) or TariflF and Customs Regulationi (Econ. 30) Suggested Electives History Foreign language continued Intro, to Philosophy (Phil. 2) Prin. of Second. Educ. (Educ. 6) Indus. Consolidations (Econ. 11) Railway Rates (Econ. 42) Summ.arizing and Abstracting (Rhet. 22) FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Labor Problems (Econ. 12) Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Observation and Technique of Teach- ing (Educ. 10) Suggested Electives Advanced Accounting and Auditing (Acc'y 2) Political Ethics (Phil. 9) Constitutional Law of U. S. (PoL Sci. 5) Practical Banking (Econ. 9) (See also third year electives) 13) Prescribed Subjects Seminar (Econ. 18) Conference on Written Work (Rhet. 25) Econ. Deyel. of Europe (Econ. Commercial Law (Econ. 25) Social Education (Educ. 16) or School Hygiene (Educ. 15) Suggested Electives Advanced Accounting and Auditing (Acc'y 2) Social Reform (Econ. 21) Financial Hist, of U. S. (Econ. 4a or 4b) The Money Market (Econ. 8) (See also third year electives) COURSES IN JOURNALISM Students who are preparing to enter the advertising or man- agerial sides of journalistic work should elect economics as a major and enroll in one of the business courses. The work they will take will then be selected under the advice of the proper instructors, according to the needs of the individual student and within the requirements for the College for graduation. Students who are preparing for journalistic work on the repor- torial, literary, or editorial sides should take their major work in English. They will make up their study schedules from the follow- ing suggested course. With the consent of the adviser, other courses may, for purposes of specialization, be substituted for sug- gested courses. A program which satisfies the group and major requirements may, for instance, be so modified in the third and fourth years as to lay emphasis on any one of the social sciences. 1/2 Course Preliminary to Law Suggested Course in Journalism (Major in English) FIRST YEAR Prescribed Subjects Rhetoric 1 3 Physical training . 1 Military 1 Suggested Electives Continental European History (Hist. 1) 4 Foreign language 4 English 10 or science 3 or S General Reference (Library 12).... 2 SECOND Prescribed Subjects Military 1 Suggested Electives News Writing (Rhetoric 12) 2 English 1 or science 3 or 4 or 5 History of U. S. (Hist. 3) 3 Foreign language continued 4 Am. Nat'l. Govt. (Pol. Sc. 1) or Principles of Economics (Econ. 1) 5 Am. Literature (English 16) 2 Prescribed Subjects Rhetoric 1 _ 3 Physical training ..... ......-.- 1 Military 2 Suggested Electives History 1 4 Foreign language 4 English 10 or science „ 3 YEAR Prescribed Subjects Military 1 Suggested Electives News Writing (Rhetoric 12) 2 Foreign language continued 4 History of U. S. (Hist. 3) 3 English 1 or State & Local Govt. (Pol. Sci. 3) (4 or 3) or Money and Banking (Econ. 3) 3 Shakespeare (English 23) or 3 Literature (English 16) 2 THIRD YEAR Intermediate English (3) Municipal Govt. (Pol. Sc. 4) 3 Foreign language continued . 4 Logric (Philosophy 1) 3 Rhetoric 15 or 6, or Psychology 1 3 Sociology 1 „ 3 Intermediate English (3) State & Local Govtr(Poi, Sc."i) or Political Parties (Pol. Sc. 14) 3 or 2 Intro, to Philosophy (PhiL 2) 3 Foreign language _ 4 Rhetoric 15 or 17, or Psychology 1 3 Sociology 1 3 FOURTH YEAR Rhetoric 15 or English 14 3 Political Ethics (Phil. 9) or Const. Law (Pol. Sc. 5) 3 History of U. S. (Hist. 21) 3 Public Finance, or Corporation Management and Finance, or La- bor Problems (Econ. 5 or 10 or 12) 3 Rhetoric 15 or English 14 3 Contemporary politics (Pol. Sc. 18 or 28) 2 or 3 Social & Indust. Legis. (Pol. Sc. 11) „. 3 Industrial Consolidation, or Eco- nomic History of Europe or So- cialism and Social Reform (Econ 11 or 13 or 21) 3 COURSE PRELIMINARY TO LAW It is recognized by the best authorities on legal education that professional studies in law should be preceded by a thorough course in the humanities and the sciences. As a foundation for the study and practise of law, the following subjects offered by this College are of special importance : English, with special reference to com- position and public speaking ; Latin and French ; logic ; constitu- tional and political history ; political science ; economics ; sociology. Household Science 173 By the proper selection of his studies it is possible for a pros- pective law student to take both the degree in arts and the degree in law in six years. The following first year courses in the Col- lege of Law, not exceeding a total of 24 hours, may be counted for the degree of Bachelor of Arts: Law i (contracts) ; Law 2 (torts) ; Law 3 (real property) ; Law 4 (pleading) ; Law 5 (criminal law) ; Law 6 (personal property-) • Law i may count for six hours only. Students are not permitted to take this work in law until their senior year. If the student is also a candidate for the degree of LL.B., or J.D., he should in his fourth year register in the College of Law, pay the usual fee of that College, and file a copy of his study-list with the adviser for seniors in this College. A fee of five dollars is charged for every law subject taken by students who do not pay the regular law school fee. Courses in law do not in themselves constitute a major in this College, but six hours of law are accepted as part of the require- ments for majors in the following departments : economics, history, political science, and sociology. When taken by students registered in the College of Law, credit to a total of six hours tov/ard the degree of LL.B., is accepted for courses offered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in jurisprudence, international law, administrative law, and the law of taxation. The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred at the close of the fourth year of the combined course provided that all the require- ments for the degree are met at that time. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Law (J.D.) must take four hours in history, economics, political science, or sociology, in the fourth year of their course. Students admitted to this University from other institutions may count the above courses in law for the degree of A.B. only on condition of completing at least 30 hours' work in residence in subjects offered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The courses in instruction given in this department are planned to meet the needs of four classes of students : (a) those students who desire a knowledge of the general principles and facts of house- hold science; (b) those students who wish to make a specialty of household science for the purpose of teaching the subject in the secondary schools and colleges ; (c) those students who wish some 174 Household Science knowledge of the principles underlying household administration and institutional management; (d) those students who are inter- ested in the work of dietitians. Students who hold scholarships in household science must make this subject their major along one of the lines indicated above and take each semester at least four hours in household science or in subjects required for admission to the Courses in Household Science. The suggested courses for teachers and for institutional workers are outlined below. The electives of the junior and senior years of the course in adminis- tration make possible a choice between lunch room management and institutional management, while the first three years of the course as outlined for teachers give a scientific basis for the work of the dietitian. Students who major in household science must also satisfy the group requirements in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences in so far as these are not covered in the courses be- fore mentioned. Suggested Course for Teachers of Household Science FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester Inorganic Chemistry (Chem. 1) 'Principles of the Selection and Prep- Home Architecture & Sanitation aration of Food (Household Sci. 1) (Household Science 2) Inorganic Chemistry (Chem. 2) Introductory Zoology (Zool. 1) Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 3) Rhetoric & Themes (Rhet. 1) Rhetoric & Themes (Rhet. 1) Physical Training 7 Free Hand Drawing (Art & Design 1) Hygiene (Physical Train. 9) Physical Training 7 SECOND YEAR Agricultural Analysis (Chem. 13a) Organic Chemistry (Chem. 9) Economic Uses of Food (Household Organic Synthesis (Chem. 9c) Science 6) Household Art and Clothing (House- Survey of English Literature (Eng. 1) hold Science 12) Applied Design (Art & Design 12) Survey of English Literature (Eng. 1) Plane Trigonometry (Math. 4) THIRD YEAR Minor Course in Physiol. (Phvsiol. 4) Elementary Home Decoration (House- General Physics (Physics 2a) hold Science 3) Physics Laboratory (Phys. 2b) Dietetics (Household Science 5) Principles of Economics (Econ. 2) Bacteriology (Botany 5) Foreign language Foreign language Electives Electives FOURTH YEAR Food and Nutrition (Household Sci- Teachers' Course (Household Sci. 11) ence 4) Principles of Secondary Education Principles of Education (Edu. 1) or Observation and Technique of History of Home Economics (House- Teaching (Education 6 or 10) hold Science 13) Home Management (Household Sci- Electives ence 10) Electives •Attention is called to the fact that high school physics is a prerequisite for Household Science 1. Household Science 175 The following subjects are suggested as electives for the junior and senior years: Psychology i, 2; Botany i; foreign language. Suggested Course in Household Administration FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester Rhetoric & Themes (Rhet. 1) Rhetoric & Themes (Rhet. 1) Free Hand Drawing (Art & Design 1) Applied Design (Art & Design 12) Home Architecture & Sanitation Foreign language (Household Science 2) Introductory Zoology (Zoology 1) Economic Resources (Econ. 26) Textiles (ELousehold Science ") Foreign language Physical Training Hygiene (Physical Train. 9) SECOND YEAR Principles of Economics (Econ. 1) Economic History of the United Survey of English Literature (Eng. 1) States (Econ. 22) Inorganic Chemistry (Chem. 1) Survey of English Literature (Eng. 1) Suggested Electives 'Principles of the Selection & Prep- History of Fine Art (Art & Design 19) aration of Food (Household Sci. 1) Foreign language Household Art & Clothing (House- Introductory European History or hold Science 12) History of the United States Inorganic Chemistry (Chem. 2) (Hist. 1 or 3) Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 3) Sut^gested Electives History of Fine Art (Art & Des. 19) Introductory European Hist, or Hist, of the United States (Hist, 1 or 3) Foreign language THIRD YEAR Economic Uses of Food (Household Dietetics (Household Science 5) Science 6) Elementary Home Decoration Elementary Psychology (Psychology 1) (Household Science 3) Minor Course in Physiology (Phys- Elementary Psychology (Psychology iology 4) 2) Suggested Electives Bacteriology (Botany 5) Logic (Philosophy 1) Suggested Electives Special Problems in the Service of Food (Household Science 14) Home Management (Household Sci. 10) FOURTH YEAR History of Home Econ. (H. Sci. 13) Suggested Electives Principles of Sociology (Sociology 11) Ethics (Philosophy 7) Suggested Electives Social Aspects of Education (Sociol- Lunch Room Management (House- o^y 26) hold Science 18) Social Education (Education 16) Principles of Education (Education 1) Problems in the Economics of the Economics of the Family (Household Family (Household Science 16) Science 15) COURSE PREPARATORY TO MEDICINE The following course of three years' work, outlined for students who are preparing for the study of medicine, includes the subjects offered in the first year of a standard course in medicine, with the exception of anatomy, together with the two years' work in arts and general science which is now required for admission to the better medical schools. Students who have completed the work •Attention is called to the fact that high school physics is a prerequisite for Household Science 1. 176 Course Preparatory to Medicine of the first two years and are taking the work of the third year are registered for that year as medical students at the University of Illinois College of Medicine. A student who has completed the course outlined below and who then completes a year's work in medicine in a recognized med- ical school may receive credit by transfer for this year of medical work, and thus receive the degree of Bachelor of Arts from the University of Illinois. Under this plan the student may obtain the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Doctor of Medicine with six years' work. Course Preparatory to Medicine FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester S. H.i S.H.i General Chemistry (Chem. 1) 5 Descrip. Inorg. Chem. (Chem. 2).... 2 Rhetoric and Themes (Rhet. 1) 3 Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 3) 3 Trigonometry (Math. 4) 2 Rhetoric 1 3 Zoology 1 5 Zoology 2 S Military (Mil. 2) 1 Military (1, 2) 2 Physical Training 1 Physical Training 1 Total 17 Total 16 SECOND YEAR S. H. S. H. German 1 or 4, or Latin* 4 German 3 or 5 or 6, or Latin' 4 Zoology 3 3 Zoology 3 3 Quantitative Analysis (Chem. Sa) .. 5 Organic Chem. (Chem. 9, 9c). S Physics 2a, 2b 4 Physics 2a, 2b 4 Military 2 1 Military 2 1 Total 17 Total 17 THIRD YEAR S. H. S. H. German 4 4 German 5 or 6 4 Histology (Physiology 1) 5 Physiology 2 10 Physiological Chem. (Chem. 15) 5 Bacteriology (Botany 5) 5 Psychology 1, 9 5 Total 19 Total 19 FOURTH YEAR No group requirements are prescribed for students who have completed the three years' course and desire to remain at the Uni- versity the fourth year. Selection from the following courses is recommended: Bacteriology; Chemistry 5b, 5c, 9a, 9b, 14, 21, 22, 31, 105, and 106; Entomology 2, 3; Physiology 5; Psychology 113; Zoology 7, 8, 13, 13a ; modern languages ; and studies included in Group 5 of the general course in science. Upon the completion of this fourth year, the student takes his baccalaureate degree before going to the college of medicine. ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. *If Latin has not been offered for entrance. Course in Chemistry 177 COURSES LEADING TO THE B.S. DEGREE The following courses of instruction in this College lead ordi- narily to the degree of Bachelor of Science. COURSE IN CHEMISTRY A student may pursue a course in general science having chem- istry as a major subject by conforming to the group requirements as outlined on page 161. Upon the completion of the course the candidate is granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts. For the more specialized training of the chemist the following course, largely prescribed, has been arranged. It leads to the de- gree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry. Preliminary preparation in German equivalent to two years of high school work or one year of university work is advised. Stu- dents who are unable to offer this may take German i and 3 in the freshman year, but will be required to take German 4 and 5 or 6 in place of other electives. Course in Chemistry FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester S. H.i S. H.' General Elementary Chemistry Analytical Geometry (Math. 6) 5 (Chera. 1) 5 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry Trigonometry (Math. 4) 2 (Chem. 2) 2 Advanced Algebra (Math. 2) 3 Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 3) 3 German 4 _ 4 German 5 or 6 4 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Gymnasium (Phys. Tr.) _ 1 Drill Regulations (Mil. 1) 1 Gymnasium (Phys. Tr.) 1 Total 16 Total ™.„:....I7 SECOND YEAR S. H. S. H. French 1 4 French 1 „.... 4 Quantitative Anal. ((Them. 5a) 5 Advanced Anal. Chem. (Chem. 5b) 5 Physics 1, 3 5 Rhetoric 1 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Physics 1, 3 4 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Total 18 Total 17 THIRD YEAR S. H. S. H. Mineralogy (Geology 5) 5 Organic Chemistry (Chem. 14, Pbt 5 Organic Chemistry (Chem. 14, 9a).... 5 Physical Chem. (Chem. 31. 33) 5 Journal Meeting (Chem. 92) 1 Journal Meeting (Chem. 92) 1 Economics 2 Electives 3 Differential and Integral Calculus English 1 or History 3 4 (Math. 8a) ^ 5 Total ..„ 18 Total ^ 18 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. 178 Course in Chemical Engineering FOURTH YEAR S. H. S. H. Journal Meeting (Chem. 93} 1 Journal Meeting (Chem. 93) 1 Thesis 5 Ind. Chem. (Chem. 61 or Chem. 6) 2 Electives in Chem 5 Thesis 5 Electives, history, economics or Electives 8 equivalent 5 16 16 The electives of the junior year and ten hours of the electives of the senior year must be taken elsewhere than in the department of chemistry. Some biological subject, philosophy, history, and « economics are recommended. COURSE IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING The vi^ork of the technical chemist or superintendent is frequent- ly so closely associated with mechanical and other engineering lines as to make a knowledge of these subjects essential. To meet these conditions, the following four-year course in chemistry and related engineering subjects has been arranged. The degree given is that of Bachelor of Science in chemical enginering. Preliminary preparation in German equivalent to two years of high school or one year of university work is prescribed. It is also advised that students intending to take this course be pre- pared to offer mechanical drawing and manual training for en- trance. Where this preliminary training is lacking, students are advised, if possible, to register in shop work and general engineering draw- ing during the early years of their course. Course in Chemical Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester S. H.i S. H.» General Elementary Chemistry Analytical Geometry (Math. 6) S (Chem. 1) 5 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry Trigonometry (Math. 4) 2 (Chem. 2) 2 Advanced Algebra (Math. 2) 3 Qualitative Analysis (Chem. 3) 3 German 4 4 German 5 or 6 4 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Military (Mil. 2)...' 1 Gymnasium (Phys. Tr.) 1 Drill Regulations (Mil. 1) 1 Gymnasium (Phys. Tr.) 1 Total 16 Total 17 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. Course in Ceramics 179 SECOND YEAR S. H. S. H. Differential and Integral Calculus Analytical Mech. (T. & A. M. 7).... 3 (Math. 8a) 5 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Quantitative Anal. (Chem. 5a) 5 (Chem. 5b) 5 Physics 1, 3 5 Rhetoric 1 ^ 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Physics 1, 3 _ 4 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Economics 22 3 Military (Mil. 2) 1 Total 19 Total 19 THIRD YEAR S. H. S. H. Gas and Fuel Anal. (Chem. 65) 2 Physical Chem. (Chem. 31, 33) 5 Mineralogy (Geol. 5) 5 Organic Chem. (Chem. 14, 9b) 5 Analytical Mech. (T. & A. M. 8) 2 J Dynamo Electric Machinery Resistance of Mater. (T. & A. M. 9) 3J (E. E. 16) 4 Organic Chem. (Chem. 14, 9a) 5 Journal Meeting (Chem. 92) 1 Journal Meeting (Chem. 92) 1 Total 19 Total 15 FOURTH YEAR Hours Hours Met. Lab. and Assaying (Chem. 69).. 2 Electives in Chemistry 3 Electro-chemistry (Chem. 35) 3 Thesis (Chem. 11) 5 Alternating Currents (E. E. 6) 2 Chemical Technology' (Chem. 6).... 2 Metallurgy (Chem. 7) 2 Industrial Chemical Lab. (Chem. 61) 2 Thesis (Chem. 11) 5 Journal Meeting (Chem. 93) 1 Journal Meeting (Chem. 93) 1 Economics or Philosophy 3 Totals 15 Totals 16 COURSE IN CER.\MICS To graduate in ceramics the student must follow one of the courses outlined below. The conditions are such that little election can be allowed. Special courses will be arranged for those who wish a limited amount of work in ceramics, but those pursuing them will not be entitled to a degree and will not be recognized as graduates. Course in Ceramics FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester S. H.» S. H.i Chemistry 1 5 Chemistry 2 & 3 5 Adv. Algebra (Math. 2) 3 Analyt. Geom. (Math. 6) 5 Trig. (Math. 4) _. 2 Descript. Geom. (G. E. D. 2) 3 Gen. Eng. Drawing 1 3 Rhetoric 1 _ 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Mil. & Phys. Tr, 1, la 2 Mil. & Phys. Tr. la 2 18 18 SECOND YEAR Physics 1 & 3 5 Physics 1 & 3 4 Chemistry 5a 5 Chemistry 5b 5 Calculus (Math. 8a) 5 Elements of Mech. (T. & A. M. 14) 4 Military Drill 1 Ceramic Materials ((ler. 1) 3 Military Drill 1 16 17 ^Semester hours. For definition ssee page 307. i8o Course in Ceramic Engineering THIRD YEAR German 4 or French 1 or 2 4 German 6 or French 1 or 2 4 Winning & Preparation (Cer. 2) 3 Body Making (Cer. 5) 5 Indust. Calc. (Cer. 3) 3 Designing & Shaping (Cer. 12) 3 Strength of Mater. (T. & A. M. 15) 3 Theory of Silicates (Cer. 17) 3 Mining Methods (Min. 3) 2 Surveying (C. E. 10) 2 15 17 FOURTH YEAR Mineralogy (Geol. 5) 5 Eng. Geol. (Geol. 13) 5 Glazes (Cer. 6) 5 Glass (Cer. 8) 3 Cements (Cer. 10) -. 3 Steam Engines & Boilers (M. E. 11) 3 Drying & Burning (Cer. 4) 4 Thesis (Cer. 11) 5 17 16 Course in Ceramic Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester S. H.» S. H.» Chemistry 1 5 Chemistry 2 & 3 5 Adv. Algebra (Math. 2) 3 Analyt. Geom. (Math. 6) 5 Trig. (Math. 4) 2 Descript. Geom. (G. E. D. 2) 3 Gen. Eng. Drawing 1 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Mil. & Phys. Tr.._. 2 Mil. & Phys. Tr. 1, la 2 18 18 SECOND YEAR Physics 1 & 3 5 Physics 1 & 3 4 Chemistry 5a ~ 5 Chemistry Sb 4 Calculus (Math. 7) 5 Calculus (Math. 9) 3 Military Drill 1 Theoret. & App. Mechan. 7 3 Ceramic Materials (Cer. 1) 3 Military Drill 1 T6 18 THIRD YEAR German 4 or French 1 or 2 4 German 6 or French 1 or 2 4 Winning & Preparation (Cer 2) 3 Body Making (Cer. 5) 5 Indust. Calc. (Cer. 3) 3 Designing & Shaping (Cer. 12) 3 Analyt. Mechanics (T. & A. M. 8).... 2i Steam Engines & Boilers (M. E. 11) 3 Resist, of Materials (T. &A. M. 9).. 3i Surveying (C. E. 10) 2 Te "l7 FOURTH YEAR Glazes (Cer. 6) 5 Engineering Geology (Geol. 13).... 5 Cements (Cer. 10) 3 Ceramic Constr. (Cer. 9) 5 Drying & Burning (Cer. 4) 4 Glass (Cer. 8) 3 Mining Methods (Min. 3) 2 Thesis (Cer. 11) 4 Chemistry 65 2 COMBINED ARTS AND ENGINEERING COURSE A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences whose mathematical training includes the work of the calculus, who has had the usual college course in physics, and sufficient training in the principles of mechanics to enable him to begin the mechanics ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. Honors i8i of the junior year, may receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in the departments of the College of Engineering upon the comple- tion of sixty-eight credit hours in such lines (including thesis) as may be directed by the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in two academic years. Candidates for the degree in the depart- ment of architecture are not required to be prepared in calculus or mechanics, but should possess special preparation in drawing. The courses in the College of Engineering which may be counted for the degree of A.B. are listed on page i6o above. PREPARATION OF TEACHERS For information concerning the preparation of teachers and the recommendation of the University committee on appointments see page 239. HONORS The Honor Degree The faculty of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences con- tinues for 1913-14 the system formerly carried on by the College of Literature and Arts of recommending candidates for the degree of A.B. with honors in a particular subject, under the following conditions : 1. The amount of work required in the honor subject shall be that required for a major in that subject 2. The candidate must also offer two minor subjects. Not less than 9 hours will be accepted in either subject, and the aggregate for both subjects must be at least 24 hours. 3. The work done in the minor subjects must be of a distinct- ly superior quality; grades of at least 85 are required in all the minor subjects; especially poor or careless work in any other sub- ject may, by vote of the faculty, cause the honor degree to be with- held. 4. Each candidate is required to present an acceptable thesis in his major subject; the thesis may be written in connection with some recognized course in the department. 5. The honor subjects at present recognized in this College are as follows : The classics (either the classics as a whole, or Greek or Latin separately), economics, education, English, German, French, history, mathematics, philosophy, political science, psychol- ogy, sociology. The specific requirements for honors in particular subjects are stated in connection with the description of courses for the several departments, pages 307 below 1 82 The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences The purpose of these honors is not to encourage premature specialization, but to give special recognition to students who have pursued with success carefully correlated courses of study, and to emphasize the importance, for scholarship in any given subject, of thoro training in other more or less related subjects. Candidates should announce their intention as early as possible in their college course and consult freely with the head of the department con- cerned in regard to the selection of their studies. Preliminary Honors The University regulations regarding preliminary honors are stated above, page 120. Freshman Honors At the close of each year a list of those members of the fresh- man class who have made an especially good record in scholarship is prepared. The names of such students are announced at an as- sembly of the College; notice is also sent in each case to the parent or guardian, and to the principal of the high school of which the student is a graduate. Honorary Societies For information concerning the honorary societies represented in the University, see page 139. THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING For a description of the buildings occupied by this College, see page 67; for collections belonging to it (architecture, civil en- gineering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, and rail- way engineering), see page 78; for clubs and societies auxiliary to its courses of study, see page 140; for fees, see page 148; for honors, see page 120; for honorary societies, see page 139. GENERAL STATEMENT The purpose of the College is to train young men for the pro- fession of engineering. In arranging its courses of study and prac- tise, cultural subjects are interwoven with the strongly theoretical subjects which underlie and reinforce the more practical develop- ments of the several departments. The instruction of the classroom and the practise afforded by the library, the drafting-room, and the laboratory proceed hand in hand. Throughout his course the stu- dent works upon problems and proceeds by methods similar to those which enter into the experience of the practising engineer. ADMISSION See the general statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 88ff. SPECIAL STUDENTS See the statement of the general regulations of the University in regard to special students, page 96. DESCRIPTION OF DEPARTMENTS The College of Engineering comprizes the following depart- ments : Department of Architecture, with courses in — Architecture Architectural Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Electrical Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering 183 184 The College of Engineering Department of Mining Engineering Department of Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Department of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Department of Physics Department of Railway ENGINEERING^ with courses in — Railway Civil Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering ARCHITECTURE The department of architecture offers two courses leading to the first degree, the course in architecture and the course in archi- tectural engineering. The aim of these courses is to give the broad- est preparation for the practise of architecture. The course in architecture aims primarily to train the student to produce correct, thoughtful, and beautiful works of architecture. The schedule of studies includes a broad field of liberal and scien- tific subjects to supply the background for creative work and to give a knowledge of the principles involved in the processes of safe and economical construction. The course also includes much free- hand drawing for the purpose of training the eye to recognize cor- rect proportion and training the hand to skillful and rapid drawing. The main portion of the course, however, consists of the study of architectural forms and principles and their application in archi- tectural design. The course in architectural engineering gives a thorough ground- work in mathematics and applied mechanics, and includes such studies as strength of materials, bridge, mill, and tall building con- struction, reinforced concrete, etc. The general principles of these subjects are applied to all forms of building construction in a course given in the senior year, known as architectural engineering. While specializing in construction, this course includes also the study of the forms and principles of architecture through such sub- jects as free-hand drawing, architectural history, architectural draw- ing, and architectural design. Both courses in architecture prepare the student for the exam- inations of the Illinois State Board of Examiners of Architects, and graduates of the department are exempt from examinations required *The School of Railway Engineering and Administration offers, in addi- tion to the three courses named here, courses in railway transportation and railway traffic and accounting under the direction of the department of eco- nomics of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. See pages 168-170 above. Civil Engineering 185 for entrance into the American Institute of Architects, and from the preliminary examination for the prize in Architecture of the American Academy at Rome. The Plym Fellowship in Archi- tecture is awarded annually to a graduate of the department. This prize amounts to $1,000 and provides for one year of travel for the study of architecture abroad. It is awarded by competition. Students intending to take up the study of architecture should take free-hand and mechanical drawing and general history in high school. Equipment The collections of rendered and working drawings, lantern slides, plates, photographs, casts, specimens of American woods, building materials, and appliances are noted under "Collections" on page 78. A Zeiss epidiascope is used for direct projection of photographs, colored plates, etc., and a double electric lantern for projecting two pictures on the screen at once for comparative study. Geometrical and architectural models are lighted by a light fixed at the conven- tional angle for demonstration of the subjects of shades and shad- ows and conventional rendering. Wall space in the corridors of the department and in all drafting rooms has been prepared for exhibition purposes, and collections of drawings are constantly displayed. The department occupies the entire fourth floor of Engineering Hall, and a large part of the third ; its quarters include drafting rooms for undergraduate and graduate work, library, lecture rooms, studios for free-hand drawing, etc. CIVIL ENGINEERING The purpose of this department is to furnish a course of theo- retical instruction, accompanied and illustrated by a large amount of practise. While the instruction aims to be practical by giving the student information and practise directly applicable in his future professional work, the prime object is the development of the men- tal faculties. The power to acquire information and the ability to use it are held to be of greater value than any amount of so-called practical knowledge. Equipment This department has an equipment of compasses, engineers' tran- sits, solar transits, levels — ordinary and precise — plane tables, sex- tants, etc. The department is also provided with a collection of structural shapes, including full-sized joints of an actual railroad bridge, sections of columns, I-bars, etc., and with lithographs, pho- tographs, and blue-prints of bridges and buildings. i86 The College of Engineering The cement laboratory occupies rooms in the Mechanical Engi- neering Laboratory, and is provided with slate tables, testing ma- chines, molding machines, sieves, etc., and sample barrels of hy- draulic cement, varieties of sand, and other necessary materials. The road laboratory occupies a room in the Mechanical Engi- neering Laboratory, and is provided with machines for testing the resistance of macadam material to impact and abrasion and for making the cementation test. The laboratory is also supplied with rattlers and other devices for testing paving material. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING This department provides a course of study in theoretical and applied electricity. The first two years of work are substantially the same as in the other engineering courses, including practical work in drafting room and shop, as well as instruction in the fun- damental principles of mathematics and physics. With the third year the fundamental studies relate more directly to electrical engi- neering. A course in dynamo machinery is followed by the theory of alternating currents, while laboratory and design courses em- phasize underlying principles. Technical courses cover the genera- tion, transmission, and distribution of electric power, and its va- rious applications. In the laboratory a study of dynamo charac- teristics is followed in the fourth year by progressive experiments involving the operation of electrical machinery in principle and prac- tise. Investigation of the problems of power distribution is a feature of advanced laboratory and thesis work. Equipment The 500 kilowatt power plant of the University supplies the elec- trical engineering laboratory with the current needed for its opera- tion. The power equipment in the electrical engineering laboratory in- cludes forty direct current machines with a total capacity of 375 kilowatts, twenty alternating current machines with a total capacity of 300 kilowatts, and fifty transformers with a total capacity of 350 kilowatts. A 17-panel experimental switchboard affords adequate distribution and control. The instrument room contains standards for the calibration of commercial instruments of all types. There are two hundred and fifty portable instruments for experimental work. A new 240- ampere-hour storage battery has been installed. The graduate lab- Mechanical Engineering 187 oratory contains apparatus for research work, including four oscillographs, one 2000-cycle alternator, one 200,000-volt trans- former, and apparatus for high voltage direct current investigations. The photometer room contains apparatus for tests of the various light sources. Two special lOO-line switchboards are connected with cables and apparatus for experiments in telephony. The equip- ment for electrometallurgical work includes one 30-kilowatt induc- tion furnace, one 25-kilowatt arc furnace, two 30-kilowatt resistance furnaces, and an annealing furnace. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The courses in mechanical engineering are planned to present the theory and practise involved in the generation and transmis- sion of power, and in the design, construction, operation, and test- ing of machinery of all kinds. Equipment To supplement and amplify the theoretical work of the class room, the department is provided with designing rooms and lab- oratories as follows : The Designing Rooms are equipped with drawing tables, and are supplied with reference books, files of trade catalogs, gear charts, and collections of blue-prints. A collection of kinematic models, sectional steam specialties, lantern slides, and photographs is also available. The Mechanical Engineering Laboratory is equipped with ma- chines and testing instruments for instruction in steam engineering, gas power engineering, refrigeration, heating, and ventilation. Among the more important pieces of apparatus are the 210 h. p. experimental boiler, equipped with chain-grate stoker, fuel econo- mizer, and induced draft ; a separately fired steam superheater ; a number of t\'pes of throttling, high speed automatic, and Corliss steam engines ; several steam condensers ; a compound two-stage air compressor ; a large compound duplex steam pump ; a Kerr steam turbine ; a DeLaval turbo-pump ; a 200,000 lb. Lea water-flow ; a lo-ton ammonia compression refrigerating machine ; a number of typical gas, gasoline, and oil engines ; a 50 h. p. suction gas pro- ducer, and several house-heating boilers and furnaces. The cen- tral heating and power plant contains a variety of types of boilers, stokers, pumps, and engines in commercial service. The Shop Laboratories are provided with suitable machinery and apparatus to illustrate the several shop processes involved in the 1 88 The College of Engineering manufacture of machinery. In these laboratories emphasis is given to the engineering principles involved in machine construc- tion and to the important problems of scientific shop management. These laboratories include the Wood Shop with an equipment of benches, lathes, machinery, and small tools needed in pattern con- struction ; the Foundry equipped with cupola, brass furnaces, core ovens, molding machines, and facilities for bench and floor mold- ing; the Forge Shop equipped with forges, anvils and small tools, a steam hammer, a power-driven punch and shear, and with gas and electric furnaces; and the Machine Shop with an equipment of lathes, planers, shapers, milling machines, grinders, boring mills, drill presses, and with typical small tools and fixtures used in manu- facturing. MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED The courses in theoretical and applied mechanics are designed to meet the needs of students of engineering. The Laboratory of Applied Mechanics comprizes the materials testing laboratory and the hydraulics laborator3^ The materials laboratory is equipped with testing machines for tension, compres- sion, flexure, and torsion, and for testing various kinds of struc- tural materials. The equipment includes a testing machine having a capacity of 600,000 pounds, arranged to take large and bulky pieces in tension, compression, and flexure. The hydraulics labo- ratory has a standpipe, pumps, water motors and turbine, measur- ing pits, Venturi meters, weir conduits, meter rating conduit, orifice boxes, weir boxes, and apparatus for experimental work on flow of water through pipes, hose, and nozzles. The University pump- ing station furnishes a supply of water at pressures up to 100 pounds a square inch. MINING ENGINEERING The department of mining engineering offers courses of in- struction relating to the science and practise of mining and metallur- gy to train young men for the various phases of mineral industry. The work of the department adds to the usual courses in mathematics, languages, chemistry, physics, geology, and general engineering, specialized work in mining, such as mine surveying, mine ventilation, mining machinery, coal washing, and ore concen- tration, metallurgy, administration and organization of mines, min- ing law, and the design of mining and metallurgical structures. Mining Engineering 189 In addition to its work of instruction, the department concerns itself with the development and dissemination of such scientific facts as are likely to be of service in improving the practise of min- ing, with reference to efficiency in operation, to the security of life in the mines, and to the conservation of the fuel and other min- eral resources of the State. Equipment The drawing rooms contain the catalogs of the manufacturers of mining machinery with a complete card index, the standard reference books on mine drafting, models of mine structures, and a collection of blue prints and drawings of mine structures. The mine-gas and safety-lamp laboratory contains safety lamps of different types, electric and magnetic locking appliances, a pho- tometer, a dark room for photometric work, Oldham and Hail- wood safety-lamp testing apparatus, and appliances for gas and dust analysis. The coal washing and ore dressing laboratory contains for crush- ing, rolls, gyratorj' and jaw crushers, and a 500-pound 3-stamp bat- tery; for screening and sizing, trommels, shaking and vibrating screens, and V boxes ; for concentrating and cleaning, pan, piston and pulsating jigs, bumping table, vanner, concentrating table, and slimer. These machines can handle from 3 to 5 tons of coal and one ton of ore an hour. There is also a complete sampling and dr>'ing equipment, a cyanide testing plant, and other small appli- ances used for preliminary testing. Adjoining this laboratory is a chemical and assay laboratory equipped for the analytical work re- quired in connection with coal washing and ore concentration. The explosives and drilling laboratory contains the principal types of rock drills, a diamond drill, coal cutters, and a complete outfit for demonstrating the use of explosives. Mine Rescue Station and Laboratories Cooperating with the department of mining engineering and with the State Geological Survey, the Federal Government has established at the University a mine rescue station in charge of a resident mining engineer. The purpose of the station is to interest all connected with the mining industry in such modern appliances as breathing and resuscitation apparatus, as part of the normal equipment of mines. At the station mine bosses and others are trained in the use of such apparatus, this service being rendered freely to all who may desire the benefits thereof. 190 The College of Engineering The station offers to the student in mining engineering an ap- portunity for studying rescue and first aid work. Students are brought into contact with men in practise from all parts of Illinois and surrounding states who come to the station for training. About the present station as a nucleus other laboratories for experimental work in connection with mining are being developed, and are ac- cessible for the use of students in mining engineering. A laboratory is maintained jointly by the department of mining engineering, the State Geological Survey, and the United States Bureau of Mines for the study of mine dusts and mine gases. It is also available for the purpose of demonstration to university classes. MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING This course is designed to train for the varied duties of the engineer employed on the design, construction, and operation of public works and public utilities, and for general engineering work. The methods of training are intended to develop power to take up and solve new problems connected with municipal public works, as well as to design and to superintend the ordinary constructions. Surveying, structural materials, and structural design are taught as in the civil engineering course. Chemistry and bacteriology are given so far as is necessary to a comprehension of the ques- tions involved in water supply and sewage disposal; and instruc- tion is given in mechanical and electrical engineering in the gen- eration and transmission of power. PHYSICS The department of physics occupies the Laboratory of Physics. This building supplies facilities and equipment for instruction and investigation in physics. Gas, distilled water, compressed air and vacuum, and direct and alternating electric currents of a v^'ide range in amperes and in volts are available in all parts of the build- ing. There is a collection of over 4,000 pieces of apparatus for the courses of instruction offered and also for advanced work, and only a small part of the equipment is antiquated. New investiga- tions can usually be started with the apparatus on hand. There are two workshops, one for the advanced students and instructors, and one for the mechanician of the department. The students' shop is equipped with lathes, drill press, bench tools, etc. The mechanician's shop contains lathes, milling machines, drill press, and other facilities for fine machine work. Railway Engineeritig 191 The University library contains all the important sets of jour- nals of physics and the related sciences in English, French, and Ger- man. The recent volumes of the physical journals, together with a collection of text-books, encyclopedias, dictionaries, and other ref- erence books, are also found in the special library of the Labo- ratory. RAILWAY ENGINEERING* The department of railway engineering is organized to serve those who wish to prepare themselves for service in the technical departments of railways. The course in railway civil engineering adds to the fundamentals of a well-rounded engineering course a group of special subjects which concern the location, construc- tion, and maintenance of railways. The course in railway elec- trical engineering emphasizes the design and construction of those details peculiar to electric railway lines ; the operation and perform- ance of electric cars and locomotives ; and the development of the more general problems which arise in the electrification of exist- ing steam lines. The course in railway mechanical engineering is intended to meet the requirements of those who are especially interested in steam railroad equipment. It deals with the design, construction, and maintenance of various types of railway cars; with conditions affecting train resistance; with the design and oper- ation of steam locomotives ; and with tests disclosing their per- formance. Equipment Three steam roads — the Illinois Central, the Cleveland, Cincin- nati, Chicago & St. Louis, and the Wabash railroads — and two elec- tric interurban roads — the Illinois Traction System and the Kanka- kee and Urbana railway — enter Champaign and Urbana. The de- partment enjoys the interest and cooperation of the officers of these railways, and is afforded by their courtesy numerous opportunities- for practical road tests and field work. The division shops of the C, C, C. & St. L. railroad are located at Urbana and provide addi- tional opportunity for similar work. The department owns and operates, jointly with the Illinois Central Railroad, a railway test car designed for experimental work on steam roads. It is fully equipped for making train re- sistance and locomotive performance tests, and during the last eleven years has been in frequent operation in carr\-ing on resist- *See also School of Railway Engineering and Administration, page 241, 192 The College of Engineering ance and tonnage rating tests on the Illinois Central Railroad and on several eastern roads. For work on electric roads the department owns also an electric test car, of the interurban type, especially designed and built for the University for experimental work. It is equipped with four 50 horse-power direct current motors and with the Westinghouse multiple control system, and is provided with instruments for re- cording power, speed, acceleration, and the other data needed in road tests. Through the courtesy of the Illinois Traction System this car is operated on its lines, which enter the campus of the Uni- versity. The department laboratory equipment includes a drop-testing machine and a brake-shoe testing machine, both constructed in accordance with the standards of the Master Car Builders' Asso- ciation. The drop-testing machine is designed for use in testing the strength of railroad rails, car axles, car couplers, and draft gears, and may be used in studies of the physical properties of structural materials of any sort. The brake-shoe testing machine supplies means for determining the wearing properties and fac- tional qualities of brake-shoes, such as are employed in regular serv- ice on railroad trains. A locomotive testing plant, equipped from the original designs of the department, occupies a building 40 by 115 feet The plant is devoted exclusively to making tests to determine the perform- ance of locomotives. The locomotives tested are furnished by cer- tain western railroad systems under an arrangement which insures the maintenance in the plant of a locomotive which at all times shall be of latest design. Much of the work in the railway courses is given in the de- partments of civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering, and the shop and laboratory equipment of these departments is available for students of the railway department. SUGGESTED ELECTIVES The following courses are suggested as electives for students in the College of Engineering whose time is not fully occupied with required work: Accountancy, Art and Design i; Astronomy 3 and 6; Chemistry 2, 3, 16, 31, 34, 35; economics; Geology 13; Mathematics 9a, 10, 16, 2ia, 22a; Rhetoric 3, 7, 10; Physics 15, 16, 17; Political Science 17; Library 12; Architecture 43, 44, 55» 57; Civil Engineering 4a, 5, Trips of Inspection 193 21, 22\ Electrical Engineering i, 2, 5, 6, 16, 29; Mechanical Engi- neering 7, 27, 30, 31; Railway Engineering 11, 61; for students of architecture, History i, 9; landscape design; French and German. SUMMER READING All engineering students not graduates of a literary college are required to complete prescribed courses of reading of a non-pro- fessional character during the summer vacations following the freshman and sophomore years. The purpose of the summer read- ing is to increase the acquaintance of the student with Uterature, history, and general science, to develop in him a taste for such reading, and to impress him with the importance of such knowl- edge not only as a source of individual enjoyment, but as a prac- tical aid to engineers in their social and business relations. A circular on summer reading is issued, containing a list of books from which the students may choose. The books have been selected for their value in providing general training, but an attempt has been made to include only readable and attractive works. A statement of the books read during the summer is re- quired at the beginning of the next college year. GENERAL ENGINEERING LECTURES FOR FRESHMEN One general lecture, sufficiently popular in character to interest and inspire young engineers, will be given each week. All fresh- man engineers are expected to attend this lecture. TRIPS OF INSPECTION The departments of the College of Engineering arrange trips of inspection for their students, to supplement the theoretical in- struction of the classroom. The time occupied by the trip is three or four days, and the works visited are usually in Chicago or Mil- waukee. The trips are taken during term time under the super- vision of University authorities. The inspection trip forms an integral part of the course, and it is expected that all students eligible will participate. Students can be excused from attend- ance by the head of the department only, and if so excused, they are required, during the period occupied by the trip, to perform a set schedule of work approved by the head of the department. Students whose standing is such that they can ill afford to take the time from their academic duties may be required to remain at the University. Each student who participates in a trip is required to make a report or submit to an examination upon the work inspected. 194 The College of Engineering COURSES OF STUDY AND DEGREES The courses of study leading to the degree of Bachelor of Sci- ence in the College of Engineering, as scheduled for the year 1913-1914, are given herewith in full. Each of the ten courses given may ordinarily be completed in a period of four years. A graduate of the University of Illinois in architectural, civil, electrical, mechanical, mining, municipal and sanitary, or railway engineering may receive the degree of an allied course upon the completion of from thirty to thirty-six semester hours of work approved by the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in one academic year. A graduate of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences of the University of Illinois, or of any college of equal standing, whose mathematical training includes the work of the calculus, who has had the usual course in physics, and who has had sufficient training in the principles of mechanics to enable him to begin the mechanics of the junior year, may receive the degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering upon the completion of sixty-eight credit hours of work in engineering under the direction of the faculty. This work may ordinarily be done in two academic years. Candi- dates for the degree in the department of architecture are not required to be prepared in calculus or mechanics, but should have special preparation in drawing. Course in Architecture 195 Course Required for Degree of B. S. in Architecture FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» Math. 4' — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 G. E. D. 2 — Descriptive Geometry 4 Arch. 31 — Arch. and Freehand Drawing 4 Mil. 2— Military Drill „ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total „ 18 Secokd Semester S. H.i Chem. la' or lb — Inorg. Chem T. & A. M. 14— Elem. Mech Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes Arch. 32 — Arch. and Freehand Drawing Mil. 2— Military Drill Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium — Total 18 SECOND YEAR Phys. 6a — Physics Lectures ~^ 2 Phys. 6b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 15— Strength of Mater 3 Arch. 13 — History of Arch 2 Arch. 23 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 33 — Design 3 Arch. 43 — Working Drawings 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total .18 Phys. 6a — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 6b — Physics Laboratory 2 T. & A. M. 16 — Strength of Mater. 3 Arch. 14 — History of Arch 2 Arch. 24 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 34 — Design 3 Arch. 44 — Working Drawings 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 18 THIRD YEAR French or German 4 Arch. 15 — History of Arch 2 Arch. 25 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 35 — Design 5 Arch. 45 — Graphic Statics 3 Arch. 55 — Building Sanitation 1 Arch. 65 — Theory of Arch 1 Total ^ 1 8 French or German 4 Arch. 16-^History of Arch 2 Arch. 26 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 36 — Design 5 Arch. 46 — Graphic Statics 3 E. E. 9 — Building Illumination.... 1 Arch. 66 — Theory of Arch 1 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR Arch. 27 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 37 — Design 7 Arch. 67 — Theory of Form & Color 2 M. E. 38 — Heating & Ventilation.. 2 L, A, & S. Option 3 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Econ 2 Total „....18 Arch. 28 — Freehand Drawing 2 Arch. 38 — Adv'd Design or Thesis 7 Arch. 60 — Estimatin|r 1 Arch. 68 — Specifications „ 3 L. A. & S. Option 3 Total 16 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. ^he numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. •Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- '%trj lb will register in Chemistry la. 196 The College of Engineering Course Required for Degree of B. S. in Architectural Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 1»— Gen- Eng. Drawing.... 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometrv 2 Math. 2 — Advanced Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 Arch. 20 — Arch, and Freehand Drawing, or M. E. 41..... 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 Second Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 2" — Descriptive Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analytical Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6 or French 2, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 Arch. 8 — Arch. Drawing, or M. E. 41 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 l?hys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium I Total 19 SECOND Math. 7 — Differential Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Arch. 43 — Working Drawings 3 Arch. 4 — Building Sanitation 2 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 19 YEAR Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 Arch. 44 — Working Drawings 3 Arch. 15a — Design 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill _ 1 Total 20 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M, 6 — Engin. Materials.. 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2J T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Matls 3i Arch. 6 — History of Arch 4 Chem. lb or la' — Inorganic Chem- istry 4 Arch. 11 — Arch. Seminar 1 Econ. 2 — Principles of Econ 2 Total .Ti T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 Arch. 5 — Graphic Statics & Roofs.. 4 Arch. 6 — History of Arch 4 Arch. 10 — Estimating 1 Arch. 11 — Arch. Seminar 1 M. E. 11 — Steam Engines & Boil- ers _ 3 C. E. 10— Surveying 2 Total .18 FOURTH YEAR Arch. 19 — Arch. Engineering 3 Arch. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 1 Arch. 34a — Arch. Eng. Seminar 1 C. E. 12 — Bridge Analysis 2 C. E. 13— Bridge Details 2 C. E. 24— Metal Structures 1 L. A. & S. Option 1 M. E. 32 — Mech. Eng. Laboratory 1 M. E. 38— Heating & Ventila- tion 3 Total 15 Arch. 19 — Arch. Engineering 3 Arch. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 Arch. 68 — Specifications 3 C. E. 6c — Masonry & Reinf, Con. Design 2 C. E. 14a— Bridge Design 2 E. E. 9— Electric Lightmg 1 L. A. & S. Option 1 Total IS ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. ^The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. •Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la. Course in Civil Engineering 197 Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Civil Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.i G, E. D. 1*— Gen. Eng. Drwg. 4 Math. + — ^Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Aav. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4 or English 1, or Spanish 1 ^ 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Second Semester Total .. .18 S. H.» G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry - 4 Math, 6— Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2 — Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations ^ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7— DiflF. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 C. E. 21 — Surveying 5 MU. 2— Military DrUl..„ 1 ToUl 19 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 C. E. 22 — Top. Surveying 4 C. E. 23 — Railroad Curves 1 Mil. 2— Military DrilL 1 Total 19 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6 — Eng. Matls 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials.. 3J C. E. 4 — Railroad Surveying 5 Chem.* lb or la — Inorganic Chem- istry « 4 Total 16 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 C. E. 1 — Road Engineering 2 C. E. 20 — Graphic Statics 2 Astron. 3 & 6, or Geol. 13 S M. E. 11— Steam Eng. & Boilers.. 2 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR C. E. Sr — Masonry Construction.... 4 C. E. 51 — Cement Lab. Practise.... 1 C. E. 12 — Bridge Analysis 2 C. E. 13 — Bridge Details .-- 3 C. E. 6a — Reinf. Concrete 1 C. E. 24 — Metal Structures 1 C. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 1 M. & S. E. 2— Water Supply Eng. 4 Total .17 C. E. 6 — Masonry & Reinf. Con- crete Design 2 C. E. 14 — Bridge Design 5 C. E. 15— Adv. Bridge Anal „ 2 C. E. 16 — Eng. Cont. & Spec „ 2 C. E. 25 — Seminar 1 C. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 2 M. & S. E. 3— Sewerage 3 Total 17 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. _ 'The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. •Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la ; those who have received credit for Chemistry la will reg^ister in Electrical Engineering 3 and 22. 198 The College of Engineering Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Electrical Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 1»— Gen. Eng. Drwg 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 Second Semestbb S. H.i G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7— DiflF. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 M. E. 24 — Mach. Design & Mech. 3 M. E. 42 — Machine Shop 2 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 19 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 Chem.' lb or la — Inorg. Chem 4 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 18 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6— Eng. Matrls 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2J T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials.. 3i E. E. 3 — Dynamo- Elec. Mach 3 E. E, 22— Electr. Eng. Lab 2 Phys. 4 — Elec. & Magn. Meas 2 Chem. 4 — Inorg. Chem. & Anal... 4 Total .ni T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 E. E. 5 — Alt. Currents ^ 4 E. E. 23— Elec. Eng. Lab 2 Phys. 4 — Elec. & Magn. Meas 2 M. E. 13— Mech. Eng. Lab ^ 3 Math. 9a — Integral Calculus . 2 Total 16 FOURTH YEAR E. E. 13 — Seminar 1 E. E. 14— Adv. Alt. Currents 4 E. E. 24— Elec. Eng. Lab 2 E. E. 32 — Electrical Design 2 M. E. 15 — Thermodynamics 3 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 M. E. 23— Steam Eng 2 Total 16 E. E. 13— Seminar 1 E. E. 17— Adv. Alt. Currents 4 E. E. 27— Elec. Eng. Lab 2 E. E. 34— Elec. Des. & Power PI. 3 E. E. 35 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 Econ. 16 — Econ. Prob 2 C. E. 10— Surveying 2 Total 17 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. 'The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. 'Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la. Course in Mechanical Engineering 199 Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Mechanical Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 1' — Gen. Eng. Drawing.. 4 Math, 4 — Trigonometry ,.—.- 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 ^ 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill ^ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 ToUl 18 Second Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math. 6— Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1 or German 3 or S or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise ^ 3 Mil. 2— Military DriU 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations _ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7 — Diff. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 M. E. 42— Machine Shop 3 M. E. 4 — Machine Desig^n 2 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total „ 19 Math. 9— Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rliet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 M. E. 42— Machine Shop ^ 2 M. E. 16 — Steam Eng 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill. „ 1 Total „ 19 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6 — Eng. Materials 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9 — Res. of Materials 3i M. E. 3 — Power Meas 2 M. E. 5 — Mechanism 3 Math. 9a — Integral Calculus 2 Chem.' la or Ih— Inorg. Chem 4 Total ^ ^ 1 8 M. E. 7 — Thermodynamics 3 M. E. 9— Mach. Design 3 M. E. 29— Seminar „.. 1 T. & A. M. 11— Analyt. Mechanics 3 E. E. 16 — Dynamo Mach 4 Chem. 16 — Eng. Chemistry 3 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR M. E. 6 — Heat Engines ..~. 2 M. E. 8 — Mech. of Machinery 3 M. E. 9— Mach. Design 3 M. E. 12— Mech. Lab ..„ 3 M, E. 19— Seminar 1 E. E. 6 — Alt, Currents 2 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 Total 16 M. E. 6 — Heat Engines 2 M. E. 14 — Des. of Pow. Plants 2 M. E. 33 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 M. E. 39— Heat & Ventilation 3 R. E, 11— R. Eng. or C. E. 10— Sur ~ 2 Econ. 16 — Econ. Problems ^ 2 Elective 2 Total 16 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. 'The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. ■Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la. 2CX) The College of Engineering Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Mining Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 1* — Gen. Eng. Drawing.. 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 Second Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 . 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 8a — Diff. & Int. Calculus.... 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Min. 1 — Mining Prin 1 Chem.' lb or la — Inorg. Chem 4 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 19 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 Min. 2 — Earth & Rock Excavation.. 3 Chem. 2 & 3 — Inorg. Chem. & Anal S Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total .19 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials 3i Min. 3 — Mining Methods 2 C. E. 21 — Surveying S Chem, 5a 5 Total 18 Min. 4— Mine Surveying 4 Min. 5 — Mine Vent 3 C. E. 20— Graphic Statics 2 M. E. 35 — Steam Engin 3 Geology 13 — Engin. Geology S Total 17 FOURTH YEAR Min. 6 — Mech. Eng. of Mines 3 Min. 9— Prep, of Coal & Ores 3 Min. 12 — Mine Design 3 Chem. 7 — Metallurgy..... 3 Geol. 21— Geol. of Coal, or 2 Chem. 69 — Assaying (2 hrs.) Chem. 65 — Tech. Gas & Fuel Anal. 2 Total 16 Min. 7 — Mine Admin. Organization and Law 2 Min. 8 — Mine Plans 2 Min. 10 — Min. Lab 2 Min. 11 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 Geology 2 3 E. E. 16 — Dynamo Elec. Mach 4 Total 16 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307.^ 'The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. 'Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la. Course in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 201 Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Municipal and Sanitary Engineering FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 1»— Gen. Eng. Drawing„ 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry „ 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium. .„ ~ 1 Total _ 18 Second Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7— Diff. Calculus „ 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 C. E. 21 — Surveying 5 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total ..„ 1 9 Math. 9 — Inte^al Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 C. E. 22 — Top. Surveying 4 C. E. 23 — Railroad Curves 1 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 19 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6 — Eng. Materials.... 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9 — Res. of Materials.. 3i Botany 6 — Bacteriology 2 C. E. 4a— R. R. Surveying 3 Chem.' lb or la — Inorganic Chem- istry 4 Total 16 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 C. E. 1 — Road Engineering 2 C. E. 20— Graphic Statics 2 M. E. 11— Steam Eng. & Boilers.. 3 Chemistry 2, 3 and 10b — Qual. & Water Analysis S E. E. 1— Elec. Eng 2 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR M. & S. E. 2— Water Supply Eng. 4 M. & S. E. 6a— Water Pur., Sew- age Disp. & Gen. Sanitation 3 C. E. 5 — Masonry Constr 5 C. E. 12 — Bridge Analvsis.— 2 C. E. 13a— Bridge Details 2 E. E. 28— Elec. Eng 1 Total 17 M. & S. E. 3— Sewerage 3 M. & S. E. 6b — Water Pur., Sew- age Disp. & Gen. Sanitation 2 M. & S. E. 9— Hydraul. Des. & Con. 2 M. & S. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elective 2 C. E. 6— Mas. & Reinf. Con. Design 2 C. E. 16 — Eng. Con. & Spec... 2 M. E. 13— Mech. Eng. Lab...„ 2 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 Total 1 7 ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. 'The numbers refer to courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. •Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chem- istry lb will register in Chemistry la. 202 The College of Engineering Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Railway Civil Engineering^ FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H." G. E. D. 1' — Gen. Eng. Drawing.... 4 Math. A — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 3 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill _ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 Second Semester S. H." G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math, 6 — Analyt. Geometry S French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise . 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations ^ 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7 — Diff. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 C. E. 21 — Surveying 5 Mil. 2 — Military Drill 1 Total 19 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— .\nalyt. Mech 3 C. E. 22 — Top. Surveying 4 C. E. 23 — R. R. Curves 1 Mil. 2 — Military Drill 1 Total 19 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6 — Eng. Materials.... 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials.. 3i C. E. 4— R. R. Surveying 5 Chemistry* lb or la — Inorganic Chemistry 4 Total 16 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 R. E. 31— Ry. Yards & Terminals 3 C. E. 20 — Graphic Statics 2 M. E. 11— Steam Eng. & Boilers.. 3 Astron. 3 & 6, or Geol. 13 5 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR R. E. 33— Econ. Theory of Ry. Log. 4 R. E. 35- Signal Eng 1 Econ. 41 — Ry. Hist. & Organization 3 C. E. 5 — Masonry Con 5 C. E. 12 — Bridge Analysis 2 C. E. 18— Tunneling 1 C. E. 24 — Metal Structures 1 R. E. 50— Seminar 1 Total 18 R. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 R. E. 32 — Ry. Structures 2 R. E. 50 — Seminar 1 Econ. 42 — Ry. Admin 3 C. E. 6 — Mas. & Reinf. Con. Des. 2 C. E. 14a— Bridge Design 2 C. E. 16— Eng. Con. & Spec 2 Total 15 ^Differs from the course in civil engineering only after the first semester of the third year. ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. •The numbers refer to the courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. •Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chemistry lb will register in Chemistry la. Course in Raikvay Electrical Engineering 203 Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Railway Electrical Engineering^ FIRST YEAR First Semester S. H.« G. E. D. !■— Gen. Eng. Drawing.. 4 Math. 4 — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2~Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 Second Semester S. H.» G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry 4 Math. 6 — Analyt. Geometry 5 French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41 — Shop Practise 3 MiL 2— Military Drill I Mil. 1 — Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7— Diff. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 M. E. 42 — Shop Practise 2 M. E. 24 — Mach. Design & Mech. 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill ^ 1 Total ..19 Math. 9 — Integral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes. 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 Chem. 1 — Inorganic Chemistry 4 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 18 THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6 — Eng. Materials.... 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2i T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials.. 3i E. E. 3 — Dynamo-Elec. Mach 3 E. E. 22— Elec. Eng. Lab 2 Phys. 4 — Elec. & Mag. Meas 2 Chem. 2 & 3 — Inorg. Chem. & Anal. 4 Total 18 T. & A. M. 10— Hydraulics 3 E. E. 5- Alt. Currents 4 E. E. 23— Elec. Eng. Lab 2 Phys. 4 — Elec. & Mag. Meas _ 2 C. E. 10 — Surveying 2 M. E. 13— Mech. Eng. Lab 3 Math. 9a — Integral Calculus 2 Total 18 FOURTH YEAR R. E. 10 — Seminar 1 R. E. 64 — Elec. Ry. Practise 3 E. E. 14 — Adv. Alt. Currents 4 E. E. 24 — Elec. Eng. Lab 2 M. E. 15 — Thermooynamics 3 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 M. E. 23— Steam Eng 2 Total 17 R. E. 10 — Seminar 1 R. E. 63 — Rv. Lab. & Road Tests 3 R. E. 65— Elec. Ry. Practise 3 E. E. 34 — Elec. Design & Power Plants 3 Econ. 16 — Econ. Problems 2 R. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 Total 15 ^Differs from the course in electrical engineering in the fourth year only. 'Semester hours. For definition see page 307. ■The numbers refer to the courses in the Description of Courses, page 307. 204 The College of Engineering Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Railway Mechanical Engineering* FIRST First Semester S. H.» G. E. D. !■— Gen. Eng. Drawing..^ 4 Math. A — Trigonometry 2 Math. 2 — Adv. Algebra 3 French 1, or German 1 or 4, or English 1, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium 1 Total 18 YEAR Second Semester S. H." G. E. D. 2 — Descr. Geometry .... 4 Math. 6 — Analyt. Geometry.. .. S French 1, or German 3 or 5 or 6, or English 2, or Rhetoric 11, or Spanish 1 4 M. E. 41— Shop Practise „ 3 Mil. 2 — Military Drill 1 Mil. 1— Drill Regulations 1 Phys. Tr. 1 — Gymnasium «. 1 Total 19 SECOND YEAR Math. 7— Diff. Calculus 5 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 3 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 M. E. 4— Mach. Design 2 M. E. 42— Mach. Shop 3 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total .19 Math. 9 — Inte§;ral Calculus 3 Phys. 1 — Physics Lectures 2 Phys. 3 — Physics Laboratory 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 T. & A. M. 7— Analyt. Mech 3 M. E. 16— Steam Eng. 3 M. E. 42— Mach. Shop 2 Mil. 2— Military Drill 1 Total 1Q THIRD YEAR T. & A. M. 6— Eng. Materials.... 1 T. & A. M. 8— Analyt. Mech 2) T. & A. M. 9— Res. of Materials.. 3 J M. E. 3 — Power Meas 2 M. E. 5 — Mechanism 3 Math. 9a — Int. Calculus 2 Chem.* lb or la — Inorg. Chem 4 Total 18 M. E. 9— Mach. Design 3 M. E. 15 — Thermodynamics 3 M. E. 29— Seminar 1 T. & A. M. 11— Analyt. Mechanics 3 E. E. 16 — Dynamo Mach 4 Chem. 16 — Eng. Chem 3 Total 17 FOURTH YEAR R. E. 1 — Locomotives 2 R. E. 2 — Locomotive Design 3 R. E. 4 — Locomotive Performance.. 2 R. E. 8 — Dynamometer Car Tests.. 2 R. E. 10 — Seminar 1 M. E. 8— Mech. of Mach 3 E. E. 6— Alt. Currents 2 Econ. 2 — Prin. of Economics 2 Total 17 R. E. 3 — Shops & Aux. Equip 2 R. E. 7— Adv. Design 3 R. E. 10 — Seminar 1 R. E. 30 — Thesis or approved elec- tive 3 R. E. 61 — Traction 3 C. E. 10 — Surveying 2 Econ. 16 — Econ. Prob 2 Total 16 ^Differs from the course in mechanical engineering only after the first semester of the third year. ^Semester hours. For definition see page 307. ^The numbers refer to the courses in tlie Description of Courses, page 307. ♦Students who have had chemistry in the high school equivalent to Chemistry lb will register in Chemistry la. THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE For the buildings used by this College, see page 69; for a list of its courses, page 86; for clubs auxiliary to its courses of study page 140; for honors, page 120; for honorary societies, page 139; for fees and expenses, page 148. GENERAL STATEMENT This College offers courses of instruction to both men and women. The courses offered to men are designed for three dis- tinct purposes : First, and mainly, to train for the profession of farming. Second, to train for the teaching of agriculture in the public schools. Third, to train for the profession of landscape gardening. The courses for women, offered by the department of house- hold science, have two purposes in view: First, and mainly, to train young women in the science and art of household affairs. Second, to prepare teachers for giving instruction in domestic science in high schools, and, in connection with the College of Lib- eral Arts and Sciences, to fit for college and university positions. In the case of both men and women the great purpose is to pre- pare for the practical affairs of life. Since technical knowledge and skill should be developed along with, and not at the expense of, those things which tend to the production of cultured and ver- satile men and women, the technical work is closely associated with the related sciences, and students are required to divide their time fairly with those subjects that develop general knowledge and breadth of view. The College offers over ninety courses of instruction in tech- nical subjects, besides opportunity to elect from the scientific and literary offerings of the other colleges of the University. The elective system prevails, and with a few exceptions the student is left free to select those subjects which seem best fitted 205 2o6 The College of Agriculture to meet his needs, always under the advice and guidance of the faculty. Credit is given for all work accomplished ; this credit counts toward graduation if the student desires a degree. ADMISSION For the regulations in regard to admission to the College of Agriculture, see the general statement of the entrance requirements of the University, pages 88flf. ADMISSION TO GRADUATE WORK IN AGRICULTURE While in general it will be expected that applicants for admis- sion to the Graduate School shall have had an undergraduate course in scientific and technical agriculture equivalent to that of the University of Illinois, yet students who are otherwise eligible for admission to the Graduate School may be admitted to graduate standing in agriculture if they have had a thoro training in the sciences underlying agriculture, even though their undergraduate course of study lacked to some extent the amount and kind of technical work included in our course. SCHOLARSHIPS IN AGRICULTURE AND HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE For detailed information concerning scholarships in agricul- ture and household science, see page 144. FACILITIES FOR INSTRUCTION AND METHODS OF WORK The close affiliation of the College with the work of the Agri- cultural Experiment Station not only enables the University to sup- port a larger faculty than would otherwise be possible, but also per- mits a much higher degree of specialization. For the most part those who teach in the College are the ones who conduct experi- ments in the same subjects in the Station. The methods of instruction vary with the nature of the courses. In general the laboratory method prevails. Text-books are used whenever good ones are available. Both the laboratory and the text are supplemented by lectures and reference readings. Buildings and laboratory space, illustrative specimens and material, and li- brary facilities are provided. Agricultural Extension 207 AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Agricultural extension work serves as the intermediary between the College of Agriculture and the Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion on the one hand and the local community and the farm on the other. Each department does extension work, and so far as possible provides special men for such work. The responsibility for the work of these men lies with their own department. For this reason not all of the extension effort issues from one office. For administrative purposes and to coordinate these activities through a regular channel, agricultural extension is administered as a separate department, conducting all extension enterprises which do not deal with technical subjects and cooperating with other departments in diffusing the results of their work in the State. Some of the general extension enterprises are: agricultural ex- tension schools and demonstrations in different localities ; the Two Weeks' Course given annually at the College in January; helping at farmers' institutes and similar gatherings, with special rail- way lecture trains, at the boys' state fair school, and in educa- tional exhibits at fairs and elsewhere; welfare work in rural com- munities; and excursions to the College. Aside from this, courses of study are offered to assist in de- termining what phases of agriculture are suitable for secondary school purposes and how they should be taught, and for the dis- cussion of agricultural organization, extension projects, and methods. AGRONOMY The department of agronomy gives instruction in those subjects which relate especially to the field and its affairs, as drainage, farm machinery, field crops; the chemistry, physics, and bacteriol- ogy of the soil; manures and rotation in their relation to fertility; plant breeding. The department possesses equipment and facili- ties for instruction in these subjects, and added to this are oppor- tunities for contact with the research work of the Agricultural Experiment Station, especially in crop production, soil fertility, and plant breeding, both in the analytical and pot culture labora- tories and on the experiment fields at the University and in other parts of the State. Attention is called here to the fact that in case circumstances prohibit a regular four-year course, it is possible for a student who has had sufficient preparatory training so to arrange his studies 2o8 The College of Agriculture as to obtain the necessary prerequisites and complete the general courses in soil physics and soil fertility in two years' time. (See Agronomy 9 and 12.) ANIMAL HUSBANDRY This department offers courses covering the separate study of sheep, swine, poultry, and beef cattle and their products ; heavy and light horses with their care and training; the management of herds, flocks, and studs ; the principles and practise of feeding, of breeding, and of marketing; and the chemical and physiological phases of animal nutrition. The University herds, flocks, and studs contain about 500 pure- bred cattle, sheep, swine, and horses, and in addition several hun- dred fowls, ducks, and turkeys, which are always available for class purposes. These animals are also used for investigations in feed- ing and breeding, and for illustration of breed types and charac- teristics. They consist of Shorthorn, Hereford, and Aberdeen- Angus cattle ; Shropshire, Oxford, Southdown, Hampshire, Ram- bouillet, Dorset, and Cheviot sheep ; Poland-China, Berkshire, Duroc Jersey, Chester White, Tamworth, and Hampshire swine ; Percheron, Standard-bred, Shire, and American Saddle horses. In addition to the above pure-bred livestock, a large number of grade animals of the various classes of livestock furnish ample material for judging practises. In these practises, besides illus- trating standard market classes and grades of livestock, special attention is given to instruction in the selection of animals accord- ing to feed lot and market requirements. The new stock pavil- ion offers every opportunity for show and judging work. (For detailed description see page 69.) The lectures of the various courses are supplemented by 1000 or more lantern slides, charts, diagrams, models, and photographs. Pedigree and breed work is facilitated by 75 sets of the different herd, stud, and flock regis- ters, and complete files of the leading American and British jour- nals. The equipment for instruction and investigation in the feed- ing, breeding, and management of live stock consists of modern buildings for the housing of beef cattle, swine, sheep, horses, and poultry, with the appliances necessary for individual and collect- ive feeding tests; brick-paved feed lots and open sheds, in which steers may be fed in carload lots; a feed storage bam, with va- rious forms of grinding mills and other machinery for the prepa- Dairy Husbandry 209 ration of feed; and various kinds of harness, vehicles, and other appliances for the training of horses. The department also main- tains a cold storage room and other equipment for conducting demonstrations in the cutting and handling of meats ; a collection of wool samples, a fibre testing machine, and microscopes for the study of wool. The chemical and physiological laboratories of the department afford facilities for advanced work in animal nutrition. DAIRY HUSBANDRY The department of dairy husbandry offers courses under the four general divisions of economic milk production, city milk sup- ply, dairy bacteriology, and dairy manufactures. For instructional and experimental purposes two herds of dairy cows are maintained, one a grade herd used primarily as an ex- perimental herd, the other a pure bred herd composed of Holstein, Friesians, Guernseys, Jerseys, and Ayrshires. For instruction in dairy cattle and economic milk production, free use is made of both herds. The actual business of economic milk production is illustrated by a twenty-acre dairj- farm conducted by the department for the purpose of producing the most milk possible per acre, at the least expense. The feeding and breeding experiments, while conducted primarily for the use of the Experiment Station, are of value to the student. Practical instruction in city milk supply is given in a dairy building used exclusively for cooling and bottling from the pure bred herd. Sanitary methods of delivery are still further illus- trated in the daily distribution of this milk on the University milk route. A bacteriological laboratory affords facilities for instruction in the courses in dairy bacteriology and cit}' milk supply, and for bacteriological studies necessary when outbreaks of communicable disease appear to be due to the local milk supply. The laboratory is used also in the investigation of specific dairy problems. Facilities for instruction in the manufacture of butter and cheese are provided in the University creamery, where 400 pounds of fat, in the form of whole milk and cream, are daily made into butter and marketed on a commercial basis. The creamery is equipped with cream separators, pasteurizers, cream ripeners, churns, and refrigerating machine. The student has free access to these rooms for laboratory purposes. In addition to this, the cream- -2IO The College of Agriculture «ry and apparatus are used in investigation of problems involved in the manufacture of butter. HORTICULTURE The department of horticulture offers instruction in forty-four ■courses, covering the five divisions of horticulture (pomology, olericulture, floriculture, landscape gardening, and forestry), and also in subjects dealing with principles and practises applicable to all the divisions, such as plant propagation, spraying, the evolution of horticultural plants, and experimental horticulture. For the instruction in pomology, use is made of the various fruit plantations maintained by the department. The orchards of differ- ent ages afford opportunities for practise in pruning and studies of tree types; while the products furnish materials for practise in the grading and packing of fruits and the study of systematic pomology. A collection of fruit packages is maintained to illustrate the va- rious types used in commercial packing. There is also a collec- tion of wax models of fruits representing the principal varieties grown in Illinois. For the use of students in olericulture, or vegetable gardening, certain areas of ground are reserved, on which the various gar- den operations are illustrated, and various crops are grown. In addition to the land, the equipment for instruction in vegetable gardening consists of a greenhouse 105x28 feet, hotbed frames and sash, seed drills and wheel hoes of various types, an assortment of hand tools, markers, planters, and other special tools, tying material and packing boxes for onions, asparagus, lettuce, and other products, with other accessories and appliances for the growing and handling of vegetables. The equipment for instruction in floriculture includes ten glass houses covering an aggregate area of 28,000 square feet. Six of these houses, including the palm house with an area of 3,200 square feet, are used for instructional work exclusively, while the other four are intended primarily for experimental purposes, but inci- dentally add to the facilities for giving instruction in floricul- ture as conducted on a commercial basis. Besides roses, carna- tions, and chrysanthemums, the houses contain a selection of plants representing all the forms used in commercial and decorative or conservatory work. In connection with the greenhouses there is a service building, containing laboratories, class rooms and offices, as well as potting, storage, and work rooms. A full assortment of Household Science 211 florists' supplies is maintained, Floricultural periodicals, reference books, and a series of over five hundred slides add to the equip- ment. The ornamental gardens maintained by the department fur- nish illustrative material for students in both floriculture and land- scape gardening. The equipment for instruction in landscape gardening includes two drafting rooms with desks for individual students, a her- barium, and library. The library contains a collection of books relating to the subject of landscape gardening, with a complete card catalog, photographs of examples of both foreign and Amer- ican landscape design, drawings and blue prints from representa- tive landscape offices, and the leading periodicals relating to land- scape gardening. The collection of shrubs and trees growing upon the campus and about certain residences in the vicinity of the University fur- nishes material for plant studies in connection with the courses in planting design. A series of 1,500 lantern slides is used in the lectures in landscape gardening. Instruction in forestry is facilitated by a collection of native woods and a forest tree plantation of some thirty acres, consisting of Scotch pine, white pine, Norway spruce, European larch, green ash, black walnut, hickory, bur oak, white elm, and other species. HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE The courses of instruction given in this department are planned to meet the needs of two classes of students, viz. : (a) those stu- dents who specialize in other lines of work, but desire a knowledge of the general principles and facts of household science ; (b) those students who wish to make a specialty of household science. The department of household science is housed in the north wing of the Woman's Building. The kitchen for extension work, with dining room adjoining and a laundry, are in the basement. The first floor contains two class rooms, a seminar room, an exhibi- tion room for illustrative material for work in house construction and textile fabrics, offices, and cloak rooms. On the second floor are individual, diet, institutional, and class kitchens, small and large dining rooms, chemical laboratory, two large sewing rooms, offices, and store rooms. On this floor provision is made for the study of the preparation and service of food in large quantities in the insti- tutional kitchen and large dining room adjoining. The equipment on this floor provides practise for those interested in the problems 212 The College of Agriculture of lunch room management and for dietitians. The third floor con- tains additional sewing rooms, offices, equipment for teaching home care of the sick, and an apartment in which the problems of house construction, house furnishing, and household administration are studied. VETERINARY SCIENCE In the department of veterinary science the student is instructed in subjects relating to the prevention of disease among domestic animals and their treatment when affected by disease. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Students who have satisfied all matriculation requirements and have maintained throughout their course a satisfactory record of scholarship and moral character will be graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Science, upon having completed the studies of the prescribed list and sufficient electives to make a total of 130 semes- ter hours. A thesis is not required for graduation, but any student who has completed not less than 90 hours of credit before the senior year may then elect a thesis course in any department in which he has done not less than 20 hours' work, subject to the approval of the head of the department in question. Graduates of approved colleges may expect to secure a degree in agriculture from the University of Illinois upon completion of the technical and scientific requirements. This will ordinarily re- quire approximately two years of residence work ; a minimum of one year will be exacted. GENERAL COURSE IN AGRICULTURE All students except those in the special courses in household science, floriculture, and landscape gardening are required to take the same work during the freshman year and part of the sophomore year. This work gives the student a correct conception of the fundamental farm practises and an insight into the technical branches of agriculture, such as animal and dairy husbandry, horti- culture, farm crops, soils, farm mechanics, buildings, etc., and leaves the junior and senior years open for election. General Course in Agriculture 213 One hundred thirty hours are required for graduation, as fol- lows : Agriculture prescribed first two years. 19 hours Agriculture prescribed as electives 40 hours Total agriculture required 59 hours Non-agriculture prescribed 42 hours Non-agriculture prescribed as electives. 15 hours Total non-agriculture required 57 hours Open electives 14 hours 130 hours PRESCRIBED SUBJECTS Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in the General Course in Agriculture First Year First Semester Hours Second Semester Hours Chemistry i 5 Chemistry 2 and 3 5 Rhetoric i* 3 Rhetoric i 3 Agronomy 25 4 Animal Husbandry 5 3 Horticulture la 2 Dairy Husbandry 3 1 Agricultural Extension 4a. ^ Horticulture ib 2 Military 2 i Agricultural Extension 4b 54 Physical Training i Military i and 2 2 Physical Training i Second Year Chemistry 13a or Botany i . 5 Botany i or Chemistry 13a S Animal Husbandry 6 3 Agronomy 26 3 Military 2 i Military 2 i Electives Electives In addition to the above, students will take the following: Agriculture, electives 40 hours Non-agriculture, electives 15 hours English 20 4 hours Science, elective 5 hours Open electives 14 hours *Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in Rhetoric 1 may be excused from the first semester's work. See page 95. 214 The College of Agriculture Students registered previous to September, 1912, will meet the requirements outlined below so far as it is possible to do so: PRESCRIBED SUBJECTS Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in the General Course in Agriculture Agronomy 6 or 7, 9, 12 12J/2 hours Animal Husbandry 7 3 hours Chemistry i, 2, 3, 13a 15 hours Dairy Husbandry i 3 hours Economics 2 2 hours English 20 4 hours Entomology 4 3 hours Horticulture i, loa 8 hours Military i, 2 5 hours Physical Training i, la 2 hours Rhetoric i 6 hours Animal Husbandry 30 (Genetics) 5 hours Total prescribed subjects 68^ hours Elective List A ; a minimum of 4 hours Elective List B; a minimum of 3 hours Elective List C; a minimum of 25 hours Elective List D ; a minimum of 10 hours Total 42 hours ELECTIVE LISTS List A — Animal Husbandry i to 4, li to 14, 17 to 18, 22 Dairy Husbandry 2 List B — English literature 2, 16, 23 Rhetoric 16, 20, 19, 3 List C — This list includes all subjects offered in technical agri- culture and not included in the prescribed list, viz. : Agricultural Extension i, 3 Agronomy i to 8, 10, 13, 16 to 22 Animal Husbandry i to 4, 8 to 14, 16, 18, 21 to 23b Dairy Husbandry 2, 7, 8, II to 22 Horticulture 2 to 9, lob to 15b, 17 to 34 Veterinary Science 2, 4, 5, 6 List D — Botany i, Botany s, Zoology i General Course in Floriculture 215 Summary Total prescribed subjects 68]/2 hours Total list electives 42 hours Total open electives 19J/2 hours Total 130 hours GENERAL COURSE IN FLORICULTURE The object of this course is to fit men and women for the pro- fession of floriculture. The laboratory exercises in the technical subjects consist of practical work in the greenhouses and garden and give the student a working knowledge of the best methods now in use. PRESCRIBED SUBJECTS Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in General Course in Floriculture Agronomy 9, 12 10 hours Animal Husbandry 30 5 hours Botany i, 2, 7 15 hours Chemistry i, 2, 3, 13a 15 hours Economics 2 2 hours English 20 4 hours Entomology 4 3 hours Horticulture 4, 5, 7, loa, lob, 12, 15a, 15b, 30, 31, 32 41 hours Military i, 2 5 hours Physical Training i, la 2 hours Rhetoric i 6 hours Zoology 1 5 hours Total prescribed 113 hours Free electives 17 hours Total 130 hours COURSE OF INSTRUCTION First Year 1. Entomology 4; Chemistry i; Rhetoric i; Horticulture 4; Military 2; Physical Training i, la. 2. Chemistry 2 ; Chemistry 3 ; Rhetoric i ; Horticulture 5 ; Mili- tary I, 2; Physical Training i, la. 2i6 The College of Agriculture Second Year 1. English 20; Chemistry 13a; Botany 2; Military 2. 2. Zoology i; Horticulture 15a; Botany i; Military 2. Third Year 1. Botany 7; Agronomy 9; Horticulture 15b; Economics 2. 2. Agronomy 12; Horticulture 7; Electives, 8 hours. Fourth Year 1. Horticulture loa; Horticulture 12a; Horticulture 31; Elec- tives, 6 hours. 2. Horticulture 30; Horticulture 32; Animal Husbandry 30; Horticulture lob. GENERAL COURSE IN HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE Of the 130 hours required for graduation, 91 are provided for in the prescribed list and the restricted electives of List A. The other 39 hours of credit necessary for graduation may be taken, subject to the approval of the Dean of the College, from any courses offered in the University. Holders of scholarships in household science in this College take the course as laid out here. Variations from it can be made only by special permission of the Council of Administration on recommendation of the faculty of the College. PRESCRIBED SUBJECTS Required for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in General Course in Household Science Art and Design i, 12, 19 9 hours Botany i, 5 10 hours Chemistry i, 2, 3 10 hours English 1 8 hours Household Science i, 2, 3, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14 20 hours History i, or 3 6 or 8 hours Physiology 4 5 hours Physical Training 7, Physiology 6 3 hours Rhetoric i 6 hours Zoology 5 hours General Course in Household Science 217 English or Rhetoric 5 hours *List A, a minimum of 4 hours Total required subjects 91 to 93 hours Electives 39 to 37 hours Total 130 hours ELECTIVES List A. — English 19, 24 Horticulture la, ib, 2, 3, 5, 19, 28 Household Science 5, 13 Economics 2, Sociology i Physics 2a Education i, 2, 6, 9 Agronomy 2, 5, 7 Animal Husbandry 10, 2, 3 Dairy Husbandry i, 3, 14, 19 Course of Instruction First Year 1. Household Science 2; Chemistry i; Rhetoric i; Physical Training 7 and 9; Art and Design i. 2. Household Science i, 7 ; Chemistry 2, 3 ; Rhetoric i ; Physical Training 7. Second Year 1. Household Science 6 ; Zoology i ; English i ; Horticulture 19; Electives. 2. Household Science 14 ; Botany i ; Art and Design 12 ; Horticulture 19 ; English i ; Electives. Third Year 1. Art and Design 19; Physiology 4; Advanced English; Elec- tives. 2. Household Science 3, 12 ; Advanced English ; Economics 2 ; Art and Design 19; Electives. Fourth Year 1. Sociology i; Education i; History 3. 2. Education 2 or 6 ; Botany 5 ; History 3 ; Household Science 10. *I£ Physics has not been oflFered for entrance, its equivalent should be elected. 2l8 The College of Agriculture GENERAL COURSE IN LANDSCAPE GARDENING Course Required for the Degree of B. S. in Landscape Gardening A four years' course in preparation for professional practise, is open to any student in the University having the prerequisites or their equivalents. FIRST YEAR First Semester Prescribed Subjects Math. 4 — ^Trigonometry 2 Rhet. 1 — Rhetoric and Themes 3 Arch. 31 — Drawing 4 Botany 11 — Introduct. Course 5 Mil. and P. T 2 Total 1 6 Second Semester Prescribed Subjects Entomology A — Intr. to Econ. Ent. 3 Rhet. 1 — -Rhetoric and Themes 3 Arch, 32 — Arch. Drawing 4 Hort. 5 — Plant Propagation 5 Mil. and P. T 3 Total 18 SECOND YEAR Prescribed Subjects Hort. 10a — Landscape Gardening.. 3 Arch. 33 — Sophomore Design 3 C. E. 21— Surveying 5 Military 1 Total 12 Prescribed Subjects Hort. 10b — Landscape Design 3 Hort. 24a — Trees and Shrubs 3 C. E. 22 — Surveying 4 Military _ 1 Total 1 1 Electives Plants — Chemistry 1 — Inorg. Chem 5 Design — Art and Design 4 — Water Color 2 Hort. 31 — Garden Flowers 3 Electives Plants — Hort. 2 — Small Fruits 2 Agronomy 9 — Soils 5 Design — Art and Des. 12 — Theory and Prac. 2 Geology 12 5 THIRD YEAR Prescribed Subjects Hort. 23a — Landscape Design 3 Hort. 24b — Trees and Shrubs 3 Hort. 27a — Landscape Practise 3 Arch. 6 — History of Arch 4 Total 13 Electives Plants — Hort. 8 — Fruit Culture 5 Design — Hort. 29a — Garden Design 3 Art and Des. 13 — Hist, and Pj-ac... 2 Civic Design — Economics 2 — Prin. of Econ 2 Sociology 1 — Prin. of Soc 3 Prescribed Subjects Hort. 23b — Landscape Design 3 Hort. 26a — Planting Design 3 Hort. 27b — Landscape Practise 3 Arch. 6 — History of .\rch 4 Hort. 36 — Landscape Reading 2 Total 15 Electives Plants — Hort. 7 — Spraying 3 Hort. 9 — Forestry 2 Design — Hort. 29b — Garden Design 3 .\rt and Design 8 — Modeling 2 Civic Design — Rhetoric 17 — Adv. Comp 3 Sociology 7 — The Rural Community 2 Course for Teachers 219 FOURTH YEAR Prescribed Subjects Prescribed Subjects Hort. 25a — Landscape Design ~ 3 Hort. 25b — Landscape Design 3 Hort. 26b — Planting Design ~ 3 Hort. 28 — Exotics 1 Hort. 37a — Civic Design 2 C. E. 1 — Roads and Pavements 2 Hort. 38 — Field Practise 2 Hort. 37b — Civic Design 3 Total 8 Total 11 Electives Electives Plants — Plants — Hort. 31 — Garden Flowers 3 Hort. 15a — Plant Growing 5 Design — Design — Hort. 25a (Extra hotirs) -^--^ Hort. 25b (Extra hours) Art and Design A — Water Color 2 Civic Design — Sociology 10 — Population 3 Pol. Sci. 4 — Mun. Govern 3 GENERAL ELECTIVES Modem language 8 hours Zoology 1 5 hours Horticulture 19a i hour Horticulture 19b i hour REQUIREMENTS FOR GR.\DUATION The following are the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Landscape Gardening: 1. The student must complete the work outlined in the course as prescribed subjects. 2. There must be obtained from the elective subjects enough additional credits to complete the graduation requirement of 130 hours. GENERAL COURSE FOR PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS OF AGRICULTURE A general course is offered for prospective teachers of agricul- ture. Among the subjects recommended are the following: Agronomy 2, 9, 12, 25, 26; Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 5, 6, iia, lib, 30*; Dairy Husbandry 2, 3; Horticulture la, ib, 3, 5, loa, 19; Agricultural Extension i, 4; Botany i, 12; Chemistry i, 2, 3, 13a; Entomology 4; Zoology i; English 20; Rhetoric i, 5, 7, 19; Economics 2; Education i, 6; Library Science 12; Military i, 2; Physical Training i, la; foreign language. For further information concerning this course, address the Dean of the College of Agriculture. •Students taking the Teachers' course may take Animal Husbandry 30 for one-half semester and receive 2^4 credits therefore. 220 The College of Agriculture TWO WEEKS' COURSE IN AGRICULTURE AND HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE AGRICULTURE The Corn Growers' and Stockmen's Convention is held annually at the College of Agriculture (in 1914, January 19-30). At the time of this meeting, the College gives instruction for two weeks in subjects of special interest to young men on the farm, such as corn and stock judging, milk and seed testing, soils, etc. A morning ses- sion of two hours each day is devoted to the discussion of ques- tions of importance to the farmer. In the afternoon an hour is given to lectures upon topics of general interest. The rest of the day is filled with class work in the subjects mentioned above. Each year about a thousand men who are unable to spend a longer time away from home avail themselves of this opportunity to come in touch with the work of the College. HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE At the same time, a two-weeks' course in household science con- sisting of lectures and recitation work is given in the rooms of the department of household science in the Woman's Building. ADMISSION No entrance examinations are required and any farmer or farm- er's son or daughter may enter these courses. It is important that everyone should be here at the opening of the session. Upon ar- rival at Champaign or Urbana, application should be made at the University Young Men's Christian Association, where information <:oncerning board and room may be obtained. THE GRADUATE SCHOOL THE EXECUTIVE FACULTY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of the University David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Vice-President, Dean of the Grad- uate School, Director of the Courses in Business Administration, and Professor of Economics Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D., Professor of Philosophy Albert Pruden Carman, A.M., D.Sc, Prof^sor of Physics Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor of German EvARTS BouTELL Greene, Ph.D., Professor of History Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Professor of Animal Husbandry William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Associate Professor of the Classics Samuel Wilson Parr, M.S., Professor of Applied Chemistry Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor of English Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor of Municipal and Sani-^ tary Engineering Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION Altho for many years the University of Illinois had offered advanced students facilities for study and research in various lines, graduate work was undertaken under the name of the Graduate School for the first time in 1892. In 1894 the administration of the School was vested in the Council of Administration, and the Vice- President of the University became dean of the School. In 1906 the Graduate School was organized as a separate faculty, consist- ing of a dean and members of the University faculty assigned to this duty by the President. No means of support were provided, however, separate from those provided for the undergraduate work. 221 222 The Graduate School In the winter of 1906-7, the Forty-fifth General Assembly of the State passed an act appropriating $50,000 per year for the support of a Graduate School of Fine Arts and Sciences in the State Uni- versity. This appropriation has been continued by succeeding leg- islatures. By an act of the Board of Trustees the teaching faculty of the Graduate School includes all members of the University faculty who give instruction in courses approved for graduate credit. The affairs of the School, however, are in charge of the executive faculty appointed each year by the President. ADMISSION For admission to the Graduate School to work for a degree an applicant must hold a first degree either from the University of Illinois or from some other university or college of equivalent standing. Admission to particular graduate courses or departments may be secured only by those who have had the requisite under- graduate work in those courses or departments. In order to be enrolled as a member of the Graduate School a student must be doing graduate work. The possession of a first degree does not entitle a student to be enrolled in the Graduate School, if the courses which he is taking are undergraduate. Students of mature age who do not hold a first degree, but satis- fy the Dean of the School and the officers of the departments in which they wish to work of their earnestness of purpose and spe- cial fitness, may be permitted to take work in the Graduate School without reference to candidacy for a degree. In order to secure this permission, however, a candidate must have had such prelim- inary preparation for the work he wishes to take up as would justify his admission to the Graduate School as a candidate for a degree if he could meet the other requirements fully. Each student is required to attend a minimum of four class, lecture, or laboratory exercises a week in the first year of his grad- uate study; in no case is he permitted during his course to attend more than twelve exercises a week. Continuous residence and study are required of all members of the Graduate School, unless they are granted leave of absence by the Dean, upon recommendation of the professors in charge of their work, for the purpose of carrying on elsewhere studies or investi- gation in the line of work for their degrees. The Master's Degree 22^ The principal aim of graduate study is the development of the power of independent work and the promotion of the spirit of re- search. Each candidate for a degree is expected to have a wide knowledge of his subject and of related fields of work; for the graduate student is not expected to get from lecture and labora- tory courses all the knowledge and training necessary to meet the requirements for his degree. Students are warned against restricting themselves merely to the courses prescribed or suggested by the departments in which they are studying. Each student is expected to do a wide range of pri- vate reading and study; and in many cases will find it advisable to take one or more courses of lectures quite outside the field of his chosen subjects. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Dean of the Graduate School or from the Registrar of the University. THE MASTER'S DEGREE Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts or Master of Sci- ence are required to do at least one year's work in residence and to write a thesis. A candidate for a master's degree may do all his work in one subject, or he may select a major and one minor, or a major and two minors. A major or minor denotes the field of knowledge of a department, or such part thereof as constitutes a separate and in- dependent division of that field. The candidate must do at least half his work in his major subject. Each candidate for a master's degree is also required to present a thesis on some subject approved by the professor in charge of his major work and the faculty of the School. The requirement of a thesis may be waived, however, upon the recommendation of the head of the department in which the student is doing his major work and the approval of the Dean, provided application to waive the thesis is made at the beginning of the year. In no case will per- mission to take the degree without a thesis be given if applied for later than the latest date for the approval of thesis subjects, as shown by the calendar. The thesis required from a candidate for a master's degree ordinarily will demand about one-fourth of the student's time. The thesis must be type-written, on "thesis paper," and the title- page must be printed. The thesis, in its final form, together with 224 The Graduate School a certificate of approval by the proper officer, must be left by the student at the Dean's office at the time set in the calendar. Credit is not given for work done in other universities. The candidate is examined here on the subjects offered by him for the advanced degree. The Master's Degree in Engineering Two classes of second degrees are open to graduates of the College of Engineering, namely, academic and professional. The academic second degree in engineering is Master of Science, following Bachelor of Science, in Architecture, Architectural Engi- neering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, etc. This degree is conferred in accordance with the regulations described above for academic work in residence only. The professional second degrees in engineering are as follows : Master of Architecture after B. S. in Architecture. Architectural Engineer after B. S. in Architectural Engineering. Civil Engineer after B. S. in Civil Engineering or B. S. in Mu- nicipal and Sanitary Engineering. Electrical Engineer after B. S. in Electrical Engineering. Mechanical Engineer after B. S. in Mechanical Engineering. Civil Engineer, Electrical Engineer, or Mechanical Engineer, after B. S. in Railway Engineering, according to the course. Professional degrees are conferred upon two classes of candi- dates : I. Graduates of the College of Engineering of the Uni- versity of Illinois who have been engaged in acceptable professional work away from the University for a period of not less than three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science. 2. Grad- uates of the University of Illinois, or of institutions of equal stand- ing, who have been engaged in acceptable professional work in resi- dence at the University for a period of not less than three years after receiving the degree of Bachelor of Science. In "acceptable professional work" may be included contributions to technical literature, activity in professional societies, investiga- tions of engineering problems, and the teaching of engineering sub- jects. A candidate must declare his candidacy and file with the Dean of the College of Engineering, as chairman of the committee in charge, a detailed statement covering his professional study and experience, not later than the first Monday in November preceding the commencement at which he proposes to qualify. Prior to De- Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 225 cember 31 next succeeding, he must submit for approval an out- line of his proposed thesis and he must file his completed thesis not later than April i. If the statement of professional experience and study and the thesis are accepted, the candidate must present him- self at commencement in order to receive the degree. Candidates for professional degrees in engineering who already hold the degree of Master of Science may qualify for the profes- sional degree after two years of professional work. A candidate for a professional degree in engineering must pay the incidental fee of twenty-four dollars on being notified that his professional study and experience are accepted as qualifying him to enter as a candidate for the degree. THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY General Statement of Requirements. — The requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy are a thoro mastery of a selected field of study, evidence of the power of independent investigation in this field, a broad knowledge of the wider field of study of which this major subject is a part, a general acquaintance with related fields of knowledge, and a mastery of all branches of study which are necessary to a full knowledge of the main subject. Each student who is seeking this degree is expected to choose for study and final examination a major subject, or field of study, and a first and second minor. The major subject is the field in which the student expects to become expert and an authority. The first minor must be a subject closely related to the major and may, under certain conditions and with proper approval, be a subdivision of the major field of study. The second minor should be chosen outside of the major field of study. When a candidate chooses any subject as his major, and a di- vision of that subject as his minor, he is not permitted to choose as a second minor any division of work in that same department, ex- cepting by vote of the executive faculty of the School. The candidate's list of subjects must receive the approval of the head of the department in which he chooses his major work and of the Dean of the School. Period of Study. — The minimum period of study required for se- curing the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is three years. The degree is conferred, however, not for residence during a certain period, but for scholarly attainments and power of investigation, as proved by thesis and examinations. 226 The Graduate School Candidates should note that credit is not given for work done in other universities, excepting in the sense that their residence at other institutions is counted towards the residence requirement for the doctor's degree. At least the first two or the last one of the three years required must be spent at this University. Examinations. — Towards the end of his second year of study, or, by special permission, at the beginning of his third year, the candidate for the degree must submit to a preliminary examination conducted by the members of the faculty with whom he is doing his principal work, in order to determine whether he will be accepted as a candidate for the degree in the following year. This examination is partly oral, and may be wholly so. At this time, or before, the candidate will be required to demonstrate his ability to read French and German, and any other language needed for the prosecution of his work. On or before the last Monday in May of the year in which the candidate expects to come up for his degree, he must submit to a final examination by a committee appointed by the Dean of the Graduate School. This examination will be partly written. The candidate will also have, however, an oral examination. These examinations will not be confined to the courses which the candidate has attended in the University of Illinois only, if he has done part of the work elsewhere; nor even to the field covered by the courses specifically taken in this or other universities; but will be so con- ducted as to determine whether the candidate has a satisfactory' grasp of his major subject as a whole, and a general acquaintance with the broad fields of knowledge represented by his course of study. Before the candidate is admitted to the final examination and the defense of his thesis, he may be required to take any other ex- amination, oral or written, that is thought proper by the various departments in which he has studied. If, after having passed his preliminary examination, he fails in the third year of his study to meet the expectations of the professors in charge of his work, or in any way fails to maintain the standard of scholarship and power of research expected of him, he may be refused admission to the final examination. The final examination in the major and minor subjects may not be divided. The examination must be taken all at one time even, though it requires several sessions. Scholarships and Fellowships 227 Thesis. — The power of independent research must be shown by the production of a thesis on some topic connected with the major subject of study. The candidate is expected to defend his thesis or dissertation before the members of the faculty, or as many of them as may wish to question him about it, in connection with his final examination. The subject of the thesis should be chosen not later than the end of the second year of study, and must be submitted for formal ap- proval by the faculty not later than the first Monday of November of the year when the degree is expected. A typewritten copy of the complete thesis, on thesis paper, with proper certificate of approval, must be in the hands of the Dean not later than noon of the Satur- day nearest the middle of May. The thesis must be printed and one hundred copies deposited in the library of the University before the degree is conferred. If, for any reason, the thesis cannot be printed and one hundred copies deposited before commencement time, the candidate must, before the first Monday in June, deposit a bond acceptable to the Comp- troller of the University and the Dean of the Graduate School for the cost of printing his thesis, or such part thereof as may be regard- ed as sufficient to meet the requirements of the rules. The title page of each thesis must bear the words "Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in — (here put the major subject), in the Graduate School of the University of Illinois." The title page must also contain the full name of the author, the full title of the thesis, the year of im- print, and, if a reprint, the title, volume, and statement of the pagination of the volume from which it is reprinted. Each thesis must have an appendix giving a short biography of the candidate, including the institutions he has attended, his degrees and honors, the titles of his publications, and such other matters as may be per- tinent. SCHOLARSHIPS AND FELLOWSHIPS A number of fellowships and scholarships have been established by the Trustees of the University. To first year graduate students of ability and promise there are open scholarships with a stipend of S250 each and freedom from tuition, incidental, and laboratory fees. To second and third year graduate students, that is, those who have had one or two years of graduate study, there are open fellowships with a stipend varying from $300 to $500, with freedom from fees. The larger stipends are given only to students who are expected to 228 The Graduate School take their degrees within the year. Each holder of a fellowship or scholarship must pay the matriculation fee of ten dollars, unless he holds a first degree from the University of Illinois, and also the di- ploma fee of five dollars on receiving his diploma. Candidates for these scholarships and fellowships must be grad- uates of the University of Illinois, or of colleges or universities having equivalent requirements for bachelors* degrees. Application must be made upon blanks to be obtained from the Dean of the Graduate School. These application forms should be addressed to the Dean of the Graduate School as early as possible in Februarj of the academic year preceding that for which the fellowship is desired. Persons appointed are required to send the Secretary of the Board of Trustees prompt notice of their acceptance or refusal ; and to agree that, if accepted, the appointment will not be resigned to take a similar one in any other institution during the year for which it is awarded. Nominations to fellowships are made upon the grounds of worthi- ness of character, scholastic attainments, and promise of success in the principal line of study or research to which the candidate pro- poses to devote himself. Scholarships and fellowships are good for one year, but may be renewed for a second or a third year in special cases. An appoint- ment as honorary fellow, without stipend, may be made as specified for paid fellowships in the case of any one who has shown dis- tinguished merit in his work. Research Fellowships in the Engineering Experiment Station The Engineering Experiment Station is devoted entirely to re- search. Its purposes are the elevation of engineering education, and the study of problems of special importance to engineers and to manufacturing, railway, mining, and industrial interests. Ten fellowships, each of five hundred dollars a year, have been established in the Engineering Experiment Station. Applicants to whom these fellowships are awarded agree to hold them for two years. They devote half of their time to the work of the Engineer- ing Experiment Station, which work is not applicable toward a de- gree; the other half of their time is given to graduate study in candidacy for a degree. Application for these fellowships should be made to the Director of the Engineering Experiment Station. The Graduate Club 22g THE GRADUATE CLUB The Graduate Club is an unofficial organization of the graduate students and graduate faculty. Its purpose is to furnish an oppor- tunity for those working in different departments to become ac- quainted with one another and thus counteract the tendency toward narrowness which graduate work often develops. THE LIBRARY SCHOOL For a description of the Library Btiilding, see page 71 ; for an account of the libraries themselves, see pages 79-82; for the collec- tion in library economy, see page 80; for fees, see page 148. GENERAL STATEMENT The Library School offers a two years' course of instruction to students who wish to enter library work as a profession, and cer- tain library courses to students in other schools and colleges of the University of Illinois who may wish to elect them as a part of their course of training. The instruction in the first or junior year covers the generally accepted methods and practises in library work; students who complete this year's work are prepared to accept posi- tions in librar>' service. In the second or senior year greater em- phasis is placed upon historical and comparative methods of treat- ment; new subjects are introduced to give the student a broad out- look and a scholarly, technical, and administrative equipment for the more responsible positions. One or two years* training will not take the place of years of experience, but they will make the student more adaptable and his general library service more intelligent. The time spent in actual practise amounts to about three and a half months, counting seven hours to a working day, and this is more valuable, because more varied, than if taken in three consecutive months in any one library. Moreover, the library school student has the benefit of comparative study, while the apprentice becomes skillful in the ways of one li- brary only. Although stress is laid upon simplicity and economy, methods are taught to enable students to work in large libraries where bibliographic exactness is required. Emphasis is laid upon the extension of the activities of the public library, and upon the importance of cooperation between the library and the schools and other educational agencies. A student in any other school or college of the University of Illinois may elect any course for which he is prepared. These courses will help students in general reading, in research work, in 230 Proposed Preliminary Course 231 club work, as high school teachers, or as members of a library committee or a board of trustees. The school also offers a course of eighteen hours on the use of the library and the ordinary ref- erence books, which will help in general reading or study. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS Admission to the Library School is conditioned upon the pre- sentation of credentials showing that the applicant holds a bache- lor's degree in arts or science from the Universit>' of Illinois or has had other equivalent training. Application blanks for admission may be secured from the Director of the School, and these, filled out, should be filed, to- gether with such documentary material as the candidate may offer, showing qualifications for admission, not later than the regis- tration days in September. It is to the candidate's interest to pre- sent the application and certificates early, in order that the ques- tion of admission may be settled before he comes to the Univer- sity. PROPOSED PRELIMINARY COURSE Undergraduates who intend, on the completion of their col- lege work, to apply for admission to the Library School, are re- quested to select their courses so as to conform in general to the following recommended program of studies preparatory to li- brary work. Proposed Preliminary Course English literature, 5*; rhetoric, 2 Latin, 4, in addition to four years of high school Latin German, 6, in addition to two years of high school German French, 4, in addition to two years of high school French Languages begun in college instead of in the high school should be con- tinued for a longer period. Medieval and modem European history, 3 ; history of England, 3 ; history of the United States, 3 Economics, 3; political science, 2; sociology, 3 Philosophy, 2; general psychology, 2 Zoology, 3; botany, 2; chemistry or physics, 3 The total of this work is loo semester hours, leaving the equiv- alent of one year of a four-year course free for work in other subjects or for more work in the subjects named. *The figures after each subject indicate the minimum number of lecture or recitation hours a week which the student should devote to that subject throughout one college year. 232 The Library School ADVANCED STANDING College graduates who have had approved library experience or who have attended other library schools may be accorded advanced standing by securing credit for some of the courses required for graduation. After satisfying all entrance requirements and after matriculation, the applicant for advanced standing may secure suclj credit either by examination or by transfer of credits from another institution offering courses in library economy, SPECIAL STUDENTS It is the practise of this School to admit as special students only those mature persons who, tho unable to meet the formal requirements for entrance, are substantially prepared for thoro and advanced work. Such persons must present evidence of pos- sessing the requisite information and ability to pursue profitably, as special students, the chosen subjects, and some substitute for the regular requirements for entrance, such as approved library or teaching experience, foreign travel, etc. Preference will be given to those already engaged in library work, especially in Illi- nois, who may desire more adequate training in particular sub- jects. LIBRARY VISITS AND FIELD WORK Each year all the students in the School visit the libraries, and certain of the book binderies, book stores, and printing establish- ments of either Chicago and vicinity or St. Louis and vicinity. During this visit, which occupies one week, the students are ac- companied by a member of the faculty. In order to assure a varied library experience, each student in the senior year is required to spend one month in an assigned pub- lic library, working, as far as practicable, under the same condi- tions as a member of the staff of that library. SCHEDULE OF COURSE The course is two years in length. For graduation a student must receive credit for all courses except those marked with an asterisk (*), which are elective. The degree of Bachelor of Li- brary Science is conferred on a student who has completed the re- quired work in the two years' course, and has received credit in courses amounting to 65 hours. Schedule of Course 233 JUNIOR YEAR 2» 3 4 16 17 18 22 6 8 10 13 IS 24 26 27 First Semester Reference work (3 hrs.) 2^ Selection of books (2 hrs.) 3 Practise work, 4 hours per week 4 (2 hrs.) Order, accession, and shelf work 7 (2 hrs.) 19 Classification and book numbers 20 (3 hrs.) 21 Cataloging (3 hrs.) Library administration and cur- 22 rent library literature (1 hr.) 23 Second Semester Reference work (3 hrs.) Selection of books (2 hrs.) Practise work, 4 hours per week (2 hrs.) History of libraries (2 hrs.) Trade bibliography (1 hr.) Loan department (1 hr.) Printing, binding, indexing (2 hrs.) Library extension (3 hrs.) Library administration and cur- rent library literature (1 hr.) SENIOR YEAR Subject bibliography (2 hrs.) 6 •Advanced reference work (2 9 hrs.) 10 Practice work, 8 hours per week (4 hrs.) 13 Public documents (2 hrs.) 15 Seminar (2 hrs.) 24 Selection of books (2 hrs.) 25 Library administration (3 hrs.) Bibliographical institutions (1 hr.) 26 28 Subject bibliography (2 hrs.) Bookmaking (2 hrs.) Practise work, 8 hours per week (4 hrs.) *Public documents (2 hrs.) Seminar (2 hrs.) Selection of books (2 hrs.) Advanced classification and cata- loging (1 hr.) Library administration (3 hrs.) •Practise work in various depart- ments of the library (1 to 4 hrs.) LIBIL\RY CLUB Any member of the Library School faculty or of the staff of the University Library and any student in the Library School may become a member. Six meetings are held each year to discuss professional questions, and for social purposes. *The numbers in these columns refer to the Courses in Library Science in the General Description of Courses. THE SCHOOL OF MUSIC For admission to tlie School of Music, see the general state- ment of entrance requirements of the University, page 88. For fees, see page 149. For the faculty of the School of Music and de- scriptions of the courses in Music, see under "Music" in the "Gen- eral Description of Courses," Part III. GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Music offers regular courses leading to the de- gree of Bachelor of Music, and a teacher's certificate in public school music. Students who are not working for the degree in music may receive a statement from their instructors upon completing not less than one year of college work. Classes in ear training meet twice each week. The fundamen- tal principles of music notation are studied thoroly, and the ear is trained to recognize intervals, chords, etc., so that the student may eventually think music. Music students are required to at- tend these classes. The sight-singing classes meet twice each week. This work is required of music students. Choral, orchestral, and ensemble work is required of all students who are sufficiently advanced. All students majoring in a practical subject are required to take Music 28 (Recital). A series of lectures and recitals is given each year. Only artists of the best reputation appear. Music students are ad- mitted free and are required to attend. The instructors in the School of Music give recitals and lectures on musical subjects during the year. The courses in the history of music and musical theory, as well as the work in the University Orchestra and the University Choral Society, may be taken by students in other departments without fee. 234 Requirements for Graduation 235 REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Music must offer credit for 130 semester hours, including the prescribed subjects named below, together with an acceptable thesis on a topic related to music. FIRST First Semester S. H. Music 2, Harmony 2 Music 7, 12 or 17, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 23a, Ear Training *Rhet. 1, Rhetoric and Themes 3 Foreign language, French, German, or Italian 4 Phys. Tr. 7, Gymnasium (women).. 1 Phys. Tr. 9, Hygiene (women) 1 Phys. Tr. 1, Gymnasium (men) 1 Phys. Tr. la, Hygiene (men) Mil. 2, Drill (men) 1 YEAR Second Semester S. H. Music 2, Harmony 2 Music 7, 12 or 17, Piano, Voice, or Violin „ 6 Music 23a. Ear Training Rhet. 1, Rhetoric and Themes 3 Foreign language, French, German, or Italian Phys. Tr. 7, Gymnasium (women).. Phvs. Tr. 1, Gymnasium (men) Mil. 2, Drill (men)..... Mil. 1, Drill Regulations (men) Total, Men Total, Wometu. 17 17 SECOND Music 1, History of Music 2 Music 3, Advanced Harmony 3 Music 8, 13, or 18, Piano, Voice, or Violin „ 6 Music 23b, Ear Training 1 Music 24a, Sight Singing Foreign language, French, German, or Italian 4 Mil. 2, Drill (men) 1 Total, Men Total, Women- .17 .16 Total, Men 18 Total, Women 16 YEAR Music 1, History of Music 2 Music 3, Advanced Harmony 3 Music 8, 13, or 18, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 23b, Ear Training 1 Music 24a, Sight Singing Foreign language, French, German, or Italian 4 Mil. 2, Drill (men) 1 Total, Men 17 Total, Women ; 16 THIRD YEAR Music 4, Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue 3 Music 9, 14 or 19, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 24b, Sight Singing 1 Education 1, Principles 3 English 1, Survey of English Liter- ature „ 4 Music 4, Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue 3 Music 9, 14 or 19, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 24b, Sight Singing 1 Music 5a, Acoustics 1 English 1, Survey of English Lit- erature 4 Total 17 Total 15 FOURTH YEAR Music 5, (jeneral Theorj', Free Com- Music 5, General Theory, Free Com- position „ 2 Music 5 a, Acoustics 1 Music 10, IS or 20, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 7a, 12a, or 17a, Minor Sub- ject „ 2 Music 28, Recital 3 English 4, English Versification 3 Total 17 position 2 Music 10, 15 or 20, Piano, Voice, or Violin 6 Music 7a, 12a, or 17a, Minor Sub- ject 2 Music 28, Recital 3 Total 13 •Those students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in Rhetoric 1 may be excused from the first semester's work. See page 95. 236 . The School of Music In Addition, for Women: 4 hours elective, to make up the pre- scribed total of 130 hours. These four extra credits may be taken at any time; the election made must be approved by the student's ad- viser. Courses 7 to 20, include regular attendance in Music 21 (Orches- tra), Music 22 (Choral Society), and Music 27 (Ensemble Class), unless a student is excused by the Director of the School of Music. COURSE IN PUBLIC SCHOOL MUSIC The aim of the Course in Public School Music is to prepare competent teachers and supervisors of music for the public schools. Students completing the course are granted teachers* certificates. An opportunity for practise teaching is offered. The course is one year in length, and comprises the following prescribed subjects : Course in Public School Music Music 1 — History of Music 4 hours Music 2 — Harmony 4 hours Music 23a — Ear Training 2 hours Music 24a — Sight Singing 2 hours Music 25 — Methods of Teaching 8 hours Practical Music, major, Piano or Voice (7 or 12) 12 hours Practical Music, minor, Voice or Piano (12a or 7a) 4 hours 36 hours Advanced students may satisfy a part of the foregoing require- ments by examination; in no case, however, is a student permitted to take less than 30 hours of work. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The University Choral and Orchestral Society is conducted by the Director of the School of Music, and gives a series of concerts throughout the year. The orchestra meets for two hours* rehearsal once a week ; it is open to all students who qualify for membership. The chorus meets once a week for rehearsal of choral works. Singers not connected with the University are admitted by exami- nation. The Military Band is conducted by the instructor in band instru- ments. Besides giving several concerts during the year, it furnishes music for regimental formations and ceremonies and other occasions as required by the President of the University. Membership is de- cided by competitive examination. A Second Band is also con- ducted, in order that all students who play band instruments or- Musical Organisations 237 dinarily well may have an opportunity to play in a band. Each full term of service in the Band counts for one term of the required work in Military Science. After obtaining credit for four semesters' work those who are continued in the Band for not less than one year are paid an amount equal to the term, or "incidental," fees of the year. THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION FACULTY The faculty of the School of Education includes all those in- structors who offer courses primarily intended for prospective teachers. GENERAL STATEMENT It is the purpose of the School to bring together all the resources of the University which contribute in a professional way to the preparation of three classes of workers in the public school system : 1. The High School Principal and the High School Teacher. — The School provides for the needs of the high school principal by supplying a general knowledge of the various subjects of the high school curriculum, as well as a knowledge of organization and ad- ministration as applied to the secondar}-^ school; and for those of the departmental specialist by supplying a more extended knowledge of a few subjects. Funds have been appropriated and the site purchased for a building to house a model secondary school which will be used as a training school for teachers. 2. The Supervisor of Special Subjects. — Manual training, agri- culture, domestic science, music, drawing, and physical training, as now taught in the better school systems, are subjects which demand specially trained supervisors; the facilities of the University for in- struction in these subjects are thoroly utilized. 3. The School Superintendent. — Demanding, as he does, a knowledge of the development of school systems, a keen insight into pedagogical problems, and an appreciation of child-nature, the superintendent needs extended preparation; this the School of Ed- ucation is prepared to give. COURSE The course of study of the School of Education is made up of offerings selected from the work of the various departments of in- 238 Appointment of Teachers 239 struction in the University. The course is elective except for the graduation requirements of the college in which the student is regis- tered. Certain subjects are, however, required of all students who wish to be oflEicially recommended by the University for high school positions. The work is arranged in four groups: (a) Courses in education, psychology-, and sociologv' bearing directly upon the profession of the teacher. (b) Courses especially intended for teachers, offered by various departments of the University. (c) Suggested programs for students preparing to become special teachers and supervisors of agriculture, domestic science, drawing, music, or physical training. (d) Suggested programs for continuous and progressive work in subjects represented in the high school curriculum. SPECIAL LECTURES A number of special lectures are offered each year by the School of Education. COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENT OF TEACHERS This committee has in charge the naming of candidates from among graduates of the University for positions as teachers or su- pervisors in public schools, colleges, and technical schools. The Director of the School of Education is chairman of this committee, and the oS&cial nominations of students and graduates of the University to public school positions are made through his oflSce. The following resolution was adopted by the University Senate, June 3, 1912: I. The University Committee on Appointments is authorized to issue its recommendation, signed by the committee as the agent of the University, in all cases in which it is satisfied with the student's scholarship and ability to teach. The committee shall regard the scholarship requirements as met if, in addition to carrj'ing the pro- fessional courses mentioned in the next paragraph, the student has passed with an average grade of 85 in the courses necessary to con- stitute a major in the principal subject which he wishes to teach, and in courses aggregating a minimum varying from six to twelve semester hours (according to subject, and at the discretion of the committee) in each of the other subjects for which he wishes to be recommended. The committee shall, however, in each case secure the written opinion of the departments concerned, of the scholar- 240 The School of Education ship of the applicant, and shall view the evidence of scholarship as shown by the records in the light of this opinion ; and if there ap- pear to the committee to be reasons which, from their nature, can not be shown by mere records, for questioning the scholastic ability of the student, the committee may, in its discretion, withhold the recommendation. 2. A candidate must have successfully completed the following courses in the department of education : a. An introductory course which shall aim (i) to acquaint the prospective teacher with the public-school system as it exists today in the United States, and (2) to present a brief outline of the prin- ciples of education. (A three-hour course.) b. A course in the technique of teaching, accompanied by obser- vation of class-room work in secondary schools, and including a discussion of class-management (routine and discipline), the ele- ments of school hygiene, and the types of school exercises. (A three-hour course.) 3. The Director of the School of Education may, in his discre- tion, excuse a candidate from the professional courses outlined above (i) if the candidate is a normal school graduate or has taken equivalent courses in a normal school or in another college or uni- versity; or (2) if the candidate has had at least one year of suc- cessful teaching experience. If, at the time of registration with the Committee on Appointments, the candidate has not completed one of the required courses but is enrolled at that time in the course, a committee recommendation may be given with the ap- proval of the instructor in charge of the course. The courses mentioned in Section 2 of the above resolutions are (a) Education i. Introduction to Education, which is now offered as a three-hour course during either the first or the second semes- ter; and (b) Education 10, Observation and Technique of Teach- ing, a three-hour course. Education 10 may be taken either the first or the second semester. THE SCHOOL OF RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND ADMINISTRATION GENERAL STATEMENT The School of Railway Engineering and Administration has been established to prepare men broadly for the technical and ad- ministrative departments of railroads. The work offered is ar- ranged in five different courses, any one of which is designed to occupy four years* time. The courses are : Railway Civil Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Transportation Railway Traffic and Accounting The first three of these courses are administered by the College of Engineering, and a description of them appears with that of other courses offered by this College. Students are admitted to them under the same conditions as to other courses of the College of Engineering, and they have available for their use all of the li- brary, drafting-room, and laboratory facilities which constitute the equipment of this College. The last two courses are administered by the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences ; they are described in detail in connection with the other courses of this College. Stu- dents are admitted to them under the same conditions as to other courses of the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. It is the purpose of each of these courses to add to the broad foundation of discipline and training which should be supplied by every college course such specialized training as will be most useful to those who look forward to careers in railway service. 241 MILITARY SCIENCE The military instruction is under the charge of an officer of the United States Army, The course as a whole has special ref- erence to the duties of officers of the line. A full supply of arms and ammunition is furnished by the War Department, including 1,200 U. S. magazine rifles (model 1898) and accouterments, two field pieces of artillery, and full equipment for a signal corps and a hospital corps. Every male student under twenty-five years of age, able to per- form military duty, and not excused for sufficient cause, is required to drill twice each week until he has gained credit for four semes- ter hours. He is also required to study drill regulations for in- fantry, and to recite upon the text once a week until he gains credit for one semester hour. The practical instruction begins as soon as possible after a student enters the University. The standings in study and drill are placed on record with other class credits ; one semester of recitations and drill counts two hours, and the three remaining semesters of drill three hours. This work is required for gradua- tion in all the undergraduate colleges of the University. The regiment, four battalions of four companies each, is com- posed mainly of the members of the freshman and sophomore classes. The non-commissioned officers are usually selected from the sophomore class, the lieutenants from the junior class, and the field officers and captains from the senior class and graduate school. There are 1,650 cadets and seventy-one commissioned officers in the regiment. Artillery and signal detachments are organized mainly from those students of the second year or sophomore class who have made more than an average standing in the work of the previous year. A special military scholarship, good for one year, is open to each student who attains the grade of a commissioned officer; its value is paid to the holder at the close of the year. Appoint- ments in the regiment are made on the nomination of the com- mandant of cadets confirmed by the Council of Administration. 342 Military Science 243 Towards the close of the year a committee appointed by the President of the University examines candidates for nomination to the Governor of the State to receive commissions as brevet captains in the State militia. Candidates must be members of the senior class in full standing at the time of this examination; must have completed the course of military studies ; must have served two semesters as commissioned officers ; and must be approved by the Council of Administration as having good reputations as scholars, officers, and gentlemen. The uniform is of cadet gray, the coat trimmed with black mohair braid, the trousers with black cloth stripe, cut after the U. S. Army pattern. During warm weather a blue flannel shirt is worn instead of the coat. In order that all uniforms worn at the University may be, in quality, make, and finish, in strict accord- ance with the specifications adopted by the Board of Trustees, all students enrolled in the military department are required to ob- tain them from that firm only that may, for the time being, be un- der agreement and bond with the Trustees to furnish said uniforms at a stated price and of standard quality. The University military band is composed of students, and every full term of service therein is counted as one term of drill. Those who play in the band after having earned their five mil- itary credits necessary for graduation have their incidental fees re- mitted at the end of each 3'ear. Besides giving several concerts during the year, the band furnishes music for regimental forma- tions and ceremonies and other occasions as required by the Pres- ident of the University. Membership is decided by competitive examination. PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN The object of the work in this department is to preserve and improve the bodily health of the students by rational exercises and to teach proper intercollegiate sports. Regular classes are formed in swimming and fencing and for drill on the various gymnasium appliances. Lectures are given on personal hygiene. All competitive athletic games are under the direct supervision of the Director of Physical Training, and an examination is re- quired to show that membership on any team will not cause in- jury, but will tend to improve the physical condition. No student whose class work is unsatisfactory is allowed to play on a Uni- versity team. For a description of the Men's Gymnasium, see page 72. FOR WOMEN The object of the work of this department is to preserve and improve the general health, carriage, and co-ordination of the young women of the University. Each student is given a physical examination; suitable exercise is prescribed and advice given. The class work embraces corrective, hygienic, and recreative exercise, including free and light gymnastics, marching, fancy steps, games, and Maypole. Tennis, hockey, basket-ball, volley- ball, German-ball, and quoits are played in season. The gymnasium is open at certain hours and under suitable re- strictions to all women of the University. The uniform con- sists of black serge bloomers, white cotton blouse, black tie, and gymnasium shoes. The swimming pool is open daily, except Saturday, from 10 to 12 a. m. and from 2 to 5 p. m. The regulation swimming suit of one piece must be made of either denim or mohair. For a description of the Women's Gymnasium, see under Woman's Building, page ^2. 244 THE SUMMER SESSION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President of The University William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Director of The Summer Session STAFF OF INSTRUCTION— 1913 John Adams, A.M., F.C.P., Professor of Education, University of London Lewis Flint Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education Leonard Porter Ayres, Ph.D., Russell Sage Foundation, New York City William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor of Education Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Inorganic Chemistry Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate in Poultry Husbandry Philip Stephan Barto, A.M., Assistant in German Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor of the Latin Language and Literature Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Professor of Sanitary Chemistry Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Instructor in Soil Fertility James Edgar Bell, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Alice Biester, A.B., Assistant in Household Science Simeon James Bole, A.M., Instructor in Pomology and Assistant in Plant Breeding Robert Lacy Borger, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Walter Albert Buchen, xA..B., Assistant in English David Hobart Carnahan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Romance Languages Frederick Walton Carpenter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology George Ernest Carscallen, A.M., Assistant in Mathematics 245 246 The Summer Session Lotus Delta Coffman, Ph.D., Professor of Education Arthur Charles Cole, Ph.D., Instructor in History William Walter Cort, A.M., Instructor in Biology, Colorado Col- lege James Perry Coyle, A.B., Assistant in Physics Arthur Robert Crathorne, Ph.D., Associate in Mathematics Harold Fordyce Crooks, Instructor in Swimming Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor of the English Language and Literature George William Dowrie, A.M., Assistant in Economics Charles Elmer Durst, M.S., Assistant in Olericulture Frederick Ellis, Instructor in Wood Working Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Stanley Prince Farwell, M.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Georgia Fleming, B.S., Assistant in Household Science Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor of Entomology Raymond Garfield Gettell, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science, Trinity College, Hartford, Connecticut Ernest Milton Halltday, A.B., LL.B., Associate in English Edward Gary Hayes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology Felix Emil Held, A.M., Assistant in German Mary Hill, Assistant in Art and Design B Smith Hopkins, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology Harrie Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Eng- lish Lloyd Theodore Jones, A.M., Assistant in Physics Oliver Kamm, B.S., Assistant in Chemistry Armin Hajman Koller, Ph.D., Instructor in German Philip Augustus Lehenbauer, A.M., Assistant in Botany Otto Eduard Lessing, Ph.D., Associate Professor of German Staff of Instruction 247 Mark H Liddell, formerly Professor of English, University of Texas Ingebright L Lillehei, A.m., Assistant in Romance Languages Ruth Marshall, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Head of the Department of Biological Science, Rockford College Oscar Ross Martin, A.B., Assistant in Economics WiLFORD Stanton Miller, A. M., Assistant in Education and Secre- tary of the School of Education Charles Henry Mills, D.Mus., F.R.C.O., F.A.G.O., Professor of Music Aretas Wilbur Nolan, A.B., M.S., Assistant Professor of Agri- cultural Extension William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Classics Joseph C Park, Director of Industrial Education, Oswego, New York Maud Edna Parsons, A.B., Assistant in Household Science and Di- rector of Lunch Room David Leslie Patterson, B.S., Associate Professor of History, Uni- versity of Kansas Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of the English Language and Literature Alvah Peterson, B.S., Assistant in Entomology Oscar Alan Randolph, B.S., Assistant in Physics Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor of Industry and Transportation Sidney Archie Rowland, A.B., Assistant in Mathematics Harold Ordway Rugg, B.S., C.E., Instructor in General Engineer- ing Drawing George Rutledge, A.M., Research Assistant in Mathematics David Leonard Scroggin, Instructor in Machine Shop Practise George Wallace Sears, M.S., Assistant in Chemistry Fred B Seely, B.S., Instructor in Theoretical and Applied Mechan- ics William Herschel Smith, M.S., Instructor in Animal Husbandry Earle Kenneth Strachan, Ph.D., Instructor in Chemistry Arthur Jerrold Tieje, Ph.D., Instructor in English 248 The Summer Session Earle Horace Warner, A.B,, Assistant in Physics Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Associate in Chemistry Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Associate in Physics Ruth Marshall, Ph.D., Instructor in Ornithology GENERAL STATEMENT The Summer Session o£ the University of Illinois for 1913 opened on June 16, and closed on August 8, making a term of eight weeks. The Summer Session of 1914 will open on June 22, and close on August 14. All of the courses extend through the eight weeks. Students who wish to remain for only six weeks may obtain from the Di- rector of the Session a certificate of such attendance, but university credit will not be given for six-weeks courses. Students may register for courses aggregating eight credit hours or less. The primary purpose of the Summer Session is to meet the needs of teachers in the public schools who wish to spend a part of the summer vacation in study or investigation. The greater number of courses offered are designed particularly for high school teachers, supervising officers, and teachers of special subjects (art, music, manual training, domestic science, agriculture, etc.), and for college instructors, school supervisors, and principals who are working for advanced degrees. At the same time, students who may not fall within these groups are welcomed, and several courses of a more general nature are provided to meet their needs. PREPARATION FOR STATE TEACHERS' CERTIFICATES To teachers who desire to make thoro preparation for the State certificate examinations, the Summer Session offers marked ad- vantages, especially in connection with the professional subjects. The examination will be held July 21 and 22, 1914. Candidates for the "General Certificate" must take the examination in Spring- field. The "State Elementary-School Certificate," the "State High- School Certificate," and the "State Supervisory Certificate" may be obtained by examinations held on the above dates at the University of Illinois, provided that at least fifteen applicants notify the State Superintendent, prior to June 10, 1914, of their wish to take the ex- amination here. Further information concerning the examinations Courses in Library Training 249 may be obtained by addressing Hon. F. G. Blair, State Superintend- ent of Public Instruction, Springfield, Illinois. GRADUATE WORK IN THE SUMMER SESSION During the past three years the Summer Session has placed in- creasing emphasis upon graduate courses leading to the master's degree. The various departments which are closely related to high school teaching and to educational administration have been selected as the centers of this emphasis. An attempt is made to vary the graduate offerings from year to year so that advanced students each year may find acceptable work in their chosen fields. The normal requirement for the master's degree is full work of graduate grade, satisfactorily completed, through one year of resi- dence. This means a residence of thirty-six weeks at the Univer- sity. Qualified graduate students may fulfill this residence require- ment in four summer sessions of eight weeks each and an additional four weeks* study at the University under the direction of the per- son in charge of the major work. Thus a student, by working at the University for one week before or after each session under the direction of the professor in charge of his major subject, may earn the master's degree in four summers. In certain cases it will be possible for the graduate student to complete the last fourth of his residence requirement under a leave of absence. This privilege may be granted in the event that the stu- dent is able to take advantage of opportunities for research and in- vestigation that are not afforded in the University community. Su- perintendents, principals, and class-room teachers frequently find it possible to carry on investigations in connection with their school work. There are, for example, numerous problems of school admin- istration and of teaching for which the public school itself forms the only available "laborator\'." Where the investigation of such prob- lems is prosecuted with the co-operation of a department of the Uni- versity, it may be possible to count the work toward the master's degree. SUMMER COURSES IN LIBRARY TRAINING Beginning Monday, June 22, 1913, and continuing for six weeks the Library School conducted a Summer Session to which were ad- mitted only those actually employed as librarians or library assist- ants, or under definite appointment to serve in such positions. The 250 The Summer Session curriculum is planned to meet especially the needs of workers in public libraries and in high school libraries of Illinois, and no tuition fee is charged students entering from this State ; students entering from libraries in other states pay a tuition fee of $12. The work is under the general direction of the faculty of the Library School. FEES A tuition fee of twelve dollars ($12) is required of all students in regular attendance at the Session. This entitles one to admis- sion to regular courses and to all special lectures. An extra labo- ratory fee is charged in some courses for materials used. Any single course may be taken for a fee of six dollars ($6) and the laboratory fee, if there be any in connection with the course taken. A single course is understood to mean not more than two and one-half credit hours. SCHOLARSHIPS By ruling of the Board of Trustees of the University, all high school teachers in Illinois, and all other teachers in the State who are qualified to matriculate in the University as regular students, are entitled to Summer Session scholarships, exempting them from payment of the tuition fee. To matriculate regularly in the Uni- versity, one must either pass the entrance examinations, or present a certificate from an accredited high school or other evidence show- ing the completion of the requisite amount of preparatory work. By a more recent resolution of the Board of Trustees, the scholarship privilege is extended to persons graduating from the Illinois State normal schools during the academic year preceding the Session in which the scholarship is desired and to persons (otherwise qualified) who have not been teachers, but who are un- der contract to teach in the State during the coming year. Application blanks for scholarships may be obtained from the Director. REGISTRATION Students will present themselves for registration on Monday, June 22, 1914. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES— SUMMER SESSION OF 1913 Explanation of Abbreviations "S," which is prefixed to each of the courses offered, means "summer," and is used to distinguish such courses from those of the same number offered during the regular college year. Slimmer Session Courses 251 The number in parenthesis after each course indicates the num- ber of hours of credit given. For a definition of the term "credit hour," see page 307. There are usually two lectures, recitations, or laboratory pe- riods for each credit hour. Unless otherwise stated each course extends through the eight weeks of the session. The asterisk (*) indicates those courses for which graduate credit is granted. Only courses so marked count toward the mas- ter's degree. The credit in hours indicated for such courses has reference only to undergraduate students. Graduate students are not granted credit in terms of semester hours. ACCOUNTANCY (See Economics) AGRICULTURE Assistant Professor Nolan, Mr. Barto, Mr. Bauer, Mr. Smith, Mr. Durst, Mr. Bole The work in the summer session of the University is planned to meet the needs of teachers in the elementary and high schools, teaching agriculture. Courses in the elements of agriculture are outlined to cover suggestive work in high school agriculture. S I. Farm Crops. — Classification of farm crops; detailed studies of the principal grain crops, and forage crops ; enemies of farm crops; crop rotation; etc. (2^2). Mr, Bauer S 2. Soils and Soil Fertility. — Soil conditions essential to plant growth ; elements of plant food ; sources and supply of ni- trogen, organic matter, calcium, potassium, and phosphorus. The Illinois system of permanent agriculture. (2^). Mr. Bauer S 3. History of Domestic Animals. — Origin, development, and management of the various kinds of live stock. This course is designed primarily for secondary school teachers. (2^). Mr. Smith S 4. Fundamentals of Live Stock Judging. — The names and location of external parts of the various kinds of live stock ; the use of the score card; comparative judging as a method; breed identification; types of farm animals. (2^). Mr. Smith 252 The Summer Session S 5. Orchard and Garden. — Principles of orcharding; the home orchard from planting to bearing ; caring for fruit trees ; the home vegetable garden, (2j/^). Mr. Durst, Mr. Bole S 6. Special Farm Problems. — Poultry. Types and breeds of poultry; improving and fixing desired strains; care and feeding; poultry houses; raising young chicks. (2J/2). Mr. Barto S 7. Secondary x\griculture. — One-year course. A general course in the elements of agriculture, designed to cover the work offered in a year's high school course. Type studies of farm crops, fruits, animals, soils, business, and special farm problems prac- tical for school work. {2Y2). Assistant Professor Nolan S 8. Agricultural Education and Rural Life Problems. — Conferences and discussions of the problems of public school agri- culture ; the use of text-books, laboratory equipment, and lands ; courses of study, extension activities, community work, and coun- try life education, (i). Assistant Professor Nolan ART AND DESIGN Miss Hill S I. Elementary. — Form drawing from still life, cast, and nature; principles of outline and shading in pencil, charcoal, and crayon; lectures on the principles of perspective. (2). Miss Hill S 2. Light and Shade. — Shaded drawing in monochrome. (2). Miss Hill Prerequisite : Art and Design i. S 4. Water Color Painting, — Still life; flowers; landscapes. (3). Miss Hill Prerequisite : Art and Design i, 2. S 20. Art for the Common Schools. — The planning and exe- cution of work in the several divisions of common school art study ; design; black-board drawing. (2). Miss Hill BIOLOGY (See Botany, Zoology, and Entomology) BOTANY Assistant Professor Hottes, Mr. Lehenbauer S 21, Plant Physiology. — The more important physiological processes of plants. Text: Coulter, Barnes, and Cowles, Vol, 2. A Text-hook of Botany. (Laboratory fee $1.00.) (2). Assistant Professor Hottes, Mr, Lehenbauer Summer Session Courses 253 Prerequisite: Entrance credit in botany or its equivalent. S 22. Botanical Microtechnique. — Methods of collecting, fix- ing, and staining of algae and fungi, and the preparation of per- manent slides ; the treatment of woods and other hard tissues for sectioning; the preparation of permanent sections of leaves, stem, and root tips by the paraffin and celloidin processes ; the methods of staining for a study of tissues and cell division. Text: Cham- berlain's Methods in Plant Histology, third edition, 1911. (Labo- ratory fee $2.00). (2) Assistant Professor Hottes, Mr. Lehenbauer Prerequisite : Botany S-21 or its equivalent. S 23. Heredity and Evolution. — Organic evolution with spe- cial reference to variation, selection, and hybridization in plants; the variation and correlation in plant structures. Text: Lock's Recent Progress in the Study of Variation, Heredity and Evolu- tion, new edition. (Laboratory fee $1.00). (2). Assistant Professor Hottes Prerequisite : 2 credit hours in botany or zoology. courses for graduates *S loi. Cytology. — The influence of external agents on the cell; investigation; reports and discussions of current literature and research results. (Laboratory fee $1.50 to $3.00.) Assistant Professor Hottes *S 102. Physiology. — The effects of external stimuli on growth and movement; reports and discussions of recent literature and re- search results. (Laboratory fee $1.50.) Assistant Professor Hottes CHEMISTRY Assistant Professor Balke, Dr. Derick, Dr. Weber, Dr. Strachan, Dr. Hopkins, Mr. Bell, Mr. Sears, Mr. Kamm. Note : — Graduate students whose major subject is not chemistry or agriculture may take for their graduate work S 5a, S 9. S 9a, S 9b, S 14, S 13a, or S 31 and S 33. Students whose major subject is chemistry may take S 31, S 33 and S iii. S I. Elementary Chemistry. — General inorganic chemistry; non-metallic elements. Illustrated lectures; recitations; laboratory. Text: Alexander Smith's General Chemistry for Colleges. (5). Assistant Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins, Mr. Sears, Mr. Kamm 254 T^^he Summer Session S la and S ib. Inorganic Chemistry. — (For students who have had one j^ear of high school chemistry, or inorganic chemistry for engineering students.) (4). Assistant Professor Balke S 2. Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry. — (Continuation of S i). The metallic elements, their compounds, and properties. Illustrated lectures; recitations. Alexander Smith's General Chemistry for Colleges. (2). Assistant Professor Balke Prerequisite: Chemistry i. S 3. Qualitative Analysis. — Lectures; recitations; laboratory-. Noyes and Smith's Qualitative Analysis. (3). Dr. Weber Prerequisite: Chemistry i, *S 5a. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. — Gravimetric and volumetric methods ; stoichiometrical relations ; the fundamental laws of chemistr}'- and their applications to quantitative analysis. Talbot's Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (5). Dr. StrachAn Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 3. *S 9. Organic Chemistry. — The more typical and simple or- ganic compounds; important classes of derivatives of carbon. Moore's Outline of Organic Chemistery. (3). Dr. Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite : Chemistry 2, 3. *S 9a. — Organic Synthesis. — The preparation of the typical compounds discussed in S 9. Noyes* Organic Chemistry for the Laboratory. (2). Dr. Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: S 9. *S 9b. Organic Synthesis. — Continuation of S 9a. Noyes' Organic Chemistry for the Laboratory. (2). Dr. Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: S 9a. *S 14. Organic Chemistry (advanced). — Lectures; recitations. Noyes' Organic Chemistry. (3) Dr. Derick Prerequisite: Chemistry S-9 or equivalent. Six and *S iii. Research. — Inorganic, physical, organic, or analytical chemistrj'. Assistant Professor Balke, Dr. Derick, Dr. Weber (Subject to approval of Graduate School Faculty.) *S 13a. Agricultural Analysis. — Gravimetric determination and separation of the more important constituents of soils, ferti- lizers, and agricultural products. Talbot's Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (5). Dr. Strachan Slimmer Session Courses 255 S 15. Physiological Chemistry. — Food nutrients, the body tissues and fluids ; the urine, both normal and pathological ; the pro- cesses which take place in the animal body. Lectures ; demonstra- tions; conferences; practical work. (Open to both graduates and undergraduates.) Hammarsten's Text Book of Physiological Chem- istry; Hawk's Practical Physiological Chemistry. (5). Mr. MacArthur Prerequisite : Two years' work in chemistry-. S 17, Teachers' Course. — (i). Assistant Professor Balke *S 31. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — The more import- ant principles and methods of physical chemistry' and electro-chemis- try; numerous problems. Lectures; recitations. (3). Mr. Bell Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2, 3 ; Physics i or 2a ; Mathematics 8a. *S 31a. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — (3). Mr. Bell Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2, 3; Physics i or 2a. *S 33. — Elementary Physical Chemistry. — Molecular weight of gases and solutions ; chemical equilibrium ; the electrical conduc- tivity of solutions; thermochemistry. (Laboratory to accompany course 31.) (2). Mr. Bell Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a; Physics 26 or 3. *S no. Water Supplies. — The sources of contamination of water supplies and the purification of water for potable or technical use. Five times a week. Professor Bartow GENERAL ENGINEERING DRAWING Mr. RuGG S I. Elements of Drafting. — Freehand and mechanical letter- ing; practise in the use of instruments on standard set of w'orking drawing plates ; tracing, machine sketching, isometric and oblique projection, and perspective. (Required of all engineering students.) Miller's Mechanical Drafting. (4). Mr. Rugg S 2. Descriptive Geometry. — Problems relating to the point, line, and plane ; the properties of surfaces ; intersections and devel- opments of surfaces. Miller's Descriptive Geometry. (4). Mr. Rugg 256 The Slimmer Session ECONOMICS (Including Accountancy) Professor Robinson, Mr. Martin, Mr. Dowrie S 2. Principles of Economics. — The general principles of Economics, with special reference to the needs of teachers, gen- eral readers, and university students. (2). Professor Robinson, Mr. Martin Prerequisite : Two years of university credit. S 3. Banking. — The history and principles of banking, with special reference to present conditions in the United States ; bank- ing reform. (3). Mr. Dowrie Prerequisite: For university students, Economics i; for others, the permission of the instructor. S 25. Commercial Law. — The chief principles underlying the law of contracts, negotiable instruments, agency, partnerships, in- surance, etc. (This course is not accepted for credit for students in the courses in Business Administration.) (2). Professor Robinson S 26. Commercial Geography or Economic Resources and Products of Different Countries. — The more important products and industries of different countries, with special reference to the character and distribution of the resources and economic activ- ities and products of the United States. (2). Mr. Dowrie *S 107. The Corporation in Economic Evolution Professor Robinson Accountancy S I, II. Principles of Accountancy. — The accounting for va- rious types of business organization, such as the partnership, cor- poration, etc. ; the designing of accounting systems ; the treatment of bad debts, goodwill, depreciation, suspense, secret reserves, and the like. Open to teachers of bookkeeping and those who have had the first semester of Accountancy i or its equivalent. (2J/2). Mr. Martin EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY Professor Bagley, Professor Coffman, Professor Adams, Assist- ant Professor Anderson, Dr. Ayres, Mr. Miller (Courses S 7, S 13, S20, S22, S 24, S 125 are granted graduate credit upon the approval of the Executive Faculty of the Graduate School). Summer Session Courses 257 S I. Principles of Education. — The function of education; formal and informal education; fundamental principles of physical and mental development and their relation to the art of teaching; a brief survey of standard methods of instruction. Bagley's Edu- cative Process. (3). Mr. Miller S 6. History of Education. — The development of educational theory and practise in their relation to the history of civilization. Monroe's History of Education, Brief Course. (2^/2) . Assistant Professor Anderson S 9. Educational Psychology, — Elementary course. Espe- cially designed to meet the needs of students preparing for the State-certificate examinations. Colvin and Bagley's Human Be- havior. (2). Professor Bagley S 15. School Hygiene. — The location and construction of school buildings; hygiene of lighting, heating, and ventilation; school furniture; hygiene of eyesight and hearing; fatigue; infec- tious diseases. (2). Professor Bagley S 16. Social Aspects of Education. — Need of a social point of view ; social agencies and social forces in relation to the school ; the social organization and the social mind of the school; the re- fractive power of the school; the school as a determinant of public opinion. (2). Professor Coffman S 21. Instruction and Control of Individuals and Classes. — Gradual adaptation of psychology to the needs of the teacher; child study and its danger; differences between individual and class instruction; factors in class instruction (last 4 weeks.) (i). Professor Adams S 23. Current Educational Movements. — The important so- cial and educational movements that are affecting public school methods and curricula; the health of school children; better adap- tation of school work to the needs of the individual; the applica- tion of simple scientific methods to educational problems ; the adaptation of school work to vocational needs, (i). Dr. Ayres, Professor Coffman *S 7. History of Industrial Education. — The conditions affecting the relation of industrial to general education; the origin and development of school methods of trade instruction; the movement for giving industrial occupations a place in the curric- ulum of the general school, (i). Assistant Professor Anderson 258 The Summer Session *S 13. Educational Classics. — A critical and comparative study of the works on education, generally recognized as classics ; the educational writings of Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Montaigne, Milton, Locke, Rousseau, Pestalozzi, Herbart, Froebel, Herbert Spencer, and others, (ij^). Assistant Professor Anderson *S 20. Supervision. — The limitations, types, functions, stand- ards, and devices of supervision. Lectures, assigned readings, spe- cial investigations. (2). Professor Coffman *S 22. Ideals and Their Place in Education. — Nature of mind ; nature of knowledge ; relation of mind to the external world ; relation between sensation and perception in education ; nature and origin of ideas; the laws of thought as thought, and their resolu- tion into one primary necessity ; consequent possibility of teach- ing; knowledge as moral organon. (Last 4 weeks.) (i). Professor Adams *S 24. Theory and Practise in the Measurement of Educa- tional Processes and Products. — The processes and applications of the newer scientific quantitative methods in education ; simple methods of measuring educational processes in terms of educa- tional results, (i). Dr. Ayres, Professor Coffman *S 125. Educational Psychology. — The monographic litera- ture on the educational aspects of instincts, habits, memory, atten- tion, and the higher thought processes. Professor Bagley Prerequisite.: Graduate standing and at least one year's under- graduate work in psychology and education. ENGLISH Professor Dodge, Professor Liddell, Assistant Professor Jones Assistant Professor Paul, Mr. Halliday, Dr. Tieje, Mr. Buchen A.— literature and language S 2a. Survey of English Literature. — Nineteenth Century Prose. (This course with S 2b is equivalent to the second half of English i as described in the general Description of Courses, in Part III. To be credited as such an equivalent, the two parts should be taken simultaneously.) (2). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Entrance credit in English, or its equivalent S 2b. Survey of English Literature. — Nineteenth Century Poetry. (This course with S 2a is equivalent to the second half Summer Sessioji Courses 259 of English i as described in the General Description of Courses, in Part III.) (2). Mr. Buchen Prerequisite: Entrance credit in English, or its equivalent. S 23. Introduction to Shakespeare. — (2). Assistant Professor Paul Prerequisite: One year of college English or an equivalent. S 30. Wordsworth and Shelley. — The Globe Wordsworth and the Cambridge Shelley. (2). Professor Liddell Prerequisite: Two years of college English or an equivalent. S 15. Teachers' Course. — Outlining a course in English; typical classics used in high schools; the correcting of themes; dis- cussion of present tendencies in English teaching. (2). Assistant Professor Paul Prerequisite: The consent of the instructor. *S 47. Introduction to Prose Fiction. — The origins of the various types of fiction, of English translations and imitations of foreign fiction before Richardson ; the development of technique with reference to a proper understanding of the modern novel. (2). Dr. TiEjE Prerequisite: Two years of college English or an equivalent. *S 7. Chaucer. — Skeat's Student's Chaucer. (2). Assistant Professor Jones Prerequisite: Two years of college EngUsh or an equivalent. *S 8a. Old English (Anglo-Saxon). — Bright's Anglo-Saxon Reader. (3). Professor Dodge Prerequisite: Two 3'ears of college English, or one year of English and one of German. *S 120. Shakespeare (Advanced Course). — The Tempest in Furness's Variorum or in the First Folio Edition. (2). Professor Liddell Prerequisite: Three years of college English. B. — rhetoric /. Composition S la. Rhetoric and Themes. — (This course is equivalent to the first semester of Rhetoric i as described in the general De- scription of Courses, in Part III.) Woolley's Handbook of Com- position and Scott and Denney's Paragraph Writing. (3). Mr. BucHEN Prerequisite: Entrance credit in English, or its equivalent. 26o The Summer Session S lb. Rhetoric and Themes. — (This course is equivalent to the second semester of Rhetoric i as described in the general De- scription of Courses, in Part III.) Scott and Denney's Paragraph Writing. (3). Dr. Tieje Prerequisite : Rhetoric la or an equivalent. S 3. Advanced Composition. — Short themes with an occa- sional long theme. (2). Assistant Professor Jones Prerequisite : Rhetoric i or an equivalent. //. Public Speaking S 7a. Public Speaking. — Drill in breathing, articulation, and gesture; reading aloud; the delivery of memorized selections. (Equivalent to the first semester of Rhetoric 7 as described in the general Description of Courses, in Part III.) (2). Mr. Halliday Prerequisite: Rhetoric i or an equivalent. S 8. Interpretive Reading. — English classics selected from among those most frequently taught in the high school, (i). Mr. Halliday Prerequisite : Rhetoric 7 or an equivalent. S II. Oral Composition. — Individual practise, with criticism. (This course should be preceded or accompanied by course 7.) (i). Mr. Halliday Prerequisite : Rhetoric i or an equivalent. ENTOMOLOGY Assistant Professor Folsom, Mr. Peterson S I. General Field and Laboratory Course. — The essential facts of entomology, emphasizing those of economic importance. Lectures; laboratory studies; field observations. (For high school teachers.) Folsom's Entomology with Reference to Its Biological and Economic Aspects. (2^). Assistant Professor Folsom S 2. Advanced Course. — (2]^). Assistant Professor Folsom S 3. Economic Entomology. — Common injurious insects in all their stages of development; their injurious activities; approved methods of control. (Equivalent to the economic entomology [En- tomology 4] required of agricultural students.) (2^). Assistant Professor Folsom Summer Session Courses 261 FRENCH Associate Professor Carnahan, Mr. Lillehei S I. Beginners' Course. — Pronunciation; grammar; composi- tion ; reading of easy texts. Fraser and Squair's Elementary French Grammar; Bacon's Une Semaine a Paris. (4). Mr. Lillehei S 2. Reading of Modern French. — Rapid reading of modem authors; composition; conversation. Comfort's Prose Composi- tion; Colomba, Merimee ; Pecheur d'hlande, Loti ; Le Juif Polonais, Erckman-Chatrian ; Hernani, Hugo. (2). Associate Professor Carnahan Prerequisite: French i or an equivalent. S 4. Advanced Composition and Conversation. — (i). Associate Professor Carnahan Prerequisite: Two years of university French or an equivalent. *S 10. History of French Literature. — Lectures with collat- eral reading, (i). Associate Professor Carnahan Prerequisite: Two years of university French or an equivalent. GERMAN Associate Professor Lessing, Dr. Koller, Mr. Barto Air. Held S I. Beginners' Course. — (4). Associate Professor Lessing, Mr. Held S 2. Intermediate Course. — (3). Mr. Barto Prerequisite: German i, or an equivalent. S 3. Prose Reading. — Reading of narrative prose ; sight trans- lation; composition. (3). Dr. Koller Prerequisite: German 3, or an equivalent. S 4. Readings from the Classics. — Lessing's Minna von Barn- helm, Schiller's Jungfrau von Orleans. (3). Mr. Barto Prerequisite: German 4, or an equivalent. S 5. Prose Composition. — Translation of ordinary- prose into German ; study of idiomatic constructions ; practise in free composi- tion in German, (ij^). Mr. Held Prerequisite: Two years' university work in German, or an equivalent. S 6. Modern Fiction. — Reading of modem authors, such as Keller, Meyer, and Storm. (2). Dr. Koller 262 The Summer Session Prerequisite: Two years' university work in German, or an equivalent. S 9. Teachers' Course. — Place, aim, and scope of the study of German in the high school; discussion of methods and the chief difficulties in teaching German. Observation work in the beginners' course. (1). Dr. Koller Prerequisite: Three years* university work in German, or an equivalent. S II. History of German Literature from the Reformation TO the Present Time. — (2). Associate Professor Lessing Prerequisite: Three years' university work in German, or an equivalent. HISTORY Professor Ford, Dr. Cole S lb. European History, 1300-1648. — The Renaissance, the Protestant Revolution; the Thirty Years War; the beginnings of national States. Introductory course corresponding, for the period covered, to History I. (The course offered in 1914 will probably cover the modern period.) (2J/2). Professor Ford S 3c. American History, 1860-1868. — The Civil War; the Re- construction of the Southern States; American society and politics in the last years of the nineteenth century. (2J-4). Dr. Cole *S 22. The History of the United States, 1815-1845. — The Monroe Doctrine ; the westward movement ; Jacksonian Democracy and the Whig Party. (2;^). Dr. Cole Prerequisite: One college course in American History or its equivalent and Junior standing. *S loi. Investigation of Selected Topics. — Conferences with graduate students who desire guidance in research. Professor Ford Prerequisite: One college course in American History and reg- istration in the Graduate School. History in Secondary Schools. — Weekly conference of teachers of history and others. Dr. Cole HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE Miss BiESTER, Miss Parsons, Miss Fleming Foods. — The work offered in foods is of two grades. A, That designed for those who have studied or taught household science Summer Session Courses 263 and wish to prepare themselves to teach it in high schools. B, Ad- vanced work dealing with the general subject of nutrition. S I. The sources and cost of foods; the cooking of various types of foods ; the combinations of food as shown in planning and service of meals. (Laboratory Fee, $2.00.) (i>4). Miss Biester S 2. The relative nutritive value of foods; the methods of esti- mating dietetic values ; the relation of foods to the human body. (Laboratory Fee, $2.00.) (iH)- Miss Biester Prerequisite: One year's work of college rank with foods; one year of general chemistry; a course in general physiology. S 3. Lunch Room Management. — The history of the move- ment to feed school children ; practise in lunch room management. (Laboratory Fee, $3.00.) (ij^). Miss Parsons Prerequisite: One year's training in food principles or an equiv- alent ; practical experience in house management and marketing. S 4. Clothing. — The textiles used in clothing ; demonstrations in the use of patterns; drafting; the cost and care of clothing; the use and care of sewing machines. Laboratory; lectures; discussions. (i). Miss Fleming 5. Millinery, — The construction of frames of wire, buckram and cape net ; the covering and finishing ; the making of bows. Demonstrations; laboratory, (i). Miss Fleming LATIN Professor Barton, Associate Professor Oldfather S I. Terence. — The reading of two plays, w^ith proper atten- tion to language, verse, and scenic antiquities. (iH)- Associate Professor Oldfather Prerequisite: Three or four years of high school Latin. S 2. Cicero. — Readings from his philosophical works and es- says. (iH)- Associate Professor Oldfather Prerequisite: Two or three years' university work in Latin, or an equivalent. *S 3. Suetonius. — Readings f r^m the Caesars ; biography, lit- erary work, and style of Suetonius, (i). Associate Professor Oldfather 264 The Summer Session S 4. Teachers' Course. — The problems and methods of instruc- tion in Latin in the secondary schools; the essentials of Latin study in the first and second years; books and equipment. {1Y2). Professor Barton LIBRARY SCIENCE Miss Bond, Mr. Reece, Miss Bateman Note: — The courses indicated covered six weeks and received no university credit. Only people employed in libraries were ad- mitted. S I. Classification; Cataloging; Book Numbers. — Five times a week. S 2. Reference Work. — The selection and use of reference books suited to the small public library. Twice a week. S 3. Selection of Books. — Principles of book selection and lectures on subject bibliography. Tzvice a week. S 4. Work with Children. — Selection and discussion of chil- dren's books; administration of children's libraries; classification and cataloging. Twice a week. S 5. Order and Accession; Loan Department; Binding and Repair. Twice a week. S 6. Library Administration and Extension. Twice a week. MANUAL TRAINING Mr. Park (See also Art and Design, General Engineering Drawing, and Mechanical Engineering) S I. Shop Administration. — History and theory of industrial education ; typical schools and systems of manual training leading to a better understanding of the aims and methods employed for the promotion of industrial education; organization of work; equipments and materials. (2^). Mr. Park S 2. Woodworking. — (A course for teachers in the 7th and 8th Grades and high schools.) Tools — uses, names of parts, adjust- ments, care, how to sharpen; the making of important joints used in wood construction; the designing and making of arts and crafts furniture ; notebook work, covering talks, papers, problems, work at the bench. (3). Mr. Park Summer Session Courses 265 S 3. Woodworking. — Advanced work in cabinet making ; de- signing and making furniture ; hand-wrought copper or brass drawer pulls, door pulls, hinges, etc.; wood turning. (3). Mr. Park Prerequisite: Manual Training S 2. MATHEMATICS Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Mr. Carscallen, Mr. Rowland, Mr. RUTLEDGE S 2. Algebra. — (Equivalent to Mathematics 2). Algebraic re- ductions ; variables and functions ; equations ; inequalities ; mathe- matical induction ; variation ; progressions ; complex numbers ; lim- its; infinite series; undetermined coefficients. (Theory of equa- tions will be given with Math. S 6.) Rietz and Crathorne's Col- lege Algebra. (3). Dr. Crathorne S 4. Plane Trigonometry, — (Equivalent to Mathematics 4.) Rothrock's Elements of Plane and Spherical Trigonometry. (2). Dr. BoRGER S 6. Analytical Geometry. — (Equivalent to Mathematics 6.) Plane and solid analytic geometry; theory of equations; graphs. Rigg's Analytic Geometry. (5). Mr. Rutledge S 7. Differential Calculus. — (Equivalent to Mathematics 7.) Townsend and Goodenough's Essentials of Calculus. (5). Mr. Rowland S 9. Integral Calculus, — (Equivalent to Mathematics 9.) Townsend and Goodenough's Essentials of Calculus. (3). Mr. Carscallen *S 10. Theory of Equations and Determinants, — Funda- mental properties of an algebraic equation in one unknown; simul- taneous equations; linear equations; determinants, (3). Dr. Borger *S 20. Calculus of Variations. — The necessary and sufficient conditions for a maximum or a minimum of a definite integral ; the methods of Weierstrass, Kneser, and Hilbert applied to geometrical and physical problems. (3). Dr. Crathorne MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (See also Manual Training). Mr. Ellis, Mr. Scroggin S I. Pattern-Shop. — The care and use of tools ; the con- struction of patterns, core-boxes, and the use of machines such 266 The Summer Session as are found in modern pattern-shops, (3). Mr. Ellis S 3. Machine-Shop. — Chipping and filing ; elementary work on lathe, drill press, shaper, planer and grinding machine. (2J/2). Mr. SCROGGIN S 4. Advanced Machine-Shop. — The use of milling machine, screw machine, gear cutter, boring mill, and turret lathe ; erecting and testing machines and gas engines. (2J/2). Mr. Scroggin Note : Lectures on tools and shop processes are given frequent- ly, and inspection trips to shops in the local and adjoining towni- are made in connection with all classes in shop practise. A student may finish one full year's work in the shop during the summer term. MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED Mr. NoERENBERG, Mr. Farwell, Mr. Ensign S 7. Analytical Mechanics. — The first half of Analytical Mechanics as given in Maurer's Technical Mechanics. (3). Mr. Noerenberg Prerequisite: Mathematics 7; registration in Mathematics 9. S 8. Analytical Mechanics. — The second half of Analytical Mechanics as given in Maurer's Technical Mechanics. (2^). Mr. Ensign Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; T. & A. M. 7. S 9. Resistance of Materials. — Elementary mechanics of materials ; experiments and investigations in the materials labora- tory; problems in ordinary engineering practise. (Equivalent to T. and A. M. 9.) Merriman's Mechanics of Materials. (3^)- Mr. Ensign, Mr. Farwell Prerequisite: T. and A. M. 7; registration in T. and A. M. 8. S 10. Hydraulics. — The pressure and the flow of water and its utilization as motive power; the observation and measurement of pressure, velocity, and flow ; power and efficiency ; the deter- mination of experimental coefficients. Recitations ; laboratory. Hos- kin's Hydraulics. (3). Mr. Farwell Prerequisite: T. and A. M. 8. Note: With the opening of the hydraulic laboratory for the Summer School, arrangements may be made to use its facilities for special experimental work. Summer Session Courses 267 S 14. Elements of Mechanics. — The principles of kinematics, kinetics, and statics and their application. Moreley's Mechanics for Engineers. (For architects and others who have not taken the calculus.) (4). Mr. Noerexberg Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4. MUSIC Professor Mills S I. Theory and Harmony. — {lYi). Professor Mills S 2. Counterpoint and Fugue. — (2). Professor Mllls S 3. History, Appreciation and Form. — (i). Professor Mills S 5. Chorus. Professor Mills PHYSICAL TIL\IXIXG FOR MEN Mr. Crooks S 3. Swimming Instruction. Mr. Crooks PHYSICS Dr. Williams, Mr. Jones, Mr. Randolph, Mr. Warner Mr. Coyle S 2al. General Physics Part i. — Mechanics; laws of motion, forces, equilibrium. Experimental demonstrations ; recitations. Kim- ball's College Physics. {lYz). Dr. Williams, Mr. Jones Prerequisite: Plane geometn,' ; high school algebra; plane trig- onometry desired. S 2bl. Introductory Laboratory Physics Part i. — Physical measurements ; mechanics ; properties of matters. Schulz's Labo- ratory Manual (iVz). Mr. Jones, Mr. Warner, Mr. Coyle Prerequisite: Registration in S 2al. S 2aII. General Physics Part 2. — Electricity and magnetism. Experimental demonstrations; recitations. Kimball's College Phys- ics, (ij^) Dr. Williams, Mr. Jones Prerequisite: Same as for S 2al. S 2bII. Introductory Laboratory Physics Part 2. — Experi- ments in electricity and magnetism to accompany S 2aII. Schulz's Laboratory Manual, (i^). Mr. Jones, Mr. Warner, Mr. Coyle S 4. Advanced Electrical and Magnetic Measurements. — 268 The Summer Session Laboratory; discussions; recitations; reports, (Equivalent to the first semester of Physics 4.) (2). Mr. Randolph Prerequisite: General physics; calculus. S 15. Electricity and Magnetism. — Lectures; recitations; lab- oratory. Brooks and Poyser's and Carhart and Patterson's Elec- tricity and Magnetism, (ij^). Mr. Randolph Prerequisite: A course in general physics. S 16. Heat. — Thermometry; calorimetry; vapor pressure; ex- pansion. Lectures ; demonstrations ; recitations ; laboratory. Edser's Heat. (iH)- Dr. Williams, Mr. Warner Prerequisite: A course in general physics. S 18. Laboratory Manipulation. — Practical problems involved in the equipment for laboratory physics; glass blowing; making of simple apparatus; handling of tools, (i). Mr. Jones Prerequisite : A course in general physics, enrollment in such a course, or teaching experience in physics. *S 31. Investigation of Special Problems. — Advanced work in heat; electricity; magnetism. Two to five times a week. Dr. Williams *S 133. Seminar and Thesis. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Gettell S I. American Government. — The historical development of the Constitution ; the organization and functions of the federal and state governments ; political parties ; municipal and colonial govern- ment. (2^). Professor Gettell S 2. Comparative Government. — The state; government; his- torical development ; organization, and actual workings of govern- ment in England, Germany, France, and the United States. (2j^). Professor Gettell PSYCHOLOGY (See Education and Psychology.) RHETORIC (See English.) SOCIOLOGY Professor Hayes *S I. Principles OF Sociology. — Lectures; discussions; assigned reading. (2). Professor Hayes Summer Session Courses 269 S 5. Charities and Correction. — Causes, prevention, and treat- ment of poverty and crime. (2). Professor Hayes S 7. Social Problems of the Rural Community. — (i). Professor Hayes ZOOLOGY Assistant Professor Carpenter^ Dr. Ruth Marshall, Mr. Cort S 4, Elementary Vertebrate Zoology. — Classification of the Chordata ; early development of the vertebrate body ; comparative anatomy and physiology of the vertebrate organs. Lectures; labor- atory. (Laboratory fee, $2.50.) (4). Assistant Professor Carpenter, Mr. Cort S 16. Ornithology. — Identification; food relations; nesting habits; seasonal distribution. Lectures; field trips; laboratory. (2). Dr. Marshall *S 21. Introduction to Zoological Research. — Topics in ver- tebrate morphology', usually repeating the work of earlier investi- gators; histology of the nervous system. Conferences; laboratory; assigned readings. (Laboratory fee, $2.00.) (2 to 4). Assistant Professor Carpenter *S 121. Problems in Vertebrate Morphology. — Conferences; laboratory. (Laboratory fee, $2.00.) Assistant Professor Carpenter THE COLLEGE OF LAW For the faculty of the College of Law, see page 417; for the courses in law, page 87; for fees and expenses, pages 150 and 152. GENERAL STATEMENT It is the aim of the College to furnish its students with such a training as will best fit them for the practise of the law. A mere knowledge of what the law is will not suffice. The student must learn the reasons which have made it what it is. These can be mastered only by studying the law in the light of its historical de- velopment. No special course is offered on the history of the law ; but it is sought to present each subject so that the principles peculiar to it may be historically understood. It is also the aim of the College that the courses shall be so presented as to familiarize the student with legal methods of reasoning and to equip him with legal habits of thought. It is believed that the case method of instruction, properly understood and applied, is best adapted to ac- complish these objects. ADMISSION With the exception of special students as defined below, appli- cants for admission to the College of Law in 1914-15 must have obtained credits for one year's work in another college of this Uni- versity or of some other institution of recognized standing ; pro- vided, however, that an applicant who lacks not more than four semester hours of such credit may be admitted on condition of making up the deficiency before beginning the second year of law study. NEW REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION, 1915-16 The requirements for admission to the College of Law for the year 1915-16 and thereafter will be as follows : For admission as a regular student and candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Laws, an applicant must be matriculated and have 60 hours of credit in a college of this University; or have completed two full years of work as given at another college or university 270 Preparatory Courses 271 of recognized standing; or have received by transfer 60 hours of university credit here. The faculty of the College of Law may, in its discretion, pre- scribe from time to time subjects which shall be required as part of the preliminar>' college work, subject to approval by the University Senate. A student who is 21 years of age and is entitled to admission as a regular student to another college of this University, will be ad- mitted as a special student in the College of Law\ If he attains in the courses of the first year an average grade of 80 or over, he will be admitted to regular standing, and he may receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws if in all the courses he presents for the degree his average grade is 80 or more. Note: The above is not intended to abrogate the present rule in regard to the admission of special students (page 272). SUGGESTED PREPARATORY COURSES Below is given a schedule of studies recommended by the faculty of the College of Law for students taking one year in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to meet the present (1914-15) require- ment for admission to the College of Law. A schedule of studies covering two years is added for the guid- ance of those who take two years of pre-legal work, as required for 1915-16 and thereafter. One Year Course in Preparation for Law First Semester Second Semester Hours Hours Military 2 1 Military 1 and 2 2 Phys. Training 1 and la 1 Physical Training 1 1 Rhetoric 1 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Foreign Language 4 Foreign Language 4 History 1 4 History 11 3 Economics 7 3 Mathematics 2 3 Total 16 Total 16 The courses in Militar>^ and Physical Training and Rhetoric i and eight hours in foreign language are required of freshmen in the Col- lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Latin is strongly urged for all students intending to study law ; but those who have not had the necessary preparation for college courses in Latin should substitute a modern language, preferably French or German. Tho credit is usually not given for a single semester's work in History i, ar- 2.^2 The College of Law rangements have been made with the department of history by which a student taking only one year of work in preparation for law will receive credit for the first semester of History i provided that in the second semester he also receives credit in History ii. Two Year Course in Preparation for Law Students who give two years to preparatory work are recom- mended to take the schedule given below. FIRST YEAR First Semester Second Semester Hours Hours Military 2 1 Military 1 and 2 2 Phys. Training 1 and la 1 Physical Training 1 1 Rhetoric 1 3 Rhetoric 1 3 Foreign language 4 Foreign langviage 4 Economics 7 3 History 11 3 Science 5 Mathematics 2 3 Total 17 Total 16 SECOND YEAR Military 2 1 Military 2 1 Science or foreign language 5 or 4 English 20 4 Political Science 1 3 Political Science 3 3 Economics 1 5 Economics 3 3 History 3 3 Philosophy 1 3 History 3 3 Total 16 or 17 Total _ 17 COMBINED COURSE IN LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW By the proper selection of his studies it is possible for a prospec- tive law student to take both the degree in arts and the degree in law in six years. (See page 172). SPECIAL STUDENTS Students twenty-one years of age, or over, who are not able to satisfy the regular requirements for admission, but who have had a preliminary education which would entitle them to take the Illinois State Bar Examination, may, by permission of the faculty, be ad- mitted without examination as special students, but no such student may be a candidate for a degree. In exceptional cases, other per- sons may, by permission of the faculty, be admitted as special stu- dents. No one may continue as a special student for more than two years except by special permission of the faculty, application for which should be made through the Dean. Instruction 273 ADVANCED STANDING After matriculating, an applicant may obtain advanced standing (i) by transfer of credits from another accredited law school upon presentation of a certificate of honorable dismissal and a certified record of work done; or (2) by examination taken at the time of entrance to the College of Law in first year subjects only. INSTRUCTION Courses in substantive law are taught by analyzing and compar- ing cases which have been carefully selected and arranged in case books. References, however, are constantly made to leading text books, and they are recommended and in certain courses required for collateral reading. Courses in the law of procedure are taught from the leading text books, supplemented by the examination of statutes and adjudged cases, and students are brought into as close touch as possible with actual practise, both by the method of instruction in these courses and by means of the Moot Court. The instruction gives a t.horo training in the common law, which constitutes a proper foundation for the practise of law in any state. The faculty of the College is impressed with the idea that a state university should teach the law of the state which supports the school, and to that end, without neglecting the general principles that lie at the foundation of the common law, especial attention is given in all courses to grounding the student thoroly in the law as determined by the courts of Illinois. Throughout the entire course, the students are required to consult frequently Illinois decisions and statutes, which are made the basis of discussion in class by students and instructor. In the Moot Court and through the course in Illi- nois procedure, especial attention is paid to the rules of pleading and practise that obtain in the State of Illinois. MOOT COURT The sessions of the Moot Court are held every Monday after- noon of the first semester for the third year class; every Tuesday afternoon of the first semester for the second year class ; and every Monday afternoon of the second semester for the second and third year classes together. The Court is presided over by the Dean, who has had an experience of twenty-five years as a judge of the Circuit and Appellate Courts of Illinois* Attendance is compulsory with second and third year classes. It is the purpose to have the work- 274 The College of Law §ngs of the Moot Court parallel proceedings in the various courts of the State. Students are trained in the preparation of legal docu- ments and in the trial of cases, both civil and criminal. The Moot Court Bulletin is published every other week of the college year, and in this are printed the statements of cases, the briefs of opposing counsel, and the opinions of the presiding judge. SPECIAL LECTURES Addresses by prominent members of the bench and bar on prac- tical features of the law are given from time to time during the year, THE LAW LIBRARY The Law Library contains 16,000 volumes, including all the re- ports of the courts of last resort of all the states ; the United States Supreme, Circuit, and District Court reports; the English reports; the Irish reports; the Scotch Appeal Cases; the Current Canadian and Australian reports, together with complete reports of several of the Canadian provinces; the statutes of the various states; digests of the state reports; several sets of special reports, such as the American Reports, American State Reports, American Decisions, Lawyers' Reports Annotated, and American Cases Annotated ; com- plete National Reporter System ; all the great Encyclopedias and Digests ; and a carefully selected collection of text books and legal periodicals. The library is growing rapidly, new sets of reports and new digests, text books, and periodicals being continually added, together with the continuations of the reports and periodicals already in the library. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION AND DEGREES The degree of Bachelor of Laws will be granted to all regularly matriculated students who complete all the courses in the first year list; courses 8, 10, 11, 12, 18, 20, 26 (second year) ; courses 4a, 15, 17, 19, 21, 22, 26, 31 (third year) ; and enough of the other courses offered to make 84 hours of credit. DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF LAW The degree of Doctor of Law (J. D.) will be granted to students who comply with the following conditions : I. Complete the work required for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. Graduation and Degrees 275 2. Secure a bachelor's degree in arts or science at least two academic years prior to the completion of the course for the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 3. Obtain a minimum average grade of 85 in the College of Law. 4. Present a thesis approved by the faculty of the College of Law, in accordance with the requirement hereinafter set out Students who receive the A.B. degree after registering in the College of Law, and, by counting courses in law toward both the degree of A.B. and the degree of LL.B., take both degrees in six years, must during the first year in the College of Law take four hours in history or the social sciences. Rules concerning Theses The following are the rules concerning theses presented for the degree of Doctor of Law: i. The thesis must be on a subject ap- proved by the Dean of the College of Law after consultation with him as to the proposed method of treatment. 2. The subject of the thesis must be filed with the Secretary on or before December 20. 3. The thesis must be typewritten on paper Sj^xii inches, with at least one inch margin at the top, bottom, and sides. 4. It should contain not less than 4,000 nor more than 10,000 words. 5. In citing cases, names of parties, volume, page, and year should be given. Citations are not to be counted in determining the number of words. The student is expected to exhaust the cases decided during the period covered by his thesis, and to state the period for which the cases have been examined. 6. The thesis must be delivered to the Secretary of the faculty not later than May i. The thesis may then be returned to the writer for revision, or if unsatisfactory, it may be rejected altogether. If returned for revi- sion it may be rejected after being revised. If accepted it will be filed in the Law Library, and may be published by the College of Law or by the University. CERTIFICATE FOR ADMISSION TO THE ILLINOIS STATE BAR EXAMINATION Any student, altho not a candidate for a law degree, if he has taken the following courses: i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, li, 12, 18, 20, 26 (2nd and 3rd year), 4a, 15, 17, 19, 21, 22, and 31, is entitled to a certificate thereof from the University, which certificate satisfies the requirements as to legal studies prescribed by the Supreme Court of the State of Illinois for admission to the bar. 276 The College of Law COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF LL.B. FIRST YEAR First Semester: Contracts (Law i) ; Torts (Law 2); Criminal Law (Law s) ; Personal Property (Law 6). Second Semester: Contracts (Law i) ; Torts (Law 2); Real Property (Law 3) ; Common Law Pleading (Law 4) ; Domestic Re- lations (Law 7). SECOND year First Semester: Evidence (Law 8) ; Agency (Law 11) ; Equity (Law 12) ; Wills (Law 18) ; Moot Court (Law 26) ; Conveyancing (Law 29) ; Public International Law (Law 30) ; Insurance (Law 28). Second Semester: Real Property (Law 10); Damages (Law 13) ; Equity Pleading (Law 20) ; Moot Court (Law 26) ; Sales (Law 9) ; Carriers (Law 14) ; Future Interests in Property (Law 27) ] Quasi-Contracts (Law 32) ; Public Service Companies (Law 34)- THIRD YEAR First Semester: Illinois Procedure (Law 4a) ; Bills and Notes (Law 15) ; Partnership (Law 19) ; Constitutional Law (a) (Law 22) ; Moot Court (Law 26) ; Mortgages (Law 23) ; Bankruptcy (Law 25). Second Semester: Trusts (Law 16); Private Corporations (Law 17) ; Suretyship (Law 21) ; Constitutional Law (b) (Law 2,3) ; Moot Court (Law 26) ; Conflict of Laws (Law 31). PRIVILEGES OF STUDENTS The students of the College of Law may take, without extra fee, courses of study in other departments of the University, provided they secure the approval of the Dean of the College of Law. Espe- cial attention is called to the courses in public speaking and debate, and to the courses in history, economics, and political science in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the Graduate School. Law students are entitled to library privileges in the general li- brary as well as in the law library, and possess in general all the rights and privileges enjoyed by other students of the University. LAW CLUBS The law students have organized voluntary associations for the discussion of interesting and important questions of law, and for the Scholarship Prises 277 trial of hypothetical cases of their own choice. Four of these socie- ties are active at present. They are known as the Van Twiller, Witenagemot, John Marshall, and Fuller club courts. SCHOLARSHIP PRIZES Eight scholarship prizes are open to matriculated students of the first and second years, to be awarded at the end of each year, four of $50 each and four of $25 each, available in discharge of tuition fees. The American Law Book Company of New York offers an an- nual prize consisting of the Students' Edition of CYC, to be awarded to the member of the senior class making the best average during his senior year. Callaghan & Company, Law Publishers, of Chicago, offer an an- nual prize consisting of a set of Andrews American Law and Pro- cedure (2 vols.) to be awarded to the member of the second year class making the best average during his second year. THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE For the faculty of the College of Medicine, see page 43. BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT The College buildings are located in the city block lying between Harrison, Congress, Honore, and Lincoln streets in Chicago. The main building, in which are housed all the departments except that of anatomy, is a brick and stone structure two hundred feet long by one hundred and ten feet deep, and five stories high, fronting on four streets. This building contains three lecture rooms with a seat- ing capacity of two hundred each, a clinical amphitheater with a seating capacity of over three hundred, and an assembly hall with a seating capacity of seven hundred, besides recitation rooms. It also contains laboratories for physiology, chemistry, materia medica, therapeutics, and microscopical and chemical diagnosis, each capable of accommodating from fifty to one hundred students at a time. A three-story annex to the main building contains the labora- tories used by the departments of biology, histology, embryology, pathology, bacteriology, and chemistry. All of these laboratories have outside light. They are furnished with work tables, desks, and lockers, and are equipped with the necessary apparatus. There is a supply of microscopes, lenses, and oil immersions, and a projec- tion apparatus for the illustration of lectures by means of stereop- ticon views. CLINICAL FACILITIES Dispensary Clinics The Dispensary occupies the first floor of the main building. Connected with the reception room are ten clinic rooms. During the past year there have been treated in these rooms 21,000 patients. During the junior year each student is required to take a course of instruction in each department under the direction of members of the Faculty. The student has opportunity to examine and treat the patient himself under the guidance of the teachers 278 Clinical Facilities 279 Amphitheater Clinics More than 600 clinics besides the dispensary clinics are given by the College during the collegiate year. Practically all diseases seen in the temperate zone are demonstrated and all of the opera- tions of surgery are performed in these clinics. Senior students are required to examine and diagnosticate many of these cases and are detailed to assist in the operations. Students are prohibited from doing work that interferes in any way with the fulfillment of the requirements of the curriculum. The official clinical requirements of the curriculum may not be sub- stituted by unofficial clinical work. Maternity Clinics The clinical work in obstetrics is given in the University Hos- pital and the Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dispensary. Daily clinics, in which the management of gravidae and puerperae and new born infants is demonstrated, are held in the University Hos- pital. All senior students are required to attend these clinics in sec- tions two hours a day for a period of two weeks. During this serv- ice they are also assigned to two or more cases of labor in the hospital. An amphitheater clinic is also given once a week which is attended by each half of the class alternately for one semester. The class sections are admitted by ticket to emer- gency obstetrical operations during the term of their attendance in the amphitheater clinic. All fourth year students are also required to take a course of two weeks in residence in the Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dis- pensary. Each student sees and conducts 6 to 10 cases in the homes of patients under the guidance of the assisting physicians. The student and nurse visit mother and babe daily for ten days afterwards. In this service the students learn to provide the necessary obstetrical outfit and to deal with patients in their homes Pathological cases in the Dispensary are cared for in the home 01 in the hospital of the institution or in the University Hospital. The fee for the course is fifteen dollars ($15.00), payable ir advance at the Chicago Lying-in Hospital. Hospital Clinics Hospitals — The West Side Hospital is connected with the Col- lege by a corridor. The building is 50x100 feet, five stories high It contains 95 beds, two operating rooms, and a clinical amphithea- ter of seventy-five seats on the fifth floor. The new West Side 28o The College of Medicine Hospital is a six story, fire-proof structure containing no beds, three operating rooms, two electric elevators, and a laboratory. The University Hospital, at Ogden avenue, Congress and Lin- coln streets, opposite the College, is a five-story building of fire- proof construction containing 92 beds, two operating rooms, and a clinical amphitheater of seventy-five seats on the first floor. These institutions are located near the College and certain clin- ical facilities, furnished by them, are open to its students. Within half a block of the College is the Cook County Hos- pital. This institution is the chief free hospital in Chicago. Dur- ing the past year it has cared for 30,000 patients. In this hospital is conducted much of the clinical instruction of the College. Medical appointments in this institution are made by the Civil Service Board each year. The internes, sixty-four in number, and externes are selected each spring by competitive examination. Only graduates of medical colleges of Cook County are eligible for these examinations. The internes serve eighteen months, and receive their board and laundry and have rooms in the hospital. They do a large amount of surgical, medical, and obstetrical work. In addition to Cook County Hospital, there are more than sixty public and private hospitals in Chicago. Each of these hospitals appoints from two to four internes annually. The students of this College are required to attend the clinics of the Cook County Hospital during their Junior and Senior years. The hospital tickets cost $5.00 each, and are for sale at the office of the Warden. They admit the holders to all clinics and autop- sies and to all public operations and lectures in the hospital grounds. The County Morgue is located in the hospital grounds, and daily post-mortems are held by the pathologists of the hospital. Attendance is required during two years. Members of the Faculty are connected with and give clinical instruction, to which students are admitted under certain condi- tions, in the following hospitals : Cook County Hospital St. Mary's Hospital West Side Hospital St. Luke's Hospital University Hospital Michael Reese Hospital Augustana Hospital QUINE LIBRARY The library is located in the College building. It was named in honor of the Senior Dean, William E. Quine. Admission 281 The bound volumes now number more than 15,000 and include many of the important text-books and monographs on medical subjects in the English language. One hundred twenty medical periodicals are received. This collection of books and periodicals is systematically classi- fied and cataloged by a librarian who is constantly present to assist and instruct students in the use of a technical library. The proximity of the Ubrary to the class and lecture rooms mate- rially augments its value. ADMISSION Applicants for admission to the College of Medicine for the col- legiate year beginning September i, 1914, and thereafter, must offer: I. Fifteen (15) units of secondary credit, including prescribed subjects as follows: English 3 units Algebra i unit Plane geometry l unit German, French, Latin, or Greek 2 units American history and civics i unit Electives * 7 units Total 15 units II. Sixty (60) semester hours of collegiate credit, including prescribed subjects as follows : Physics 8 hours Chemistry 8 hours Biology 8 hours German or French 6 hours Electives 30 hours Total 60 hours Either the secondary or the collegiate requirements may be satis- fied (a) by certificate or (b) by examination. I. (a) Secondary credits will be accepted by certificate frorn the following sources : (i) From high schools and academies in the State of Illinois which are accredited to the University of Illinois. (2) From the state normal schools of Illinois and other nor- mal schools having equal requirements for graduation. 282 The College of Medicine (3) From schools accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (4) From schools accredited to the state universities which are included in the membership of the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. (5) From schools approved by the New England College Entrance Certificate Board. (b) Secondary credits may be made hy examination: (i) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the University in Urbana in January, July, and September of each year. For programs of these examinations see pages 98, 99, 100. (2) In the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the College of Medicine in September of each year. In 1914 these examinations will be held September 23 to 26. Programs may be had by applying to the Secretary of the College of Medicine, Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago. The subjects offered will be the same as those included in the list on page 99. For a description of the ground covered in the several subjects see pages 108-117. (3) In the examinations conducted in June of each year by the College Entrance Examination Board. See page 93. (4) In the examinations conducted by the Regents of the Uni- versity of the State of New York. II. Collegiate credits will be accepted hy certificate from recog- nized colleges which require for admission the completion of at least 14 units of high school work in an accredited high school, or the full equivalent thereof, and for graduation, in addition, four years of college work; or may be made hy examination in the examinations conducted by the Registrar of the University of Illinois at the Col- lege of Medicine in September of each year. Special arrangements must he made in advance with the Registrar for examinations in collegiate suhjects. Students are strongly urged to acquire such an elementary knowledge of Latin as may be obtained in four or five years' work in school or college. Students lacking the prescribed college work in any one of the sciences (physics, chemistry, or biology) who have had a full year's work in that science in an accredited high school may be admitted to courses in these subjects to be offered at the College of Medicine Advanced Standing 283 during the summers of 1914 and IQ15, which will be of assistance to them in preparing for examinations to remove these deficiencies. It will be noted that a properly prepared student of good ability can complete the minimum prescriptions in collegiate work within two years and still have considerable time for the study of language, history, economics, psychology, etc. — all subjects of which it is eminently desirable that the future physician should know some- thing. The abov£ represent the minimum requirements for admission to the College of Medicine. It is strongly urged that students shall have completed at least three years, or, if possible, four years, in a standard college before taking up the study of medicine. ADMISSION AS SPECIAL STUDENTS The general rule of the University will apply to the College of Medicine : Persons over twenty-one years of age, not candidates for a degree, may, on special approval of the dean, be admitted to classes for which they are prepared. ADVANCED STANDING The University will accept scholarship and time credits for work done in the Medical Colleges of Class A in the list of the American Medical Association, and in the Colleges of the Associa- tion of American Medical Colleges, in so far as this work coin- cides with, or is the full equivalent of, the courses prescribed by the University. Students presenting credentials from Class A medical colleges will be exempt from examination in so far as the credentials may cover the work of the ye^r or years for which the applicant seeks to be credited. Every such student must present a letter of honor- able dismissal from and be eligible for promotion in the college in which he has pursued his medical studies, and must comply with the requirements for such promotion in this institution. Students from medical schools other than those of Class A who satisfy in full the entrance requirements as stated above and matriculate in the College of Medicine may be examined by a com- mittee of the faculty of the college in subjects completed in the medical school previously attended ; for each subject passed the student will receive the amount of time credit (on the four years required for graduation) that is assigned to that subject in the 284 The College of Medicine course of the College of Medicine ; but in no case will time credit for more than two years be given. Students thus advanced may not complain of any conflict of hours, nor absent themselves from any part of the lower con- flicting course; but they may make up deficiences in the work of one term in any other term in which such work is offered. Physicians who have been graduated from medical schools rec- ognized at the time of graduation by the boards of health of the states in which they are located, who have passed state board ex- aminations, who have been in active practise for not less than five years, and who are in good standing in the medical societies of their cities or counties, may be admitted to the senior class. Offi- cial credentials covering all the conditions named must be fur- nished in advance. REGISTRATION Students are required to register in the office of the Secretary immediately upon the opening of the term for the work of that term, and credit will be allowed only in the branches in which the students are registered. Students will be registered in the order in which their fees are paid. Registration of students will close Octo- ber 7. COLLEGIATE YEAR The collegiate year of 1913-14 consists of a session of thirty-six weeks, beginning October i, 1913, and ending June 11, 1914, at which time degrees will be conferred. Each year is divided into two semesters of eighteen weeks each. Attendance upon the full session is required in order to secure credit for a year's work, and attendance upon four full sessions is required for graduation. FEES AND EXPENSES For a statement of fees, see page 150. The expense of living in Chicago is less than in most other large cities. From twenty-five to thirty-five dollars per month may be regarded as adequate for the ordinary living expenses of a student exclusive of books, clothing, railroad fare, and small mis- cellaneous needs. The expense for books varies between $15.00 and $25.00 a year. The instructors, at the beginning of each course, direct their stu- dents in regard to the purchase of textbooks, Courses Offered 285 SCHOLARSHIPS Through the generosity of the late Prof. R. L. Rea a fund has been provided for four scholarships each year for indigent worthy students. These scholarships will be awarded by the officers of the faculty to the four students whose credentials and qualifications for the study of medicine entitle them to participate in the benefits of the Rea fund. The students whose names follow received benefit under the above scholarship during the session of 1913-14: Arthur Davis Dimiter George Foumadjieff Rose Sophia Houda Walter L. Johnson The Emily W. L. Schofield Scholarship of the Northwestern branch of the Woman's Foreign Missionary Society of the Meth- odist Episcopal Church was awarded in 1913-14 to Miss Beulah A. Cushman. The scholarships given by the Woman's Congregational Board of Missions of the Interior were awarded in 1913-14 to Miss Marion A. Weightman and Miss Josephine Kennedy. COURSES OFFERED The student is offered his choice of the following courses : 1. A course of eight years— four years in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, followed by four years in the College of Medicine in Chicago, leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine. This plan not only gives a liberal course of study and a medical course as well, but offers opportunity in the last two years of the medical course for specializing in chosen lines. This course of study is recommended to young men who can afford the time for it, and who are of the average age of graduation from the public high schools. 2. A course of six years — the three years of the premedical course in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana (see page 175), followed by three years in the College of Medicine in Chicago. For the satisfactory completion of this course, the Uni- versity confers two degrees — that of Bachelor of Arts at the end of the fourth year, and that of Doctor of Medicine at the end of the sixth year. This course is recommended to all candidates for the medical profession who cannot spare the time for the preced- ing course. 286 The College of Medicine 3. The four-year course as offered in the College of Medicine, leading to the degree of Doctor of Medicine. The two years of work in arts and sciences required for admission to the College of Medicine may be taken in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at Urbana. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION The requirement for graduation from the College of Medicine is attendance during four collegiate years, the last of which must have been in this institution, and the completion of the required work of each year. Students must complete all the work re- quired in any branch in an uninterrupted course of instruction in order to receive any credit in that branch. GENERAL PLAN OF INSTRUCTION The curriculum required for graduation extends over four years. During the first two years the work is largely confined to the sciences fundamental to practical medicine and the time of the student is about equally divided between didactic and laboratory instruction. During the freshman year this consists of work in an- atomy, biology, histology, embryology, physiology, chemistry, phar- macy, and bacteriologj'. During the sophomore year the study of anatomy, physiology, and chemistry is continued, and in addition the student takes up therapeutics, pathology, and autopsies. Wherever possible, practical laboratory work is made to supple- ment didactic teaching. Students are not only taught from pre- pared specimens, but are required to prepare their own specimens from the original material. During the junior and senior years the time is devoted to prac- tical medicine and surgery, and is about equally divided between didactic and clinical instruction. Attendance upon clinics is required and students are graded up- on and given credit for their work in the clinical courses just as they are for the work in the didactic and laboratory courses. The students of the junior year are divided into classes for dispensary work, and these classes have instruction in rotation in the various departments of practical medicine and surgery. For the benefit of senior students a review quiz course in anatomy, physiology, chemistry, pathology, and materia medica is maintained by the faculty. Attendance upon the quizzes is op- tional. Description of Courses 287 Certificates showing the credits earned, including the attend- ance record, are issued at the end of the college year. These re- ports will be mailed to the students at the College, or at such other addresses as they may direct, as soon as possible after the end of the term. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES NOTE. — The semester in which each course is given, and the number of hours per week and per semester devoted to it, are shown at the end of the description of the course, for example: I, II; lee. and rec, 4-144; lab., 4-144. The Roman numerals indicate semesters; the arabic numeral preceding the hy- phen the number of hours per week; and the arabic numeral following the hy- phen the number of hours per semester. FRESHMAN YEAR 1. Human Anatomy. — Osteology; myology; arthrology; angi- ology (including the heart) ; phlebology; neurology; the respiratory and alimentary systems. Gray's Anatomy (i8th Am. ed.) ; Cunning- ham ; Morris; Spalteholz; Sobotta & McMurrich's Anatomical Atlases; Santee's Brain and Spinal Cord; Barker's Anatomic Nomenclature (BNA). /, //; lee. and rec, 4-144; lab., 4-144- Professor Eycleshymer, Dr. Rupert 2. Biology. — One semester; lee. and rec, 1-18; lab., 1-18. 3. Histology and Embryology. — Bailey; Stoehr; Shafer; Heis- ler; Bailey & Miller. I, II; lee 3-108; lab., 4-144- Professor Eycleshymer 4. Physiology. — Blood; lymph; muscle; nerves. Experiments and demonstrations. Howell's Textbook of Physiology; Tieger- stedt; Stewart; Hall. One semester; lee, 3-54. Professor Dreyer 5. General Chemistry. — Remsen; Simon; Holland; Jones. I, II; lee and rec, 4-144; lab., 6-216. Assistant Professor Welker, Dr. Miller, Dr. Small 6. Prescription Writing and Pharmacy. — Weights and meas- ures; the preparation of galenicals; their incompatibles ; the prin- ciples of prescription writing; specimen pharmaceutical prepara- tions made by the student; individual drill in writing prescriptions. Fantus ; Prescription Writing and Pharmacy. One semester; lee and rec, 1-18; lab., 1-18. Professor Fantus, Dr. Haskell 7. Bacteriology. — Methods of cultivation of bacteria; identi- fication of species ; ten non-pathogenic and ten pathogenic bacteria. Zapfe; Abbott; reference: Chester; McFarland. One semester; lee, 2-36; lab., 6-108. Professor Gehrmann 288 The College of Medicine SOPHOMORE YEAR* 1. Human Anatomy. — Dissection: head; neck; trunk; thoracic and abdominal organs ; the genitalia ; perineum ; peripheral nervous system ; the human brain and spinal cord. Study : the neurone and its supporting tissue; histological sections of all parts of the nervous system. Lectures and demonstrations : the organs of respi- ration, circulation, and digestion ; the ductless glands ; genito- urinary organs ; organs of the senses ; the central and sympathetic nervous systems. Gray's Anatomy, i8th American Edition. Mor- ris's Human Anatomy, (4th ed.) ; Cunningham; Piersol; Santee's Brain and Spinal Cord; Cunningham's Practical Anatomy ; Spalte- holz; Barker's BNA, Ij II; dem. and quiz., 3-108; lab., 4-144. Professor Eycleshymer^ Dr. Rupert 2. Physiology. — Circulation ; respiration ; secretions ; digestion ; nutrition ; the special senses ; the nervous system. Laboratory ; normal hsematology; the physiology of muscle and nerve; the organs of circulation and respiration. Experiments on man capable of direct clinical application introduced wherever possible; each student expected to perform at least two blood-pressure experi- ments on the mammal with the endless roll kymograph, under the direct supervision of an instructor. Howell's Textbook of Phys- iology; Tiegerstedt; Stewart; Hall. I, II; lee. and rec, 4-144; lab., 3-108. Professor Dreyer 3. Physiological and Pathological Chemistry and Toxi- cology. — Alimentary principles and foods ; digestive secretions and their actions ; solid tissues ; blood ; milk ; urine ; identification of poisons. Hawk ; Hammersten ; Simon. /; lee. and rec, 3-54 ; lab., 3-54; //; lee. and rec, 2-36; lab., 3-54. Assistant Professor Welker, Dr. Miller, Dr. Small 4. Pharmacology and Therapeutics. — The action and uses of medicines ; the symptoms, morbid anatomy, and treatment of pois- oning. Hydrotherapy; electrotherapy; mechanotherapy; dietetics; climatology. Cushny ; Sollmann ; Baruch ; Hutchinson ; Morton ; Cohen's System (selected vols.). I, II; lee. and rec, 5-180; lab., 64. Professor Fantus 5. General Pathology and Pathological Anatomy. — Dela- field and Prudden. I, II; lee, 2-72; lab., 4-144.* 6. Autopsies. — //; 2-36. * • *For explanation of abbreviations and descriptions of courses see note on page 287 following "Description of Courses." Description of Courses 289 JUNIOR YEAR* 1. Practice of Medicine. — Infectious diseases and intoxicants. Constitutional diseases and diseases of the kidneys. Diseases of the digestive organs. French. I, II; rec, 4-144. Assistant Professor Heintz, Dr. Lorch, Dr. Corcoran, Dr. Schmidt, Dr. Irish, Dr. Smejkal Neurology. — I, II; rec 2-72. 2. Physical Diagnosis. — Lectures; personal training; prac- tice in the Dispensary. Da Costa. /, //; 3-54. Assistant Professor Lewison 3. Dermatology. — Pusey. /; lee. 2-36. Professor Pusey, Assistant Professor Harris, Dr. Stillians 4. Practice of Surgery. — DaCosta's Modern Surgery. I, II; rec, 4-144. Associate Professor Humiston, Dr. Moore, Dr. Dyas, Dr. Harger 5. Orthopedic Surgery. — Bradford and Lovett; Whitman. /; lee, 1-18. Professor Porter 6. Operative Surgery. — Trevis; Br>'ant; Bickham; Wharton and Ochsner. /; lee, 2-36. Associate Professor Fuller 7. Surgical Pathology. — Beck. I or II; lab., 2-36. 8. Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otology. — Ballenger. One semester; lee, 1-18. Professor Ballenger 9. Obstetrics. — Normal pregnancy, labor, puerperium, and new bom infant. I, II; lee and rec, 2-72. Associate professor Yarros, assisted by other members of the de- partment. 10. Laboratory Diagnosis. — Supplementary to the regular work, students are required to do practical work in Laboratory Diagnosis in the Dispensary. / or II; lab., 8-64. Assistant Professor Gardner 11. Medical Jltiisprudence. — Reese. //; lee, 1-18. Elmer DeWitt Brothers, Lecturer 12. Dispensary CLiNicsf. — One semester; 12-216. 13. Medical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Professor Tice 14. Medical Clinic. — I, II; 1-36. *For explanation of abbreviations and description of courses see note on page 287 following "Description of Courses." tThe Dispensary is divided into ten departments. During tne junior year each student is required to attend the Dispensary two hours daily for one semester, during which time he takes a course of in- struction in each of these departments. The time is equally divided between the departments. The two-hour period in Dispensary is estimated to be equal to one hour of didactic work. 290 The College of Medicine 15. Medical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Asst. Professor Heintz 16. Medical Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Asst. Professor Lewison 17. Dermatological Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Asst. Professor Harris 18. Surgical Clinic (Orthopedic). — I, II; 1-36. Professor Porter 19. Surgical Clinic (Orthopedic). — /, //; 2-72. Associate Professor Jacobs 20. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Associate Professor Humiston 21. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Asst. Professor Dyas 22. Surgical Clinic. — I, II; 2-72, Asst. Professor Thompson 23. Laryngological Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Ballenger 24. Laryngological Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Asst. Professor R. H. Brown 25. Laryngological Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Associate Professor J. C. Beck 26. Otological Clinic. — I, II; 1-36. Professor Pierce 27. Gynecological Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Assistant Professor McEwen SENIOR YEAR* 1. Practise of Medicine. — Osier's Modern Medicine; Osier; Striimpell ; Eichhorst. /, //; lee. and rec, 5-180. Professor Williamson, Professor Goodkind 2. Neurology. — Gowers. /; lee. and rec, 4-72. Professor Mettler 3. Psychiatry. — Defendorf. /; lee, 2-36. Professor King, Assistant Professor Darling 4. Diseases of the Chest. — On the lungs, Lindsay. On the heart and arterial system, Colbeck. /; lee, and rec, 3-54. Professor Tice 5. Pediatrics. — Holt; Chapin and Pizek; Cotton, /; lee, 3-54. Professor Earle, Assistant Professor Benson 6 Practise of Surgery. — /, //; lee. and rec, 2-72. Lectures: October — Surgery of the Head and Neck, Professor Davison November — Surgery of the Thorax, Professor Eisendrath December — Surgery of the Stomach, Professor Steele January — Surgery of the Duodenum and Intestines Professor Ochsner •For explanation of abbreviations and description of courses see note on page 287 following "Description of Courses." Description of Courses 291 February — Hernia and Post-operative Treatment Professor Ochsner March — Surgery of the Liver, Pancreas, and Spleen Professor Harsha Apml — Surgical Diseases and Injuries of the Bones Professor Halstead May — Surgical Diseases and Injuries of the Bones Professor Halstead 7. Genito-Urinary Surgery and Venereal Diseases. — II; lee, 1-18. Professor Eisendrath 8. Ophthalmology. — Wood and Woodruflf; De Schweinitz; May. /; iec, 1-18. Professor Wood, Associate Professor Gamble, Assistant Pro- fessor Lx)RiNG, Assistant Professor Findlay 9. Obstetrics. — Pathological conditions and obstetric opera- tions. /, //; lee, dem., and quiz, 2-72; exercises on the manikin, 12; hospital clinics in the University Hospital, 24; two weeks resi- dence at the Chicago Lying-in Hospital and Dispensary. Professor Bacon and Associate Professor Yarros, assisted by the other members of the department. TO. Gynecology. — Byf ord ; Penrose ; Reed ; Clarke's Gynecolog- ical Diagnosis. II; lee, 2-36. Professor Byford, Professor Barrett 11. Hygiene. — Bergey; Harrington; McFarland; Park. //; lee, 2-36. 12. History of Medicine (Optional). — I; lee, 1-18. Bernard John Cigrand, Lecturer 13. Autopsies. — I; 2-36. 14. Dispensary Clinics (Optional). 15. Medical Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Williamson 16. Medical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Professor Williamson 17. Medical Clinic.—/, //; 1-36. Professor Goodkind 18. Medical Clinic— /,//; 2-36. Professor Patton 19. Medical Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Tice 20. Neurological Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Professor King 21. Neurological Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Professor Mettler 22. Neurological Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Assistant Professor H. I. Davis 23. Pediatric Clinic. — /, //; 1-36 Professor Earle, Asst. Professor Benson 24. Pediatric Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Associate Professor Hess 25. Pediatric Clinic.—/, //; 1-36. Dr. French 292 The College of Medicine 26. Surgical Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Steele 27. Surgical Clinic. — I,II; 2-72. Professor Davis 28. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72; Professor Harsha, Associate Professor E. M. Brown 29. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Professor Ochsner 30. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Professor Davison 31. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Professor Davison 32: Surgical Clinic (Genito Urinary). — /, //; 2-72. Professor Eisendrath 33. Surgical Clinic. — /, //; 2-72. Professor Halstead 34. Surgical Clinic. — I, II; 1-36. Professor Eisendrath 35. Ophthalmological Clinic. — /, //; 1-36. Associate Professor Gamble, Assistant Professor Loring, Assistant Professor Findlay 36. Gynecological Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Byford, Professor Barrett, Assistant Professor Lang 37. Gynecological Clinic. — I, II; 2-72. Professor Barrett 38. Obstetrical Clinic. — I, II; 1-36. Professor Bacon TOTAL HOURS OF WORK Freshman Year Didactic Laboratory Anatomy 144 144 Biology 18 36 Histology and Embryology 108 144 Physiology 54 General Chemistry 144 216 Prescription Writing and Pharmacy 18 18 Bacteriology 36 108 Total 522 666 Grand total 1,188 Sophomore Year Didactic Laboratory 1. Anatomy 108 144 2. Physiology 144 108 3. Physiological and Pathological Chemistry and Toxicology 90 108 4. Pharmacology and Therapeutics 180 64 Description of Courses 293 5. Pathology 72 144 6. Autopsies 36 Total 594 604 Grand total 1,198 Junior Year Didactic and Laboratory Clinical 1. Medicine 216 216 2. Physical Diagnosis 54 36 3. Dermatology 36 36 4. Surgery 144 252 5. Orthopedic Surgery 18 108 6. Operative Surgery 36 7. Surgical Pathology 36 8. Laryngology, Rhinology, and Otologj' 18 252 9. Obstetrics 72 10. Laboratory Diagnosis 64 11. Medical Jurisprudence 18 12. Dispensary' Clinics 216 Total 712 1,116 Grand total 1,828 Senior Year Didactic Clinical Medicine 180 216 Neurology 72 72 Psychiatry 36 36 Chest Diseases 54 72 Pediatrics 54 108 Surgery 72 504 Genito-Urinary and Venereal Diseases 18 72 Ophthalmology 18 36 Obstetrics 84 48 Gj-necology 36 144 Hygiene 36 Autopsies 36 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 Total 696 1,308 Grand total 2,004 294 ^^^ College of Medicine Summary As will be seen by the foregoing tables, the college ofiFers work in the several years as follows: In the freshman year 522 hours of didactic and 666 hours of laboratory instruction; in the sophomore year 594 hours of didactic and 604 hours of laboratory instruction, all of which are required. In the junior year, 1,828 hours of di- dactic and clinical instruction, and in the senior year, 2,004 hours of didactic and clinical instruction are presented. Of the clinics of- fered in the junior and senior years, the student is required to com- plete approximately 40 per cent of the work presented. At the time of registration, his course is designated and approved by the Sec- retary. FURTHER INFORMATION For the special circular of the College of Medicine, address: The Secretary of the College of Medione Congress and Honore Streets, Chicago, Illinois COLLEGE OF DENTISTRY For the faculty of the College of Dentistry, see page 50. LOCATION The College is situated on the comer of Harrison and Honore streets in Chicago. It is located directly opposite the Cook County Hospital, in the center of the clinical field of Chicago, which insures at all times an abundance of clinical material. Adjoining the school on the west is the West Side Hospital; and on the north are the buildings of the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois. BUILDING AND EQUIPMENT The six-story building in which the College is housed contains three amphitheaters, recitation rooms and lecture rooms, labora- tories, dissecting rooms, a clinical operating room, and an infirmary. A parlor is provided for the use of the women attendants. LABORATORIES The laboratories, each of which accommodates 120 students, oc- cupy four floors. They are supplied with microscopes, immersion lenses, microtomes, and other necessary apparatus, including a projection apparatus for the illustration of lectures. Electric motors are in use in all laboratories. Adjoining the laboratories are prep- aration rooms for the use of the instructors and demonstrators. INFIRMARY The infirmary occupies the top floor. It is provided with sky- lights, as well as with sidelights on three sides, and is divided into the operative, prosthetic, and orthodontia sections. These depart- ments are equipped with new chairs of improved pattern, with fountain cuspidors attached, double-decked stands for accommodat- ing students' operating cases, sanitary washbowls with hot and cold water, and a formaldehyde instrument sterilizer. 295 296 The College of Dentistry The infirmary has adjacent to it a prosthetic laboratory, in which the students can do their molding, soldering, and fusing. It is pro- vided with compressed air apparatus, electric ovens for porcelain work, and electric lathes. LIBRARY AND MUSEUM Students of the College of Dentistry have access to the Quine Library of the College of Medicine of the University of Illinois, which occupies an adjoining building. This is the second largest li- brary of its kind in Chicago, containing more than 15,000 bound vol- umes. One hundred and twenty periodicals are received regularly. The library is under the care of a trained librarian and assistants. The Chicago Public Library, the Newberry Library, and the John Crerar Library are accessible to the students of the college. The Museum, which has been founded in connection with the college library, contains specimens of human and comparative anat- omy. ADMISSION An applicant for admission to the College of Dentistry must be at least 18 years of age. Women are admitted on the same condi- tions and under the same terms as men. For admission to the College of Dentistry a candidate must pre- sent a certificate of graduation from an accredited high school, or an equivalent ; which equivalent is interpreted to mean fifteen (15) units* of preparatory work in an accredited high school or academy or a state normal school. No "conditions" can be permitted; the full 15 units must be offered. Entrance credits will be accepted on certificate from the sources outlined on page 94. Information concerning the schedule of entrance examinations may be obtained from the Dean. Applicants for admission coming from institutions of higher learning, whether candidates for the freshman class or for advanced standing, must present entrance credentials or pass entrance exam- inations as indicated above. The College of Dentistry will receive no student who is not present within 10 days after the opening day of the session in each year, or in case of necessary delay by reason of illness, properly 'For a definition of the term "unit," see page 89. Requirements for Graduation 297 certified by the attending physician, within 20 days after the open- ing day. ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING Persons who are qualified for admission to this college, and who have studied dentistry in other schools for at least one year, may be admitted to advanced standing after satisfying the faculty that they have completed an amount of work equivalent to that which is exacted by this college in the respective classes. Students who have had one or more years in the College of Medicine, or in other medical colleges of equal rank, are allowed credit toward graduation for so much of the required course in dentistry as was included in their medical course. But they must be registered for full time. Graduates of the University with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, who have taken courses in biology and chemistry in the University, can secure advanced standing in the course in dentistry, if they have done full work in the science sub- jects required in the dental curriculum. Graduates of recognized medical colleges may secure advanced credit for work, and one year of time toward graduation, and may be excused from lectures and examinations in general anatomy, chemistry, histology, pathology, and physiology, but are required to take lectures and examinations in dental subjects. LENGTH OF COURSE The courses are graded and cover three years of college work. The teaching of one year is not repeated, and the course is pro- gressive, the several classes having separate laboratories and at no time taking lectures or demonstrations together. If, for any cause, a regular student desires to extend his studies over a period of four or more years, a course of study will be spe- cially arranged for him. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION The degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery will be conferred on students who shall have completed the course of instruction, at- tended the required time, and passed satisfactory final examinations. To be eligible for the degree, the student must be twenty-one years 298 The College of Dentistry of age, must possess a good moral character, and must have paid all fees. The monthly report of attendance, and the standing of stu- dents in quizzes, recitations, laboratory work, and infirmary practise, both operative and prosthetic, are considered in making up the rating of final examinations. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION Instruction is given by means of lectures, recitations, dem- onstrations, and laboratory work. The time of the student is about equally divided between laboratory and clinical work on the one hand, and lectures and recitations on the other. Students are admitted to the laboratories from the beginning of the first year. The laboratory work is closely correlated with the lectures and clinical studies. In the clinical work, methods both of investigation and of reasoning are carefully and systematically taught. Diagnosis, prog- nosis, and indications for treatment receive no less attention than methods of construction and the technic of procedures. SUMMARY OF COURSE Freshman Year Materia Medica. — One lecture a week Anatomy. — Two lectures a week; dissection of the median half of the human body Physiology. — To the nervous system. One lecture a week Histology. — One lecture and two hours of laboratory work a week Chemistry. — Lectures and laboratory, six hours a week Operative Technics. — Four half days a week Prosthetic Technics. — Three half days a week (laboratory) Dental History. — Ten lectures Dental Anatomy. — Fifteen lectures Junior Year Anatomy. — Two lectures a week; dissection of the median half of the human body Physiology. — The nervous system. One lecture a week Materia Medica and Therapeutics. — One lecture a week General Pathology. — One lecture a week Summary of Course 299 Chemistry. — Three hours of laboratory a week Histology, General and Dental. — One lecture and two hours of laboratory a week Prosthetic Dentistry. — One lecture and two half days of lab- oratory a week; infirmary practise Orthodontia. — One lecture a week Orthodontia Technics. — One-half day a week Operative Dentistry. — Two lectures a week; infirmary practise Comparative Anatomy. — Ten lectures Senior Year Dental Pathology and Therapeutics. — Two lectures a week Oral Surgery. — One lecture and two hours of clinic a week Orthodontia. — One lecture and four hours of clinic a week Dental Jurisprudence and Ethics. — Ten lectures Prosthetic Dentistry. — One lecture a week; infirmary practise Operative Dentistry. — Two lectures a week; infirmary practise Bacteriology. — One lecture a week; laboratory General Anesthesia and Physical Diagnosis. — Ten lectures Neurology. — Eight lectures Porcelain Work. — One lecture and one-half day of laboratory a week FEES For a statement of the fees, see page 150. Fees are not returned to students who are suspended or ex- pelled or to those who are absent for any cause except illness. Payments should be made in currency or in Chicago exchange drawn to the order of the Secretary of the College of Dentistry. Fees are payable in advance. Students unable to meet this re- quirement must make satisfactory arrangements with the Dean or Secretary at the beginning of the course. FURTHER INFORMATION For further information relating to the College of Dentistry, address : The Dean of the College op Dentistry Harrison and Honore Streets, Chicago, Illinois THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY For the faculty of the School of Pharmacy, see page 51. HISTORY The School of Pharmacy was originally the Chicago College of Pharmacy and was incorporated under that name September 5, 1859. Prior to that time there were but three schools of phar- macy in the country, and these were located in the eastern states. While the primary object of the institution was to provide in- struction in the science and art of pharmacy, other functions were developed. Thus, a code of ethics was early adopted by the mem- bers; successful efforts were made to bring about better relations between pharmacists and physicians; the pioneer pharmaceutical library was established; and for eighteen years beginning with 1868 a monthly journal, The Pharmacist — the first of its kind in the West — was published. In October, 1859, the first course of lectures was instituted, occupying three evenings a week for a period of six months. Of the first class, but two students were graduated in 1861. The war caused a suspension of the teaching, and the school was not re- opened until 1870. The great fire of 1871 destroyed the equip- ment, but pharmacists throughout Europe and America extended help to the institution, furnishing a library and an outfit of ap- paratus, which became the nucleus of the present equipment. In 1872 the instruction was resumed for the second time and has since continued without interruption. In 1880 the members and graduates of the College took an active part in the formation of the Illinois Pharmaceutical Asso- ciation, which in the following year secured the passage of the pharmacy law. The twenty-fifth anniversary of the founding of the College was signalized by the removal of the College to a larger building at 465 State street. Up to this time instruction had been given mainly by means of lectures, laboratory work being entirely op- tional. Laboratory courses in pharmacy, chemistry, and vegetable 300 Equipment 301 histology were now made obligatory. A laboratory devoted en- tirely to prescription compounding was established in 1892. The College was formally united with the University May i, 1896, becoming the technical School of Pharmacy of the University of Illinois. In the management of the School, the Trustees and offi- cers have the assistance of an advisory board of pharmacists, elected by the registered pharmacists of the State through the Illi- nois Pharmaceutical Association. LOCATION The School of Pharmacy occupies the four upper floors in a building located at Michigan Boulevard and Twelfth Street. The building is a substantial brick structure, five stories in height, with a frontage of fifty feet on Michigan Avenue and one hundred seventy feet on Twelfth Street. A half block east of the building is the Illinois Central Depot; and one block west are the Cottage Grove Avenue, Indiana Avenue, and Twelfth Street surface lines, and the Twelfth Street Station of the South Side Elevated Railroad. On Michigan Avenue, immediately south of the School, are to be found some of the best low-priced boarding and rooming places in the city. Satisfactory accommodations may be readily secured within a short distance of the School. EQUIPMENT The east end of the building is occupied by lecture halls, of which there are three, arranged one above the other and having a seating capacity of from one hundred fifty to three hundred per- sons. The laboratories are six in number, including one each for qualitative analysis, quantitative analysis, special work in chem- istry, microscopy, manufacturing pharmacy, and dispensing. The total capacity of these laboratories is sufficient for the accommo- dation of 348 students, working at one time. The laboratories are supplied with compound microscopes, an- alytical balances, and special apparatus, and with collections of crude drugs, medicinal plants, chemicals, and pharmaceutical pro- ducts. The library contains about two thousand volumes, including, in addition to the usual works of reference, many rare books. Com- 302 The School of Pharmacy plete files of the leading pharmaceutical journals are an important feature. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION For the Degree of Graduate in Pharmacy In the course leading to the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy the instruction is so arranged as to require the attendance of each student on three days each week and from twenty to twenty-one hours weekly during two annual sessions of thirty weeks each. This arrangement is advantageous to drug clerks who desire to spend a part of their time in drug stores while attending school, thereby adding to their practical experience and at the same time earning a part or all of their living expenses. The subjects taught are chemistry, general, pharmaceutical, and analytical ; pharmacy, theoretical, manufacturing, and dispens- ing; botany; physiology; and materia medica. For the Degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist To meet the demand for special training on the part of stu- dents who desire to pursue more extended courses in pharmaceuti- cal chemistry, applied chemistry, and bacteriologj', or to prepare themselves for positions under the Food and Drugs Act, this School offers a course leading to the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist. It comprises two annual sessions of thirty-six weeks each, with instruction on five or six days each week, amounting to about thirty-three hours weekly, or a total of 2,300 hours in the entire course. This course is partially concurrent with the shorter course and includes all the didactic instruction given in the latter. It con- sists largely of laboratory practise. In addition to the subjects mentioned above it embraces organic analysis and proximate as- says, new remedies, analysis of urine, food and sanitary analysis, bacteriology, and applied microscopy. The system of teaching includes lectures, illustrations, demon- strations, recitations, written and oral examinations, and indi- vidual practise and personal instruction in the various laboratories, much time being devoted to this important part of the student's work. ADMISSION The regular session opens September 21, 1914. The shorter State Registration 303 course ends April 29, 1915; the longer course closes June 11, 1915. Applicants for admission to the course leading to the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist must be at least seventeen years of age and must be graduates of accredited high schools or furnish evidence of a preliminary education equivalent thereto. Applicants for admission to the course leading to the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy must be at least seventeen years of age and must have completed two years' work in an accredited high school or the full educational equivalent. Admission as special students, not candidates for a degree, is restricted to registered apprentices, assistants, or pharmacists, not less than twenty-one years of age. Students who have pursued courses of study in other colleges of pharmacy will be given credit for such portions of their work as are equivalent to the work required by this college. GRADUATION In conformity with the usual custom of pharmaceutical schools, drug store experience is not made a requirement for the degree of Pharmaceutical Chemist. Students who have satisfactorily com- pleted the course will be awarded the degree upon the recommenda- tion of the faculty. For the degree of Graduate in Pharmacy this School has al- ways required practical drug store experience. The actual time of attendance at the School, amounting to fourteen months, is credited as part of the four years of practical experience required for the degree. Candidates must have attained the age of twenty- one years and have satisfactorily finished the work leading to the degree. Students who have successfully met the scholarship re- quirement, but are lacking in age or in practical experience, will receive a certificate and will be awarded the diploma when the re- quirements of age and experience are satisfied. Persons competent to fulfill the general requirements of ad- mission to the University may be granted credits upon other Uni- versity courses for equivalent work completed at the School of Pharmacy. STATE REGISTRATION To become a registered pharmacist in Illinois, it is necessary to pass an examination before the State Board of Pharmacy, no diplomas being recognized. 304 The School of Pharmacy The diploma of this School is, however, accepted in lieu of ex- amination for registration in several states and territories; and in other states, including New York and Pennsylvania, where graduation prerequisite laws are in force, this School is among the schools recognized, and its diploma admits to the examina- tion. The amendments to the Illinois Pharmacy Law, in eflFect July I, 1907, give credit, as a part of the "practical experience in com- pounding drugs" required by the law, for the actual time of at- tendance at a recognized school of pharmacy but not to exceed two years for registered pharmacist or one year for registered assist- ant pharmacist. FEES AND EXPENSES For a statement of the fees, see page 150. Fees are payable in advance. Students unable to meet this requirement must make satisfactory arrangements with the Actuary at the beginning of the course. Board and Lodging. — Good board and lodging, within a short distance of the School, can be had for from five to six dollars per week. This expense may be somewhat reduced by two or more students rooming together. The Actuary keeps a list of suitable boarding and rooming places, with their rates. Selection of Seats. — Seats in the lecture halls and desks in the laboratories will be assigned to students by the Actuary, in the order of enrollment. To enroll, junior students will fill out the matriculation blank and forward it to the Actuary, together with credentials for admission and the matriculation fee of five dollars; senior students will make a payment on tuition account of five dollars. It is of advantage to students to matriculate early. Opportunities for Employment. — The Actuary keeps a regis- ter of students desiring employment and of pharmacists wishing to employ students. Students desiring employment are invited to correspond with him. FURTHER INFORMATION Further information may be found in the special announcement of this school, which may be obtained from the Actuary, School OF Pharmacy, Michigan Avenue and Twelfth Street, Chicago. PART III DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EXPLANATION The arrangement of subjects in the following Description of Courses is alphabetical. The connections of allied departments are indicated by cross references. Following the description of each course of instruction will be found the requirements, if any, for admission to that particular course. The sequence indicated by these prerequisites must be fol- lowed. For instance, under Art and Design 5, Painting, the prere- quisites given are Art and Design i, 2, and 3. These three courses must be completed before Course 5 may be taken. If a course not required for graduation is selected by fewer than five students it may be withdrawn for the semester. Graduate courses are numbered upward from 100. Credit is reckoned in semester hours, or simply hours. An hour is one class period a week for one semester, or the equivalent in laboratory, shop, or drawing room. Graduate work is not recorded in credit hours, nor do the credit hours of undergraduate courses apply to graduate students enrolled in them. The semester, and the number of hours each semester for which the course counts, are shown after each course, thus: I, II; (2). The Roman figures indicate semesters; the Arabic numerals in pa- renthesis indicate hours of credit for each semester for under- graduates. The omission of a course for the current year is indi- cated by enclosing the entire description of such a course in brack- ets. 307 3o8 Agronomy ACCOUNTANCY (See Economics.) AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Fred Henry Rankin, Superintendent and Assistant to the Dean, with rank of Assistant Professor Aretas Wilbur Nolan, M.S., Assistant Professor Albert Woodward Jamison, M.S., Associate Augusta Dillman Evans, A.B., Assistant Joseph Harvey Checkley, B.S., Assistant William Pitt Miller, B.S., Assistant I. Principles and Methods of High School Agriculture. — Features of agricultural science and practise best adapted to high school conditions; the best order and methods for their presenta- tion ; suiting course and instruction to the needs of the school com- munity; what laboratory work shall be given; what apparatus may be used; what field work is practical. Practise teaching provided through cooperation with the local high school. //; (5). Assistant Professor Noi^an Prerequisite: Two years' work in agriculture. 3. Agricultural Extension Teachings. — Extension enterprises and the way in which they may be of service to the people; farm- ers' institutes; agricultural extension schools; farmers' clubs and cooperative work in rural communities. //; (i). Assistant Professor Rankin, Mr. Jamison Prerequisite: Agricultural Extension 4. 4. Country Life Problems. — Problems of the farm ; duties of citizenship; social, economic, and educational work in rural com- munities. Lectures. Required of all first-year students. /, //; (J^). Professor Davenport and other members of the faculty AGRICULTURE (See Agricultural Extension, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairy Husbandry, Horticulture, and Veterinary Science.) AGRONOMY ♦Cyril George Hopkins, Ph.D., Professor, Agronomy Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Breeding Jeremlah George Mosier, B.S., Professor, Soil Physics James Harvey Pettit, Ph.D., Professor, Soil Fertility •On leave. Agronomy 309 Leonard Hegnauer, B.S., Professor, Crop Production Ora Stanley Fisher, B.S., Assistant Professor, Soil Fertility Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility Albert Lemuel Whiting, Ph.D., Associate, Soil Fertility Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, M.S., Associate, Soil Physics Harold Wilson Stewart, B.S., Associate, Soil Physics William Leonidas Burlison, M.S., Associate, Crop Production Earl Archibald White, M.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics Ira Wilmer Dickerson, B.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics Karl John Theodore Ekblavv, B.S., Associate, Farm Mechanics Elmer Tryon Ebersol, A.B., B.S., Instructor, Crop Production Chester Otis Reed, B.S., Instructor, Farm Mechanics Marvin Edward Jahr, A.B., Instructor, Farm Mechanics Forrest Addison Fisher, B.S., Instructor, Soil Physics Howard John Snider, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Harry Charles Gilkerson, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Harrison Fred Theodore Fahrnkopf, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Warren Rippey Schoonover, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Arthur Floyd Heck, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Orr Milton Allyn, B.S., Assistant, Crop Production Edward Harvey Walworth, B.S., Assistant, Crop Production courses for undergraduates Crops : Agronomy 7, 8, 22, 25 Soils: Agronomy 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 23 Farm Mechanics and Buildings : Agronomj'- i, 2, 3, 4, 17, 19, 20, 26, 27. 1. Drainage. — Drainage and its surveying operations. Chain- ing, mapping, leveling, designing, setting grade stakes, laying tile. Lectures and laboratory first half semester; field work second half semester. //; (3). Mr. Jahr 2. Field Machinery. — Physics, including work, horse-power, resolution of forces, simple machines. Whiffletrees and hitches. Construction, principles of operation, adjustment, purchase, and care of implements for soil, seed, and feed preparation, and for seeding, cultivating, harvesting, and handling farm crops. Lec- tures and laboratory work including practise in troubles, adjust- ments, testing, and detailed study of field machines. /; (3). Mr. Reed 3. Farm Power Machinery. — Amount of power required for farm operations and its distribution as affected by season, crop system, size of farm ; sources of farm power, including the horse 310 Agronomy as a motor, windmills, waterpower, steam engine, hot air engines, electric motors, — their theory, operation, and economy; internal combustion engines and tractors, — their theory, operation, and econ- omy, with special attention to magnetos and ignition ; methods of applying power to field operations. Lectures and laboratory work. (Alternating with Mechanical Engineering 48 and 49 if desired.) //; (3). Mr. DicKERsoN 4. Farm Buildings.. — Arrangement, design, construction, and cost ; machinery sheds ; granaries ; corn cribs ; chicken houses ; swine houses ; barns ; dwelling houses. Drafting of buildings ; lec- tures; assigned readings. /; (5). Mr. Ekblaw 7. Advanced Farm Crops. — Origin, history, development, and value; botanical relations; structure and requirement of seed for best development; preparation of the seed bed; seeding; cultiva- tion, tillage, and inter-tillage; harvesting; time of maturity for various uses; rotations, or succession of crops; systematic farm- ing, distribution of labor, cost of production, consumption of prod- ucts, residues, by-products; marketing; market conditions; losses in and cost of storage ; the general utility of each crop, its place in a system of farming, or a rotation ; special attention to Illinois conditions. Class, reference, laboratory, and field work. //; (5). Professor Hegnauer Prerequisite: Agronomy 25. 8. Field Experiments. — Testing varieties of corn, oats, wheat, potatoes, and other farm crops; methods of planting corn, seeding grains, grasses, and other forage crops ; culture of corn, potatoes, and sugar beets ; practise in treating oats and wheat for smut, and potatoes for scab, and studying the effect upon the crops ; combating cinch bugs and other injurious insects. Other practical experi- ments may be arranged with the instructor. II, and summer vaca- tion; (2-5). Professor Hegnauer Prerequisite: Agronomy 25 and 7. 9. Soil Physics and Management. — Origin of soil material; methods of formation ; mechanical composition and classification ; moisture; texture as affecting capillarity, osmosis, diffusion, tem- perature, aeration, and as affected by plowing, harrowing, culti- vating, rolling, and cropping; wasting by washing; fall or spring plowing and drainage as affecting moisture, temperature, and root development; real and apparent specific gravity, porosity, water holding capacity, and capillary power; the physical effects of differ- i Agronomy 311 ent systems of rotation and of continuous cropping with various crops. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Professor Mosier, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Stewart, Mr. Fisher Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 and 3, one unit in entrance physics, and one year of university work. Regular students are urged to take Chemistry 13a previous to this course, others consult in- structor. 10. Special Work in Soil Physics. — Physical properties of special soils; centrifugal analysis of such soils; field observation of the effects of discing, harrowing, and rolling; time and depths of cultivation ; soil moisture and temperature ; effects of washing of soils; methods of prevention. / or //; (2-5). Professor Mosier, Mr. Gustafson, Mr. Stewart, Mr. Fisher Prerequisite: Agronomy 9. 11. Soil Biology. — Activities of infusoria, fungi, algae, and bacteria in soils from the standpoint of soil fertility; fermentation of crop residues and green and farm manures and its effect upon insoluble plant food; fixation of atmospheric nitrogen, its trans- formations, use, and possible losses. Lectures; laboratory. //; (3). Professor Pettit, Dr. Whiting Prerequisite: Agronomy 12; Botanj' 5. 12. Soil Fertility, Fertilizers, Rotations. — The influence of fertility upon the yield of various crops ; effect of different crops upon the soil aad upon succeeding crops ; different rotations ; ul- timate effect of different systems of farming upon fertility and productivity; manures and fertilizers, their composition and value; soils cropped continuously with different crops and with a series of crops ; the fertility of soils of different types or classes from different sections of Illinois. Lectures; laboratory. //; (5). Professors Hopkins, Pettit, Assistant Professor Fisher, Mr. Bauer Prerequisite: Chemistry 13a; Agronomy 9. 13. Investigation of the Fertility of Special Soils. — Soils in which the student is particularly interested. Determination of the nature and quantity of the elements of fertility; effect upon va- rious crops of different fertilizers added to the soils, as determined by pot cultures, and by plot experiments ; systematic study of sim- ilar work of experiment stations and experimenters. /, //; (2-5). Professor Hopkins, Professor Pettit, Dr. Whiting Prerequisite: Agronomy 12. 312 Agronomy i6. German Agricultural Readings. — Special attention to soils and crops. The current numbers of German journals of agricul- tural science used as texts. //; (2). Professor Hopkins^ Professor Hegnauer Prerequisite: Two years' work in German; Agronomy 12. 17. Harvesting Machinery. — Expert work on grain binders, corn binders, mowers, hay rakes, loaders, and stackers. (For stu- dents preparing to do expert work on these machines in the field. Before registering in this course students are requested to consult instructor regarding requirements for successful experting.) II; (3). Mr. Reed 18. Investigation and Thesis. — I, II; (5-10). Professors Hopkins, Mosier, Smith, Pettit, Hegnauer 19. Research Work in Farm Mechanics. — (Consult instruc- tor regarding time and requirements.) Mr. White, Mr. Dickerson, Mr. Ekblaw, Mr. Jahr, Mr. Reed 20. Concrete Construction for Agricultural Purposes. — Materials ; mixing and using ; simple comparative tests ; general specifications and estimates for walks, posts, tanks, floors, and foundations. //; (2). Mr. Ekblaw 22. Plant Breeding. — The improvement by breeding of field crops, including the grains, grasses, and legumes; selection; results obtained by various investigators. Lectures; assigned readings; demonstrations; laboratory. //; (2). Professor Smith Prerequisite: Botany i; Chemistry 13a; Agronomy 25. 23. Plant Food Supplies. — The world's supply of plant food materials; utilization and conservation. //; (i). Professor Pettit Prerequisite: Agronomy 12. 25. Farm Crops. — Plant growth; structure; habits and require- ments; preparation of the seed bed; seed selection for productive- ness; storing; care of stored grain to prevent deterioration in vi- tality, or loss in market requirements ; grading and fanning of grain as a means of improvement; market grades of grain and grain judging; examination of grains for purity; testing for vital- ity ; weeds ; identification, methods of distribution, eradication, con- trol; diseases of farm crops and methods of prevention, / or II; (4). Professor Hegnauer, Mr. Burlison, Mr. Walworth, Mr. Ebersol 26. Farm Mechanics and Equipment. — Elements of useful farm practise, agricultural mechanics, and farm equipment ; rope- Agronomy 313 tying and splicing, soldering, babbitting, pipe-cutting and fitting ; principles of draft in farm mechanics; efficiency of machines; methods of power transmission ; installation and operation of sys- tems of water supply; plumbing, sewage disposal, heating, lighting, ventilating; power plants for the farm and for the house. / or /// (3). Mr. White 27. Drainage Design. — Designing tile drainage systems from level note data and contour maps; estimating sizes, amounts, and cost of tile, and cost of systems complete; designing outlet open ditch systems for drainage districts, estimating sizes and costs; drainage district laws; preparing bids on contract jobs; advanced field work. /; (1-5). Mr. Jahr Prerequisite: Agronomy i, or C. E. 21 or 22. COURSES FOR GRADUATES Students who wish to do their major work in agronomy must have had the major courses offered in that subject to undergrad- uates in the College of Agriculture of the University of Illinois, or the equivalent. While every one seeking a doctor's degree with agronomy as a major will be required to have a good knowledge of the whole field of agronomy, each student is expected to be especially prepared in some one of the following divisions of the field ; soil fertility, plant breeding, soil physics, crop production, and soil biolog>'. Students who are taking their major work in other departments and choose agronomy as a minor must have had previously the work in chemistry, botany, and other fundamental sciences pre- scribed in the undergraduate courses for students of agronomy in* the College of Agriculture, or the equivalent. [loi. Soil Investigation. — Systems of soil investigation;, sources of error and methods of control ; interpretation of re- sults. Once a week; II. Not given, 1913-14. Professor Hopkins]- [103. Soil History. — Different systems of agricultural practise- and their ultimate effect upon the soil. Once a week; II. Not given, 1913-14. Professor Hopkins]i 112. Plant Breeding. — A detailed study of experiments at this station; methods and results reported from other states and from foreign countries. Once a week; I, II. Professor Smith Prerequisite: Botany i; Chemistry 13a. 118. Investigation. — Professors Hopkins, Mosier, Smith* Pettit, Dr. Whiting 314 Animal Husbandry ANIMAL HUSBANDRY (Including Farm Management) Herbert Windsor Mumforjd, B.S., Professor, Animal Husbandry Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor, Animal Nutrition ♦Lx)uis Dixon Hall, M.S., Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry Walter Castella Coffey, M.S., Professor, Sheep Husbandry Henry Perly Rusk, M.S., Assistant Professor, Cattle Husbandry James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Assistant Professor, Horse Hus- bandry John A Detlefsen, D.Sc, Assistant Professor, Genetics Daniel Otis Barto, B.S., Associate, Poultry Husbandry Walter Frederick Handschin, B.S., Associate, Animal Husbandry Walter Edward Joseph, Ph.D., Associate, Animal Husbandry Sleeter Bull, M.S., Associate, Animal Nutrition William Herschel Smith, M.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Virgil Augustus Place, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Francis Marion Simpson, B.S., Instructor, Animal Husbandry Wilbur Jerome Carmichael, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry John Jonathan Yoke, Assistant, Animal Husbandry John Richard Wells, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Charles Ivan Newlin, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry courses for undergraduates Beef Cattle: Animal Husbandry iia, lib Breeding, Feeding, Management, and Marketing: Animal Hus- bandry 6, 28, 29, 30, 32; Farm Management i. General Judging: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, 5, iia, 22 Genetics : Animal Husbandry 30 Horses : Animal Husbandry 4a, 4b, 17 Meat: Animal Husbandry 10, 24 Nutrition: Animal Husbandry 7, 31 Poultry: Animal Husbandry 23 Sheep : Animal Husbandry la, ib, 25, 27 Swine : Animal Husbandry 2a, 2b, 26 Note. — Students registered in advanced courses such as 22, 28, 29, and 32, will be required to participate in a tour of inspection of representative markets, farms, herds, flocks, and studs. la. Sheep: Breeds and Market Classes. — Breeds extensively used for mutton and wool production; type, characteristics, and •On leave. Animal Husbandry 315 adaptability; market classes and grades of sheep and wool. Lec- tures; judging. /; (2). Professor Coffey, Mr. Place Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lb. Sheep : Breeding, Feeding, and Management. — Pure bred and grade flocks : feeding, housing, and shepherding. Lectures ; reference readings. /; (3). Professor Coffey, Mr. Place Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 and 6 or their equivalents. It is advisable to take la and ib simultaneously. 2a. Swine: Breeds and Market Classes. — History of the leading breeds : type, characteristics, and adaptability ; market classes and grades; market reports. Lectures; judging. //; (2). Mr. Carmichael Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. 2b. Swine Husbandry. — Swine raising from the standpoint of market requirements and of economic production; breeding, hous- ing, care, and feeding of swine for breeding purposes. //; (3). Mr. Carmichael Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 and 6, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 2a and 2b simultaneously. 4a. Breeds of Horses and Market Classes of Horses and Mules. — History of the leading breeds; type, characteristics, and adaptability; market classes, grades, and requirements. Lectures; judging. //; (2). Assistant Professor Edmonds, Mr. Yoke Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, or its equivalent. 4b. Breeding, Feeding, and Management of Horses. — Meth- ods : care of stallions, mares, and foals ; of work horses and drivers at labor and idle ; fattening horses for market. Lectures ; assigned readings. //; (3). Assistant Professor Edmonds, Mr. Yoke. Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 and 6, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take 4a and 4b simultaneously. 5. Fundamentals of Live Stock Judging. — The names and lo- cation of external parts of the various kinds of live stock, the use of the score card, comparative judging as a method, breed identifi- cation, and types of farm animals. Required in freshman year. I or //; (3). Professor Coffey and members of the department 6. Principles of Feeding and Breeding. — Classification, digesti- bility, and functions of feed nutrients ; classification and feeding values of feed stuffs; feed requirements and calculation of balanced rations for farm animals. 3i6 Animal Husbandry Evolution of domesticated animals ; history of systematic breed- ing and improvement; unit characters; range of variability; effects of selection ; systems of breeding. Required in sophomore year. ^/ (3)- Feeding: Dr. Joseph, Mr. Bull, Mr. Newlin. Breeding: Mr. Handschin, Mr. Smith. 7. Principles of Animal Nutrition. — Composition and fuel value of feeding stuffs; organic and inorganic food stuffs; digestion, absorption, and metabolism ; elimination of metabolic products ; co- efficients of digestibility and nutritive value of feeding stuffs. /; (3). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph, Mr. Bull, Mr. Mitchell Prerequisite : Animal husbandry 5 (or course formerly known as Animal Husbandry 21) ; Chemistry 13a. 9. Investigation and Thesis. — / or //; (5-10). 10. Meat. — Farm butchering, curing, and care of meats ; yield, quality and values of meat and by-products, as related to breeding, feeding, and health of animals; classes, grades, and cuts of meat in wholesale and retail markets. //; (3). Assistant Professor Hall Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 and 6, or their equivalents. iia. Beef Cattle. — Breeds and market classes; history of the leading breeds ; beef type from the standpoint of the butcher, the feeder, and the breeder; classification and value of each grade ac- cording to current market reports. Judging; lectures; quizzes; as- signed readings. /; (2). Assistant Professor Rusk, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5 or its equivalent. lib. Beef Production. — Breeding and management of pure bred herds; breeding for market; combined beef and milk production; economic factors in cattle feeding; influence of age, grade, breed, •condition, and sex; equipment; pork and manure as by-products of beef production. Lectures; quizzes; assigned readings (text book). /; (3). Assistant Professor Rusk, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Animal Husbandry 5 and 6, or their equivalents. It is advisable to take iia and lib simultaneously. 15. — Dairy Cattle. — (See Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16.) [17. Education and Driving of the Horse. — Mental qualities, peculiarities, and limitations of the horse; education and training for labor or the road; correct driving; responsibilities of the driver; courtesies of the highway. Lectures; readings; practise. //; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Edmonds Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 4a and 4b; three semesters' work in the University or its equivalent.] Animal Husbandry 317 22. Advanced Stock Judging. — Animal conformation, quality, and condition with reference to market and show yard requirements ; the selection of horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine, for feed lot, market, and exhibition; judging at live stock shows. /; (3). Professor Mumford and instructors in charge of prerequisite courses Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, 2a, 4a, iia, or their equiv- alents. See note, page 314. 23. Poultry: Types, Breeds, and Varieties. — Exhibiting and judging; principles of breeding; poultry houses and equipment; feeding, hatching, and brooding; market eggs and poultry; crate- fattening and dressing; diseases and their treatment. //; (5). Mr. Barto Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5, or its equivalent. [24. Meat. — Influence of type, condition, age, sex, and feeds up- on the yield and market grade of meat products. //; (2-5). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Hall Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 10, and la or 2a or iia, three years' work in the University, or its equivalent] [25. Wool. — Factors affecting quality, quantity, strength, and condition of wool. //; (2-5). Offered in alternate years, begin- ning second semester, 1915. Professor Coffey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, ib; three years work in the University, or its equivalent.] [26. Swine Husbandry. — Special problems in swine production. II; (2-5). Not given, 1913-14. Mr. Carmichael Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 2a, 2b; three years' work in the University, or its equivalent] 27. Sheep Husbandry. — Factors determining the importance of the industry in leading sheep growing countries, particularly differ- ent parts of the United States. //; (2-5). Offered in alternate years, beginning second semester, 1914. Professor Coffey Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry la, ib; three years' work in the University, or its equivalent. 28. Advanced History of Breeds of Live Stock. — Horses, beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Methods of great breeders; performances and pedigrees of famous animals ; breed type as exemplified in the University and other herds. Lectures ; assigned readings ; problems. I,' (3-5)- Professor Mumford and other members of the department 3i8 Animal Husbandry Breeds offered, 1913-14 Beef cattle Herefords, Galloways Horses Shires, American Saddlers Swine Poland Chinas, Chester Whites Sheep Rambouillets, Oxford Downs Breeds offered, 1914-15 Beef cattle Shorthorns, Aberdeen Angus Horses Percherons, Standard breds Swine Berkshires, Duroc Jerseys Sheep Shropshires, Southdowns Prerequisite: "a" and "b" courses in class of live stock elected. See note, page 314. 29. Systems of Live Stock Farming. — Management in live stock farming. Climate, soil, topography, location with reference to markets; the supply of land, labor, capital, and managing ability as factors in influencing the choice and adaptation of the various systems of live stock production. Planning of farms for mixed and live stock systems. //; (2). Mr. Handschin Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 5 and 6, and 6 hours credit from lb, 2b, 4b, or lib. Farm Management i. See note page 314. 30. Genetics. — Heredity; variation; Mendel's and Galton's Laws ; dominance and segregation ; gametic coupling and spurious allelomorphism; correlation; mutation theory; inheritance of ac- quired characters; prenatal influence; pure lines, selection, variabil- ity; modification of unit-factors. Practical application to breeding. Lectures; laboratory. //; (5). Assistant Professor Detlefsen Prerequisite : Two years of university work, including ten hours in biology. 31. Principles of Animal Nutrition. — (Continuation of course 7). Carbohydrate, fat, protein, and mineral metabolism. The in- come and expenditure of matter and energy. Protein, mineral, and energy requirements for maintenance, growth, and production. Lec- ture; recitations; laboratory. /, //; (2-5). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph, Mr. Bull Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 7. 32. Marketing Live Stock. — Markets and methods of market- ing live stock and their products. Advertising and sale of surplus pedigreed live stock. //; (2). Professor Mumford, Mr. Simpson Prerequisite: Two years of university work. See note, page 314. (At least 4 credits in Animal Husbandry courses la, 2a, 4a and iia.) Animal Husbandry 319 COURSES FOR GRADUATES Students entering graduate work in Animal Husbandry should have had a thoro training in the fundamental principles of the subject either in connection with or in addition to an agricultural course of study substantially equivalent to that offered in this Uni- versity. See courses 7, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, in under- graduate list, which are also open to graduate students. 103. Live Stock Experimentation. — Objects, methods, and the sources of error in experimental work dealing with the feeding, breeding and management of farm animals. Live stock experiments at this and other experiment stations. I, II: Once a week; (Yi to lYi units). Professor Davenport no. Animal Nutrition. — The most recent scientific publica- tions relating to the chemistry and physiology of the nutrition of the lower animals. The chemical and physiological changes and pro- cesses involved in the activities of animal life. Lectures ; confer- ences; assigned readings; /, //: three times a week; (i unit). Professor Grindley, Dr. Joseph 111. Animal Nutrition. — Methods employed in the examina- tion and analysis of feeding stuffs ; also animal substances including flesh, fat, bone, urine, feces, and manufactured animal products. Lectures; conferences; assigned readings; laboratory; I, II: Two to five times a week; (i to 2 units). Professor Grindley 112. I nvestigation. — (a) Economic factors involved in the various phases of meat production. (b) Systems of live stock farming. (c) The valuation of pedigrees. (d) Animal Nutrition. A research course in Animal Nutri- tion including digestion and metabolism experiments and biochemical studies connected with the nutrition of farm animals. (a), (b), and (c), I, II: once a week; (i to 2 units). Under the direction of Professor Mumford (d), I, II: daily; (i to 2 units). Under the direction of Pro- fessor Grindley, Dr. Joseph 116. Seminar. — Subject for 1913-1914: Food requirements for growth and the fattening of farm animals. /, //: (y^ unit). Members of the Staff 320 Architecture 117. Genetics. — The more important genetic experiments; the biological and mathematical methods employed; the validity of the conclusions. Lectures; conferences; assigned readings; laboratory problems. I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Detlefsen FARM MANAGEMENT I. Elementary Farm Management. — The factors of produc- tion in the farm business ; systems of farming, their distribution, and adaptation ; farm organization ; the distribution of capital invested ; planning of the farm ; farm administration or operation ; planning of work; handling of labor; developing management efficiency. Lec- tures; quiz. //; (3). Mr. Handschin Prerequisite: Three semesters of required work; Economics i or 2. It is also very important that the student have credit or be regis- tered in Accountancy 11 and Agronomy 12. ARCHITECTURE Loring Harvey Provine, B.S., A.E., Professor Nathan Clifford Ricker, D.Arch., Professor ♦Newton Alonzo Wells, M.P., Professor, Architectural Decor- ation Percy Ash, B.S., C.E., Assistant Professor, Architectural Design William C Titcomb, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor of Archi- tecture Charles Richard Clark, B.S., Associate, Architectural Con- struction Robert Taylor Jones, B.S., Instructor Allen Holmes Kimball, M.S., Instructor, Architectural Design Joseph Mitchell Kellogg, M.Arch., Instructor, Architectural Design Frederick Kitson Cowley, Instructor Samuel Chatwood Burton, Instructor James Hutchinson Forsythe, M.Arch., Instructor Angelo Benedetto Marino Corrubia, B.S., M.S., Instructor Harry Young Carson, B.S., Assistant, Architectural Engineer- ing Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Librarian *0n leave. Architecture 321 4. Building Sanitation. — Plumbing, trap ventilation, removal of wastes; construction of water closets; drains, and systems of wa- ter supply ; sewage disposal ; water supply and fixtures in dwellings. (For architectural engineers.) Cosgrove's Principles and Practise of Plumbing. Recitations; lectures; designs for special problems. I; (2). Mr. Clark Prerequisite: Registration in Physics 6a, 6b; Architecture 43, 44. 5. Graphic Statics. — (For architectural engineers.) Similar to 45 and 46. One lecture and nine hours drawing per week. II; (4). Mr. Clark, Mr. Kimball Prerequisite: Architecture 43, 44; Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics 8. 6. History of Architecture. — From the Egyptian period to modern times; effects of political, economic, and local conditions; influence of materials, climate, structural systems; architecture of the various countries and periods; evolution of architectural forms. Illustrated lectures; quizzes. (For architectural engineers.) /, //; (4). Professor Ricker Prerequisite: Sophomore standing in architecture or archi- tectural engineering. 8. Architectural Drawing. — Perspective ; shades and shad- ows; conventional rendering; relations of plans, elevations, and sec- tions to each other; elementary architectural composition. (For architectural engineers.) Nine hours drawing per week. II; (3). Mr. Kimball Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing i. Architecture 20. 10. Estimating. — Methods and practise of estimating building costs. (For architectural engineers.) //; (i). Professor Provine, Mr. Clark 11. Seminar. — Assigned topics in History of Architecture; re- view of books; abstracts of current technical journals and other pub- lications. I,II; {i). Professor Ricker Prerequisite : Registration in Architecture 6. 13, 14, 15, 16. History of Architecture. — Covers approximately the same ground as Architecture 6. (For architects.) Sophomore I, II; Junior I, II; (2). Professor Ricker Prerequisite: Architecture 31, 32. 322 Architecture 15a. Design. — (Architectural design for architectural engineers.) Order and plan problems. Nine hours drawing per week. II; (3). Assistant Professor Titcomb, Mr. Kellogg, Mr. Corrubia Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing i, 2; Architecture 20, 8. 19. Architectural Engineering. — Advanced graphic statics ap- plied to the analysis of metalic roofs of wide span ; roof trusses of curved or unusual form and those supported by abutments and joint- ed, spherical, and conical trussed domes ; the stone arch, vault, and dome, and of the Gothic system of vaults and buttresses; the strength of walls, dams, retaining walls, and large chimneys; the effect of moving loads on girders ; construction and details of steel skeleton buildings. Problems in design for specified cases. Ricker's Notes on Architectural Engineering. Nine hours drawing per week. I, II; (3). Professor Provine, Mr. Clark Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 6, 7, 8, 9; Ar- chitecture 43, 44, 5. 20. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Freehand draw- ing from the cast; principles of architecture; architectural elements; walls, moldings, doors, windows, the Orders, etc. Lectures and sketching. (For architectural engineers.) Two lectures and seven hours drawing per week. I; (3). Mr. Kimball 23, 24. — Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal drawing from the cast. Six hours drawing per week. I, II; (2). Professor Wells^ Mr. Cowley Prerequisite: Architecture 32. 25, 26. Freehand Drawing. — Charcoal, pen, pencil, and water color drawing from the cast and from still life. Out-of-door sketching. Six hours drawing per week. I, II; (2). Professor Wells, Mr. Cowley Prerequisite: Architecture 24. 27, 28. Freehand Drawing. — Water color drawing; original decorative composition; out-of-door sketching. Six hours drawing per week. I, II; (2). Professor Wells, Mr. Burton Prerequisite: Architecture 26. 30. Advanced Architectural Engineering. — The working out of an extended problem in design or construction. I, (i) ; //, (3). Professor Provine, Mr. Clark Prerequisite: Full senior standing. 31. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Practise with instruments, pen, pencil, and brush; lettering; shades and shadows; Architecture 323 perspective. Charcoal drawing from the cast One lecture and eleven hours drawing per week. I; (4). Mr. FoRSYTHE, Mr. Cowley Prerequisite: Registration in G. E. D. 2. Z2. Architectural and Freehand Drawing. — Elements of architecture ; walls, moldings, doors, windows, the Orders, vaults, roofs, stairs. Wash rendering, stereotomy, charcoal drawing from the cast. Lectures and sketching. One lecture and eleven hours of drawing per week. II; (4). Mr. Forsythe, Mr. Cowley Prerequisite: Architecture 31. 33, 34. Design. — (Elementary). Rendered order problems and sketch problems involving simple composition ; library research in elements of composition. Nine hours drafting room per week. Lii; (3). Assistant Professor Titcomb, Mr. Kellogg, Mr. Corrubia Prerequisite: Architecture 31, z^. 34a, Architectural Engineering Seminar. — Current litera- ture; written reports and discussions. /; (i). Professor PRov^NE 35, 36. Design. — (Intermediate). Rendered plan problems and sketch problems ; library research in plan and interior elements. Fifteen hours drafting room per week. I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Titcomb, Mr. Kellogg, Mr. Corrubia Prerequisite : Architecture 33, 34. Z7. Design. — (Advanced). Extended problems in original de- sign. Twenty-one hours drafting room per week. I; (7). Assistant Professor Ash Prerequisite: Architecture 35, Z^. 38. Advanced Design or Thesis. — The working out of an ex- tended original problem in design or construction. Twenty-one hours drafting room per week. I, II; (7). Assistant Professor Ash Prerequisite: Architecture 37. 43. Working Drawings. — The growth, cutting, seasoning, working, and finishing of woods ; structural and decorative prop- erties ; detailing at large scale various parts : floors, walls, roofs, doors, windows, cornices, stairs, wainscoating, cabinet-work, in- terior finish; preparation of working drawings. Kidder's Building Construction, Part II. Two lectures and four hours drawing per week. I; (3). Mr. R. T. Jones Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 31, 32. 324 Architecture 44. Working Drawings. — Foundations of stone, brick, con- crete, and piles ; materials employed in stone masonry ; their uses, defects, qualities, and modes of preparation ; kinds of masonry and external finish; tools for stone cutting and their use; brick mason- ry, its materials and bonds ; terra-cotta design, manufacture, and use; detailing of columns, beams, girders, and footings; joints and connections. Preparation of working drawings. Kidder's Build- ing Construction and Superintendence. Part I. Two lectures and four hours drawing per week. II; (3). Mr. R. T. Jones Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing 2; Architecture 31, 32. 45. Graphic Statics. — Elements of graphic statics and their application in the analysis of trussed roofs, steel and masonry arches, domes. The graphical representation of reactions, bending moments, shear and deflection in beams. (For architects.) Ricker's Notes on Graphic Statics. One lecture and six hours drawing per week. I; (3). Mr. Clark, Mr. Kimball Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14, 15, 16. 46. Structures. — Design of wooden and steel roofs ; deter- mination of section of members; design of joints; mill and steel skeleton construction. One lecture and three hours drawing per week. II; (3). Mr. Clark, Mr. Kimball Prerequisite: Architecture 45. 55. Building Sanitation. — (For architects similar to Archi- tecture 4). /; (i). Mr. Clark Prerequisite: Physics 6a, 6b; Architecture 43, 44. 59. Domestic Architecture. — (Given in connection with Household Science 2.) Lectures ; criticism. Assistant Professor Ash, Mr. Clark, Mr. R. T. Jones 60. Special Lectures. — Lectures on Estimating (For archi- tects.) One lecture per week. I, II; (i). In charge of Professor Provine 65, 66. Theory of Architecture. — Influence of function on architectural form; theory of architectural composition in plan and elevation ; problem analysis. Lectures ; research ; exercises. I, 11; (i). Assistant Professor Titcomb Prerequisite: Architecture 33, 34. 67. Theory of Form and Color. — Principles underlying pleas- ing arrangements of form and color; rhythm and sequence; har- Art and Design 325 mony and contrast ; proportion and balance. Lectures ; exercises. /; (2). Professor Wells, Mr. Burton Prerequisite: Architecture 25, 26, 35, 36. 68. Specifications. — The general and special clauses of specifi- cations and their arrangement; methods of classifying material to facilitate writing specifications. Practise in writing several sets; relations of the architect, owner, and builder; office organization; building ordinances; professional ethics. //; (3). Professor Provine, Mr. Clark Prerequisite: First three years of the courses in Architecture or Architectural Engineering. courses for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in architecture presupposes the full undergraduate course in that subject. Semi-weekly confer- ences are held and additional instruction given in all courses as may be required. loi. Architectural Construction. — Design of special struc- tures. Arrange hours; I, II. Professors Ricker and Provine 102. Sanitation of Buildings. — The planning of sanitation, warming, and ventilation, for buildings of importance. Arrange hours; I, II. Professor Ricker, Mr. Clark 103. Advanced Architectural Graphics. — Advanced work in graphic statics, stereotomy, perspective, water color, and free-hand drawing. Arrange hours; I or II. Professors Ricker, Provine 104. Architectural Design. — Advanced architectural design. Arrange hours; I or II. Assistant Professor Ash 105. Architectural Practise. — Contracts, specifications, and office methods; architectural jurisprudence. Arrange hours; I or II. Professors Ricker, Provine 106. Advanced Architectural History. — Special research in architectural history. Arrange hours; I or II. Professor Ricker, Assistant Professor Ash ART AND DESIGN Edward John Lake, B.S., Assistant Professor Charles Fabens Kelley, A.B., Associate Mary Minerva Wetmore, Instructor Charles Earl Bradbury, B.P., Instructor I. Free-Hand Drawing. — The principles of perspective; prac- tise in drawing. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake, Mr. Bradbury 326 Astronomy 2. Light and Shade. — Shaded drawing in monochrome. //; (2). Mr. Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design i. 3. Antique Drawing. — Practise in drawing; study of artistic anatomy. I, II; (2). Mr. Bradbury Prerequisite: Art and Design i. 4. Water Color Painting. — Still-life; flowers; landscapes. A J^! (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite : Art and Design i, 2. 5. Drawing from Life. — Posed model in costume. /, //; (2). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design i, 2, 3. 6. Portrait in Oil Color. — Figure and portrait in costume. I, II; (2). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design i, 2. 7. Oil Painting. — Still-life; flowers; landscape. I, II; (3). Miss Wetmore Prerequisite: Art and Design i, 2. 8. Modeling. — Antique and figure; plaster casting. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite : Art and Design i. 10. Sketching in Monochrome. — General practise in pen and pencil. //; (i). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite : Art and Design i. 11. Composition. — Pictorial design. //; (i). Mr. Kelley 12. Design. — Theory and practise. I, II; (2). Mr. Kelley Prerequisite : Art and Design i. 13. Design. — History and practise. I, II; (3). Mr. Kelley Prerequisite : Art and Design i, 12. 14. Design. — Advanced practise. I, II; (3). Mr. Kelley Prerequisite: Art and Design i, 12, 13. 19. History of the Fine Arts. — I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Lake Prerequisite: One year of college work. ASTRONOMY Joel Stebbins, Ph.D., Professor Frank Walker Reed, Ph.D., Instructor John David Bond, A.B., Research Assistant Instruction in astronomy is arranged both for general students and for those who desire to take up the science from its technical Astronomy 327 side. Advanced students are given every opportunity to become familiar with the use of modern astronomical instruments. The equipment of the department is contained in the Astronomical Observatory. The principal instruments are a 12-inch refracting telescope by Warner and Swazey, and Brashear, a 30-inch short focus reflector by Brashear, and a 3-inch transit and zenith tele- scope. There are also two smaller equatorials, two Riefler clocks, and a considerable amount of minor apparatus such as chrono- meters, transits, sextants, spectroscopes, photometer, photographic outfit, and calculating machines. The astronomical library com- prises about 1,500 volumes, and includes the important astronomical periodicals. Students without mathematical training may elect course i. Course 4 is for beginners, but requires a knowledge of trigonom- etry. Other courses should be taken in the order: 3, 6, 15, 14, 7. COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES I. Elementary Astronomy. — Lectures; recitations; one even- ing a week at the observatory. (For beginners; mathematics not required.) /; (3). Professor Stebbins, Dr. Reed 3. General Astronomy for Engineers. — Descriptive astron- omy; required with course 6. //; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 or 8. 4. General Astronomy. — Lectures; recitations; two evenings a week at the observatory. //; (5). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 4. 6. Practical Astronomy. — Rough and accurate determinations of latitude, azimuth, and time, especially with the ordinary sur- veyor's transit; the art of computing. //; (2). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 or 8. FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 7. Theoretical Astronomy. — Celestial mechanics; theory of orbits; perturbations; canonical transformations. I, II; (3). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 7 and 9. 9. Celestial Mechanics. — Properties of canonical systems of differential equations ; integration by series ; periodic and asymp- totic solutions; integral invariants. /, //; (3). Dr. Reed Prerequisite: Mathematics 16; Astronomy 7. 328 Botany 14. Observational Astronomy. — The working methods of an astronomical observatory; individual problems. //; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Astronomy 15. 15. Geodetic Astronomy. — The sextant, transit, and zenith tele- scope; methods similar to those of the United States Coast Survey. /; (3). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Mathematics 7 or 8. course for graduates loi. Seminar and Thesis. — Three times a week, both semes- ters, (i unit). Professor Stebbins BACTERIOLOGY (See Botany 5, 6, 8, 18, 19, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107.) BANKING (See Economics.) BIOLOGY (See Botany, Entomology, Physiology, and Zoology.) BOTANY (Including Bacteriology) William Trelease, D.Sc, LL.D., Professor Thomas Jonathan Burrill, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor, Emeritus Charles Frederick Hottes, Ph.D., Professor ♦Frank Lincoln Stevens, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology Otto Rahn, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Bacteriology Stella Mary Hague, Ph.D., Instructor Walter Byron McDougall, Ph.D., Instructor John Hamilton Whitten, A.M., Assistant Rosalie Mary Parr, A.M., Assistant Reed O'Shea Brigham, B.S., Assistant Clyde Ross Newell, M.S., Assistant fBRONSON Barlow, M.S., Research Assistant Ernest Michael Rudolph Lam key, A.B., Assistant Lawrence Vreeland Burton, B.S., Assistant John Marvin LeCato, A.B., Assistant Harry Dwight Waggoner, A.B., Assistant Samuel Hawthorne Scherfee, A.B., Graduate Assistant •Commencing Feb. 1, 1914. tResigned Nov. 1, 1913. Botany 329 Courses numbered i to 19 inclusive are primarily for under- graduates; those numbered loi to 106 inclusive are for graduates only. The undergraduate work may be roughly classified in four somewhat distinctive lines, viz : i, anatomy and physiology (courses i, 3, 7, 9, 12, 14) ; 2, morphology and taxonomy (courses 2, 4, 4a, 16 and 17) ; 3, bacteriology (courses 5, 6, 8, 18, 19.) ; 4, pathology, (Course 7). Course 11 is an introductory one. Courses 2, 4, 12, form together a general introduction to the science and may be elected by those who propose to go no farther or with equal pro- priety by those who are to pursue subsequently the more specialized work. 1. Morphology and Physiology of the Flowering Plant. — General course, primarily for students in agriculture; / or II; (5). (Not acceptable for major credit in botany in the College of Lib- eral Arts and Sciences). Professor Hottes, Dr. McDougall, Mr. Whitten, Miss Parr, Mr. Brigham, Mr. Lam key, Mr. Scherfee, Mr. Waggoner, Mr. LeCato Prerequisite: Chemistry i. 2. Morphology. — The principal plant groups, beginning with the lower (thallophytes), by selected types. First semester: gen- eral survey of the plant world ; second semester : seed plants (sper- matophytes). Each semester's work is credited separately as 2a and 2b. I,II;(s). Dr. Hague Prerequisite : Entrance credit in botany, or Botany 11 (for 2b, Botany 11 or 2a). 3. Cytology and Physiology. — First semester: cytology and histology, with special attention to technique. Second semester: influences of external stimuli on growth and movement. Lectures ; laboratory; assigned reading. (Extends through the year, but the work of each semester is credited separately as 3a and 3b.) I, II; (S). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Botany 12. 4. Taxonomy of Spermatophytes. — Identification and classi- fication of flowering plants. Lectures; assigned reading; labora- tory; field excursions. /; (5). Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Entrance credit in botany, or Botany 11. 4a. Taxonomy of Cultivated Plants. — Morphology, identi- fication, and classification of commonly cultivated plants. Labo- ratory work with complementary lectures and reading. Primarily for students in the College of Agriculture. Professor Trelease Prerequisite: One semester of botany or its equivalent. 330 Botany 5. Bacteriology. — General principles; methods of procedure; selected forms. Lectures; recitations; laboratory work. / or II; (5). (Course given in the first semester is repeated in the second.) Assistant Professor Rahn, Mr. Newell Prerequisite: Chemistry i; one year's university work, includ- ing one semester in botany or zoology. 6. Bacteriology for Sanitary Engineers. — Bacteriological methods; water analysis and sewage. /, last seven weeks; (2). Assistant Professor Rahn, Mr. Newell 7. Plant Pathology. — First semester: the more important dis- eases of cultivated plants, their causes, and methods of prevention; second semester: methods of investigation and control. (Each semester's work credited separately as 7a and 7b.) /, //; (5)- Professor Stevens Prerequisite: Botany 12; 2 or 4. 8. Applied Bacteriology. — Decay of organic matter in nature; water bacteriology; sewage bacteriology; food bacteriology; path- ological bacteriology. //; (5). Assistant Professor Rahn Prerequisite: Botany $. 9. Cytology and Physiology, Advanced Course. — Special lab- oratory problems in cytology and physiology. Critical discussions of current literature; reports on research work. /, //; (2-5). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Two years' work in botany, including Botany 3. 10. Current Literature. — Reports and discussions upon as- signed topics and results of research work. (For advanced and graduate students.) I, II; (i). 11. Introductory Course. — Flowering plants, their structure and activities. Lectures; laboratory; field observations; text. I; (5). Professor Hottes, Dr. McDougall, Mr. Written, Miss Parr, Mr. Lam key, Mr. Waggoner 12. Physiology. — The growth of the plant members and their response to stimuli. //; (5). Professor Hottes and assistants Prerequisite: Botany 11. 13. Photography. — Practise in the photography of plants in field and laboratory ; production of prints for reproduction ; photo- micrography. //; (2). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: Two years' work in botany, senior standing. Botany 331 14. Heredity and Origin of Species. — The plant cell; the physiology of its different constituents and the parts these play in the process of fertilization ; various theories of heredity and of species formation. Lectures; demonstrations; laboratory. /; (3). Professor Hottes Prerequisite: One year's work in the University; one semester in botany or zoology. 16. Taxonomy of Special Groups. — Laboratory and herbarium work; assigned reading. (The course extends through the year, but the work of each semester is credited separately as i6a and i6b.) I, II; (5). Professor Stevens, Dr. Hague Prerequisite: Botany 4. 17. Taxonomic and Descriptive Practise. — Monographic treat- ment of selected natural or ecological groups of higher plants, with thesis. Laboratory and field work; assigned reading; seminar con- ferences. /, //; (3). Professor Trelease Prerequisite : ID hours of botany and junior standing. 18. Journal Meeting. — Required of all students specializing in bacteriology. /, //; (i). Assistant Professor Rahn Prerequisite: Botany 5. 19. Bacteriology. — Elementary course arranged for graduate students in science, /, //; (5). Assistant Professor Rahn Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2, and 3. 26. Medical Bacteriology. — II; (5). Dr. Beard Prerequisite : The consent of the instructor. courses for graduates After at least one year of approved botanical work graduates may elect any of the courses 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 16, or 17, for minor credit and any of the courses 3, 7, 8, 9, with assigned additions for major credit towards an advanced degree. The following are open only to graduates of liberal botanical training and may, upon approval, be elected for minor or major work. loi. Cytology. — The influence of external agents on the cell. Special subjects for investigation assigned upon consultation. Re- ports ; discussions of current literature and research results. Twice a week; I, II; {i or 2 units). Professor Hottes 102. Physiology. — The effects of external stimuli on growth and movement. Special subjects for investigation assigned upon consultation. Reports; discussions of current literature and re- search results. Twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Professor Hottes 332 Ceramics 103. Bacteriology. — Morphologic and physiological variation due to treatment; the number, validity, and relationship of spe- cies ; special saprophytic or parasitic kinds of bacteria, and meth- ods of favoring or combating their activities. Twice a week; I; (j unit). Assistant Professor Rahn 104. Mycology. — Selected groups of fungi. Individual assign- ments of subjects and problems. Field and laboratory. Twice a week; I, II; (i Unit). Professor Stevens 105. Bacteriology. — Variability of species; characters; muta- tions; standard and biometrical classification. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Rahn 106. Vegetable Pathology. — Diseases of plants and disease agents. Special subjects assigned upon consultation. Tzvice a iveek; I, II; (j unit). Professor Stevens, Assistant Professor Rahn 107. Bacteriology Research. — Research in physiology of bac- teria, and food bacteriology. Reports and discussions of current literature and research results. Twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Assistant Professor Rahn CERAMICS Ray Thomas Stull, E.M., Acting Director Ralph Kent Hursh, B.S., Instructor Barney S Radcliffe, M.S., Instructor Arthur Edwards Williams, B.S., Assistant Charles Claflin Rand, B.S., Assistant The courses offered by the department of ceramics are designed to give a technical knowledge of the composition and properties of raw materials used in the manufacture of clay wares, cements, and glasses, and of the physical and chemical changes which they undergo during manufacture; manual skill in the manipulation of these materials ; and such knowledge of machines and the applica- tions of power as will enable the student to acquire familiarity with the construction and operation of a manufacturing plant; to un- derstand the peculiarities of the materials with which he is to deal; and to install such machinery and introduce such methods of manufacture as will improve the quality and reduce the cost of the wares. For the more technical work the department occupies a build- ing especially designed for its needs. The lecture rooms, labora- tories, kiln and furnace building, drawing rooms, and library are well equipped. Ceramics 333 The relations of the department with the clay working in- terests of the State are such that investigation is as much a part of its work as is instruction. Consequently, studies of both a purely scientific and a practical nature are continually in progress. Advanced students are permitted to take part in these investigations under the direction of the instructors. Seniors and graduate stu- dents are expected to conduct investigations of their own in some line of work in which they are especially interested. (For outlines of courses see pages 179 and 180. 1. Classification and Physical Testing of Clays. — The properties of clays and other ceramic materials; the identification of the varieties met in practical work. Lectures; laboratory. /; (3). Mr. HuRSH Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, 3. 2. Winning and Preparation of Clays. — Commercial meth- ods. /; (3). Mr. Radcliffe Prerequisite : Chemistry 5b. 3. Industrial Calculations. — The designing and operation of furnaces, kilns, and dryers; temperature measurements; ceramic stochiometry. /; (3). Mr. Hursch Prerequisite: Mathematics 8; Chemistry 5b; Physics i and 3. 4. Drying and Burning. — Methods of dr>-ing and burning clay wares; types of construction of industrial kiln plants; chemical and physical processes involved. /; (4). Mr. Stull Prerequisite: Ceramics i, 3. 5. Body Making. — Composition of all classes of ceramic wares ; physical and chemical changes produced by the blending of the various ceramic materials ; machinery and processes employed in shaping the various products. Lectures; laboratory. II; (5). Mr. Stull, Mr. Radcliffe Prerequisite: Ceramics 3. 6. Glazes. — The production of glazes and enamels ; limits of composition ; classification ; properties and defects common to each class ; the effect of variation in composition ; modes of appli- cation. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Mr. Stull Prerequisite: Ceramics 3, 4, 5. 8. Principles of Glass Manufacture. — The raw materials preparation, compounding, melting, and shaping of glass; chemical principles involved in the manufacture and decoration of the differ- ent types of vitreous silicates. Lectures. //; (3). Mr. Stull Prerequisite: Ceramics 3, 6. 334 Ceramics g. Ceramic Construction. — Plans, specifications, and estimates of ceramic construction. //; (5). Mr. Stull, Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: G. E. D. 2; Ceramics 3, 4. 10. Cements. — Limes, cements, plaster, sand-lime, brick, and other cementing materials; composition; reactions; methods of manufacture and testing. Lectures. /; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramics 3. 11. Thesis. — II; (5). Mr. Stull, Mr. Hursh 12. Designing and Shaping. — Technical designing and shaping from the standpoint of the manufacturer; die construction; laying out of work; templates; master and working molds; pressing; casting; jiggering. //; (3). Mr. Radcliffe Prerequisite: Ceramics i or 2. 13. Cement Laboratory. — The preparation of cementing sub- stances; properties; typical reactions involved in the manufacture and use of lime, lime-sand products, pozzuolane, Sorel cement, natural and Portland cement; the behavior of the hardened pro- ducts under the influence of the various agencies to which they are subjected in use. /; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramics 10. 14. Continuation of Course 13. — The production of water proof and sea water resisting cements ; cement colloids ; poly- chrome pigments for fresco decoration ; cement colors ; cold water paints. //; (3). Mr. Hursh Prerequisite: Ceramics 13. 15. The Preparation of Glass Silicates. — Soda-lime; potash- lime ; lead, barium, and zinc silicates ; boro silicates ; properties of the fused and solidified glasses; practical problems of the glass in- dustry. /; (3). Mr. Stull Prerequisite: Ceramics 8. 16. Continuation of Course 15. — Opaque, colored, and optical glasses; the enameling of metals; cast iron; sheet iron; copper. //; (3). Mr. Stull Prerequisite: Ceramics 15. courses for graduates Courses open to graduates of courses other than ceramics to be taken as minors : Ceramics 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 14. 104. The Technology of Glass. — Fusion curves of glassy sili- cates; limiting compositions; solubility of the oxides in glasses; Chemistry 335 devitrification; annealing; optical properties; solubility of glass; viscosity ; thermal expansion ; pyro-chemical volume changes ; re- action of coloring oxides ; cooling curves ; flashing ; interaction be- tween metal surfaces and glasses; oxidation and reduction. Five times a week; I, II; (i unit). Mr. Stull CHEMISTRY William Albert Noyes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor and Director Samuel Wilson Paur, M.S., Professor Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Professor Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Professor Clarence William Balke, Ph.D., Professor Edward Wight Washburn, Ph.D., Professor David Ford McFarland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor George McPhail Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Clarence George Derick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Henry Charles Paul Weber, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Duncan Arthur MacInnes, Ph.D., Instructor George Denton Beal, Ph.D., Instructor B Smith PIopkins, Ph.D., Instructor Lambert Thorp, Ph.D., Instructor Charles George MacArthur, A.M., Instructor Stuart Jeffrey Bates, Ph.D., Instructor Henry John Broderson, Ph.D., Instructor Leslie Denis Smith, Ph.D., Instructor Charles Henry Hecker, Ph.D., Instructor Bronislav Roman Honovski, Ph.D., Research Assistant George Wallace Sears, M.S., Assistant Harvey Peach Corson, M.S., Assistant Oliver Kamm, M.S., Assistant Charles Kay Hewes, B.S., Assistant Bert Stover Davisson, A.B., Assistant Edgar Wallace Engle, B.S., Assistant John William Read, M.S., Assistant Gerrit John VanZoeren, A.B., Assistant Thomas Ernest Layng, A.M., Assistant Chester Harmon Allen, A.B.. Assistant Ernest Atkins Wildman, B.S., Assistant Raymond Washington Hess, A.B., Assistant Scott Champlin Taylor, B.S., Assistant Harry Fletcher Lewis, M.S., Assistant 336 Chemistry Lawrence Fleming Foster, A.B., Assistant ♦Paul Anders, Assistant, Glass Blowing Karl Adolph Clark, A.M., Graduate Assistant Robert Earl Baker, A.B., Graduate Assistant Everett Harvey Taylor, A.B., Graduate Assistant Juanita Elizabeth Darrah, A.B., Graduate Assistant Clarence Scroll, B.S., Graduate Assistant Howard DeWitt Valentine, B.S., Graduate Assistant Henry Joseph Weiland, B.S., Graduate Assistant Ross Earlby Gilmore, A.B., Graduate Assistant Duane Taylor Englis, A.B., Graduate Assistant Ernest Edward Charlton, A.B., Graduate Assistant Steward Dent Marquis, A.B., Graduate Assistant Ralph Waldo Tippet, A.B., Graduate Assistant Theodore Rally Ball, B.S., Graduate Assistant Herbert Melville Carter, B.S., Graduate Assistant Edward Wichers, A.B., Graduate Assistant Harry Cleveland Kremmers, A.B., Graduate Assistant William Asbury Manuel, A.B., Graduate Assistant The Department of Chemistry is organized under nine divisions as follows : Elementary and Inorganic Chemistry Qualitative Analysis Quantitative Analysis, including Agricultural and Food Analysis Organic Chemistry Physiological Chemistry Animal Nutrition Physical Chemistry and Electrochemistry Industrial Chemistry, including Metallurgy, Gas Analysis, and Assaying Water Chemistry Each of these divisions is equipped with rooms and apparatus for elementary, advanced, and graduate work. The nature of the work is apparent from an examination of the courses described below. Students taking chemistry at the University are advised to give at least one year to the subject, and this should include Chemistry I or I a, 2, and 3. Those continuing in the second year should take Chemistry 5a and 5b, 5c or 13a. In the third year Chemistry 14 or 9, 9a, and 9b, or 9c, 31, and 33 should be taken. With these, more special courses may be taken if desired, but, in general, students are •Beginning February 1, 1914. Chemistry 337 not advised to take the special courses unless they have had the fundamental v^ork represented by the selection given above. Stu- dents who desire a training for professional work in chemistry, either as teachers or in its industrial applications, will naturally take the chemical course or the course in chemical engineering. Students who find it impossible to take more than one semes- ter's work are requested to register for Chemistry i or la in the second semester rather than in the first 1. Inorganic Chemistry. — The non-metallic elements. Noyes's Text-book of Chemistry. I or II; (5). Professor Noyes, Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker la. Inorganic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations; laboratory. / or II; (4). Professor Noyes, Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker Prerequisite: One year of entrance chemistry. lb. Inorganic Chemistry. — Inorganic chemistry. Lectures; recitations; laboratory. (For students in engineering.) / or II; (4). Professor Noyes, Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker 2. Inorganic Chemistry. — A continuation of Chemistry i. The metallic elements ; their classification, compounds, and chemical properties. Lectures; assigned text. Noyes's Textbook of Chem- istry. I or II; (2). Professor Noyes, Professor Balke, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker Prerequisite: Chemistry i ; registration in Chemistry 3. 3. Qualitative Analysis. — Recitations; laboratory. / or II; (3). Assistant Professor Weber, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Hecker Prerequisite: Chemistry i; registration in Chemistry 2. 4. Qualitative Analysis and the Chemistry of the Metal- lic Elements. — Class and laboratory work. (For students in en- gineering.) /; (4). Assistant Professor Weber Prerequisite: Chemistry la or ib. 5a. Elementary Quantitative Analysis. — Gravimetric and volumetric analysis ; stoichometrical relations and the application of the fundamental laws of chemistry to quantitative analysis. Lec- tures; recitations; laboratory. Talbot's Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (Medical students are given special problems in the latter part of the course.) I, II; (5). Assistant Professor Smith, Dr. Beal, Dr. Bates Prerequisite : Chemistry 2, 3. 5b. Quantitative Analysis. — Continuation of 5a. Methods; the analysis of silicates, metallic compounds, and alloys ; advanced 338 Chemistry qualitative analysis for students in the courses in chemistry and chemical engineering. Lectures ; laboratory. Treadwell-Hall : Analytical Chemistry, Vol. II. //; (5). Assistant Professor Smith, Dr. Bates Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a. SO. Food Analysis. — Quantitative organic analysis, with spe- cial reference to the examination of food and drug products : al- cohols, carbohydrates, fats and oils, animal and vegetable foods, nitrogenous bodies, preservatives, and colors. Sherman's Organic Analysis; "Bulletin 107, rev., U. S. Bureau of Chemistry." II; (3 to 5). Dr. Beal Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a or 13a; 9 or 14. 6*. Chemical Technology. — Technological chemistry as illus- trated in those industries having a chemical basis for their prin- cipal operations and processes; trade journals. Lectures; recita- tions. Rogers and Aubert's Industrial Chemistry. II; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a. 7*. Metallurgy. — General metallurgy; metallurgy of iron and steel ; metallurgy of the non-ferrous metals. Lectures ; assigned reading; recitations. Fulton's Principles of Metallurgy; Stough- ton's Iron and Steel. I; (3). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a. 8. Iron and Steel Analysis. — Analyses of all the constituents by both rapid, or technical, and standard methods. //; (3). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite : Chemistry 5b. 9. Organic Chemistry. — The characteristics of the more typ- ical and simple organic compounds; the important classes of derivatives of carbon. (For students of the medical preparatory course and others desiring a short course.) //; (3). Assistant Professor Derick Prerequisite: Chemistry 3. 9a. Organic Synthesis and Ultimate Analysis. — Ultimate organic analysis; typical organic compounds. Laboratory. /; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Thorp, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry 3; registration in Chemistry 14, or equivalent. 'Certain inspection trips will be arranged in connection with courses 6 and 7. Students registered in these courses should take into consideration the expense involved, which will approximate $15.00 for each course. Chemistry 339 9b. Organic Synthesis and Qualitative Organic Analysis. — Continuation of 9a, to accompany Chemistry 14. //; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Thorp, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry 9a; registration in Chemistry 14, or equivalent 9c. Organic Synthesis. — Typical organic compounds. Labo- ratory. (For students in the medical preparatory and household science courses and others desiring a brief course.) //; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Thorp, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry 3; registration in Chemistry 9, or equivalent. loa. Water Chemistry. — The history, sources, contamination, and standards of purity of potable waters and waters for indus- trial purposes. Lectures; practise in analytical methods. //; (3). Professor Bartow lob. (A modification of loa to meet the requirements of stu- dents in sanitar\' engineering, registered in connection with Chem- istry 2 and 3.) //; (2J/2). Professor Bartow II. Research. — Thesis embodying a thoro review of the litera- ture of the subject; account of work done in the laboratory. The subject should be determined upon and reading begun in the junior year. A minimum of five semester hours is required. (Required for seniors.) I, II; (5)- Professors Noyes, Parr, Bartow, Balke, Washburn, Assistant Professors McFarland, Smith, Derick, Weber, Dr. Mac- Innes, Dr. Beal, Dr. Hopkins, Dr. Thorp, Dr. Bates, Dr. Broderson, Dr. Smith, Dr. Hecker, Mr. MacArthur 13a. Agricultural Analysis. — Gravimetric and volumetric analysis; analysis of fertilizers and milk. Talbot's Quantitative Chemical Analysis. (For students in agriculture.) / or II; (5). Assistant Professor Smith, Dr. Beal, Dr. Bates Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, 3. 13b. Advanced Agricultural Analysis. — Applied quantitative analysis. The analysis of fungicides, limestone, phosphate rock, fuel, and water; determination of the alkali metals; special meth- ods of agricultural analysis. Treadwell-Hall, Analytical Chemis- try, Vol. n. (For students who wish to specialize in agricultural chemistry or agricultural experiments.) //; (5). Dr. Beal Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a or 13a. 340 Chemistry 14. Organic Chemistry. — Lectures; recitations. Noyes's Or- ganic Chemistry. I, II; (3). Professor Noyes Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a; should be accompanied by Chem- istry 9a and 9b. 15. Physiological Chemistry. — Enzymes; carbohydrates; sali- vary digestion ; gastric digestion ; fats ; pancreatic-digestion ; intes- tinal digestion; bile; putrefaction products; feces; blood; milk; epithelial and connective tissues ; muscular tissue ; nervous tissue ; urine. Qualitative and quantitative work on gastric juice, blood, urine, and milk; the clinical aspects of these topics treated thor- oly for the prospective students of medicine. Lectures ; demon- strations ; conferences ; practical work ; assigned reading. Ham- marsten's Text Book of Physiological Chemistry; Hawk's Prac- tical Physiological Chemistry. (Open to graduates and undergrad- uates.) /; (5). Mr. MacArthur Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry. 15a, Problems of Physiological Chemistry. — Colloids; animal oxidations; osmosis; absorption; selective activity of cells; meta- bolism ; activities of gastro-intestinal tract ; enzymes ; inorganic nu- trition. (Intended especially for medical students.) Lectures; demonstrations; conferences. //; (2). Mr. MacArthltr Prerequisite: Chemistry 15. 16. Chemistry for Engineers. — The proximate analysis of coal; determination of calorific power; technical analysis of fur- nace gases; examination of boiler waters; lubricating oils. (For mechanical engineers.) //; (3). Professor Parr, Dr. Broderson Prerequisite: Chemistry i. 17. Teachers' Course. — The methods of teaching elementary chemistry. /; (i). Professor Balke 21. Qualitative Organic Analysis. — Systematic methods for identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. /; (2). Assistant Professor Derick, Mr. Kamm Prerequisite: Chemistry 9a, 9b. 22. Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition). — The chemical composition of animal products and feeding stuffs. Lectures; con- ferences; assigned reading; laboratory. / or II; (5). Professor Grindley Prerequisite : Two years' work in chemistry. 27. Qualitative Analysis of the Rare Elements. — The rare elements and their compounds; identification and separation of the Chemistry 341 elements; formation, solubilities, and chemical reactions of their salts. Assigned reading; laboratory. //; (3). Professor Balke Prerequisite: Two years' work in chemistry. 31. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — Some of the more im- portant principles and methods of physical chemistry and electro- chemistry; numerous problems. Lectures; recitations. //; (3). Professor Washburn, Dr. Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2, 3; Physics i or 2a; Mathemat- ics 8a. 23. Elementary Physical Chemistry. — Molecular weight of gases and solutions ; chemical equilibrium ; the electrical con- ductivity of solutions and the attendant phenomena within the solution; thermochemistry. (Laboratory to accompany course 31.) //; (2). Dr. MacInnes, Dr. Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a; Physics 2b or 3. 35. Electrochemistry. — (A continuation of Chemistry 31. See also Chemistry 102b.) Applications to industrial processes. Lec- tures, recitations, laboratory, Allmand's Applied Electrochemistry. J; (3 or 5). Dr. MacInnes Prerequisite : Chemistry 31, ^Z- 61. Industrial Chemical Laboratory. — The preparation and purification of chemical products from raw materials on a scale sufficient to afford data for determining the economy of the pro- cesses employed. Typical forms of chemical machinery such as filter presses, vacuum pan, centrifugal separators, steam jacketed kettles, etc. ; reports and estimates upon apparatus and plant for the production of some particular product on a commercial scale. (Should be accompanied by either Chemistry 6 or 109.) //; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland, Dr. Broderson Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a and 14. 65. Technical Gas and Fuel Analysis. — Examination of gases, gas mixtures, flue gases, and fuels ; determination of ca- lorific values; calculation of efficiencies. /; (2). Professor Parr, Dr. Broderson Prerequisite : Chemistry 5a. 66. Technology of Gases. — The manufacture, constituents, and uses of the various forms of gaseous fuel ; calorimetry ; photo- metry ; the more exact methods of analysis. Lectures ; reading ; reports; laboratory. //; (i). Professor Parr Prerequisite : Chemistry 65. 342 Chemistry 68a. Analysis of Glasses and Glazes. — (For students in ceramics.) Special problems connected with the pottery industry. /; (3). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b. 68b. Cement Chemistry. — (For students in ceramics.) The analysis of cements; cement materials; pottery bodies. /; (3). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b. 69. Metallurgical Laboratory and Assaying. — The fire assay of gold, silver, lead, and copper ores, mattes, and bullion ; special experiments illustrating the underlying metallurgical principles; fluxes, slags, and charge calculations ; practise in the use of coal, oil, and gas furnaces, and in the measurement of high temperatures. Fulton's Manual of Fire Assaying. I; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 5a; Geology 5. 70. Advanced Assaying and Ore Testing. — The assay of ores of platinum, tin, copper; bullion assay; free milling, amalgama- tion, and cyaniding tests. (A continuation of Chemistry 69.) //; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 69. 71. Advanced Methods of Metallurgical Analysis. — Com- parison of selected methods for analyses of ores, alloys, and metal- lurgical products. Laboratory. /; (2). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite : Chemistry 5b. 72. Paints, Oils, Turpentines, Varnishes, and Protective Coverings for Wood and Metals. — Lectures and laboratory. / or II; (2 or 5). Professor Parr Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b, 14. 73. Asphalt, Tar, and Oil Residues. — Their sources, charac- teristics, composition, and examination ; binders, dust preventa- tives, etc., used in road construction. (For students in highway engineering.) //; (2). Professor Parr Prerequisite: Chemistry 3 or 4. 76. Calorimetry of Fuels. — Methods for determining the heat values of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels. (An advanced course.) /, //; (1-3). Professor Parr Chemistry 343 77. Composition and Classification of Coal. — Classification, changes in composition, weathering, spontaneous combustion, for- mation of mine gases. Lectures; assigned reading. //; (i). Professor Parr 78. Metallography. — Constitution and microstructure of metals and alloys and the relations between their properties chemical and mechanical treatment, and structure. Lectures; re' xing and labo- ratory. //; (2). Assistant Professor McFarlaxd 92 and 93. Journal Meeting. — (For juniors, seniors, and grad- uates.) I, II; (i). All members of the teaching staff in the chem- ical department. For Juniors, Assistant Professor Derick For Seniors, Assistant Professor McFarland COURSES FOR GRADUATES Graduate students whose major subject is in some department other than chemistry, before taking graduate work for credit in this department, must have had the equivalent of 15 university cred- its in chemistry, and the work covered must have included satisfac- tory work in general chemistry and in qualitative and quantitative analysis. Such students are advised to take Chemistrj- 31, 33, (or 102, 102a), 5b, 5c, 14, 9a and 9b. Courses of a more special na- ture will not, as a rule, be accepted for graduate work unless pre- ceded by one of the above courses. For students in agriculture, (Themistry 5a and 13a will not be accepted for graduate credit. Graduate students who are candidates for an advanced degree in chemistry must have had the equivalent of 30 university credits in chemistry, and this must include satisfactory courses in general chemistry, qualitative and quantitative analysis, physical chemis- try, and organic chemistry. They should have had courses in math- ematics, including analj'tical geometry, and, if possible, the calcu- lus. Before receiving the degree of Doctor of Philosophy such students are expected to complete work equivalent to courses 31, 33 (or 102 and 102a), 14, 9a. 9b, loi, and iii. They are advised to take at least brief courses in gas analysis, iron and steel analysis, water analysis, assaying, and chemical technology'. For students in chemistry, 5a, 13a, 9, and 9c will not be accepted for graduate credit and 9a, 9b, 14, 31 and 33 will be accepted only from students entering the Graduate School with the equivalent of 30 university credits in chemistry. 344 Chemistry loi. History of Chemistry. — Lectures. Pattison Muir's History of Chemical Theories and Laws, and assigned reading. Twice a week; I ; (y2 unit). Assistant Professor Smith [102. Advanced Physical Chemistry. — This course with 102a, covers a period of two years. The subject is treated from the stand- point of Avoj. dro's Principle and T her 7no dynamics. The primary purpose is to dv./elop power to handle successfully a physico-chemi- cal problem rather than merely to impart a knowledge of the pheno- mena and the principles involved. Lectures and Seminar. Nemst's Theoretische Chemie, 7th edition. Twice a week; I, II ; (Y^. unit). Not given in 1913-1914. Professor Washburn Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2; Physics i, 3; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. An elementary knowledge of organic and physical chemis- try is desirable.] 102a. Advanced Physical Chemistry. — Chemical equilibrium ; the Phase Rule; certain portions of thermochemistry; photochem- istry; the thermodynamics of electrochemistry. (A continuation of 102, with which it alternates.) Nernst's Theoretische Chemie. Twice a week; I, II; (Y^ unit). Professor Washburn Prerequisite: The same as course 102. 102b. Advanced Electrochemistry. — The modern theories of solution and the principles of thermodynamics in their application to the problems of electrochemistry; electrolytic conductivity and transference; electro-motive force; the energy principles underlying the transformation of chemical and electrical energy ; the recent advances in the electrolysis of fused electrolytes and the applica- tions of electricity to gaseous reactions at high temperature. Le- Blanc's Electrochemistry. Three times a week; II; (i unit). Dr. MacInnes (Open to undergraduates having the necessary preparation.) Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 33; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. 102c. — Advanced Physical and Electrochemistry. — The appli- cations of physico-chemical methods to special problems. Labor- atory. Twice a week; I; (}i unit). Professor Washburn, Dr. MacInnes Prerequisite: Chemistry 31, 33; registration in Chemistry 102b, or completion of Chemistry 102, 102a, or 102b; Mathematics 8a or 7 and 9. I02d. Electrochemistry. — Theoretical and applied electrochem- Chemistry 345 istry, with emphasis on the technical side of the subject. (For stu- dents of electrical engineering.) Once a week; I, II; (^2 unit). Dr. MacInnes I02e. Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. — Subject for 1913-14 : Free Energy and the Nemst Heat Theorem. Pollizer's Die Berechnung Chemischer Affinitaten nacJi dent Nernstschen Warme- theorem. Once a week; I; (y2 unit). Professor Washburn' Prerequisite : Chemistry 102 or 102a. 103. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. — Descriptive inorganic chemistry ; the rarer elements ; the periodic system. Lectures, with or without laboratory. Two to five times a week; I, II ; (yz to i]4- units). Professor Balke 103a. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. — Special topics. Lec- tures, with or without laboratory. One to five times a week; II; (y2 to lyi units). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 5b, 9a, 9b, 14, 31, 33. 103b. Spectal Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. — Subject for 1913-1914: The Investigations and Theories of Werner. Werner, Neuere Anchauungen auf dem Gehiete der Anorganischen Chemie; assigned reading from later publications. Lectures and seminar. Twice a week; I; (}i unit). Assistant Professor Smith Prerequisite: Chemistry 9a, 9b, 14. 103c. Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. — Seminar. Sub- ject for 1913-14: The Determination of Atomic Weights. Twice a week; II; (yi unit). Professor Balke 103d. Advanced Qualitative Analysis. — Methods of separat- ing qualitative reagents ; reactions of some of the less common ele- ments. Designed especially for those intending to teach qualitative- chemistry. Lectures, with or without laboratory. One to three times a week; I ; (Yz to 1 unit). Assistant Professor Weber: [104. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — Seminar. Kekule's link- ing theory, sterochemistry, stearic hindrance, molecular rearrange- ments, tautomerism, condensation, carbohydrates, ureids. Special attention to the application of modem physical chemistry- to the- study of organic problems, especially the application of chemical kinetics to tautomerism and to the typical reactions of organic chem- istry, and the application of physical properties to the determination! of chemical structure. Lectures; discussions. Twice a week ; I, II. Not given in 1913-14. Assistant Professor Derick] 34^ Chemistry 104a. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — (Continuation of 104, with which it alternates.) Twice a week; I, II. Assistant Professor Derick 104b. Advanced Quantitative Organic Analysis. — The quan- titative chemistry of the proteins, alkaloids, glucosides, volatile oils, and other constituents of animal and vegetable tissues. Plant an- alysis. Toxicological analysis. Concludes with a study of the gen- eral methods, chemical and physical, of organic analysis. Lectures and seminar. May be accompanied by laboratory work on a select- ed group of compounds. Twice a week; I, II; (j^ unit). Dr. Beal 104c. Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. — Seminar. Sub- ject 1913-14: The Organic Chemistry of Nitrogen, Sidgwick. Once a week; II. Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Thorp 105. Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — Selected portions of physiological chemistry not covered by Chemistry 15. Two times a week; II; (}i unit). Mr. MacArthur 105a. Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — Special investiga- tions. Laboratory. One to five times a week; II; (1/2 to 1% units). Mr. MacArthur 105b. Advanced Physiological Chemistry. — Recent contribu- tions of importance in the field of physiological chemistry. Two times a week; I, II; (^ unit). Mr. MacArthur 106. Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition.) — The recent advances in the chemistry of nutrition of the lower animals ; the chemistry of the functional products ; the flesh, fat, milk, and wool of the more common domesticated animals. Lectures ; conferences ; assigned reading; laboratory. Five times a week; I, II; (1% units). Professor Grindley Prerequisite: Two years* work in chemistry 107. Calorimetry. — Standards and methods. One to three times a week; I, II; (^2 to i unit). Professor Parr 108. Advanced Metallography. — Advanced studies in constitu- tion and microstructure of metals and alloys ; the relations between their properties, chemical and mechanical treatment, and stnicture. Assigned reading and laboratory. Twice a week; II; (^ unit). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 7. Civil Engineering 347 109. Advanced Industrial Chemistry. — Seminar. Some of the more important chemical industries; the development and chemical control of processes. Twice a week; I, II; (^ unit). Assistant Professor McFarland Prerequisite: Chemistry 6, 9, 14, 21 or equivalent. no. Water Supplies. — The sources of contamination of water supplies and the purification of water for potable or technical use. One to five times a week; I, II; (Yi to lyi units). Professor Bartow III. Research. — A thesis will usually be required of students taking the Master's degree and will always be required of students taking the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. (For a description of undergraduate work leading to a thesis, see Chemistry II.) Work may be taken in the following subjects : Physical and Electrochemistry Professor Washburn, Dr. MacInnes Inorganic Chemistry Professor Balke, Assistant Professors Smith, Weber Analytical Chemistry Assistant Professor Smith Food Chemistry Dr. Beal Organic Chemistry Professor Noyes, Assistant Professor Derick, Dr. Thorp Water Chemistry Professor Bartow Animal Chemistry (Animal Nutrition) Professor Grindley Physiological Chemistry Mr. MacArthur Industrial Chemistry Professor Parr, Assistant Professor McFarland Besides the formal courses, outlined above, regular scientific meetings are held by the colloquiums of industrial, physical and in- organic, and physiological and organic chemistry; by the Chemical Club ; by Phi Lambda Upsilon, and by the University of Illinois Sec- tion of the American Chemical Society. CIVIL ENGINEERING Ira Osborn Baker, C.E., D.Eng., Professor Allen Boyer McDaniel, B.S., Assistant Professor John Ira Parcel, A.B., B.S., Assistant Professor James Elmo Smith, C.E., Assistant Professor Wilbur M Wilson, M.M.E., Assistant Professor Carroll Carson Wiley, C.E., Associate 348 Civil Engineering Neal Bryant Garver, C.E., Associate George Wellington Pickles, Jr., C.E., Instructor William Horace Rayner, C.E., Instructor Raymond Earl Davis, B.S., Instructor Benjamin Lester Bowling, Assistant in Cement Laboratory Guy G. Mills, B.S., Instructor I. Roads and Pavements. — Improvement of country highways; means of securing it ; construction of earth, gravel, and both water- bound and bituminous macadam roads ; methods of construction, cost, durability, and desirability of the various kinds of pavement ; grades ; cross-sections ; assessment of cost ; maintenance and clean- ing. Baker's Roads and Pavements. II; (2). Mr. Wiley Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; General Engineering Drawing i, 2 ; Civil Engineering 21, 22, 23. 4. Railroad Surveying. — The principles of economic location and the construction of railways; railway appliances and mainten- ance-of-way practise. Field practise : Preliminary and location surveys of a line of railroad of sufficient length to secure familiarity with the methods of actual practise. Each student makes a com- plete set of notes, maps, profiles, calculations, and estimates. Field Manual for Railroad Engineers. I; (5). Assistant Professor Smith, Mr. Wiley Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 21, 22, 23. 4a. Railroad Surveying. — The first eleven weeks of course 4, for students in municipal and sanitary engineering. /; (3). Sr. Masonry Construction. — Baker's Masonry Construction. I; (4). Professor Baker, Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7, 8, 9, 10; Civil Engineering 20. 5/. Cement Laboratory Practise. — Standard tests for hydraulic cement. /; (i). Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7, 8, 9, 10; Civil Engineering 20; registration in Civil Engineering 5r. 6a. Theory of Reinforced Concrete. — The principles of rein- forced concrete beams, columns, slabs, etc. Tumeaure and Maurer's Principles of Reinforced Concrete. I; (i). Assistant Professor Parcel 6b. Masonry and Reinforced Concrete Design. — The design of Civil Engineering 349 masonry structures ; reinforced-concrete beams, columns, slabs; arches, dams, retaining walls. //; (2). Assistant Professors McDaniel, Smith Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 5. 6c. Theory and Design of Reinforced Concrete. — A brief course in Civil Engineering 6a and 6b for students in architectural engineering, municipal and sanitary engineering, and railway civil engineering. //; (2). Assistant Professor Parcel, Mr, Garver Prerequisite: Full senior standing. 10. Surveying. — U. S. public land surveys; principles of re-es- tablishing corners. Use of transit in finding distances, areas, and in laying out buildings ; use of the level in finding profiles and con- tours. (For students in architecture, architectural engineering, electrical engineering, and mechanical engineering.) Pence and Ketchum's Surveying Manual; II; (2). Mr. Pickles, Mr. Wiley, Mr. Schwartz Prerequisite: Mathematics 4; General Engineering Drawing i, 2; Physics I, 3. 12. Bridge Analysis. — The computation of the stresses in the various forms of bridge trusses, by algebraic and graphic methods, under different conditions of loading. Dufour's Bridge Engineer- ing, Part One. I; (2). Assistant Professor Parcel, Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7, 8, 9, 10; and for civil engineering students. Civil Engineering 20, and for ar- chitectural engineering students, Architecture 5, or 45. 13. Bridge Details. — Inspection of a highway bridge ; computa- tion of weight and critical investigation of a highway bridge from detailed shop-drawings ; detailed estimate of cost ; standard details for bridges. /; (2). Assistant Professor Wilson, Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Registration in Civil Engineering 12. 14. Bridge Design. — Individual design of a railroad plate girder and a truss span, with sections proportioned and details worked out, and a complete set of drawings. Dufour's Bridge Engineering, Part One. II; (5), Assistant Professor Wilson, Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 12, 13. 14a. Bridge Design. — Part of Course 14 above, for railway civil engineering students. //; (2). Assistant Professor Wilson 14b. Building Design. — Design of steel-frame office buildings; estimate of cost. (For architectural engineering students.) //; (2). Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 12, 13. 350 Civil Engineering 15, Advanced Bridge Analysis. — A brief introduction to the theory of continuous, draw, cantilever, suspension, and metal-arch bridges. Merriman and Jacoby's Roofs and Bridges, Part Four. II; (2). Assistant Professor Parcel 16. Engineering Contracts and Specifications. — The Izw of contract ; examples of general and technical clauses used in engi- neering specifications. Johnson's Engineering Contracts and Speci- fications. II; (2). Assistant Professor McDaniel Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 5, 12, 13; Municipal and Sani- tary Engineering 2, 3. 20. Graphic Statics. — Elements of graphic statics ; determina- tion of stresses in roof and bridge trusses and in the braced bent. Malcolm's Elements of Graphic Statics. II; (2). Assistant Professor Smith, Mr. Garver Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4, 6; Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics 7, 8, 9, 10; General Engineering Drawing i, 2, 21. Surveying. — The theory, use, and adjustment of the com- pass, level, and transit. Field work; the determination of distances by pacing and with the chain and tape ; the determination of areas with the compass, transit, and plane table; profile leveling. Plotting from field notes. The U. S. land survey methods, and court deci- sions relating to the re-establishment of corners, boundaries, parti- tion of land, interpretation of deeds, and in city and farm surveying. Breed and Hosmer's Principles and Practise of Surveying, Vol. I ; Pence and Ketchum's Surveying Manual. I; (5). Mr. Pickles, Mr. Rayner, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing i, 2; Mathematics 4. 22. Topographic Surveying. — The theory and use of the stadia, plane table, sextant, and other instruments used in making a topo- graphic survey ; methods ; topographic drawing ; a complete to- pographic survey based on a system of trinngulation including the calculations, and platting and completing the map ; precise measure- ment of bases and angles. Astronomical determination of latitude, longitude, and the meridian. Breed and Hasmer's Principles and Practise of Surveying, Vol. I ; Pence and Ketchum's Surveying Manual. II; (4). Mr. Pickels, Mr. Rayner, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 21 ; General Engineering Draw- ing 1,2; Mathematics 4. CizHl Engineering 351 23. Railroad Curves. — The geometry of the circle as applied to railroad curves ; the methods of locating curves in the field. Pickels and Wiley's Text-book of Railroad Surveying. II; (1). Mr. Pickels, Mr. Rayner, Mr. Davis Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 21, 22; General Engineering Drav^ring i, 2; Mathematics 4. Taken with C. E. 22. 24. Metal Structures. — The design and calculation of stresses in mill and steel-skeleton buildings. /; (i). Assistant Professor Wilson Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 12, 13, 20. 25. Seminar. — Reading and discussion of papers. Each student presents one major and two minor papers upon assigned topics, and participates in the discussion of other papers. //; (i). Professor Baker Prerequisite: Full senior standing in Civil Engineering. 30. Thesis. — First semester : preliminary work, with weekly conferences. Second semester : specified hours for work and con- ferences. I; (i) ; //; (2). Instructor assigned by Professor Baker Prerequisite: Full senior standing in Civil Engineering. courses for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in civil engineering presupposes the full undergraduate course in that subject. 106. Reinforced-Concrete Design. — The materials, design, forms, and erection of reinforced-concrete structures. Three times a week; I or II. Assistant Professor McDaniel 107. Bridge Engineering. — Theorems of Castigliano ; Max- well's reciprocal theorem ; virtual velocities ; deflections ; camber ; redundant members ; special graphic methods ; secondary- systems ; impact ; general flexure ; specifications ; design of tension and com- pression members ; details of construction ; manufacturing methods and costs; bridge erection. Three times a week; I, II. Assistant Professor Parcel 124. Steel Building Construction. — The design of the steel skeleton of buildings for various purposes. Conferences, problems, and inspection of construction work in progress. Three times a week; I or II. Assistant Professor Wilson 352 The Classics THE CLASSICS Herbert Jewett Barton, A.M., Professor, Chairman Charles Melville Moss, Ph.D., Professor William Abbott Oldfather, Ph.D., Associate Professor Arthur Stanley Pease, Ph.D., Associate Professor Howard Vernon Canter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Majors A major in the classics consists of 30 hours in Greek and Latin, of which at least 12 shall be in the secondary language, and the remaining hours in the primary language. Only those courses may count toward the major in the classics which count toward a major in Latin and Greek respectively. A major in Greek consists of 24 hours, not including Greek i, 17, 18, 19. A major in Latin consists of 24 hours, not including Latin 12. Latin i may be counted for half credit only. Honors For honors in Greek the major shall be the ordinary one of 24 hours, as defined above; the minors shall be Latin and one other foreign language, or history, or philosophy, or English literature. Neither minor shall consist of less than 9 hours, and the two to- gether must aggregate not less than 24 hours. No course may be counted toward these minors which is not counted toward a major by the department concerned. For honors in Latin the major shall consist of 24 hours and shall include Latin 14 and 16 ; the minors shall be at least one other foreign language, preferably Greek, and one of the following : Eng- lish literature, a modern language, history, or philosophy, with the same conditions as in the case of Greek. GREEK courses for undergraduates The courses in translation naturally follow one another in this sequence: i, 3, 4, 5 (7), 6 (8). Courses i, 3, and 4 are intended for students who cannot present Greek for entrance to the Univer- sity, but who desire to commence the study of the language. Course 2 may be taken after Course i and Course 14 after Courses 5 or 7. The Classics 353 Nos. 16, 17, 18, and 19 are open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors; No. 20 to those who have completed one year in History or in Clas- sics. 1. Grammar and Reader. — Attic forms; reading of simple prose. Second semester, Xenophon's Anabasis, Book I; /, //; (4). Associate Professor Oldfather 2. New Testament Greek. — Reading of selections; lectures on Canon and Text. I, II; (2). Professor Moss Prerequisite : Greek i. 3. Second Year Greek. — Xenophon, Anabasis , Books II-IV. Grammatical drill. /; (3). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite : Greek i. 4. Second Year Greek. — Homer. Six books of the Iliad. II; (3). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite: Greek 3. [5. Herodotus. — Selections, including portions of Books VI- VIII. Greek lyric poets. //; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Moss Prerequisite: Greek 4] [6. Thucydides. — Books VI-VH. The Sicilian Expedition. I; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Pease Prerequisite : Greek 4.] 7. Greek Drama. — Three plays from the great dram.atists; history of the drama and theatrical antiquities. //; (3). Professor Moss Prerequisite : Greek 4. 8. Plato. — Selected dialogues, including the Apology and the Phaedo. I; (3). Associate Professor Pease Prerequisite: Greek 4. 14. Advanced Greek Prose Composition. — II; (i). Professor Moss Prerequisite : Greek 5 and 6, or 7 and 8. GREEK life AND LITERATURE IN ENGLISH (Courses 16-20 presuppose no knowledge of Greek and are open to all students except freshmen.) 16. The Private and Public Life of the Greeks. — Lectures illustrated by photographs and slides; prescribed readings. /; (i). Professor Moss 17. Greek Poetry in Translations. — /; (2). Professor Moss 354 The Classics i8. Greek Prose in Translations. — /; (2). Professor Moss 19. Greek Drama in Translations. — //; (2), Professor Moss 20. History of Greece. — /; (3). (This course is described by the department of history as History 5.) Associate Professor Oldfather Prerequisite : One course in history or the classics. courses for graduates [103. Principles of Comparative Grammar. — Three times a week; I. (i unit). (The same as Latin loi). Not given in 1913-14 Assistant Professor Canter] [104. Homer and the Homeric Question. — Lectures and read- ing in alternate hours. The whole of the Iliad and a large portion of the Odyssey will be read; of this about twelve books in class. Introduction to the methods of historical and literary criticism. Twice a week; I, II. (i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Oldfather] 105. Plato and Aristotle. — Selections from the political and ethical writings. The Republic of Plato and the Ethics and Politics of Aristotle. Twice a week. I, II; (i unit). Associate Professor Oldfather 106. Greek Drama. — One play of each of the great dramatists; the biography of the author, his relation to the development of dra- matic art, and the history of Greek literature. Certain plays as- signed for private reading. Reports upon prescribed topics. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Moss [107. Greek Oratory. — One or more speeches of each of sev- eral orators; the style, place in the canon, and relation to their times of one or two authors; problems in the Athenian constitution and legal practise assigned for individual study and reports. Twice a week. I, II; {i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Moss] LATIN first-year courses 1. Ovid and Virgil. — Selections from the Atnores, Her aides, and Metamorphoses and the Aeneid. I, II; (4). Associate Professor Pease, Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite: Three entrance units in Latin. 2. LivY, Plautus, and Terence. — Selections from Livy; the Rudens of Plautus; the Phormio of Terence. /, //; (4). Professor Barton Prerequisite: Four entrance units in Latin. The Classics 355 SECOND-YEAR COURSES 3. Sallust and Cicero. — Selections from the Jugurthine War; De Senectute. I; (3). Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite: Latin 2. 4. Catullus and Horace. — Selections from the lyrics of Catul- lus and the Odes of Horace. //; (3)- Professor Barton Prerequisite : Latin 2. 5. Latin Composition. — Grammatical drill; practise in the sim- pler forms of expression. /, //; (i). Assistant Professor Canteb Prerequisite: Latin i or its equivalent. ROMAN LIFE AND LITERATURE IN ENGLISH (Courses 12 and 13 presuppose no knowledge of Latin; open to all students except freshmen.) 12. Virgil and Horace in English Translations. — /; (2). Professor Barton 13. Roman Life. — The family; amusements; education; mor- als; society; monuments. Lectures, illustrated by photographs and slides. //; (i). Professor Barton 19. Roman History. — //; (3). (This course is described by the department of history as History 6.) Assistant Professor Canter Prerequisite : One course in history or the classics. courses for advanced undergraduates [7. Horace and Juvenal. — Selections from the Satires and Epistles of Horace; selected Satires of Juvenal. /; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Pease Prerequisite : 12 hours' credit in Latin.] 8. TAaTUS.— The Annals, books I-VL /; (3). Associate Professor Pease Prerequisite : 12 hours' credit in Latin. 9. Teachers' Course. — The purpose and methods of prepara- tory Latin instruction; the teacher's preparation. //; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite : 18 hours' credit in Latin. A portion of this re- quirement may be waived for those who have taught Latin. 356 The Classics 10. Latin Composition. — The leading principles ; imitation of assigned models. /; (2). Professor Barton Prerequisite : 12 hours' credit in Latin, including Latin 5 or its equivalent. 22. Late Latin. — Rapid reading of selections from the Latin writers from Minucius Felix to Cassiodorus. //; (2). Associate Professor Pease Prerequisite : This course is open to seniors and graduates who have had two years of college Latin or who otherwise satisfy the instructor of their ability to do the work required. COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES [14. Seneca. — Selections from his letters and tragedies. //; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Barton Prerequisite: 18 hours' credit in Latin.] 16. Martial and Suetonius. — Selections; lectures on literary history. //; (3). Associate Professor Oldfather Prerequisite: 18 hours* in Latin. COURSES for graduates Students desiring to take graduate work in Latin should have had at least three years of college Latin in addition to the Latin presented to meet entrance requirements. [loi. Principles of Comparative Grammar. — (The same as Greek 103). Three times a week; I. Not given in 1913-14. Assistant Professor Canter] 102. Roman Oratory. — Twice a week; II; (J^ unit). Assistant Professor Canter 103. Cicero. — De Natura Deorum and De Divinatione. Twice a week; I. (H unit). Associate Professor Pease 104. Palaeography. — Twice a week; I; (^ unit). Associate Professor Pease [105. Latin Poetry. — TTvice a week; II; (J^ unit). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Pease] 106. Latin Comedy. — Twice a week; I; (Yi unit). Associate Professor Oldfather 107. Epigraphy. — Twice a week; II; ('J^ unit). Associate Professor Pease 108. Tacitus. — The Histories. Twice a week; I; (Yz unit). Professor Barton Dairy Husbandry 357 109. Virgil. — Twice a week; II; (J^ unit). Associate Professor Pease no. Seminar. — Once a week; I, II; (^/i unit). Associate Professor Oldfather, Associate Professor Pease, and other members of the department. COMMERCIAL LAW (See Economics and Accountancy.) DAIRY HUSBANDRY Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Professor, Dairy Bacteriology WiLBLTi John Fraser, M.S., Professor, Dairy Husbandry Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Dairy Bacter- iology ♦Nelson William Hepbltin, M.S., Assistant Professor, Dairy Man- ufactures LeRoy Lang, M.S., Associate, Dairy Manufactures Royden Earl Brand, M.S., Associate, Dairy Husbandry Horatio Newton Parker, Instructor, Milk Distribution William Truman Crandall, M.S., Associate, Milk Production Harrison August Ruehe, B.S., Instructor, Dairy Manufactures Ray Stillman Hulce, M.S., Instructor, Milk Production Oliver Arnold Keller, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Manufactures William Wodin Yapp, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry * Harry Montgomery Weeter, A.B., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry courses for undergraduates I. Milk Testing. — Official testing; inspectors' methods; tests for purity and adulteration; lactometer; acid tests; tests for pre- servatives ; butter analysis ; moisture, salt and fat tests. Lectures ; assigned readings; laboratory practise. (Alternates with Dairy Husbandry 16 if desired.) /; (3). Mr. Lang, Mr. Ruehe 7. Butter Making and Factory Management. — Cream receiv- ing and ripening; pasteurization; use of commercial starters; churn- ing, salting, working, and marketing of butter; butter scoring; sep- arators ; special problems for the manufacture of butter ; private and co-operative management of creameries ; centralizers' systems ; creamery accounting and business methods ; refrigerating ; ice cream making ; location and planning of creamery buildings. Lectures ; assigned readings; laboratory practise. //; (5). Mr. Lang, Mr. Ruehe Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandrj' i. •On leave. 358 Dairy Husbandry 19. Farm Dairying. — Systems of creaming milk; the care and use of the hand separator ; the various makes of machines ; farm butter-making ; ripening cream ; churning, working, and marketing butter on the farm. /; (2). Mr. Lang Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry i. 22. Cheese Making. — Ripening and setting milk; cutting, cook- ing, and dipping curd; cheddaring, milling, matting, and salting curds; pressing and curing cheese; the different varieties of cheese; practise in making more common varieties. /; (3). Mr. Ruehe Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry i. 8. City Milk Supply. — Producing and marketing clean milk for public consumption ; sanitation of the dairy barn and milk house ; scoring and inspection of dairies; standardization, bottling, trans- portation, and delivery of milk; communicable disease; value of milk as a food; milk beverages; certified milk; milk commissions; legal regulations of cities and states. (Alternates with Dairy Hus- bandry II if desired.) //; (3). Mr. Parker Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry i. II. Dairy Bacteriology. — The relation of bacteria to the dairy industry; changes commonly effected in milk by bacteria; market milk; inspected milk; certified milk; pasteurized milk; bacteria characteristic of different groups; bacteria producing milk of un- usual character; preserved milks; butter; oleomargarine; cheese. (Alternates with Dairy Husbandry 8 if desired.) //; (3). Professor Harding, Mr. Parker Prerequisite : Botany 5 or 12. 3. Elements of Dairy Husbandry. — The dairy herd, dairy san- itation, milk testing, milk products. Required of all freshmen in the general course in Agriculture. Lectures; demonstrations. / or II; (i). Mr. Hulce and various members of the department 2. Dairy Cattle. — Dairy type and its relation to milk and but- ter fat production; origin and history of breeds, their character- istics, type and adaptability to the various markets and climatic con- ditions ; prominent families and individuals in principal breeds ; herd improvement; selection of animals on performance, breeding, and physical conformation ; grading up by use of superior sires. Lectures; recitations; judging. /; (4). Mr. Crandall 16. Feeding Dairy Cattle. — Compounding rations for dairy cows; preparation of feeds; study of station feeding tests; effect of feeds on milk products; calf raising, feeding and general care; X Drawing, General Engineering 359 barn arrangement, with reference to storage and feeding ; types of mangers ; silos, location and types. Opportunity will be given to study the feeding of the University dairy herds as well as the types of silos in use. (Alternates with Dairy Husbandry i if desired.) /; (3). Mr. HuLCE 17. Advanced Study of Dairy Breeds. — The origin and history of dairy breeds; history of prominent families and noted individ- uals, their characteristics and producing abilities ; pedigree work with special emphasis upon performance records; advanced registry systems; problems peculiar to the breeder of pure-bred dairy cat- tle. The student may specialize in the particular breed in which he is interested. Lectures; assigned readings; seminar work. //; (2). Prerequisite: Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16. Mr. Crandall 21. Systems of Dairy Farming. — Relation of the cow and the herd to profits; how to establish and perpetuate a dairy herd of the highest efficiency; economy of crops and rations on a dairy farm ; systems of cropping ; the organization of a dairy farm ; loca- tion and arrangement of buildings and lots ; farm accounts, rec- ords, and inventories ; markets ; care and disposal of milk at the greatest profit. //; (5). Professor Fraser, Mr. Brand Prerequisite : Dairy Husbandry 2 and 16. courses for graduates loi. Economic Milk Production. — Differences in the efficiency of dairy cows, cause and effect of the same, and the relation this bears to successful dairy farming. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Fraser 102. Research. — The investigations in progress in the dairy herds of the state. /, //; (i unit). Professor Fraser 103. Research. — Dairy feeding problems. I, II; (i unit). Professor Fraser DRAWING, GENERAL ENGINEERING Harvey Willard Miller, M.E., Assistant Professor Robert Kent Steward, C.E., Associate pRANas Marion Porter, M.S., Associate Harold Ordway Rugg, C.E., Instructor Harvey Herbert Jordan, B.S., Instructor RuFUS Crane, A.B., B.S., Instructor *RoBiN Beach, B.S., Instructor Walter Stephen Nelson, Half-time Assistant •Second Semester. 360 Economics 1. Elements of Drafting. — Lettering ; isometric oblique and perspective drawing ; orthographic projection ; machine sketching ; working drawings. Lettering : mechanical styles and the making of name plates and titles for mechanical drawings. Mechanical drawing: 12 plates from copy, with tracings of each, and 6 plates from models, with tracings of each. Dimensioned sketches from parts of standard machines, followed by complete working draw- ings. Tracings duplicated in blue-print form. Time sketches of the equipment in the shops and laboratories; Miller & Steward's Plate Specifications. I; (4). Assistant Professor Miller and department staff 2. Descriptive Geometry. — The point, line, and plane ; the prop- erties of surfaces; intersections and developments. (For architects, perspective instead of intersections and developments.) Practical problems. Recitations precede the work in the drawing room at each period. Three drawing room plates, 2 hours each, 5 problems per plate, and 2 home plates, 5 problems each, constitute each week's work. Miller's Descriptive Geometry, Forter's Plates. II ; (4). Assistant Professor Miller and department staff Prerequisite: Solid geometry, college algebra, plane trigonom- etry. 21. Advanced Descriptive Geometry. — Review of course 2; the cylinder, cone, convolute and warped surface; intersections of these surfaces in pairs, and by planes; planes tangent; developable sur- faces and those approximately developable ; doubly curved surfaces and complex surfaces of revolution; practical applications and methods. //; (2). Mr. Porter Prerequisite : G. E. D. i, 2. ECONOMICS (Including Accountancy) (See also History, Political Science, and Sociology.) David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Professor Ernest Ritson Dewsnup, A.M., Professor Ernest Ludlow Bogart, Ph.D., Professor George Enfield Frazer, A.B., LL.B., Professor William Arthur Chase, LL.B., C.P.A., Lecturer, in charge of work in Accountancy Nathan Austin Weston, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Economics 361 Simon Litman, Dr.Jur.Pub.etRer.Cam., Assistant Professor John Giffin Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor Charles Manfred Thompson, Ph.D., Instructor Hiram Thompson Scovill, A.B., Instructor Charles Leslie Stewart, A.M., Instructor Roger Frank Little, A.B., LL.B., Lecturer, Business Law Alva LeRoy Prickett, A.B., Assistant The department of economics includes general economics, eco- nomic history, finance, commerce, commercial law, industr>% railway administration, and accountancy. The courses in commercial law and accountancy may not be counted towards a major in economics. Courses 7, 22, and 26, English Economic Historj-, the Economic History of the United States, and Economic Resources, are open to freshmen without previous requirement, but not more than six hours of these courses may be counted towards a major in eco- nomics. Courses numbered loi and above are open to graduate students only. Courses 4a, 4b, 5, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 21, 29, 30, 41, 42, 43, and 45 are open to graduates and advanced undergraduates. Honors For honors in economics, at least thirteen of the twenty- four hours required in the major subject shall be in courses requiring Economics i as a prerequisite. One of the minors shall be selected from the following sub- jects: history, political science, sociolog>', and accountancy. The other minor shall be selected with the approval of the department. courses for undergraduates 1. Principles of Economics. — I; (5). Assistant Professor Weston and others Prerequisite: At least thirty hours of university work. 2. Principles of Economics. — Section A open to junior and senior engineering students only; section C open to junior and senior agricultural students only. I, II; (2). Professor Robinson, Professor Dewsnup, Professor Bogart, Dr. J. G. Thompson 3. Money and Banking. — The history and theory of money, credit, and banking. //; (3). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics i. 362 Economics [4a. Financial History of the United States to the Civil War. — Colonial and federal finance, including currency, banking, tariff and fiscal questions. Not given in 1913-14. //; (2). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 3 and senior standing.] 4b. Financial History of the United States Since i860.— The finances of the Civil War and Reconstruction period; recent development of both public and private finance with special refer- ence to business conditions. //; (2). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 3 and senior standing. 5. Public Finance. — Public expenditures; financial adminis- tration; taxation; public debts. /; (3). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: Economics i and 3. Students who have had 6 hours in history and Political Science i and who present a state- ment from the department of political science showing that they are taking political science as a major, may be admitted without Economics 3. 6. Business Organization. — Business enterprises and their organization : Characteristics and relative advantages of individual proprietorship, partnership, and corporation. Organization for operating 'purposes and the effect of the organization on business and technical efficiency. The organization and work of commer- cial and industrial associations. //; (2). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Economics i, and 3 either preceding or concur- rent. Open to students of business administration only. 7. English Economic History. — The industrial development of England; the manorial system; the gilds; the commercial pol- icy and expansion of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; the industrial and manufacturing growth of the nineteenth cen- tury. Open to freshmen and sophomores only. /; (3). Professor Bogart 8. The Money Market. — Dealings in money and credit; the functions of money broker and banker; the concentration of finan- cial dealings at such centers as New York and London; interna- tional payments and the determination of rates of foreign ex- change; the seasonal demands for money; causes of fluctuation in rates of discount; monetary panics and crises; investments; the Economics 363 financial aspects of dealings on the stock and produce exchanges. //; (2), Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 9. Open to students of business ad- ministration only. 9. Practical Banking. — Banking practise in the United States. /; (2). Assistant Professor Weston Prerequisite: Economics 3; senior standing. Open to students of business administration only. 10. Corporation Management and Finance. — The growth of corporations ; their causes and forms ; the promotion, financier- ing, incorporation and capitalization of corporate consolidations ; their organization and securities ; position and relation of stock- holders and directors, analysis of reports, stock speculation, rela- tions of industrial corporations to international competition, re- ceiverships and reorganizations; social and political effects. /; (3). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Economics I and 3. 11. Industrial Consolidation. — The development of indus- trial consolidation; the growth of monopoly, monopoly prices and methods, the ability of trusts to effect prices, wages, interest and profits; and the proposed plans for controlling trusts. //; (3). Professor Robinson Prerequisite : Economics 10. 12. Labor Problems, — The condition and claims of labor and the principles underlying them. /; (3). Professor Kinley Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing and Economics I and 3. Students who have had 6 hours in history and Sociology I and who present a statement from the department of sociology showing that they are taking sociology as a major, may be ad- mitted without Economics 3. 13. Economic De\tlopment of Europe Since the Industrial Revolution. — The economic history of France, Germany and England since the period of the industrial revolution. //; (3). Professor Bogart Prerequisite: At least sixty hours of university work, includ- ing Economics i and 3. Students who present a statement from the department of history showing that they are taking history as a major, may be admitted without Economics 3. 14. Agricultural Cooperation. — The organization, financing, and management of cooperative associations for the promotion of 364 Economics various branches of farming. Open to junior and senior stu- dents of agriculture only. //; (2). Mr. Stewart Prerequisite: Economics 2. 15. Rural Credit. — The credit and banking needs of farmers and rural communities generally ; the ways and means of supplying them. Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only. /; (2). Mr. Stewart Prerequisite: Economics 2. 16. Economic Problems. — Section A: Railway problems ; taxa- tion of corporations ; the labor question. Section C : Special topics relating to agriculture. A open to students of engineering only; C open to students of agriculture only. //; Sec. A (2) ; Sec. C (3). Professor Robinson, Professor Bogart, Dr. J. G. Thompson Prerequisite: Economics 2. 17. Economic History of Agriculture. — General character- istics of agriculture and its development as an industry in various countries at various times. Land tenure and landed property. Large, medium, and small farms or estates. Economic conditions and results of extensive and intensive culture. Agricultural credit and markets. Agricultural labor. State of the agricultural class. Organization in agriculture. Relation of agriculture to other in- dustries. Relation of the state to agriculture. General aspects of farm organization and management. II; (2). Dr. J. G. Thompson Prerequisite: Economics i and 3 and senior standing. Seniors in the College of Agriculture who have had Economics i or 2 may be admitted to the course by special permission of the instructor. 18. Senior Seminar. — Investigation in economics, commerce, and industry; the preparation of theses. Business students and others making economics a major should take this course. /, //; (4-8 for the year). Professor Robinson [21. Socialism and Economic Reform. — The important social- istic theories. Not given in 1913-14. //; (3). Professor Kinley Prerequisite: Economics i and 12.] 22. The Economic History of the United States. — The ex- plorations and settlements that led to the colonization of this con- tinent; the growth of industry, agriculture, commerce, transporta- tion, and labor from the simple, isolated agricultural communities of the colonies to the complex industrial and commercial society of today. Open to freshmen and sophomores only. //; (3). Professor Bogart Economics 365 23. Elementary Law. — The law of contracts, leases, landed property, etc. Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only. //; (3). Mr. Little Prerequisite: Economics 2. 25. Commercial Law. — Contracts; negotiable instruments; ag- ency; partnerships; business corporations; sales of personal prop- erty ; bailments and carriers ; guaranty and suretyship ; insurance. The course may not be counted towards a major in economics. I, II; (2). Mr. Chase Prerequisite: At least sixty hours of university credit including Economics i and Accountancy i. For Statistics, see Mathematics 23, 31, and 129. 26. Economic Resources. — Environmental influences affecting commercial and industrial development ; the more important pro- ducts and industries of different countries ; the extent and distribu- tion of the resources and the industrial and commercial activities of the United States. Open to freshmen and sophomores only. I; (3). Assistant Professor Litman 27. Modern Industries. — The rav/ materials of commerce ; their geographical distribution and their economic significance ; the lead- ing industries engaged in the utilization of these materials; the sources of power; the investment of capital; the emplo\Tnent of men and of machinery; the progressive stages of production; the distri- bution of finished commodities. Open to freshmen and sophomores only. //; (3). Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite: Economics 26, or an approved high school course in commercial geography. [28. Mechanism and Technique of Domestic Commerce. — Buying and selling in internal trade ; forms of wholesale and retail trade organizations ; markets, fairs, auctions, stock and produce ex- changes ; department, mail-order, and cooperative stores ; commer- cial travelers; commercial competition; theory and practise of mod- ern advertising; mercantile credit. /; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite : Economics i, 3 and 26 or 27.] 29, Foreign Commerce and Commercial Politics. — Problems arising in connection with international trade relations, and various attempts to solve them; changes in theories and in policies; eco- nomic systems (mercantile, free-trade, protective) ; classes of cus- 366 Economics toms tariffs; commercial treaties; promotion of shipping; institu- tions for furthering export trade (commercial museums, consular service.) /; (3). Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite : Economics i, 3 and 26 or 27. 30. Tariff and Customs Regulations of the United States. — The history of tariff legislation in the United States; the present tariff system ; the organization and work of the custom house ; entry of goods. //; (3). Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite: Economics 29. [31. Organization of Foreign Commerce. — Exporting and im- porting; means of communication and of transportation; the ship- ping business; duties of consuls. //; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Assistant Professor Litman Prerequisite: Economics 28.] [33. Economics of Insurance. — The historical development of insurance; its economic aspects. /; (2). Not given in 1913-14. Prerequisite: Economics i and 3.] 34. Property Insurance. — Fire, marine, title, and credit insur- ance and corporate suretyship, etc. Their technical characteristics and economic effects. /; (2). Professor Robinson Prerequisite: Economics i and 3. 41. Railway Transportation. — Railway transportation in the United States, with passing reference to conditions abroad. Intro- duction ; growth and present extent of the railway system ; the re- lation of waterway and interurban competition to railway develop- ment; the railway corporation and its financial aspects; the man- agement of a railway; railway combinations; the theory and prac- tise of rate-making; relations with state and federal governments; the relation of European railways to the state. /; (3). Professor Dewsnup Prerequisite: Economics i and 3; for engineers. Economics 2. 42. Railway Rates; their Construction and Regulation. — Rate structure of the United States; the policy of the Interstate Commerce Commission as shown by its decisions ; the relation of such policy to the various theories of rate making. //; (3). Professor Dewsnup Prerequisite: Economics 41. 43. The Theory and Practise of Railway Traffic Adminis- tration. — The organization and methods of traffic management ; Economics 367 problems connected therewith. Registration in the second semester is permitted only to those who obtain credit in the first semester. /, //; (2). Professor Dewsnup Prerequisite: Economics i and 3. Open to students of Busi- ness Administration only. [45. Railway Operation and Its Problems. — Organization of the operating department ; economic problems of maintenance of way, and of motive power and equipment ; the purchase of materials and their distribution ; train movement ; yard and terminal services. Registration in the second semester is permitted only to those who obtain credit in the work of the first semester. Open to students of Business Administration only. I, II; (2). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Dewsnup Prerequisite : Economics i and 3.] courses for graduates Every student entering upon graduate work in economics must have had a thoro course in the principles of the science and should also have studied some special part of the field of economics, such as public finance or money and banking. The department of economics includes general economics, eco- nomic history, finance, commerce, and industry. Complete sets of all the important French, German, English, and American economic and financial journals are on hand ; ninety peri- odicals, foreign and domestic, in economics, finance, commerce, in- dustry, statistics, etc., are currently received. The library is es- pecially strong in railroad literature, economic history, labor, finance, and general theory. [loi. Economic Theory. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Kinley] [102. Advanced General Economics. — Twice a week; I, II: (i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Kinley] 103. Railway Administration. — Investigation, report, and dis- cussion of topics relating to current railway management. The course is primarily intended for candidates for the degree of A. M. in Railway Administration. Once a week.' I, II ; (Yz unit). Professor Dewsnup 104. Foreign and Colonial Commerce of the United States. — The foreign commerce of the United States as shown in govern- ment publications. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Litman 368 Accountancy 105. Public Finance. — The history and theory of public reve- nue and expenditure. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bogart 106. Railway Policy. — A: History of railway development in the United States. B : History of railway development in foreign countries, particularly in western Europe. C: The state and the railway. The cycle of topics requires three years for the completion of the course. The topic in 1913-14 is A. Once a week; I, II ; ^J^ unit). Professor Dewsnup [107. The Corporation in Economic Evolution. — Once a week; I, II; ^J4 unit). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Robinson] 109. Theory of Industrial Consolidations. — The nature of in- dustrial consolidations; the conditions and causes responsible for their development and their effects upon the production and distribu- tion of wealth. Once a week; I, II; (Y^ unit). Professor Robinson 118. Seminar. — /, //. Professor Kinley and others 120. History of Economic Thought. — Twice a week; I; (i unit). Dr. Thompson [122, Advanced Economic History of the United States. — Twice a week; I, II. Not given in 1913-14. Professor Bogart] ACCOUNTANCY (See also Economics.) Note. — The only courses in accountancy open to students not registered in business administration are i, 8, 9, 10, and 11. The courses in accountancy may not be counted towards a major in economics. 1. Elementary and Intermediate Accounting. — The technique of accounts as covered by the ordinary rules of bookkeeping; the application of those rules to the science of accountancy. If elected this course must be taken throughout the year in order to secure credit. /, //; (3). Mr. Chase, Mr. Scovill Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university credit and registration in Economics i. 2. Advanced Accounting and Auditing. — The technique of bookkeeping as applied in accounting in its more advanced stage. If elected this course must be taken throughout the year in order to secure credit. I, II; (3). Mr. Chase, Mr. Scovill Prerequisite: Accountancy l. Open to students of business administration only. 3. Accounting Problems and Auditing. — Modern business or- ganization such as partnership, corporation, and cost accounting; Education 369 municipal accounting and the accounting of the amalgamation of companies; auditing. If elected this course must be taken through- out the year in order to secure credit. I, II; (3). Mr. Chase Prerequisite: Accountancy 2. Open to students of business administration only. 8. Elementary Governmental Accounting. — Use of govern- mental reports; governmental accounting. /; (2). Professor Frazer Prerequisite: Accountancy I and either concurrent registra- tion or previous credit in Economics 5. 9. Institutional Accounting. — Functional organization; per- sonnel ; budgetary control ; purchasing ; store-keeping ; perpetual in- ventories //; (2). Professor Frazer Prerequisite: Accountancy i, and eight hours in economics, political science, or sociology. 10. Shop Management and Cost Keeping. — Types of indus- tries ; the labor distribution ; the materials used. The best types of records suitable for each kind of industry are discussed, and the work is presented from the standpoint of the engineer and shop manager. //; (2). Mr. Scovill Prerequisite: Open only to engineering students who have had Economics i or 2. 11. Farm Accounting. — The best practical system of keeping farm accounts; the designing of accounting systems for different kinds of farm operations and for different kinds of farming. /; (2). Mr Scovill Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior students of agriculture only. EDUCATION William Chandler Bagley, Ph.D., Professor Louis Delta Coffman, Ph.D., Professor Charles Hughes Johnston, Ph.D., Professor Horace Adelbert Hollister, A.M., Professor Lewis Flint Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Wilford Stanton Miller, A.M., Assistant and Secretary Charles LeRoy Harlan, A.B., Assistant Alfred Laurence Hall-Quest, A.M., Assistant The courses of the department fall into two general divisions : courses primarily for professional training and courses more sped- 370 Education fically designed for general culture. The first division includes courses i, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11, 15, 18, and 20; the second division, courses 2, S, 12, 13, and 16. Students majoring in education will be re- quired to take at least three hours in psychology in addition to the requirements in education. Courses i and 5 in psychology are especially recommended. Honors Candidates for honors in education must offer : 1. A minimum of 18 hours in education and 6 hours in psy- chology. Teachers' courses, not to exceed 3 hours in all, offered by other departments of the University, may, with the approval of the department of education, be counted as part of this requirement. 2. Minors in either (i) psychology (at least 9 hours exclusive of the 6 hours counted toward the major) and one subject selected from those that are usually taught in secondary schools, or (2) any two related subjects commonly taught in secondary schools. No course may be counted toward the minimum requirement for minors which may not be counted toward the major requirement in such subjects. INTRODUCTORY COURSES 1. Introduction to Education. — The processes of education traced back to the basic principles of biology, psychology, and sociology which explain and justify them. (Preceded by a brief sketch of the public school system.) I, II; (3). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Two years of university work. 2. History of Education. — The development of educational theory and practise in their relation to the history of civilization. //; (5). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Two years of university work. 16. Social Education. — The school as a social factor in its relation to the home, the church, and the state ; relation of education to child labor, vocation, and crime; educational extension. //; (3). Professor Coffman Prerequisite : Two years of university work. intermediate courses 10. Observation and the Technique of Teaching. — System- atic observation of classroom work in neighboring high schools; Educatian 371 weekly conferences for the discussion of observations; two lectures each week upon the technique of teaching; preparation by students of plans illustrating types of school exercises. I, II; (3). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Education i. 15. School Hygiene. — The hygienic aspects of school architec- ture and equipment; the hygiene of posture, exercise, and fatigue, and of reading and writing; the bearing of hygienic principles upon the course of study, the daily program, and other details of admin- istration and teaching. //; (3). Professor Bagley Prerequisite: Education I. advanced courses for undergraduates and graduates 4. Problems of Educational Administration. — The interpreta- tion of present tendencies as exemplified in the school systems of typical cities and states, and in recent educational experiments in administration, discipline, methods, and subject-matter. /; (3). Professor Coffman Prerequisite: Education i, 2. 5a. Comparative Education. — Elementary education in the United States, England, Germany, and France. /; (3). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Education i, 2. 6. Principles of Secondary Education. — The function of the secondary school in a system of education. /; (3). Professor Johnston 7. Social Administration of the Modern American High School. — The social problems of secondary education. //; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education I. 12. History of American Education. — /; (2). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Education 2. 13a. Educational Classics. — The sources of the history of education; the educational writings of Plato, Aristotle, Quintilian, Montaigne, Milton, Locke, Rousseau. /; (3). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Education 2. 372 Education 13b. Educational Classics. — (Continuation of 13a.) The edu- cational theories of Pestalozzi, Herbart, Froebel, Herbert Spencer, and others. //; (3). Assistant Professor Anderson Prerequisite: Education 2. 18. Method in Educational Research. — The statistical method applied to educational investigation. I; (2). Professor Coffman Prerequisite: Education i. 2oa. Theory of Supervision. — The problems of supervision; the supervisor's functions in training and improving teachers. (Open only to graduate students and to seniors who are either graduates of normal schools or experienced teachers, or who are preparing for the work of supervision in special subjects, such as household science, manual training, and physical training.) //; (3). Professor Coffman Prerequisite: Education i. 2ob. Theory and Practise of School Supervision. — Course 20a with two periods each week devoted to the observation and criti- cism of teaching in elementary and high schools. //; (5). Professor Coffman 25. Educational Psychology. — II; (3). Professor Bagley 27. High School Curricula. — Secondary studies, their func- tions and values. //; (3). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education i and 6. 41. Vocational Education. — Institutions and methods of voca- tional and industrial education. /; (2). Professor Johnston Prerequisite: Education i and 16. courses for graduates Graduate students who are taking their, major work in education must have had as a prerequisite for such study Education i, 2, and 10 and at least one elementary course in psychology. Work in the biological sciences, in philosophy, and in psychology is also recom- mended. 108. History of Industrial and Vocational Education. — Industry and industrial training in Egypt, Greece, Rome ; industry and industrial training in the Middle Ages; the industrial revolu- tion and its effect upon education; recent tendencies in the de- Electrical Engineering 373 velopment of agricultural and industrial high schools, agricultural colleges, monotechnic schools, continuation schools. Twice a week; II; (/ unit). Assistant Professor Anderson 105. Seminar in the History of Education. — /, //; arrange hours and unit values. Assistant Professor Anderson 106. Seminar in Secondary Education. — /, //; arrange hours and unit values. Professor Johnston 112. Principles of Educaton. — The organization of public edu- cation in the United States and other countries, the aims of educa- tion; a brief resume of the principles of teaching. (Designed for the general student and not open for credit to students who have elected education as a major subject.) Twice a week; I; (1/2 unit.) Professor Bagley 119. The Elementary Curriculum. — The functions and values of elementary school subjects ; practical exercises in the construc- tion of school curricula. (Designed especially for superintendents and principals.) Three times a week; II. (i unit). Professor Coffman 125. Seminar in Educational Psychology. — Two times a week. II; (i unit). Professor Bagley 114. Higher Education. — Problems of organization, adminis- tration, and teaching in colleges and universities. /; arrange hours and unit values. Professor Johnston Departmental Conference. — Bi-weekly I, II. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Morgan Brooks, Ph.B., M. E., Professor Ellery Burton Paine^ M.S., E.E., Associate Professor, Acting Head of Department Edward Hardenbergh Waldo, A.B., M.S., M.E., Assistant Pro- fessor John Myron Bryant, M.S., E.E., Assistant Professor Philip Sheridan Biegler, B.S., Associate Leonard Vaughan James, M.S., E.E., Associate Ira William Fisk, M.S., Associate ♦Frank Carlton Loring, A.M., Instructor Abner Richard Knight, M.E., Instructor ^Charles Ruby Moore, B.S., Instructor 1. Electrical Engineering. — Electrical machinery: selection, installation and operation ; distribution of power ; motor applica- •Resigned, December, 1913. tSecond Semester. 374 Electrical Engineering tions. (For municipal and sanitary engineers.) //; (2). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Physics I, 3; junior standing. 3. Dynamo Electrical Machinery. — Laws of electric and magnetic circuits ; construction and operation of direct current generators and motors. /; (3). Associate Professor Paine, Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. James, Mr. Fisk, Mr Knight. Prerequisite: Physics I, 3; Mathematics 9. 5. Alternating Currents. — A mathematical and graphical treatment of the principles of periodic currents; theory of the simple phenomena in transmission lines and transformers. //; (4). Associate Professor Paine, Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. James, Mr. Fisk. Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 3. 6. Alternating Currents. — (For mechanical engineers.) /; (2). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Electrical engineering 3 or 16. 9. Lighting. — Electric lamps and other illuminants, and their effective use; interior wiring; methods of electrical distribution. (For architects.) //; (i). Professor Brooks Prerequisite: Junior standing. 13. Seminar. — Electrical railroading; illumination; telegraphy; telephony; storage batteries; electric metallurgy. /, //; (i). Associate Professor Paine Prerequisite: Junior standing 14. Alternating Currents. — Alternating-current transformers and generators. /; (4). Associate Professor Paine, Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr James, Mr Fisk Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 5. 16. Dynamo-Electric Machinery. — Direct-current generators; motors; distribution circuits; storage batteries. Laboratory prac- tise. (For mechanical engineers.) //; (4). Professor Brooks, Mr. Moore, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; Mathematics 9. Electrical Engineering 375 17. Advanced Alternating Currents. — S>Tichronous, induction, and commutator alternating current motors; rotarj- converters; dis- tributed inductance and capacity; transient phenomena. //; (4). Associate Professor Paine, Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. James, Mr. Fisk Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 14, 24. 20. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — The construction of special apparatus or other work approved by the department. (Elec- tive for juniors and seniors.) /, II; (i to 3). Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. Loring, Mr. Moore 22. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Direct current labor- atory accompanying Electrical Engineering 3. /; (2). Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. Biegler, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Registration in Electrical Engineering 3. 23. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Determination of the flux and E. M. F. waves of alternators. Alternating current cir- cuits, instruments. //; (2). Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. Beigler Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 3, 22; registration in Elec- trical Engineering 5. 24. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced direct and alternating current testing. /; (2). Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. Moore Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 23; registration in Elec- trical Engineering 14. 27. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Advanced alternat- ing current testing. //; (2). Assistant Professor Bryant, Mr. IMoore Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 24; registration in Elec- trical Engineering 17. 28. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. — Testing of dynamos and motors. /; (i). Mr. Biegler Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering i. 29. Electrical Engineering Laboratory.— Alternating current operation and testing. (For students in mechanical engineering.) //; (2). Mr.. Moore Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 6. 376 Engineering 32. Electrical Design. — Calculation and design of electro- magnets and of dynamos, direct and alternating, and of transform- ers. /; (2). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Knight Prerequisite. Electrical Engineering 5; registration in Electrical Engineering 14. 34. Electrical Design. — Calculation of induction motors and converters. Problems in power plant design. //; (3). Assistant Professor Waldo, Mr. Knight Prerequisite: Electrical Engineering 14. 35. Thesis. — First semester, preliminary reading and investi- gation; second semester, completion. Subjects must be chosen and approved before the first Monday in November. //; (3). courses for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in electrical engineering presup- poses the full undergraduate course in that subject. loi. Advanced Course in Alternating Currents. — The theory of Transient Phenomena; polyphase circuits; alternating current measuring apparatus. Twice a week; I, II ; (lYz units). Associate Professor Paine 103. Electrical Design. — The development of plans for an electrical machine or apparatus of specified character; or for the arrangement of an electrical plant ; or for the installation of such machinery or apparatus. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Waldo 104. Telegraphy and Telephony. — Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Brooks, Associate Professor Paine 105. Electrical Engineering Research. — An experimental in- vestigation of some electrical phenomena, or tests of some electrical machine, or of a plant of such machines. Twice a week; I, II; (i to 3 units). Assistant Professor Bryant 106. Illumination. — Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Brooks, Assistant Professor Bryant ENGINEERING (See Architecture, Civil Engineering, Drawing, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Mechanics, Mining Engineering, Municipal and Sanitary Engineering, Physics, Railway Civil Engineering, Railway Electrical Engineering, and Railway Mechanical Engineering.) The English Language and Literature 2>77 THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE (Including Rhetoric) Daniel Kilham Dodge, Ph.D., Professor Thomas Arkle Clark, B.L., Professor, Rhetoric Stuart Pratt Sherman, Ph.D., Professor Raymond MacDonald Alden, Ph.D., Professor and Chairman Edward Fulton, Ph.D., Associate Professor Edward Chauncey Baldwin, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Harry Gilbert Paul, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Franklin William Scott, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Secretary Harrie Stuart Vedder Jones, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Thacher Howland Guild, A.M., Associate Jacob Zeitlin, Ph.D., Associate Charles Henry Woolbert, A.M., Associate Martha Jackson Kyle, A.M., Instructor Herbert LeSourd Creek, Ph.D., Instructor Clarence Valentine Boyer, Ph.D., Instructor Arthur Jerrold Tieje, Ph.D., Instructor John Clark Jordan, A.M., Instructor Gertrude Schoepperle, Ph.D., Instructor George Frisbie Whicher, A.M., Instructor Clarissa Rinaker, Ph.D., Instructor Easley Stephen Jones, A.M., Instructor Mervin James Curl, A.M., Instructor Roger Sherman Loomis, A.M., B.Litt, Tutor Sada Annis Harbarger, A.m., Assistant Marion Charlotte Landee, Assistant Ruth Kelso, A.M., Assistant Alta Gwinn, A.M., Assistant Walter Albert Buchen, A.M., Assistant Lew R Sarett, A.B., Assistant Emerson Grant Sutcliffe, A.B., Assistant Thomas Gregory Goodwin, A.B., Assistant Harrison McJohnston, A.B., Assistant Thomas Blaine Stanley, A.B., Assistant Raymond Ephraim Dixon, A.M., Assistant Major A student making English a major must take 24 hours in English in addition to Rhetoric i and the first semester of English i or 10. ^yS The English Language and Literature Of these 24 hours, at least 12 must be in English literature, and at least 3 in composition. Of the total 24 hours, at least 6 must be taken in advanced courses. Honors Candidates for honors in English must offer : 1. Work in English amounting to 24 hours in addition to Rhet- oric I and the first semester of English i or 10. 2. At least 6 hours in advanced courses, which may be in either English literature or English composition. 3. A minimum of 15 hours in English literature in addition to the first semester of English 10, and a minimum of 6 hours in Eng- lish composition in addition to Rhetoric i. 4. Work aggregating 24 hours in tv^o minor subjects, which must be in two foreign languages or in one foreign language and either history or philosophy. French i and German i and 3 may not be counted toward the fulfillment of the minor requirements. A. LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE ELEMENTARY COURSES 1. Survey of English Literature. — (Credit is not given for either semester separately, nor for the course in addition to course 10 or course 20. Only one semesters' work is credited toward a major in English. Seniors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sci- ences may receive but half credit.) /, //; (4). Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Baldwin, Associate Pro- fessor Fulton, Dr. Boyer, Dr. Creek, Mr. Jordan, Dr. Tieje, Mr. Whicher, Dr. Schoepperle, Dr. Rinaker Prerequisite: A year's college work. 10. Introduction to Literature. — A (First semester), The Forms of Prose Literature; B (Second Semester), The Forms of Poetry. (This course is intended only for those who expect to in- clude a considerable amount of literature, in English or some other language, in their curriculum. Credit is not given for the course in addition to course i or course 20. Only one semester's work is credited toward a major in English. Seniors in the College of Lib- eral Arts and Sciences may receive but half credit. Credit is not given for the first semester separately.) /, //; (3). Professor Alden, Assistant Professor Paul, Dr. Zeitlin, Miss Kyle, Mr. Loomis Prerequisite: The minimum entrance requirements in English. The English Language and Literature 379 16. American Literature. — (Credit is not given for either sem- ester separately.) /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Paul Prerequisite: English i or 10. 17. The English Language. — Some account of its history, with special reference to the characteristics and usage of modem Eng- lish. /; (3). Associate Professor Fulton Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. 20. The Chief English Writers. — (This course is offered only for those whose program admits of but one semester's work in Eng- lish, and who therefore may not register for course i. It is not ac- cepted, like course i, as a prerequisite for more advanced courses. Credit is not given for the course in addition to course i or course 10. Seniors in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may re- ceive but half credit.) / or II; (4). Professor Alden, Professor Dodge, Dr. Boyer, Dr. Creek, Dr. Tieje, Mr. Buchen Prerequisite: A year's college work. 23. Introduction to Shakespeare. — / or II ; (3). Professor Sherman, Mr. Guild Prerequisite: English i or 10. intermediate courses Prerequisite: Eleven hours of English literature, or eight hours of English literature and eight hours of a foreign language. 19. Literary Study of the Bible. — Hebrew literature as an ex- pression of the life of the race that produced it ; the debt, both ethical and artistic, of modem life to ancient Hebrew thought. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 24. English Literature of the Victorian Period. — //; (3). Miss Kyle 29. English Literature from 1557 to 1688, Exclusive of the Drama. — /; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 31. English Literature from 1688 to 1789. — II; (3). Assistant Professor Paul 32. The Greater English Critics of the 19TH Century. — //; (3). Associate Professor Fulton 33. English Literature from 1789 to 1837. — /; (3). Dr. Zeitlin 380 The English Language and Literature ADVANCED COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES Prerequisite: Sixteen hours of English literature. These courses, however, are open to any junior or senior with the approval of the instructor concerned. 3. The Poetry of Milton. — Origins, forms, artistic and ethical values; Milton's place in English literary history. //; (3). Assistant Professor Baldwin 4. English Versification. — Theory of English rhythm and metre; history of the development of the forms of English verse. /; (3). Professor Alden 5. Shakespeare. — Intensive study of a few plays, with special emphasis on Hamlet. II; (3). Professor Dodge 7. Chaucer and his Contemporaries. — (The first semester, dealing with Chaucer exclusively, may be taken for separate credit) A ^^j (3). Assistant Professor Jones 8. Old English (Anglo-Saxon). — Grammar; prose; short poems; Beowulf. (The first semester may be taken separately.) L IJ : (3). Professor Dodge 14. Studies in the History of Journalism. — /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Scott 15. Teachers' Course. — Methods of teaching English literature and composition in the high school. (This course is not credited toward advanced degrees, or toward a major in English. Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Paul 18. Modern English Grammar. — The structure of the sentence and its anaylsis into the parts of speech; the common grammatical categories; the peculiarities of English syntax. //; (3). Dr. Zeitlin 35. The English Drama (Exclusive of Shakespeare). — A (first semester) : from the beginning to 1600. B (second semester) : from 1600 to 1700. (Either semester may be taken for separate credit.) /, //; (3). Professor Dodge, Professor Sherman 38. The Arthurian Tradition in England. — Primitive ele- ments; the historical Arthur; Celtic, French, and Italian influences; the tradition in England from the early romances to Arnold. //; (3). Dr. Schoepperle [39, Introduction to the Literature of the Middle Ages. — European culture from the fourth century; the relation of English and continental literature to the fourteenth century. /; (3). Not given in 1913-14. Dr. Creek] The English Language and Literature 381 45. The Development of the Modern Drama. — Dramatic tendencies in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, both in England and on the Continent. Representative readings ; lectures from the standpoint of comparative literature. I, II; (2). Mr. Guild and others courses for graduates Students who enter upon graduate work with English as their major subject are expected to give evidence of ability to write well, and of a considerable acquaintance with English literature. Their progress in the field of English will depend, however, in great measure upon the breadth and thoroness of their training as under- graduates in the following closely allied subjects : the Classics, the modern languages, history, and philosophy. A reading knowledge of French and German is from the begin- ning highly desirable ; after the first year it is indispensable. The Degree of Master of Arts in English. In addition to com- plying with the general rules of the Graduate School, candidates for the degree of Master of Arts in English must comply with the following rules of the department of English: (i) they must choose a portion of their work from the group of courses described as "for graduates'" ; (2) must offer an elementary course in Anglo- Saxon; and (3) must take, besides the regular semester examina- tions in all their courses, a general examination, oral or written as the department may prescribe, which shall be a final test of the can- didate's fitness and ability. The Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in English. Candidates for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in English may expect to be examined on the entire field of the English language and literature. They are urged, furthermore, to acquaint themselves as fully as possible with the history of the philosophy of the period in which their main interest lies, and with the foreign language and literature most closely related to English in that period, loi. Research in Special Periods. — Competent graduate stu- dents are encouraged to seek the advice and assistance of the de- partment of English and to submit to the department plans for study in the language or literature of the periods mentioned below. A. Anglo-Saxon language and literature. Professor Dodge, Dr. Zeitlin B. Thirteenth and Fourteenth Centuries. Assistant Professor Jones 382 The English Language and Literature C. Sixteenth Century. Professor Alden, Professor Dodge D. Seventeenth Century. Professor Alden, Assistant Professor Baldwin E. Eighteenth Century. Professor Sherman, Assistant Professor Paul F. Nineteenth Century. Professor Sherman, Associate Professor Fulton 104. Seminar in Lyrical Poetry. — Subject : The Religious Lyric in the 17th Century. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Alden 105. Shakespeare's Sonnets. — The text and the problems in- volved in its interpretation. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Professor Alden 106. English Literary Criticism. — (A. i6th and 17th centur- ies. Omitted in 1913-14.) B. i8th century. Twice a week; I, II; (j unit). Associate Professor Fulton 109. German and Scandinavian Influences on English Lit- erature OF the Eighteenth, and Nineteenth Centuries. — Twice a week; I; (/ unit). Professor Dodge no. Old English (Anglo-Saxon) Poetry. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Dodge [113. Historical Prose Syntax. — The forces, native and for- eign, at work in the development of English prose style as far as it relates to sentence structure. Twice a week; I, II. Not given, 1913-14. Dr. Zeitlin] [126. English Ballads and Metrical Romances. — Twice a week, I, II. Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Jones] 127. Middle English. — Critical reading of Middle English texts. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Jones 136. The Transition from the Seventeenth to the Eight- eenth Century; the Rise of Classicism.— rwtc^ a week; I, II; (7 unit). Assistant Professor Paul [137. Nineteenth Century Prose Writers. — Tzvice a zveek; I, II. Not given, 1913-14. Professor Sherman] 138. The Romantic Movement in England. — Tzvice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Sherman] [150. Old Irish. — Selections from the glosses and from the Tain bo Cualnge; lectures on Old and Middle Irish literature. Not given, 1913-14. Dr. Schoepperle] The English Language and Literature 383 B. RHETORIC ELEMENTARY COURSES I. *Rhetoric and Themes. — Required for students in the Col- leges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, and Agriculture. /, //; (3). Assistant Professor Scott (in charge), Associate Professor Ful- ton, Assistant Professor Jones, Mr. Guild, Dr. Zeitlin, Dr. Boyer, Dr. Creek, Dr. Tieje, Mr. Jordan, Dr. Schoepperle, Mr. Whicher, Dr. Rinaker, Mr. E. S. Jones, Mr. Curl, Mr. Warnock, Mr. Buchen, Miss Harbarger, Miss Kelso, Miss GwiNN, Mr. SuTCLiFFE, Mr. Goodwin, Mr. Sarett, Mr. Mc- Johnston, Mr. Stanley, Mr. Dixon Prerequisite : The minimum entrance requirements in English. For the benefit of those whose course is irregular, a limited num- ber of sections in each semester take up the work of the other sem- ester. The course is not counted toward a major in English. 7. Public Speaking. — Reading aloud, with occasional memory work. Lectures; class exercises; individual instruction. /, //; (2). Mr. WooLBERT, Mr. Sarett, Miss Landee • Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. INTERMEDIATE COURSES 3. English Composition. — Short themes, with an occasional long theme. / or II; (3). Professor Clark, Dr. Zeitlin, Miss Kyle Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. 4. Argumentation and Debate. — Practise in oral and written argumentation; brief-making; tests of evidence and reasoning; sources of material ; extemporaneous presentation of arguments in class debates. (Credit is given separately for the first semester, which is devoted more particularly to written work.) /, //; (3). Mr. Woolbert 5. The Forms of Public Address. — Extempore speaking; formal public speaking ; discussion of current events ; parliamentary proce- dure. /, //; (2). Mr. Woolbert •Students who show by examination a proficiency in composition sufficient to qualify them for the second semester's work in Rhetoric 1 may be excused from the first semester's work. The examination for those desirous of meeting this qualification will be given at 7 p. m., September 21. Students who show in the first two weeks that they are not prepared to do composition work of collegiate grade will be assigned to a special course parallel to the first semester of Rhetoric 1, but involving additional work. 384 The English Language and Literature 6. Narrative Composition. — Practise in short story writing. (In- tended for those who have some aptitude for literary work.) I; (3). Mr. Guild Prerequisite : Two years of college work and the consent of the instructor. ID Business Writing. — General business correspondence, exclu- sive of the sales letter ; practise in incidental writing, summaries, etc. Lectures, and discussions of the practise of the student in applying the principles presented in the course. (In the second semester open only to those taking a business course, except by special per- mission. Not counted toward a major in English.) / or II; (2). Professor Clark, Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. 12. Newspaper Writing. — News writing; interviewing and re- porting ; news correspondence ; news form ; news value ; typography ; proof reading. /, //; (2). Mr. Buchen Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. 19. Agricultural News Writing. — Class exercises; lectures; assignments in gathering and preparing material for agricultural pa- pers. //; (3). Assistant Professor Scott Prerequisite : Junior or senior standing in the College of Agri- culture. Rhetoric i. ' 20. Expository Composition. — Weekly themes, based on Steeves and Ristine's Representative Essays in Modern Thought. (Open only to a limited number of students, and only on recommendation. Credit is not given for this course in addition to course 6). /; (3). Dr. TiEjE Prerequisite: Rhetoric 3. 21. Sales Correspondence. — The economic and psychological principles underlying successful sales letter writing; planning the letter sales campaign ; the form of the follow-up letter ; analysis of markets, etc. /; (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite: Rhetoric 10. Open to students in business ad- ministration only. 22. Summarizing and Abstracting. — Summarizing, briefing, and making reports ; abstracts of correspondence on file ; summarizing of commercial and economic data. //; (2). Mr. McJohnston Prerequisite : Rhetoric 10. Open to students in business admin- istration only. Entomology 385 25. Senior Conferences on Written Work. — Each senior will present to the instructor all the written papers presented during the year in his different courses for review and criticism by the in- structor. Rewriting of such papers may be required if, in the opin- ion of the instructor, they are open to serious criticism. [Required of all seniors in the Courses in Business Administration.] /, //; (i). Mr. McJohnston ADVANCED COXJRSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES 8. Interpretive Reading. — (This course is intended for ad- vanced students, particularly intending teachers. Credit is given only to students registered also in some advanced course in litera- ture, such as English 3, 4, 5, or 15. While open to graduate stu- dents, the course is not credited toward advanced degrees.) //; (i). Mr. Guild 15. Advanced Newspaper Writing. — The larger problems in re- porting; application of principles of history, economics, and polit- ical science to current public events; editing; editorial writing. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Scott Prerequisite: Rhetoric 12 or the consent of the instructor. 17. Advanced Composition. — Practise writing, with special em- phasis on the study of structure; criticism of current periodical lit- erature; the developing of material for reports, magazine articles, etc. (Open to a limited number of students, and only on recom- mendation.) II; (3). Mr. Guild Prerequisite: Two years of college work. ENTOMOLOGY (See also Botany, Physiology, and Zoology.) Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Alexander Dyer MacGillivray, Ph.D., Associate Professor Justus Watson Folsom, D.Sc, Assistant Professor ♦Hugh Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor tRoBERT Douglas Glasgow, Ph.D., Instructor Alvah Peterson, A.M., Assistant Entomology as taught at the University is distinctly differentiated from the work in zoology. Students preparing for service as eco- nomic entomologists should take as many of the courses offered as possible, including especially 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 14, and 108. Those pre- •Resigned, November 30, 1913. tFrom December 1, 1913. 386 Entomology paring for the teaching of zoology should take either 2 and 4, or 3 and 4, or all three of these courses. 1. Elementary Entomology. — Lectures ; laboratory ; field work. (Open to all students.) I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Folsom 2. General Entomology. — Field entomology ; morphological and physiological entomology ; the collection and preservation of speci- mens ; laboratory studies of typical insects ; the recognition of adap- tive structures and their utilities. (This course and course 3 form a year's work, covering the whole field. Either may be taken inde- pendently of the other.) /; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite: Entomology i, or 4, or equivalent. 3. General Entomology. — The classification and determination of insects ; the study of life histories in the insectary and by field observation ; the collection of information with respect to the ecolog- ical relations of insects. //; (5). Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite : Entomology i or 4, or equivalent. 4. Introduction to Economic Entomology. — Lectures; field work; laboratory. Section A for students of agriculture. /; first half; (2J/2). Section B, for students of horticulture. //; second half; (2^/^). Assistant Professor Folsom 5. Introduction to Research. — Preparation for thesis work. Li- brary, language, manuscript, and advanced laboratory work on as- signed topics. (A three-hour course for one semester is required as a preparation for entomological thesis work.) / or II; (3 to 5). Professor Forbes, Associate Professor MacGillivray, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite : Entomology 2, 3. 6. Thesis Investigation. — Subjects selected during the junior year. Three hours a day given to investigation, under the super- vision of an instructor, during the senior year. /, //; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray, Assistant Professor Folsom 7. Systematic Entomology. — The external anatomy of insects; the terminology of the parts ; identification of specimens represent- ing as many as possible of the major groups. / or II; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite: Entomology 2. 8. Advanced Economic Entomology. — Assigned problems. Field laboratory, insectary, library, and manuscript work, with practise in the special operations of economic entomology. (Intended primarily Entomology 387 to prepare students for service as entomologists in experiment sta- tions and other state and government positions. Agronomy 7 and Horticulture i, 2, and 3 should also be taken as a part of this prep- aration.) /, //; (3). Professor Forbes, Assistant Professor Folsom Prerequisite: Entomology 4, 2, 3. 9. Advanced Systematic Entomology. — The identification of the characters upon which genera and species are based. / or II ; (5). Associate Professor MacGilli\tiay Prerequisite: Entomology 2, 7. 10. Taxonomy of Immature Insects. — /; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite : Entomology i or 4, 2, 7. 11. Classification of the Coccidae. — Methods of preparing scale insects for study, the identification of genera and species, and discussion of their morphology, metamorphosis, and phylogeny. //; (5). Associate Professor MacGillivray Prerequisite : Entomology i or 4, 2, 7. 12. Seminar. — Reports and discussion upon assigned topics ; presentation and discussion of contents of recent entomological pub- lications, and of results of personal research. /^ //; (i). Prerequisite : One year of entomological work. 13. Medical Entomology. — Insects and the transmission of dis- ease; methods of controlling such insects and preventing the disease due to them. (Primarily for advanced students preparing for medicine.) / or II; (3). Prerequisite : Zoology 3, or its equivalent in microscopical tech- nique. 14. Advanced Economic Entomology. — Personal work under direction on assigned problems in economic entomology, intended to prepare advanced students for immediate service as state and gov- ernment entomologists. Advantage will be taken of the operations and practical problems of the State Entomologist's office so far as available. / or II, and six weeks of summer vacation. Prerequisite: Courses in elementary and advanced economic en- tomology, and in systematic entomology. COURSES FOR GRADUATES The prerequisite for graduate work in entomology is one year's work in biological courses, including an equivalent of either Zoology I or Entomology i or 4. Entrance upon major work in entomology requires the equivalent of Entomology 2 and 3. 388 Geology Graduate students who have had at least one year of college work in biological courses may take for graduate credit any of the preceding courses except i, 4, and 6. The following courses are open to graduate students only: 102. Research in the Morphology and Embryology of In- sects. Twice a week. I, If; {i or 2 units). Assistant Professor Folsom 103. Research in Faunistic and Ecological Entomology. — Once or twice a week; I, II; (j or 2 units). Professor Forbes 108. Research in Economic Entomology. — Once or twice a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Professor Forbes 109. Research in Systematic Entomology. — Twice a week; I, II; (/ or 2 units). Associate Professor MacGillivray THE FINE ARTS (See Art and Design and Music. Attention is called also to the courses in esthetics oflFered by the departments of philosophy, education, architecture, and household science.) FLORICULTURE , (See Horticulture.) FRENCH (See Romance Languages and Literature.) GEOLOGY (Including Mineralogy, Paleontology and Physical Geography.) Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Professor William Shirley Bayley, Ph.D., Professor Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Assistant Professor John Lyon Rich, Ph.D., Instructor David Grosh Thompson, A.B., Assistant Frank Leslie Fleener, A.B., Assistant George William Heitkamp, A.B., Assistant Clarence Samuel Ross, A.B., Assistant This department occupies a suite of twenty-seven rooms on the first and second floors of the Natural History building, equipped with apparatus and illustrative material including maps, charts, Geology 389 projection apparatus, field and laboratory instruments for surveying and mapping, and collections in mineralogy, petrography, and paleon- tology (especially in the fossil forms which occur in the Mississippi Valley). The offices and laboratories of the State Geological Survey ad- join those of the department, and a portion of the instructors are also engaged in work for the Survey, while others are cooperating with the United States Geological Survey, thus giving advanced stu- dents the advantages which are to be gained from close contact with practical work. To students who are especially interested in geology the de- partment offers three lines of work, and recommends that the courses be taken in the order indicated below. Mineralogy, Petrography, Economic Geology. — For those who care particularly for minerals and rocks, their identification, origin, and transformation, the origin, characteristics, and classification of ores, and the economic qualities of non-metallic minerals, it is rec- ommended that the following courses be taken in the order given : Geology 19, i, la, 5, 5a, 6, 7, 16, 15, 2. Stratigraphy, Paleontology. — If the student cares more for the history of rocks, the order in which they were laid down, the condi- tions which gave them their peculiarities, and the evolution of living forms as shown by the succession of fossils, the following order of courses is suggested : 19, i, la, 9, 16, 5, 18, 20, 22, 15, 4. Physiographic Geology, Physical Geography. — If his interest lies more in the earth's surface, the origin of its topographic forms, the agencies which are transforming them, and the influence of these upon the welfare of plants, animals, and man, the following courses are advised, in order: 19, 23, 14, 10, 5, la, 11, 8, 20, 17, 24, 4. These courses will be of special interest to prospective teachers of phys- iography. The attention of students who can devote but one or two semes- ters to the subject is directed to the following courses : For en- gineers, 3, 5, 13, 15; for agriculturists, 12, 14, 8, 11; for students in commerce, 3, or 23, 14, 8; for students in literature and science, 3, i, 23, la, 10, 14, 8, II, 22. courses for undergraduates I. Dynamic and Structltral Geology. — The agents and pro- cesses involved in the development of the earth's present features. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Professor Rolfe, Mr. Fleener Prerequisite : Chemistry i or an equivalent. 390 Geology la. Historical Geology. — The evolution of the earth and its life. Lectures; laboratory work, consisting largely of a study of a few of the more characteristic fossils from the various horizons. (Continuing course I and introducing courses 9 and 16.) //; (5). Assistant Professor Savage, Mr. Thompson Prerequisite : Geology i, 3, or 23. 2. Economic Geology. — The origin and manner of occurrence of minerals and rocks of economic importance, especially those found in North America. Lectures; laboratory. //; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology 5; i and la, or 3. 3. General Geology. — Mineralogy; dynamic, historic, and eco- nomic geology; minerals; rocks; contour maps; fossils. Recita- tions; laboratory. (For students who wish to devote but one sem- ester to geology.) / or II; (5). Daily, with occasional trips on Saturday. Professor Rolfe, Mr. Fleener 4. Thesis Course. — Field or laboratory problems; complete re- ports under the direction of an instructor; maps, sections, and fig- ures based on observations. //; (5). 5. Mineralogy. — Petrography and economic geology; the most common ores and minerals of scientific importance; crystallography; the characteristics of about 125 of the most important minerals ; blow pipe analysis. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Professor Bayley, Mr. Ross Prerequisite: Chemistry i, 2, 3. 5a. Determinative Mineralogy. — Laboratory: the determina^ tion of minerals. Lectures : the characteristics, origin, and trans- formation of minerals. //; (3). Professor Bayley, Mr. Ross Prerequisite : Geology 5. 6. Physical and Optical Mineralogy. — Petrography; physical and optical properties of minerals ; the practical use of polarized light in identifying the rock-forming materials. /; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite : Geology 5. 7. Petrography, — Rocks ; their types ; origin ; classification ; the types studied with hand specimen and thin section. Lectures ; lab- oratory. //; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite: Geology 6. 8. Geography of Europe. — The continent of Europe; physi- ographic features, climate, and natural resources ; the influence of Geology 391 physical conditions on present and historical development. //; (3). Dr. Rich, Mr. Heitkamp Prerequisite: Geology 23, or i or 3 with 14. 9. Paleontology. — Invertebrae fossils ; their classification and relationships; identification of the fossils; the literature of the sub- ject. Lectures; laboratory. /; (5). Assistant Professor Savage, Mr. Thompson Prerequisite: Geology la; recommended: i year of botany or zoology. ID. Influences of Geographic Environment. — The influence of geographic factors such as topography, climate, location, on the activities and habits of man — on his mode of life, his industries or means of gaining a livelihood, modes of communication ; the bearing of these factors on historical movements and on the devel- opment and policies of nations. II; (3). Dr. Rich, Mr. Heitkamp Prerequisite: Geology 23, or i, or 3. 11. Geography of North America. — The continent of North America; physiography, climate, resources, peoples, and economic geography; the bearings of physiographic and climatic factors on present and past development. /; (3). Dr. Rich, Mr. Heitkamp Prerequisite : Geology 23, or i or 3 with 14. 12. Geology of Soils. — The origin of the various classes of soils; mineral compositions; physical characteristics; transforma- tions. (Particularly valuable to students of agriculture and all those who are especially interested in plant growth.) //; (5). Professor Rolfe, Mr. Fleener Prerequisite : Chemistry i or an equivalent. 13. Engineering Geology. — (Planned especially to meet the needs of engineering students; open only to students in engineer- ing and ceramics.) Lectures; laboratory. //; (5). Professor Bayley, Mr. Ross 14. Meteorology. — The heating and cooling, pressure, circula- tion, and moisture of the atmosphere ; storms, and storm and weather forecasting; rainfall, climate. (Course 14 should be taken by all those who intend to do more than the most elementary work in geography, and, with course 8, should be taken with Economics 26 by students of commerce.) Professor Rolfe, Mr. Heitkamp 15. Structural Geology. — The arrangement of the rocks which 392 Geology form the earth's crust and their distribution on its surface; moun- tains; faults; folds; other diastrophic phenomena. /; (3). Professor Bayley Prerequisite : Geology la. 16. Stratigraphy. — Classifications; rock formations; methods and criteria employed in correlation of the characteristic inverte- brate faunas of the successive geologic formations and their distri- bution ; the use of these in the interpretation of stratigraphy. //; (5). Assistant Professor Savage Prerequisite : Geology 9. [17. G)NTiNENTAL EvoLUTioN. — The development of continents; the distribution of the strata of the successive geological systems; the character and variations of the sediments in each period with their faunas; the distribution of lands and seas, and their relative altitude in geologic ages. /; (5). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Savage Prerequisite : Geology la or 11.] [18. Mesozoic and Tertiary Paleontology. — The mesozoic and tertiary invertebrate fossil forms; the evolution of vertebrates dur- ing the same periods. (For students specializing in botany or zoology.) //; (5). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Savage Prerequisite : Geology la, 9; or 10 credits in botany or zoology.] [19. Field Geology — Introductory Course. — Field trip of two weeks, introductory to the courses in general geology and physio- graphy. Including points in Indiana, Ohio, and the Wyandotte or Mammoth Cave, to illustrate the marked difference between the physiographic features of youthful and mature topography and of glaciated and non-glaciated areas; collection of fossils from the different rock exposures; their use in determining the age of strata. (Expenses about $35.00.) Credit given on comple- tion of a semester course in geology and on submission of written report on the observations and collections made during the trip. /; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Savage] 20. Field Geology. — The field determination of physical features and rock formations, with mapping and description, of a selected area. (A short field course.) Assistant Professor Savage 23. Physiography. — The earth's surface: its salient features, their origin, modification, and interrelationships ; agencies and pro- cesses of change; meteorology; oceanography. (A general intro- Geology 393 ductory course in physiography; should precede all further work in geography or physiography.) /; (5). Dr. Rich, Mr. Heitkamp 21. Geology of Coal. — The origin of coal ; age, distribution and stratigraphy of the coal deposits of North America, with special emphasis on the Illinois or Eastern Interior basin. /; (2). Assistant Professor Savage Prerequisite: Geolog>' 13 or an equivalent. 22. Organic Evolution. — The evolution of plant and animal forms as indicated by the fossil record. //; (3). Assistant Professor Savage Prerequisite: Geology la, or one semester of zoology or botany. 24. Geomorphology. — Earth features and the influence of cli- matic conditions, character and attitude of the rocks, and diastrophic movements on surface forms. (An introduction to the literature of physiography; should be taken by all who intend to teach or to specialize in geography or geology.) //; (5). Dr. Rich Prerequisite : Geology i or 3 or 23. COURSES FOR GRADUATES The first prerequisite for graduate work in Geology is the equiva- lent of the complete undergraduate offerings in that branch of the subject in which specialization is desired. Those who wish to spe- cialize in paleontology should have, in addition, at least an ele- mentary knowledge of systematic zoology ; those who wish physical geography should have a knowledge of general physics and chem- istry; and those who expect to pursue work in petrography and economic geology should be well grounded in general physics, in- organic chemistry and the elements of physical chemistry. All graduate students should be sufficiently acquainted with German and French to be able to read the journals printed in these lan- guages. loi. Advanced Crystallography. Methods used in measur- ing, prospecting, and calculating crystal forms in, and determining the physical properties of crystalized bodies. Three to five times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bayley 102. Petrography. — The igneous and fragmental rocks; identi- fication of types, classification, and relationships. Lectures ; labora- tory. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bayley 103. Schists. — The crystalline schists and other metamorphic rocks ; processes of metamorphism. Lectures ; laborator\-. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Bayley 394 Germanic Languages and Literature 105. Invertebrate Paleontology. — A group of invertebrate fos- sils, or the fossils of a special geological system; their geographic distribution and geological range with reference to stratigraphy. Largely individual work. One to three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Savage 106. Areal and Stratigraphic Geology. — The geology and paleontology of a selected area in Illinois. A carefully prepared re- port on the geology of the region, based on the data collected in the field, is required. One to three times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Savage 107. Areal and Structural Geology. — Individual work on some area exhibiting important structural or economic features. Once a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Professor Bayley 124. Advanced Physiography. — Individual work on field prob- lems ; literature of physiography and geomorphology. One to three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Dr. Rich GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (Including Scandinavian) Julius Goebel, Ph.D., Professor Otto Eduard Lessing^ Ph.D., Professor George Tobias Flom, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Scandinavian George Henry Meyer, A.M., Assistant Professor Neil Con well Brooks^ Ph.D., Assistant Professor ♦Leonard Bloomfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Charles Marshall Poor,^ Ph.D., Instructor Charles Aj.lyn Williams, Ph.D., Instructor Armin Hajaman Roller, Ph.D., Instructor Philip Stephan Barto, Ph.D., Instructor Alexander Green, Ph.D., Instructor Felix Emil Held, A.M., Assistant Adolph Eduard Zucker, A.M., Assistant George Washington Spindler, A.M., Assistant GERMAN Honors Candidates for honors in German must offer: I. A minor of at least 12 hours in some other language ; if this be English it must be exclusive of English i and work in rhetoric; if it be French or Spanish it must be exclusive of the first year's work. *0n leave. Germanic Languages and Literature 395 2. A minor of at least 12 hours in any one of the other humanities, provided that the courses chosen contribute in a reas- onable degree to the student's knowledge of European civilization. In order to be sure that the work offered will be accepted as ful- filling this general purpose, students are urged to consult with the department in planning their work in their minor subjects. 3. A general knowledge of European history, such as is gained from History i, or an equivalent course. 4. An acceptable thesis ; it may be one written in connection with some course. FIRST- YEAR COURSES 1. Elementary Course. — Grammar and easy reading. /; (4). Assistant Professor Meyer^ Assistant Professor Brooks, Dr. Poor, Dr. Williams, Dr. Barto, Dr. Green, Mr. Zucker, Mr. Spindler 2. Narrative and Descriptive Prose. — Grammar and reading. /; (4). , Dr. KoLLER, Mr. Zucker, Mr. Spindler Prerequisite: One year of high school German or German S i. 3. Narrative and Descriptive Prose. — Grammar and reading. (Continuation of German i.) //; (4). Assistant Professor Meyer, Assistant Professor Brooks, Dr. Poor, Dr. Koller, Dr. Barto, Dr. Green, Mr. Zucker, Mr. Spindler. Prerequisite: German i. second-year courses 4. Descriptive and Historical Prose. — Selections from stan- dard prose writers; sight reading; prose composition. /; (4). Dr. Poor, Dr. Williams, Dr. Koller, Dr. Barto, Dr. Green, Mr. Held, Mr. Zucker, Mr. Spindler Prerequisite: German i and 3, or one year of high school Ger- man and German 2, or two years of high school German. Note. — Three sections of German 4 will be offered in the second semester for those taking German 2 the first semester. 5. Introduction to the Classics. — Schiller's Jungfrau von Orleans; Goethe's Hermann und Dorothea; or others of the classics. Prose composition. (Two sections of German 5 will be offered in the first semester.) //; (4). Dr. Poor, Dr. Williams, Dr. Koller, Dr. Barto, Dr. Green, Mr. Held Prerequisite: German 4, or three years of high school German. 39^ Germanic Languages and Literature 6. Scientific Prose. — The rapid reading of works of a general scientific character. //; (4). Dr. Koller, Dr. Barto, Mr. Held Prerequisite: German 4. THIRD- YEAR COURSES Not more than ten hours of these courses may be counted towards a major without the approval of the head of the depart- ment. 7. Modern Fiction. — (Intended primarily for students who take German 5 in the first semester; not open to those who have had any work more advanced than German 5.) Two sections. II; (3). Dr. Williams, Dr. Green Prerequisite : German 5, or equivalent. 10. Introductory Goethe Course. — Reading of works illustrat- ing different periods in Goethe's development : Gois von Berlichin- gen; Egmont; Iphigenie auf Tauris; selections from Dichtung und Wahrheit. II; (3). Assistant Professor Meyer, Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: German 14, or 24, or 16. 14. Introductory Schiller Course. — Reading of works illus- trating different periods in Schiller's development : Lyrics and bal- lads; Kdbale und Liehe; Braut von Messina. I; (3). Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: German 5 or its equivalent. 16. Elementary Prose Composition. — Two sections. /; (2). Assistant Professor Brooks, Dr. Williams, Mr. Held Prerequisite : German 5, or equivalent. Note. — One section of German 16 is offered in the second semes- ter. 17. Intermediate Prose Composition. — (Two sections.) II; (3). Dr. Williams, Mr. Held Prerequisite: German 16. 24. Modern Drama. — Rapid reading of dramas by Grillparzer, Hebbel, Wildenbruch, and others. /; (3). Dr. Poor Prerequisite: German 5 or its equivalent. 28. German Lyrics. — First semester: The chief lyric poets of the classical period. Second semester: The chief lyric poets of the nineteenth century. The form, development, and different types of the lyric. (Each semester may be taken separately, altho stu- dents are not advised to take the second without the first. Not open to freshmen.) /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Meyer Prerequisite: For first semester, German 5 or equivalent; for second semester, German 14, or 16, or 24, or first semester of 28. Germanic Languages and Literature 397 PRIMARILY FOURTH-YEAR COURSES 8. Schiller. — The life of Schiller; Wallenstein and other selec- tions. //; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite : Three years of German. 9a. Goethe's Faust. — The Faust legend and early Faust books and plays; the genesis of Goethe's Faust; reading of both parts. I, II; (2). Professor Goebel [9b. Goethe and Schiller. — Interpretation of Goethe's poems. Goethe's Tasso; Schiller's Ueber naive und sentimentalische Dich- iung. I, II; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Goebel] II. German Literature After the Reformation. — Lectures; recitations; reports on assigned collateral reading. //; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite: German 26. 25. Teacher's Course. — Discussion of methods ; examination of text-books. (Open to seniors and special students who have 20 hours' credit in German.) //; (2). Assistant Professor Brooks Prerequisite: First semester of German 29 or equivalent; com- pletion of or registration in Education i or equivalent. 26. German Literature Before the Reformation. — Lectures; recitations; reports on assigned reading. /; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite : German 10, or 24, or 28. [27. Lessing. — The life of Lessing; Nathan der Weise; Emilia Galotti, and other selections. Not given, 1913-14. /; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite: Three years of German.] 29. Advanced Prose Composition. — Themes on Germany and German life, based on suitable reading, discussed in German. I, II ; (3). Dr. Koller Prerequisite : German 17. 30. Thesis Course. — (Intended primarily for candidates for honors in German, but open to other seniors.) /, //; (i or 2). Professor Cjoebel, Professor Lessing, Assistant Professor Meyer, Assistant Professor Brooks 31. Middle High German. — /; (2). Professor (joebel Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing; at least three years of German. 32. History of German Civilization. — Readings ; lectures ; dis- cussions. /; (3). Professor Lessing Prerequisite: Three years of German. 39^ Germanic Languages and Literature Courses 9, 11, 29, and 31 are especially recommended to all can- didates for graduate scholarships in German ; these same courses, together with Course 25, are recommended to seniors who expect to teach German. COURSES FOR GRADUATES Students desiring to take German as a major are expected to have finished successfully a four years' course of undergraduate work in German, corresponding to the four years* course in Ger- man at this University. They are expected to be familiar with the principal works of the writers of the classical and modern periods of German literature, to show a general knowledge of the history of German literature, and to be able to follow lectures in the Ger- man language. Of collateral subjects, a reading knowledge of Latin and French is required. It is desirable that candidates for the degree of Ph.D. have some knowledge of Greek. All students are expected to have had a course in German history. loi. Seminar in Germanic Philology. — The Life and Works of Friedrich Holderlin. Training in original research; results of value may be published in the Journal of English and Germanic Philology. Once a week; I, II; (j unit). Professor Goebel 103. Introduction to the Historical Study of the Germanic Languages. — History of German Philology; comparative grammar of the Old Germanic dialects. Lectures; discussions of special topics. Twice a week; II; (j unit). Professor Goebel 104. Gothic. — Grammar and literature. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Goebel 105. Old High German. — Grammar and interpretation of the oldest literary documents. Three times a week; II; (i unit). Dr. Green [109. Goethe's and Schiller's Philosophy. — Twice a week; I, II. Not given, 1913-14. Professor Goebel] no. Early German Drama. — German drama up to the Refor- mation; medieval religious drama; Shrovetide plays; beginnings of the humanistic drama. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Assistant Professor Brooks 113. German Literature of the Fifteenth and Sixteenth Centuries. — Survey of the literature on the back-ground of the gen- eral history of the time; Luther and the reformation; master- Germanic Languages and Literature 399 singers and folksong; the reformation drama; Hans Sachs; Brant; Fischart; the chap books, the English comedians. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Brooks 115. History of German Literature from Goethe's Death to THE Present Time. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Lessing [116. Medieval German Literature with Reference to the Political, Religious, and Social History. — Research. Twice a week; I. Not given, 1913-14. Professor Lessing] 117. History of German Literature During the Eighteenth Century. Twice a week; I, II. (i unit). Professor Goebel [118. The German Drama Since Schiller. — Research. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Lessing] 119. The German Novel. — Research. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Lessing 121. Walther von der Vogelweide. — Lectures and interpreta- tions. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Goebel SCANDINAVIAN undergraduate courses, not open to freshmen [i. Elementary Norwegian. — Grammar, reading, and introduc- tion to the literature. I, II; (3). Not given in 1913-1914. Associate Professor Flom] [2. Elementary Swedish. — Grammar and reading of easy- prose ; Selma Lagerlof's En Herrgardssdgen, and Runeberg's Fanrik Stals S'dgner. I ; (2). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Flom] 3. Advanced Norwegian. — Ibsen's Brand, Peer Gynt, and Bjomson's Arnljot Gelline. Critical study. //; (2). Associate Professor Flom Prerequisite: Course i or the equivalent. [4. EsAiAS Tegner. — Tegner's Frithjofs Saga; genesis, develop- ment, and influence. Lectures on Swedish romanticism and "The Gothic School." //; (2). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Flom] [5. Henrik Ibsen. — Lectures and interpretation of selected works. Early influences; development of Ibsen's view of life. //; (2). Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Flom] 400 Germanic Languages and Literature 6. Ibsen's Social Dramas. — Lectures; interpretation of four of the social dramas; Ibsen's technique. Archer's translation is used. //; (2). Associate Professor Flom Prerequisite: Junior standing. 12. Norse Mythology. — Primitive religion ; the religious belief of the Norseman in pre-christian times; interpretation of the prin- cipal myths; theogony, cosmogony, and the myth of the end of the world. /; (2). Associate Professor Flom Prerequisite: Junior standing. advanced course for undergraduates and graduates [11. Survey of the History of the Swedish Language and Literature. — Lectures. Not given in 1913-14. Associate Professor Flom] courses for graduates Preparation for graduate work in the Scandinavian languages or literature must include a reading knowledge of one of the Scan- dinavian languages and systematic work in the undergraduate courses in Scandinavian or their equivalent. Any graduate student in lan- guage may, however, be admitted to the purely philological courses. loi. Old Norse, — Introduction to the language as a member of the Germanic group. Reading of the Volsungasaga with selections from the King's Sagas. I, II; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom 102. Old Danish. — Introduction to the language. Bertelsen's Grammar and Reader. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom [103. Old Swedish. — Introduction to the language. Noreen's Altschwedische Grammatik and Lesehuch. (i unit). Not given, 19x3-14. Associate Professor Flom] no. Advanced Old Norse. — Mythical lays of the Elder Edda. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom [130. The Runic Inscriptions. — Lectures on the runes and in- terpretation of the Germanic and Scandinavian inscriptions; Ger- manic grammar. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Associate Professor Flom] 150. Research. — Special problems. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Associate Professor Flom GREEK (See Classics.) History 401 HISTORY EvARTS BouTELL Greene, Ph.D., Professor Clarence Walworth Alvord, Ph.D., Professor Laurence Marcellus Larson, Ph.D., Professor Albert Howe Lybyer, Ph.D., Associate Professor William Spence Robertson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Frederic Duncalf, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Solon Justus Buck., Ph.D., Associate Arthur Charles Cole, Ph.D., Instructor Elizabeth Parnham Brush, A.M., Assistant Students who expect to teach history or to make that subject a major are advised to take History i during their freshman year. For the sophomore year History 3, 11, and 23 are recommended. During the junior and senior years students may select courses from groups B and C, in accordance with their individual tastes and in- terests. For those who expect to teach in secondary schools some work in ancient history is desirable. (History 5 and 6). The importance of thoro linguistic training is also empha- sized, especially in Latin, French, and German. H onors Candidates for honors in history must offer : 1. Not less than 24 hours in this subject, including History i and 3, at least 3 hours of English history, and at least 6 hours in Group C. 2. Two minor subjects aggregating at least 24 hours, approved by the department, including in each case some advanced work. The minors must be selected from the following list: Economics; po- litical science ; philosophy, including a course in logic and one in the history of philosophy (one course in education or psychology may be accepted as a part of the requirement in philosophy.) ; English literature ; the classics. Economics or political science must be offered as one of the minor subjects. The ability to read simple prose in one foreign language is ordinarily expected of candidates in history, and students who have pursued the study of Romance languages or Germanic languages so far as to include courses in the history of literature may count one of these subjects as a minor. 402 History A. COURSES OPEN TO FRESHMEN (Seniors taking these courses may receive half credit only.) I. Continental European History. — Europe from the fourth century to the present time. (The work of neither semester may be taken separately without special permission.) /, //; (4). Associate Professor Lybyer, Assistant Professor Duncalf, Miss Brush II. History of England to 1589. — This course may be com- bined with English economic history, (Economics 7), or Continental European history (History i). //; (3). Professor Larson B. undergraduate courses not open to freshmen 3. History of the United States. — First Semester: The Colonial era ; the Revolution ; genesis of the federal constitution. Second semester: The United States under the constitution. (The work of either semester may be taken separately.) /, //; (3). Professor Greene, Assistant Professor Robertson, Dr. Cole Prerequisite: One year of college work. *5. History of Greece. — /; (3). Associate Professor Oldfather *6. History of Rome. — //; (3). Assistant Professor Canter [7. The Revolutionary and Napoleonic Era. — /; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Prerequisite: History i.] 17. The History of Illinois. — The political, economic, and so- cial development of a typical commonwealth in the Middle West, considered in its relation to the general course of American history. II; (2). Dr. Buck Prerequisite: History 3 or junior standing in any college of the University. 18. The Teaching of History. — Preparation of students for the practical problems of historical teaching in secondary schools. //; (2). Professor Larson, Dr. Cole, and other members of the department Prerequisite: History i, 3 or their equivalent; senior standing. 23. History of Modern England. — (A continuation of History II, following the same general plan; but emphasizing the colonial and imperial phases of English history.) /; (3). Dr. Cole Prerequisite : History i or 11. •Courses 5 and 6 are also listed as Greek 20 and Latin 19 respectively. History 403 29. The Fak East. — The contact of Western Christendom with the Far East from the Portuguese establishments of the sixteenth century to the Chinese Revolution of 191 1, with special reference to China and Japan. //; (2). Professor Greene Prerequisite: For students majoring in history, economics, or political science, at least junior standing; for all others, junior standing including one year of college work in history. C. COURSES FOR GRADUATES AND QUALIFIED UNDERGRADUATES (At least junior standing required. The ability to use French and German is desirable in all of these courses and is essential in some of them.) 4. The Constitutional History of England. — First semester: institutional origins; second semester: modem constitutional prac- tise. (For students who wish to specialize in English history, po- litical science, or law.) /, //; (3). Professor Larson Prerequisite : One year of college history. 8. English Civilization in the Middle Ages. — The religious, economic, and intellectual development of medieval society. II; (2). Professor Larson Prerequisite: History i. 9. European Society in the Later Middle Ages and the Renaissance. — The transition from medieval to modem ideals. (Continuation of course 19; either may be taken separately.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Duncalf Prerequisite: History i. 10. The Development of American Society in the Eight- eenth Century. — An introduction to the study of the American Revolution. II; (4). Professor Greene Prerequisite: Historj' 3. [12. History of Germany. — Settlement; eastern expansion; de- velopment of German cities; the Reformation; rise and development of Brandenburg-Prussia since 1640; /, //; (2). Not given, 1913- 14.] 14. The Making of the Federal Constitution. — The events from 1783 to 1789 which resulted in the framing and ratification of the federal constitution of 1787; the contemporary arguments for and against the ratification of the Constitution. //; (3). Professor Greene Prerequisite : History 3 or Political Science i and 3. 404 History 15. The Civil War and the Reconstruction in the United States. — //; (3), Dr. Cole Prerequisite: History 3. 16. The History of the Exploration and Colonization of the West. — First semester: The Mississippi Valley from the earliest European explorations to the close of the War of 1812; second sent- ister: the Mississippi Valley since 1815, and the progress of western expansion to the Pacific. (The second semester may be taken sep- arately.) /, //; (2). Professor Alvord Prerequisite: History 3. 19. Medieval Society with Special Reference to Continental Europe in the Eleventh and Twelfth Centuries. — This course may be advantageously combined with History 8, (English Civiliza- tion in the Middle Ages). /; (2). Assistant Professor Duncalf Prerequisite: History i. 20. Europe from the Period of the Napoleonic Empire to the Present Time. — Political movements and the development of civilization as the historical basis for an understanding of contempo- rary European life. First semester: The nineteenth century to the formation of the German Empire in 1871 ; Second semester: Europe since 1871. (Either semester may be taken separately.) I, II ; (3). Associate Professor Lybyer Prerequisite: At least one year of college work in history or po- litical science, and at least junior standing. 21. The History of the United States Since the Civil War. — Historical introduction to contemporary American politics. /; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History 3. 26. The History of the Latin-American Colonies. — The po- litical, economic, social, and intellectual life of Spain during the period of discovery; the exploration, settlement, and civilization of Spanish-America and the Philippines ; the exploration and coloniza- tion of Brazil. /; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prequisite: History i or 3. 2y. The History of Latin-America from the Wars of Inde- pendence to the Present Time. — The national history of the lead- ing Latin-American states ; political parties ; existing governments ; relations with Europe and the United States. The old regime in Texas, Mexico, and California. //; (3). Assistant Professor Robertson Prerequisite: History 3. History 405 28. Thesis. — (For candidates for honors and for other seniors who wish special training in investigation.) /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Robertson and other members of the de- partment COURSES FOR GRADUATES A student entering upon graduate work should have had at least the equivalent of the introductory college courses in European and American history-. All students of history should have a reading knowledge of German and French; for medieval histor>^ some knowledge of Latin is indispensable, and in certain fields of -Amer- ican history Spanish is needed. Graduate courses in history at the University of Illinois are of three kinds; i. Instruction in methodology, historiography, and bibliography. This work (in course 103) is required of all gradu- ate students in history during their first year. 2. Seminar courses for the study of special fields with a view primarily to training in the methods of historical criticism and research. 3. Courses for infor- mation and guidance in general reading. Opportunities for research are offered in the following fields: Medieval history; English history with emphasis upon medieval in- stitutions ; modern European history with special reference to the nineteenth century; American history' with special reference to in- stitutions, colonial society, western development, and the period of sectional conflict, 1820-65; the history of Latin America. Illinois Survey. — Students of historj^ have an opportunity to pursue research in western history in connection with the Illinois Survey, an organization for the purpose of carr\ing on systematic studies in the history of Illinois. Attention is also called to the fact that the University of Illinois has for some time cooperated with the Trustees of the State His- torical Library in the gathering and editing of historical documents. As a result of this relation instructors and graduate students in the department have contributed to the publications of these state or- ganizations and have been given useful training in the study of printed and manuscript material. The History Club, consisting of instructors and graduate stu- dents in the department, meets once a month. The program is de- voted to reviews of current progress in historical work and infor- mal discussion of historical topics. loi. Seminar in American History. — Bibliography; practise 4o6 Horticulture in the solution of typical problems ; reports on the progress of indi- vidual investigations by instructors and students. Two hours, once a week; I, II* Professor Greene and others Students interested in the investigation of particular topics, whether with a view to writing theses or otherwise, may register in this course and will be advised by members of the department as follows : On American history before 1789 and problems of church and state. Professor Greene On American history after 1789 and Latin-American history, * Assistant Professor Robertson, Dr. Cole On the history of the West. Professor Alvord, Dr. Buck 102. Studies in English History. — Twice a week; I, II. Professor Larson 103. Historical Bibliography and Criticism. — Selected prob- lems in various fields. Required of all candidates for an advanced degree in history who do not present evidence of similar training elsewhere. Twice a week; I, II. Associate Professor Lybyer and others 104. Research in European History. — Competent students will be guided in the investigation of topics in medieval and modern history. I, II. Associate Professor Lyber, Assistant Professor Duncalf 105. The History of Western Expansion, 1763-1818. — Prob- lems in the interpretation of western history. Lectures and read- ings. Once a week; I, II. Professor Alvord III. Spanish-American Relations. — The relations of the Latin-American States with Europe and the United States. Select- ed topics. Once a week; I, II. Assistant Professor Robertson HORTICULTURE Joseph Cullen Blair, M.S., Professor, Pomology John William Lloyd, M.S., Professor, Olericulture Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S., Professor, Pomology Charles Mulford Robinson, A.M., Professor, Civic Design Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Assistant Professor, Floriculture Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Assistant Professor, Pomology •The unit values of graduate courses in history are fixed upon registra- tion, after conference with the instructors in charge of the courses. Horticulture 407 WiLHELM Miller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Landscape Horticul- ture Ralph Rodney Root, M.L.A,, Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening Ernest Winfield Bailey, M.S., Associate, Pomology Oscar S Watkins, B.S., Associate, Horticultural Chemistry Charles Elmer Durst, M.S., Associate, Olericulture *Arno Herbert Nehrling, Associate, Floriculture Simeon James Bole, A. M., Associate, Pomology John Joseph Gardner, B.S., Instructor, Pomology Lawrence Earl Foglesonc, B.S., Instructor, Landscape Horticul- ture Horace Whittier Peaslee, B. Arch., Instructor, Landscape Design Frank A Gushing Smith, B.S., Instructor, Landscape Design Gharles Bovett Sayre, B.S., Instructor, Olericulture Robert William Hoffman, B.S., Instructor, Landscape Gardening .\rthur Samuel Golby, B.S., Assistant, Pomology Franz August Aust, M.S., Assistant, Landscape Design Gharles Christian Rees, Assistant, Pathology courses for undergraduates Floriculture: Horticulture 4, 15a, 15b, 19a, 19b, 30, 31, 32, 35 Forestry : Horticulture 9 General Horticulture: Horticulture la, ib, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12 Landscape Gardening : Horticulture loa, lob, 23a, 23b, 24a, 24b. 25a, 25b, 26a, 26b, 27a, 27b, 28, 29a, 29b, 36, 37a, 37b, 38 Olericulture : Horticulture 3, 20, 34 Pomology: Horticulture 2, 8, 17, 18, ZZ la. Elements of Horticulture. — Fruit growing, vegetable gardening and ornamental planting, with special reference to the farm home. (Required of all freshmen in the general course in Agriculture.) Text-book work; assigned readings; practical exer- cises. /; (2). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Bole, Mr. Golby lb. Elements of Horticultutre. — (Continuation of la. Re- quired of all freshmen in the general course in Agriculture.) //; (2). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Bole, Mr. Colby 2. Small Fruits and Grapes. — The strawberry, raspberry, blackberry, dewberry, currant, gooseberry, grape. History ; extent •Resigned February 1, 1914. 4o8 Horticulture of cultivation ; soil ; location ; fertilizers ; propagation ; planting ; tillage ; pruning ; insect enemies ; diseases ; varieties ; harvesting ; marketing. Lectures; reference readings. //; (2). Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Bole Prerequisite: Horticulture la and ib or their equivalents, 5. 3. Vegetable Gardening. — Cultural requirements of each of the common vegetables. Lectures ; text book ; one practical exercise a week. //; (3). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Durst, Mr. Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture la and ib or their equivalents. 4. Plant Houses. — Construction, cost, and maintenance ; heat- ing; ventilating. /; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner 5. Plant Propagation. — Grafts; buds; layers; cuttings; seeds. Lectures; laboratory; quizzes. //; (5). Assistant Professor Dorner 6. Nursery Methods. — Some details of nursery management and their relation to horticulture in general. Lectures ; reference readings. //; (2). Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Entomology 4. 7. Spraying. — Materials, appliances, and methods employed in combating insects and fungous diseases. Lectures ; reference read- ings; laboratory; field v^^ork. //; (3). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Watkins Prerequisite: Horticulture la and ib or their equivalents; Chemistry i ; Entomology 4. 8. Orcharding. — Pomaceous, drupaceous, and nut fruits ; man- agement of large commercial orchards; harvesting; grading; pack- ing; storing; marketing. /; (5). Professor Crandall, Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr, Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture la and ib or their equivalents, 5; Botany i ; Entomology 4. [9. Forestry. — Forest trees ; uses ; distribution ; artificial pro- duction ; relations of forest and climate ; forestry legislation and economy. //; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Prerequisite: Botany i, or an equivalent.] loa. Landscape Gardening (Introductory Course). — Lectures; reference reading; plant studies. Two lectures and three hours drawing or field trip. .(Open to all students.) /; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Hoffman Horticulture 409 lob. Landscape Design (Elementary Course). — Drafting ; field trips ; assigned readings ; reports ; occasional lectures. Nine hours' drafting per week. / or //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : One year of college work. 11. Cultivated Plants. — The relationship and classification of certain economic and ornamental plants of the temperate zone ; identification of species ; examination of living plants and herbarium specimens. Lectures; assigned readings. /; (2). Professor Blair, Professor Crandall Prerequisite : Botany 2. 12. Evolution of Horticultural Plants. — History, botanical classification, and geographical distribution of cultivated plants ; modification under culture ; theoretical causes and observed factors that influence variation, particularly food supply, climate, and cross- fertilization. /; (3). Professor Crandall Prerequisite: Two years of university work, including Horti- culture 8 and Botany 2. 15a. Plant Growing. — Preparation of soils for greenhouse crops; fertilizers; potting and shifting plants; watering. Lectures; practical greenhouse work. //; (5). Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite: Horticulture 5; Botany i, 15b. Commercial Crops. — Greenhouse plants and cut flowers for wholesale and retail markets ; the care and marketing of the crops. Lectures; greenhouse work. I; (5). Assistant Professor Dorner, Mr. Nehrling Prerequisite: Horticulture 15a. 17. Commercial Fruit Culture. — Practical work in houses and" fruit plantations. (For students specializing in horticulture.) I ,- (5). Professor Crandall, Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture 2, 8. 18. Experimental Horticulture. — Methods and difficulties in' horticultural investigations ; the planning of experiments ; recording and interpretation of results. (For advanced students preparing for experiment station work.) //; (5). Professor Blair, Assistant Professor Pickett, Mr. Watkins Prerequisite: Twenty hours' work in horticulture. 19a. Amateur Floriculture. — Window gardening; growing of flowers upon the home grounds; containers; potting soils; fertir- 410 Horticulture Hzers; preparation and planting of flower beds; propagation and culture of plants suitable for window and garden. /; (i). Mr. Nehrling 19b. Amateur Floriculture. — (Continuation of 19a.) //; (i). Assistant Professor Dorner 20. Market Gardening. — Growing and handling vegetables for market. Practical exercises; reference readings. //; (3). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Durst, Mr. Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture 3. 22. Special Investigation and Thesis. — I, II; (5-10). 23a. Landscape Design (Second Course). — Problems in land- scape design, such as country estates, playgrounds, small parks, based on topographic surveys taken in the vicinity of the university. Nine hours' drafting. / or //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Peaslee Prerequisite: Architecture 33. 23b. Landscape Design. — (Continuation of 23a.) Nine hours' drafting. / or //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Peaslee Prerequisite: Horticulture 23a. 24a. Trees and Shrubs. — Plant material important to landscape gardening; landscape value of each plant with respect to adapta- bility to the soil and situation and the use of the plant in design. Two lectures; one field trip. //; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Hoffman 24b. Trees and Shrubs. — (Continuation of 24a.) Two lec- tures; one field trip. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Hoffman Prerequisite : Horticulture 24a. 25a. Advanced Landscape Design. — The larger problems in landscape design such as country parks, cemeteries, country estates. Nine hours drafting. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Horticulture 23b. 25b. Advanced Landscape Design. — Real estate subdivisions and a complete set of plans, including a sketch plan, general plan, re- port, detailed study of architectural features, grading plans, planting plans, set of specifications, and estimate of cost. Nine hours' draft- ing. //; (3). Professor Robinson, Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Horticulture 25a. Horticulture 411 26a. Planting Design. — Planting plans, based on the design problems in courses lob, 23a and 23b. One conference and six hours' drafting. //; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 23a, 24b. 26b. Planting Design. — Planting plans, based on the design problems in course 25. One conference and six hours' drafting. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 26a. 27a. Landscape Practise. — Interpretation of topographic maps and their relation to landscape design ; calculation of cut and fill ; quantities of material; preparation of grading plans and working drawings. One lecture and six hours' drafting. /; (3), Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 22; Horticulture lob. 27b. Landscape Practise. — Construction; specifications and re- ports ; engineering drawings based on the problems in courses 25 and 37. One lecture and six hours' drafting. //; (3). Mr. Smith Prerequisite: Horticulture 27a. 28. Exotics. — Temporary decorative plants used in landscape gardening. Lectures; planting plans; field trips. //; (i). Assistant Professor Root. Prerequisite: Horticulture 23b, 24b. 29a. Garden Design. — The garden in its relation to the house ; architectural harmony, utilization, topographic conditions, and plant- ing for architectural or horticultural emphasis. Eight hours draft- ing and one lecture. /; (3). Assistant Professor Root^ Mr. Peaslee Prerequisite : Architecture 32. 29b. Garden Design. — The designing of public gardens and open spaces and their relation to garden design. Eight hours draft- ing; one lecture. //; (3). Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite : Horticulture 29a. 30. Decorative and Bedding Plants. — Tropical and subtropical plants used in decorative work in the conservatory; tender plants used in out-door bedding: Lectures; practical greenhouse work. //; (5)- Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite: Horticulture 15a. 412 Horticulture 31. Garden Flowers. — The propagation and growing of annuals^ herbaceous perennials, bulbs, and shrubs for cut flowers and orna- mental plantings. /; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite : Horticulture 5 ; Botany i. 32. Floral Decoration. — Cut flowers and plants in decorative work; arrangement of flowers in baskets, designs and bouquets; table decoration; house decoration, (For students in floriculture.) //; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner 33. Systematic Pomology. — Description, nomenclature, and classification of native and subtropical fruits ; critical descriptions and identification with special reference to relationships and classi- fications of varieties; judging and displaying fruits. /; (2). Mr. Bailey Prerequisite: Horticulture 8. 34. Vegetables Under Glass. — Practical training in the forcing of vegetables. /; (3). Professor Lloyd, Mr. Durst, Mr. Sayre Prerequisite: Horticulture 3, isa. 35. Private Conservatory Work. — Types of plants for large conservatories; arrangement; care. //; (3). Assistant Professor Dorner Prerequisite: Horticulture iSa, 4. 36. Development of Landscape Gardening. — History of land- scape gardening from Egyptian to modem times ; survey of litera- ture. Lectures ; reference readings ; library sketches ; reports. //; (2). Assistant Professor Root 37a. Civic Design. — The problem of town remodeling; remedial problems in town planning. Lectures; field trips; reports. /; (2). Professor Robinson, Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 23b. 37b. Civic Design. — Principles of town extension; preventative and preservative aspects of town planning. Lectures ; reference readings; and text book. //; (3). Professor Robinson, Assistant Professor Root Prerequisite: Horticulture 37a. 38. Field Practise in Landscape Gardening. — Practise in car- rying out landscape plans in the field. Lectures ; field work ; re- ports. / or //; (2). Assistant Professor Root, Mr. Smith, Mr. Hoffman Prerequisite: Horticulture 23b, 24b. Household Science 413 COURSES FOR GRADUATES At least two years of collegiate work in horticulture and allied subjects and specific preparation for the chosen topics are required for entrance upon major work in this department. 102. Pomology. — Individual problems in the adaption, propaga- •tion, cultivation, or pruning of small fruits. Conferences. //; (y2 to I unit). Professor Grand all 103. Olericulture. — Individual problems in the structure, cul- tural requirements, and improvement of vegetables. Conferences. I, II; (l to 2 units each semester; a student working part time and extending his study for the master's degree over two years may register for Yz to i unit for each of the four semesters). Professor Lloyd 108. Pomology. — Individual problems in the relationship, adap- tion, improvement, propagation, cultivation, pruning, protection, preservation, or marketing of orchard fruits. Conferences, I, II ; (l to 2 units each semester; a student working part time and extend- ing his study for the master's degree over two years may register for Y2 to I unit for each of the four semesters). Professor Blair, Professor Crandall [109. Forestry. — Problems in general forestry and investigation of forest growths. Not given, 1913-14.] HOUSEHOLD SCIENCE Isabel Bevier, Ph.M., Professor and Director Nellie Esther Goldthwaite, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Helena Maud Pincomb, B.S., Associate Nina Belle Grigler, B.S., Associate Cora Emeline Gray, M.S., Associate Ruth Wheeler, Ph.D., Associate Lurene Seymour, Ph.B., B.S., Associate Maude Edna Parsons, A.B., Instructor and Director of Lunch Room. Georgia Elizabeth Fleming, B.S., Instructor Grace Esther Stevens, A.B., Instructor Florence Harrison, B.S., Instructor FOOD I. Selection and Preparation of Food. — The nature and use of foods, their chemical composition, and the changes effected by heat, cold, or fermentation ; the principles of selection, illustrated by 414 Household Science marketing expeditions; processes of the manufacture of foods; combinations of different kinds. //; (3). Miss Crigler, Miss Pincomb, Miss Stevens, Miss Harrison Prerequisite: Entrance credit in Physics; Chemistry i. 6. Economic Uses of Food. — (Continuation of i.) The econom- ics of the food question; uses and applications of preservatives, /; (3). Miss Crigler, Miss Pincomb, Miss Stevens Prerequisite : Household Science i. 14. Problems in the Preparation and Service of Food. — (Con- tinuation of courses i and 6). Preparation and service of meals for a family; cost and dietetic values; the preparation of food in quan- tities; individual problems in the manipulation of food materials. I J II; (3). Miss Gray, Miss Harrison Prerequisite: Plousehold Science i, 6; Chemistry i, 2, 3, and the consent of the instructor. 5. Dietetics. — The principles of diet; the relation of food to health ; influence of age, sex, and occupation on diet ; the construc- tion of dietaries ; dietetic treatment of certain diseases. Laborator>\ //; (3). Assistant Professor Goldthwaite Prerequisite: Household Science i, 6; Physiology 4; Chemistry I, 2, 3. 4. Food and Nutrition. — Application of the principles of pure science to the physiological, chemical, or bacteriological problems of food and nutrition. Individual investigation. I, (5). Assistant Professor Goldthwaite Prerequisite: Botany 5; Chemistry i, 2, 3, 13a, 0, 9c, five hours in botany or zoology; Household Science i, 5, 6. 18. Lunch Room Management. — History of the movement to feed school children ; practise in lunch room management. Open to seniors. I, II; (3). Miss Parsons Prerequisite: Household Science i, 5, 6 and 14; Economics i or 2. the house 2. Home Archictecture and Sanitation. — Situation, sur- roundings, and construction of the house; hygiene of the homte ; heating, lighting, ventilating, water supply, and drainage. Lectures on house planning and sanitary plumbing, fixtures and internal drainage; exercise in making skeleton plans. /; (2), Professor Bevier, Professor White, Assistant Professor Ash^ Miss Pincomb, Mr. Clark, Miss Fleming Household Science 415 3. Elementary Home Decoration. — (Continuation of course 2.) Evolution of the house; homes of primitive peoples; theory of color and its application in home decoration; evolution of the home; furnishings from a sanitary and artistic standpoint. //; (2). '^ Professor Bevier, Miss Fleming Prerequisite: Art and Design 12; Household Science 2. 10, Household Management. — Expenditure of the income; or- ganization of the household ; care of the house and family ; home nursing; domestic service problem. Laboratory work in practise apartment. //; (2). Miss Gray Prerequisite: Household Science i, 2, 6; Economics i or 2 ; junior standing. TEXTILES 7. Textiles. — Development of primitive industries ; production of fibers used in textile manufacture; practise in judging cloth and in weaving. I, II; (2). Miss Seymour 12 Household Art and Clothing. — (Continuation of course 7). Materials suitable for various uses in home and in clothing; texture, qualit>', design in relation to form ; color in relation to en- vironment and personality; hygienic properties and cost. //; (3). Miss Seymour, Miss Fleming Prerequisite: Household Science 7; Art and Design i, 12; 30 hours of university work. 17. Problems in the Study of Textiles. — ^The quality of ma- terial; microscopic and chemical analysis of fabrics; movements related to the textile industry. Lectures; laborator>'. //; (3). Miss Seymour Prerequisite: Household Science 7, 12; Chemistry i, 2, 3. courses for teachers 11. *Teachers' Course, — The best methods of presenting the work, and its correlation with other subjects. Practise in planning such courses, and some opportunity for presenting them. (For the prospective supervisor of the subject, or for the teacher in the graded schools) //; (3). Professor Bevier, Miss Pincomb Prerequisite: Household Science i, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 12, and 13; laboratory work in sewing, Saturday morning, first semester; senior standing. 'Students regularly registered in course 11 may have instruction in mil- linery, without credit, on Saturday morning from 9:00 to 11:00. 4i6 Household Science 13. History of Home Economics. — Origin and development of home economics; the work in different types of institutions; the planning of courses for these types. /; (i). Professor Bevier Prerequisite: Senior standing. 9. Seminar. — Different phases of home economics ; individual problems. //; (3). Professor Bevier, Miss Wheeler Prerequisite: Senior standing. ECONOMICS OF THE FAMILY 15. Economics of the Family Group. — The economic relations of the family as a whole and as individuals. Retail market ; sources of income, social and industrial conditions affecting it ; child labor ; economic position of women. /; (3). Miss Gray Prerequisite: Household Science 3, 6, 10, 12. 16. Problems in the Economics of the Family Group. — In- dividual work in the senior seminar in economics. I, II; (2-4). Professor Kinley Prerequisite: Household Science 15. courses for graduates Students who wish to do graduate work in household science will find it to their advantage to specialize in either the scientific or the economic phases of the subject. In either case they should be able to offer an equivalent for twenty-four hours of household science given in the University of Illinois, with a minimum of two years of chemistry, including organic chemistry, a year of biological science, and a year of either economics or sociology. loi. Home Economics. — The origin and development of home economics ; industrial, educational, and sociological aspects. Twice a week; I, II ; (i unit). Professor Bevier 102. Special Investigations. — Problems in the application of the principles of bacteriology, chemistry, and physiology to the ordinary processes used in preparation of food ; problems in nutri- tion. Twice a week; I, II; (2 utiits). Professor Bevier, Assistant Professor Goldthwaite, Miss Wheeler ITALIAN (See Romance Languages and Literature.) JOURNALISM (See Rhetoric 12, 15, 17, 19, under The English Language and Literature) Lazu 417 LANDSCAPE GARDENING (See Horticulture.) LATIN (See Classics.) LAW Oliver Albert Harker, A.M., LL.D., Professor, Dean Frederick Green, A.M. LL.B., Professor Edward Harris Decker, A.B., LL.B., Professor John Norton Pomeroy, A.M., LL.B., Professor Chester Garfield Vernier, A.B., J.D., Professor William Green Hale, B.S., LL.B., Professor, Secretary Warren Hobart Pillsbury, B.L., J.D., Instructor 1. Contracts. — Willistons Cases; selected Illinois cases. (First year. Open to students in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with six hours' credit.) /; (5) : //; (3). Professor Decker 2. Torts. — Ames & Smith's Cases. (First year. Open to stu- dents in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with credit.) /, //; (3). Professor Hale 3. Real Property. — Gray's Cases, Vols. I and II. (First year. Open to students in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with credit.) //; (3). Mr. Pillsbury 4. Common Law Pleading. — (First year. Open to students in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with credit.) //; (3). Professor Harker 4a. Illinois Procedure. — (Third year.) /; (3). Professor Harker 5. Criminal Law and Criminal Procedure. — Mikell's Cases. (First year. Open to students in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with credit.) /; (4). Professor Green 6. Personal Property. — Gray's Cases, Vol. I. (First year). Open to students in Liberal Arts and Sciences, with credit.) /; (2). Professor Vernier 7. Domestic Relations. — Woodruff's Cases on Domestic Rela- tions (2nd ed.) (First year.) //; (2). Professor Vernier 8. Evidence. — Thayer's Cases. (Second year.) /; (5). Professor Hale 4i8 Lazv 9. Sales. — Williston's Cases (2nd ed.) (Elective, second or third year.) //; (3). Professor Hale ID. Real Property. — Gray's Cases, Vols. II and III. (Second year.) //; (4). Mr. Pillsbury 11. Agency. — Wamhaugh's Cases. (Second year.) /; (3). Professor Vernier 12. Equity. — Ames' Cases. (Second year.) /; (3): //; (2). Professor Pomeroy [13. Damages. — Beale's Cases, (2nd ed.) (Elective, second or third year.) Not given, 1913-14. //; (2). Professor Decker] 14. Carriers. — Green's Cases. (Elective, second or third year.) //; (3). Professor Green 15. Bills and Notes. — Huff cut's Cases ( Cols on' s Ed.) (Third year.) /; (3). Professor Vernier 16. Trusts. — Ames' Cases. (Elective, third year.) //; (3). Professor Vernier 17. Private Corporations. — Canfield & .Wormser's Cases. (Third year.) //; (4). Professor Green 18. Wills. — Gray's Cases. (Second year.) /; (2). Professor Pomeroy 19. Partnership. — Mechem's Cases (2nd ed.) (Third year.) /; (2). Professor Hale 20. Equity Pleading. — Thompson's Cases on Equity Pleading; Selected Illinois Cases. (Second year.) //; (2). Professor Harker 21. Suretyship. — Ames' Cases. (Third year.) //; (3). Professor Decker 22. Constitutional Law (a). — Hall's Cases. (Third year.) /; (3). Professor Green 23. Mortgages and Recording Acts. — Wyman's Cases on Mortgages and part of Vol. VI of Gray's Cases on Property. (Elective, third year.) /; (2). Professor Pomeroy 24. Municipal Corporations. — Macey's Cases on Municipal Cor- porations. (Elective, third year.) /; (2). Professor Pomeroy 25. Bankruptcy. — Williston's Cases. (Elective, third year.) //; (2). Professor Decker 26. Moot Court. — (Second year.) I, II; (2). Professor Harker Library Science 419 27. Future Interests in Property. — Gray's Cases, Vol. V. (Elective, second or tliird year. Given in 1913-14 and in alternate years.) //; (2). Professor Vernier 28. Insurance. — Wamhaugh's Cases. (Elective, second or third year. Given in 1913-14 and in alternate years.) /; (2). Professor Green [29. Conveyancing. — Gray's Cases on Property, Vol. Ill and part of Vol. VI (2nd ed.) (Elective, second or third year.) Not given, 1913-14; given in 1914-15 and in alternate years. /; (2).] 30. Public International Law. — Lawrence's Principles and Scott's Cases. (Elective, second or third year.) /; (3). Professor GaIineb 31. Cx)NFLiCT OF Laws. — Beak's Shorter Selection of Cases on Conflict of Laws. (Elective, third year.) Given in 191 3- 14 and in alternate years. //; (2). Professor Vernier [32. QuASi-CoNTRACTS. — Woodruff's Cases. (Elective, second or third year. Not given, 1913-14; given in 1914-15 and in alternate years.) //; (2). Professor Vernier] [23. Constitutional Law (b). — Hall's Cases. Not given, 1913- 14, //; (2). Professor Green] [34. Public Service Cx)mpanies. — Wyman's Cases (2nd ed.) (Elective, second or third year.) Not given, 1913-14; given in 1914-15 and in alternate years. II; (2). Professor Green] LIBR.\RY SCIENCE Phineas Lawrence Windsor, Ph.B., Director Frances Simpson, M.L., B.L.S., Assistant Director, Assistant Pro- fessor Florence Rising Curtis, A.B., B.L.S., Associate Ernest James Reece, Ph.B., Instructor Ethel Bond, A.B., B.L.S., Instructor Edna Lyman Scott, Special Lecturer Catharine Oaks, A.B., B.L.S., Reviser Special Departmental Lecturers Francis Keese Wynkoop Drury, A.M., B.L.S., Lecturer, Order Work Philip Sanford Goulding, A.B., Lecturer, Cataloging Jacob Hodnefield, A.M., Lecturer, Exchanges Emma Felsenthal, Ph.B., fe.L.S., Lecturer, General Reference 420 Library Science Alice Sarah Johnson, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, General Reference Emma Reed Jutton, B.L.S., Lecturer, Loans Adah Patton, B.L.S., Lecturer, Cataloging Margaret Hutchins, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, General Reference ♦John Boynton Kaiser, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, Departmental Prob- lems, Economics and Sociology Ola M Wyeth, A.B., B.L.S. , Lecturer, Departmental Problems, Modern Languages Mary Torrance, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, Departmental Problems, Classics Marian Leatherman, A.B., Lecturer, Departmental Problems, History and Political Science Sabra Elizabeth Stevens, A.B., Lecturer, Library Problems Jennie Adah Craig, A.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, Departmental Problems, English Margaret Herdman, A.B., Lecturer, Departmental Problems, Edu- cation, Philosophy, and Psychology Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Lecturer, Departmental Problems, Natural History Winifred Fehrenkamp, B.L.S., Lecturer, Library Problems Eleanor G Karsten, Ph.B., Lecturer, Library Problems 2. Reference Work. — Methods of research; the use of refer- ence books ; practical work in the reference department of the Uni- versity library. /, //; (3). Assistant Professor Simpson 3. Selection of Books. — Principles of selection for libraries of different types ; standard lists, critical periodicals, and other aids ; practise in writing book annotations. /, //; (2). Miss Felsenthal 4. Practise Work, — Four hours a week of practical work in the various departments of the University library. To be taken with Library 2, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21. /, //; (2). Mr. Reece 6. Subject Bibliography. — Selection of books in special sub- jects ; treatment of the literature and bibliography of each. Lec- tures given by professors in the respective departments of the University. /, //; (2). Director Windsor and others [7. History of Libraries. — The foundation, development, and resources of the leading libraries of Europe and the United States. Given in alternate years, not given in 1913-14. //; (2). Assistant Professor Simpson] * Resigned, February 1, 1914. Library Science 421 8. Advanced Reference. — Transactions of learned societies; special periodicals and government publications; indexes and other works of value to a large reference department. /; (2). Assistant Professor Simpson Prerequisite : Library 2. 9. Bookmaking. — History of the early forms of books ; the in- vention and spread of printing; book illustration; book-binding. Given in 1914 and in alternate years. //; (2). Director Windsor 10. Practise Work. — Eight hours a week ; a continuation of Library 4, supplemented by one month of work as a member of the staff of an assigned public library. /, //; (4). Miss Curtis 12. General Reference. — Classification and arrangement of books in the University library ; the card catalogs ; the more gen- erally used reference books. (Intended for freshmen and sopho- mores in the University, rather than for students registered in Li- brary School.) Repeated each semester. / or II; (2). Miss HuTCHiNS, Miss Felsenthal, Miss Johnson 13. Public Documents. — 13a. — Production and acquisition of Federal documents ; their treatment and use as reference books. 13b. — American state and municipal documents ; publications of for- eign governments. (Second semester elective to students who have completed 13a.) I, II; (2). Mr. Reece 15. Seminar in Library Economy. — Special problems; library economy publications. /, //;^(2). Mr. Reece and others 16. Order Accession, and Shelf Work. — Order department records and routine ; book-buying ; publishers and discounts ; copy- right ; serials and continuations ; gifts ; exchanges ; duplicates ; the accession book and its substitutes ; the shelf list and its uses ; the care of pamphlets, clippings, and maps. 7; (2). Miss Curtis 17. Classification. — Principles of book classification; the Dewey Decimal Classification; the Cutter Expansion Classification; book numbers. /; (3). Miss Bond 18. Cataloging. — Dictionary cataloging; assignment of subject headings; classed cataloging; sixty hours of cataloging for the University library. I; (3). Miss Bond 19. Trade Bibliography. — Books and periodicals used as tools of the book trade of America, England, Germany, and France. II; (i). Mr. Reece 422 Library Science 20. Loan Department. — Records connected with the loan of books; representative loan systems; rules, regulations, and prac- tises. //; (i). Miss JuTTON 21. Printing, Binding, and Indexing. — Printing: Printing for libraries; practise in preparing copy and in reading proof; visits to print shops. Binding: Materials and methods of book-binding; bindings suitable for library use ; visits to binderies ; practise in preparing books for the bindery and in making necessary records ; practise in the repair of books. Indexing : Indexes ; the form of citation ; the choice and arrangements of headings ; kind of type ; practise in the indexing of books and magazines. //; (2). Director Windsor, Miss Curtis, Mrs. Karsten 22. Library Extension. — Method ; library associations ; library schools ; library commissions ; township and county library systems ; traveling libraries; home libraries; other agencies. //; (3). Miss Curtis 23. Library Administration and Current Library Literature. — Current library periodicals, bulletins, reports, catalogs, and read- ing lists; the organization, reorganization, and administration of small libraries; the planning and equipment of reading rooms and small library buildings; library accounts and business forms. I, II; (i). Miss Curtis 24. Selection of Books. — English translations of representative works of French, German, Spanish, Italian and Russian novelists of the 19th century; examination of about forty newly published books sent each month to the School for inspection. I, II; (2). Assistant Librarian Drury 25. Advanced Classification and Cataloging. — The principal systems of book classification; rules for cataloging books. //; (i). Miss Bond Prerequisite: Library 17, 18. 26. Library Administration. — Advanced order work; library organization; library architecture; legislative and municipal refer- ence work ; library work with children ; lectures on special topics by visiting librarians, members of the faculty, and the library staff. Lii;(3). Miss Curtis, Assistant Librarian Drury, Mrs. Scon, Mr. Reece, Mr. Kaiser and others 27. Bibliographical Institutions. — Organization and work of societies and institutions of America and Europe interested in the Mathematics 423 production of bibliographical material ; cooperative undertakings ; international bibliography. /; (i). Miss Patton 28. Practise Work. — (Students may elect special practise work in certain departments of the University library.) //; (i to 4). Director Windsor MATHEMATICS Edgar Jerome Townsend, Ph.D., Professor Samuel Walker Shattuck, C.E., LL.D., Professor, Emeritus George Abram Miller, Ph.D., Professor Hexry Lewis Rietz, Ph.D., Professor Charles Hirschel Sisam, Ph.D., Assistant Professor James B\'rnie Shaw, D.Sc, Assistant Professor Arnold Emch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Arthlti Robert Crathorne, Ph.D., Associate Robert Lacy Borger, Ph.D., Associate Ernest Barnes Lytle, Ph.D., Associate GusTAF Eric Wahlin, Ph.D., Associate Ellis Bagley Stouffer. Ph.D., Instructor Aubrey John Kempner, Ph.D., Instructor William Wells Denton, Ph.D., Instructor Edward Wilson Chittenden, Ph.D., Instructor Josephine Elizabeth Burns, Ph.D., Instructor Sidney Archie Rowland, A.B., Assistant Clarence Mark Hebbert, B.S., Assistant Guy Watson Smith, M.S., Assistant Henry Charles Zeis, A.B,, Assistant George Rutledge, A.M., Research Assistant The courses offered by the department are arranged to meet the needs of three classes of students: (i) those who wish to elect the subject as an element in a general education ; (2) those who will have occasion to make use of mathem.atics in cognate subjects, and (3) those who wish to specialize in mathematics. Those who select mathematics as a major subject should take Mathematics 2, 4, and 6 in the freshman year; Mathematics 7, 9, and 10 in the sophomore year, and Mathematics 16, 18, and 19 in the junior year. In the senior year tlie selection may be made from the courses open to graduates and undergraduates as seems desirable. Students specializing in mathematics are advised to take work also in some line of applied mathematics. 424 Mathematics The mathematical library, consisting of about 3,000 volumes, is adequate for advanced work and research. The leading mathe- matical journals are received currently. The department also has in its possession a collection of models and computing machines, which are valuable in instruction and research. INTRODUCTORY COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 2. College Algebra. — /; (3), (Three sections repeat the work in the second semester.) Professor Miller, Professor Rietz, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Shaw^, Assistant Professor Emch, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Stouf- fer, Dr. Kempner, Dr. Denton, Dr. Chittenden, Dr. Burns, Mr. Rowland, Mr. Hebbert, Mr. Smith, Mr. Zeis Prerequisite: Entrance algebra, ij^ units; plane geometry. 3. Spherical Trigonometry. — //; (2). Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite: Solid and spherical geometry. Mathematics 4. 4. Plane Trigonometry. — /; (2). (Three sections repeat the work in the second semester.) Professor Miller, Professor Rietz, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Emch, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Stouf- fer, Dr. Kempner, Dr. Denton, Dr. Chittenden, Dr. Burns, Mr. Rowland, Mr. Hebbert, Mr, Smith, Mr. Zeis Prerequisite: Entrance algebra, ij/^ units; plane geometry. 5. Teachers' Course. — Secondary algebra and geometry; their educational values ; position in course ; methods of teaching ; corre- lation ; comparison of American methods with those of foreign countries ; order of topics ; most important topics ; text-books ; lit- erature. Lectures; discussions; reports. /; (2). Dr. Lytle Prerequisite: Junior standing. 6. Analytic Geometry. — Plane and solid analytic geometry. //; (5). Professor Miller, Professor Rietz, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Emch, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Borger, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Stouf- fer. Dr. Kempner, Dr. Denton, Dr. Chittenden, Dr. Burns, Mr. Rowland, Mr. Hebbert, Mr. Smith, Mr. Zeis Prerequisite : Mathematics 2, 4. Mathematics 425 7, 9. Differential and Integral Calculus. — The principles of the differential and integral calculus developed and applied to func- tions of one and of several variables. (Section A is an honor sec- tion and may be selected by those specializing in mathematics or having an average grade of 90 in freshman mathematics.) /; (5) ; //; (3). Professor Rietz, Assistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Shaw, Assistant Professor Emch, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Bor- GER, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Wahlin, Dr. Stouffer, Dr. Kempner, Dr. Denton, Dr. Chittenden, Dr. Burns Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. 9a. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (Second Course.) The definite (single and multiple) integral with exercises in the formulation of problems arising in applied mathematics ; line, sur- face, and volume integrals; the theorems of Stokes and Green; par- tial differentiation; exact differentials with applications of the con- ditions for exactness ; elements of differential questions ; approxi- mate quadature and integration of differential equations. / or 11; (2). Assistant Professor Emch, Dr. Crathorne, Dr. Lytle, Dr. Stouffer Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9. 8. Differential and Integral Calculus. — (For students in chemistry and chemical engineering.) /; (5). Professor Miller, Mr. Smith Prerequisite : Mathematics 6. 18. Constructive Geometry. — Development and training of space perception ; properties of lines, planes, and the simpler sur- faces of the second order studied by various methods of parallel and central projection; graphical interpretation of the processes of analytic geometry; analytic discussion of the methods of de- scriptive geometry. /; (3). Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite: Mathematics 6. courses for graduates and advanced undergraduates 10. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — Some of the fundamental properties of an algebraic equation in one unknown ; the solutions of systems of simultaneous equations ; theory of a sys- tem of linear equations; some fundamental properties of determi- nants. //; (3). Professor Miller Prerequisite : Mathematics 6. 426 Mathematics i6. Differential Equations. — General linear equations with constant coefficients; special forms of differential equations of higher order; integration in series. /; (3). Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 9. 19. Solid Analytic Geometry. — Equations of the plane and the right line in space ; the more general properties of surfaces of the second degree; the classification and special properties of quadrics ; a brief introduction to the theory of surfaces in general. //; (3). Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 (or 7), 10. [20. Calculus of Variations. — Those elements of the science that are most needed in the study of the higher subjects of mathe- matical astronomy and physics. //; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite : Mathematics 16.] 21. Method of Least Squares. — Law of probability and error; adjustment of observation ; precision of observation ; independent and conditional observations. /; (2). Professor Stebbins Prerequisite: Mathematics 8 or 7. 22. Partial Differential Equations. — Integration and deter- mination of the integration constants of such partial differential equations as arise in the study of such subjects as the flow of heat, the vibration of strings, plates, and electricity. //; (2). Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 16. 23. Averages and the Mathematics of Investment. — Mean- ing, use, and abuse of different kinds of averages ; relation of the theory of probability to averages ; application of the elements of probability to annuities, insurance, and various branches of science ; loans and investments ; practical problems in the evaluation of in- vestment securities. //; (3). Professor Rietz Prerequisite: Mathematics 2; junior standing. [24. Functions of a Complex Variable. — I, II; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 7, 9, 16.] 27, Projective Geometry. — Fundamental concepts; anharmonic ratio; projective pencils and ranges; projective transformations and groups ; theory of conies and quadric surfaces ; pencils and ranges Mathematics 427 of conies ; quadratic transformations and projective theory of cti-. bics ; applications in mechanics. I, II; (3). Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite : Senior standing in mathematics. [31. Actuarial Theory. — Application of probability to life con- tingencies ; mortality tables ; fire insurance ; premiums for various t>'pes of insurance. /; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Rietz Prerequisite: Mathematics 8, 2S-] [32. History of Mathematics. — Historical development of the elementary subjects; rise and growth of the higher mathem.atics chiefly in the nineteenth century ; biography of the persons most influential in this development. Lectures; reports on assigned read- ing. //; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Dr. Lytle Prerequisite: Junior standing in mathematics.] 33. Modern Algebra. — Theory of matrices ; system of linear equations ; bilinear and quadratic forms ; properties of polynom- inals; algebraic invariants; elementarj^ divisors. /, //; (3). Dr. Borger Prerequisite: Mathematics 9, 10. 40. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. — The general concepts of higher mathematics in their bearing on elementary mathematics. //; (2). Dr. Lytle Prerequisite: Junior standing in mathematics. COLTiSES FOR GRADUATES 100. Seminar and Thesis. — Three times a week; I, II; (i or 2 units). Professor Townsend, Professor Miller, Professor Rietz, As- sistant Professor Sisam, Assistant Professor Shaw, Assist- ant Professor Emch loi. Functions of Real Variables. — The theory of functions of real variables; the theory of assemblages. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Townsend Prerequisite: Mathematics 16. [104. Expansions in Fundamental Functions. — Theory of integral equations ; methods of expansion of arbitrary functions in terms of the characteristic functions of a given nucleus ; applica- tions of Green's functions. Potential functions, Fourier series, se- ries of Legendrians, of Bessel functions, and others ; differential equations of physics under given boundary conditions ; the inver- sion of definite integrals. Three times a week, I, II; {i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Shaw] 428 Mathematics [no. Elliptic Functions. — Elliptic functions applied to geom- etry and mechanics; the elliptic modular functions. Three times a week; I, II; (j uiiit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite : Mathematics 24.] III. AuTOMORPHic Functions. — First semester: The group- theoretic side of the theory. Second semester: Function-theoretic developments and applications. Three times a week; I, II ; (i unit). Assistant Professor Emch Prerequisite: Mathematics 24 and preferably 27 and no. [113. Theory OF Linear Differential Equations. — Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Dr. Crathorne Prerequisite: Mathematics 24,] [120. Elementary Theory of Groups. — Groups in arithmetic, geometry, and trigonometry; those which can be represented with a small number of letters ; the abstract group theory ; the Galois theory of equations. Three times a week; I, II ; (2 unit). Not given in 1913-14. Professor Miller] 121. Theory of Groups. — Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Miller Prerequisite : Methematics 120. 124. Theory of Numbers. — Congruences; Kronecker's modular systems; quadratic residues; quadratic forms; algebraic numbers. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Dr. Wahlin 129. Theory of Statistics. — General methods of statistical in- vestigation ; application of the theory of probability to statistical data; fitting curves to observation; interpolation; theory of errors; mathematical theory of variability and correlation ; application of principles developed to problems in economics, sociology, and biolo- gy. Three times a zveek; I, II; (i unit). Professor Rietz Prerequisite: Mathematics 8. 130. Invariants and Higher Plane Curves. — General theory of algebraic curves ; application of the theory of invariants to higher plane curves; curves of the third and fourth order. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 16, 27. [131. Algebraic Surfaces. — Application of homogeneous co- fl ordinates and the theory of invariants to geometry of three dimen- sions; general theory of surfaces; special properties of surfaces of Mechanical Engineering 429 the third and fourth order. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 19.] [135. Metric Differential Geometry. — Applications of the cal- culus to the general theory of curves and surfaces based primarily on the use of Cartesian co-ordinates ; relation of the theory of sur- faces to the theory of invariants of a pair of quadratic differential forms. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Sisam Prerequisite: Mathematics 16.] 141. Vector Methods. — Principles of the algebras of quatern- ions, space analysis, and dyadics, development of theorems of dif- ferentiation and integration, applications to rational mechanics, elasticity, hydrodynamics, electrodynamics. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Shaw Prerequisite: Mathematics 16. [142. General Algebra. — Theory of linear associative algebra or hypercomplex numbers, with particular study of the systems use- ful for the geometry and physics of A'^ dimensions. Applications to relativity theories, and to general differential and integral invariants. Theory of linear operators and functional equations ; applications to general analysis, integro-differential equations, infinite systems. General theory of operators; applications to general invariant theories. Three times a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given in 1913-14. Assistant Professor Shaw] MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Charles Russ Richards, M.M.E., Professor George Alfred Goodenough, M.E., Professor, Thermodynamics Bruce Willet Benedict, B.S., Director, Shop Laboratories Lewis Allen Harding, M.E., Professor, Experimental Mechanical Engineering Oscar Adolph Leutwiler, M.E., Assistant Professor, Machine De- sign Arthur Cutts Willard, B.S., Assistant Professor, Heating and Ventilation John Adlum Dent, M.E., Associate Harry Frederick Godeke, B.S., Instructor Herbert Seton Eames, B.S., Instructor Arthur Boquer Domonoske, M.S., Instructor, Machine Design 430 Mechanical Engineering Harry William Waterfall, B.S., Instructor, Machine Design FREDERICK Calkins Torrance, M.E., Instructor John Nicholas Vedder, A.M., Assistant, Engineering Experiment Station Alonzo Plumsted Kratz^ M.S., Assistant, Engineering Experiment Station David Leonard Scroggin, Instructor, Machine Work Edgar Thomas Lanham, Instructor, Forge Work Robert Edwin Kennedy^ Instructor, Foundry Work Gustave Adolph Gross, Instructor, Pattern Making GusTAV Howard Radebaugh, Instructor, Machine Work Joseph Culpepper Pendleton, Instructor, Foundry Work James Merion Duncan, Assistant, Pattern Making Peter Joseph Rebman, Assistant, Forge Work John Alexander Frisk, Assistant and Mechanician 3. Power Measurement. — The apparatus used in engine and boiler tests — scales, thermometers, indicators, brakes and dynamom- eters, gauges, calorimeters ; methods of calibrating and using such apparatus; tests for horse-power of steam engines, pumps, and gas engines. Reports. /; (2). Professor Harding, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Eames, Mr. Torrance Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 16, Mathematics 9. 4. Elements of Machine Design. — Design of machine ele- ments : Bolts, keys, journals, bearings, couplings ; forms of gear teeth; spur and bevel gears. /; (2). Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing i, 2. 5. Mechanism (Kinematics of Machinery). — Typical mechan- isms and mechanical movements; kinematic principles involved in laying out such mechanisms; the methods of Reuleaux; parallel motions; quick return motions; valve gears; epicyclic trains. /; (3). Mr. Dent Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7. 6. Heat Engines. — The steam engine; steam turbine; gas en- gine; air compressor; refrigerating machine. Mixtures of gases; combustion of gaseous fuels. (A continuation of course 7.) /, //; (2). Professor Richards, Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 7. 7. Thermodynamics. — The transformation of heat into work; the second law and its connection with irreversible processes; the Mechanical Engineering 431 properties of heat media, the perfect gases, saturated and super- heated vapors; the flow of fluids. //; (3). Professor Goodenough, Mr. Dent Prerequisite: Mathematics 9a; Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics 8. 8. Mechanics of Machinery. — Friction in machine parts; use- ful application of friction as in friction clutches and brakes ; trans- mission of power by ropes and belting; brakes, clutches, and dyna- mometers; hoisting machinery; hoisting in mines; elevators and cranes. /; (3). Assistant Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Dent Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9, 11; Me- chanical Engineering 5, ;. 9. Machine Design. — Theory of machine design, with applica- tions ; investigation of actual machine similar to the one to be de- signed; design of machinery subjected to heavy and variable stresses: Punches, shears, presses, riveters, and cranes. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Domoxoske, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: Theoretical and Apphed Mechanics 8, 9; Mechan- ical Engineering 4, 5. 11. Steam Engines and Boilers. — The construction, operation, and care of boilers and engines ; elementary thermodynamics ; the indicator and indicator diagrams; steam engine performance. (For students in civil, architectural, and municipal engineering.) //; (3). Mr. Dent, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: Physics I. 12. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. — Experiments on engines, turbines, gas engines, pumps, boilers, injectors, air com- pressors, hoisting appliances, heating apparatus, and the refrigerat- ing machines. Tests of power plants in the vicinity. /; (3). Professor Harding, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Eames, Mr. Torrance Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 3, 7. 13. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. — The testing and calibration of instruments and apparatus ; use of the indicator ; cal- culation of horse-power and steam consumption; reading of indica- tor diagrams; valve setting. (For students in electrical engineer- ing.) //; (3). Professor Harding, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Eames, Mr. Torrance 14. Design of Power Plants. — Design, with estimates and specifications, of some form of power plant. //; (3). Assistant Professor Leutwiler, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Domonoske Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 12. 432 Mechanical Engineering 15. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines. — (A synopsis of courses 6 and 7, for students in electrical engineering.) /, //; (3). Professor Goodenough, Mr. Dent, Mr. Eames, Mr. Vedder Prerequisite : Mechanical Engineering 11 or 16 or 23. 16. Steam Engineering. — Engines, boilers, pumps, condensers, and other steam machinery. //; (3). Professor Harding, Mr. Dent, Mr. Eames Prerequisite: Physics i, 3. 19. Seminar. — Papers on subjects relating to current engineer- ing practise; the indexing of current engineering literature. Each student subscribes for a technical journal. Open to seniors only, /, //; (i). Professor Harding 23, Steam Engineering. — (A synopsis of courses 11 and 16, for students in electrical engineering,) /; (2), Professor Goodenough, Mr, Dent, Mr, Eames, Mr. Vedder 24, Machine Design and Mechanism, — The design of simple machine elements : keys, couplings, gears ; the principles of mechan- ism, (For students in electrical engineering.) /; (3). Mr. Domonoske, Mr. Waterfall Prerequisite: General Engineering Drawing i, 2, 27. Advanced Laboratory Practise. — Special research work in the mechanical engineering laboratory. Open to seniors only. Time and credits will be arranged by consultation. Professor Harding Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 12. 29, Seminar for Juniors, — Technical publications; the presen- tation of abstracts of important articles on engineering topics. Methods of classification ; filing systems for clippings, catalogs, and drawings. //; (i). Professor Richards Prerequisite: Rhetoric i. 31, Transmission of Power, — The transmission of power by shafting, belts, ropes, cables, water, compressed air, steam, and gas, /; (2), Professor Richards Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 7, 8. 32, Mechanical Engineering Laboratory, — Heating and venti- lation. Calibration of instruments, tests of various heating systems, experiments on fans and blowers. /; (i). Assistant Professor Willard, Mr. Godeke, Mr. Torrance 3:^. Thesis. — Investigation of special subject and preparation of thesis embodying a review of the literature of the subject, the re- sults of investigation, and a discussion of those results. Weekly Mechanical Engineering 433 reports during the second semester. (Required of seniors.) //; (3). Professor Richards, Professor Goodenough, Director Benedict, Professor Harding, Assistant Professor Leutvviler, Assist- ant Professor Willard 35. Mine Machinery. — Air compressors, pumps, gas engines, and other machinery used in mining. (For students in mining en- gineering.) //; (2). Mr, Dent 36. Industrial Plant Design. — Theory and practise in the de- sign and equipment of industrial plants. Design of buildings, heat- ing, ventilation, lighting, power generation and transmission, dr>'- ing processes, etc. //; (3). Professor Harding Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 11, Mechani- cal Engineering 9. 38. Heating and Ventilation. — The theory and practise of warming and ventilating buildings ; systems of heating, including hot air, hot water and steam; central or district heating plants; require- ments for good ventilation ; air washing and humidifying plants ; fans; etc. (Primarily for students in architecture and architectural engineering.) /; (2 or 3), Assistant Professor Willard Prerequisite : Physics 2a and 2b or Physics i and 3. 39. Heating and Ventilation. — (Advanced course, primarily for students in mechanical engineering.) //; (3). Assistant Professor Willard Prerequisite: Physics i and 3; Mechanical Engineering 7 and 16. 41. Shop Practise. — Pattern work (18 weeks) — Hand and ma- chine methods in the production of useful patterns. Foundry work (9 weeks) — Modern foundry practise, including bench, floor, and machine moulding; all branches of core making; operation of cupola and brass furnace; casting of iron, brass, and alloys. Forge work (9 weeks) — Hand and power forging and welding of metals, heat treatment of carbon and high speed steels in mod- ern, gas, electric, and cyanide furnaces; case carbonizing. /, //; (3). Director Benedict, Mr. Gross, Mr. Kennedy, Mr. Lanham, Mr. Duncan, Mr. Pendleton, Mr. Rebman 42. Machine Shop Practise. — Modem machine shop manufac- turing methods ; machine operation ; training in shop management ; organization ; production methods ; despatching work ; ordering. 434 Mechanical Engineering storing, and routing materials; tim^ studies; shop accounting; in- spection and all activities of the machine department of a manufac- turing plant. /; (3) : //; (2). Director Benedict, Mr. Scroggin, Mr. Radebaugh 48. Forge Work for Agricultural Students. — Forging and welding; tempering tools; pointing and hardening cultivator shovels, plow shares, ^t^ hours a week, either half of I or II ; (i). Mr. Lanham, Mr. Rebman 49. Wood Work for Agricultural Students. — Carpentry for the farmer: use of tools; layout and construction of building joints; repairs to buildings and equipment. Six hours a week, either half of I or II; (i). Mr. Gross, Mr. Duncan [90. Science of Management. — Historical review of industrial development ; modem industrial tendencies ; principles of organiza- tion; selection and compensation of labor; application of science to industrial problems; practical shop systems of management; pro- duction; etc. I, II; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Director Benedict Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 41, 42.] COURSES for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in mechanical engineering presup- poses the full undergraduate course in that subject. 106. Heat Motors. — The advanced theory of the internal com- bustion motor, and of the steam turbine. The general principles and methods of refrigeration. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Goodenough 107. Thermodynamics. — The general principles of thermody- namics and their application to the solution of physical and engi- neering problems. Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Goodenough Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 7 or an equivalent. 109. Machine Design. — The general principles of rational de- sign ; the application of mechanics of materials. Individual prob- lems. Twice a week; I or //; (7 unit). Assistant Professor Leutwiler 112, Laboratory Investigation. — Special investigations of problems relating to combustion of fuel ; boiler economy ; steam en- gines and turbines ; gas engines and producers ; properties of explo- sive mixtures ; mechanical refrigeration. Original work. Three times a week; I, II; (ij^ units). Professor Richards and assistants Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 435 114. Dynamics of Machinery. — Advanced problems. Balanc- ing; \vhirling and vibration of shafts; theory of governors; fly wheels; force and mass reduction; stresses in rotating masses. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Goodenough MECHANICS, THEORETICAL AND APPLIED Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor, Municipal and Sanitary Engineering ; in charge of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Herbert Fisher Moore, M.M.E., Assistant Professor Melvin Lorenius Enger, C.E., Assistant Professor Virgil R Fleming, B.S., Associate Clarence Eugene Noerenberg, A.B., A.E., Instructor Fred B Seely, B.S., Instructor George Paul Boomsliter, B.S., Instructor Harrison Frederick Gonnerman, B.S., Instructor Newton Edward Ensign, A.B., B.S., Instructor m Harry Gardner, M.S., Instructor Alex Vallance, M.E., Instructor 6. Engineering Materials. — The properties and requirements for materials used in engineering construction, the effect of methods of manufacture upon the quality of the material, and the specifica- tions and standard tests used to secure acceptable grades of material. Lectures and assigned reading. /; (i). Professor Talbot, Assistant Professor Moore Prerequisite: Registration in Theoretical and Applied Mechan- ics 9. 7, 8. Analytical Mechanics. — The mechanics of engineering rather than that of astronomy and physics : Fundamental concepts ; equilibrium and motion ; engineering problems ; statement of condi- tions and use of data. (The work begins in the second semester; in the first semester of the following year it is given concurrently with Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9.) Maurer's Technical Mechanics. II; (3); I; (2V2). Assistant Professor Moore, Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Seely, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Gonnerman, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite : For 7, Mathematics 7, registration in ;Mathematics 9; for 8, Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7. 436 Mechanics, Theoretical and Applied 9. Resistance of Materials. — The mechanics of materials; experiments and investigations in the materials laboratory; prob- lems in ordinary engineering practise ; the quality and requirements for structural materials. Merriman's Mechanics of Materials. Laboratory weekly. I; (31/2). Assistant Professor Moore, Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Fleming, Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Seely, Mr. Ensign, Mr. Gonnerman, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechan- ics 7; registration in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 8. 10. Hydraulics. — The pressure and the flow of water and its utilization as motive power; observation and measurement of pres- sure, velocity, and flow; power and efficiency; determination of ex- perimental coefficients. Hoskins' Hydraulics. Laboratory weekly; II; (3). Assistant Professor Moore, Assistant Professor Enger, Mr, Fleming, Mr. Seely, Mr. Gonnerman, Mr. Gardner, Mr. Vallance Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechan- ics 8. 11. Analytical Mechanics. — Advanced kinetics; problems and applications. (An extension of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 7 and 8, for mechanical engineers.) //; (3). Mr. Seely Prerequisite: Mathematics 9; Theoretical and Applied Mechan- ics 8. 14. Elements of Mechanics. — Kinematics, kinetics, and statics. (For architects and others who have not taken the calculus.) Mor- ley's Mechanics for Engineers. II; (4). Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Gardner Prerequisite: Mathematics 2, 4. 15, 16. Strength of Materials. — Graphical methods of deter- mining the elastic curve of beams ; centroids and moments of in- ertia of areas; reinforced concrete beams and columns; properties and tests of engineering materials. (For students in architecture and others without the prerequisites required for Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9.) Murdock's Strength of Materials. Labora- tory every other week; I, II; (3). Mr. Noerenberg, Mr. Boomsliter, Mr. Seely, Mr. Vallance. Prerequisite : Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 14. Military Science 437 COURSES FOR GRADUATES Entrance upon graduate work in theoretical and applied mechan- ics presupposes a full undergraduate course in that subject. loi. Analytical Mechanics. — Methods of treatment and at- tack; the more complex problems and applications; critical and comparative study of texts. Twice a week; I; (j unit). Assistant Professor Moore 102. Resistance of Materials. — Properties of materials used in engineering construction and the methods of determining these pro- perties ; analysis and investigation in mechanics of materials ; the effect of form of member in a structure or machine ; the method of application of forces; comparative study of texts. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Moore 103. Hydraulics and Hydraulic Engineering. — The laws of hydraulics and their application to engineering problems; hydraulic power and its development ; design and investigation. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Talbot 104. Experimental Work in the Laboratory of Applied Me- chanics. — Investigation in the materials testing laboratory on ma- terials and on their action as used in machines and structures ; ex- periments in the hydraulic laboratory with pumps, motors, and meas- uring devices, and the investigation of the laws of hydraulics, the development of power, and the study of various hydraulic problems. Twice a week; I, II; (y2 to 2 units). Professor Talbot, Assistant Professor Moore 105. Experimental and Analytical Work in Reinforced Con- crete. — Research : interpretation of available experimental results and their application to the design of structures; principles of con- struction ; typical reinforced concrete structures. Twice a week. I, II; (1^2 units or more). Professor Talbot METEOROLOGY (See under Geology.) MILITARY SCIENCE Frank Daniel Webster, Major 20th U. S. Infantn,-, Professor and Commandant Frederick William Post, ist Sergeant, U. S. A., retired, Adminis- trative Assistant Clifford Harper Westcott, Assistant 438 Mining Engineering Edwin Chester Prouty, Assistant Herbert Edward Howes, Assistant Harold Paul Ousley, Assistant Edwards Hall Berry, Assistant Frederick John Giehler, Assistant Paul Cobb Rich, Assistant Charles R Velzy, Assistant *i. Theoretical Instruction. — Infantry Drill Regulations. For all male students. //; (i). Mr. Westcott, Mr. Prouty, Mr. Howes, Mr. Ousley, Mr. Berry *2. Practical Instruction. — Infantry. — School of the soldier; company and battalion ; regimental ceremonies. Artillery. — School of the cannoneer and battery dismounted. Freshman and sopho- more years. I, II; (i). Professor Webster 3. Theoretical Instruction. — For sophomores : Drill Regula- tions and military administration. For juniors : Field Service Regu- lations. For seniors : Field Engineering. This course is obliga- tory upon commissioned officers and sergeants, recommended to corporals, and open to others. I, II. Professor Webster Authorized Text-Books. — United States Drill Regulations; United States Army Regulations; Field Service Regulations, United States Army; Guard Manual; Small Aryns Firing Regulations. MINERALOGY (See Geology 5, 5a, 6, 7.) MINING ENGINEERING Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor Elmer Allen Holbrook, B.S., Assistant Professor Stephen Osgood Andros, A.B., B.S., E.M., Associate Lewis Emanuel Young, B.S., E.M., Instructor 1. Elementary Mining Principles. — The general processes of mining engineering; terminology. Lectures; trips of inspection. /; (i). Professor Stoek, Assistant Professor Holbrook 2. Earth and Rock Excavation. — Explosives; blasting; drill- ing ; boring ; tunneling ; shaft sinking ; coal cutting ; timbering ; pros- pecting. //; (3). Mr. Young Prerequisite: Chemistry la or ib. •Freshmen and sophomores are required to drill one and one-half hours each week until March 15; after that date, three hours each week. Freshmen attend recitations one hour a week in the second semester. Assignments to classes and companies are made by the Commandant of Cadets according to circumstances. Alining Engineering 439 3. Mining Methods. — Mining and timbering of bedded, vein, and placer deposits. /; (2). Professor Stoek, Mr. Andros Prerequisite: Mining Engineering 2. 3a. Mining Principles. — Terminology-; explosives; blasting; drilling; tunneling; shaft-sinking; mining and timbering of flat de- posits. (For students in ceramics and ceramic engineering.) /; (2). Mr. Young Prerequisite: Chemistry la or ib. 4. Mine Surveying. — The application of general surveying methods to mine work; the description and use of instruments em- ployed underground and in connecting surface and underground surveys; the platting and use of mine maps; mineral land survey- ing; the theory and use of solar attachments; determination of the meridian; theory and use of stadia; application of topographic and railroad surveying to mining conditions; estimation and prospecting of mineral deposits. //; (4). Mr. Young Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 21. 5. Mine Ventilation. — Mine gases; safety lamps; mine venti- lation ; mine lighting ; explosions in mines ; mine fires ; rescue work ; first aid. //; (3). Professor Stoek, Mr. Andros Prerequisite : Chemistry la or ib. 6. Mechanical Engineering of Mines. — Hoisting : ropes, cages, hoisting engines, and other appliances. Haulage : the different sys- tems used underground and on the surface ; the methods of loading and unloading; mine stables; transportation of workmen. Signal- ing. Drainage of mines: mine dams, mine pumps. /; (3). Mr. Young Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 16, 11, or 35. 7. Mine Administration, Organization, and Mining Law. — Mining companies. Trade agreements — relations between employ- ers and employees. Transportation and marketing. The general mining laws of the several states, with particular attention to those of Illinois. //; (2). Professor Stoek 8. Mine Plant. — General layout ; design ; estimates for con- struction; specifications for mining and metallurgical plants. //; (2) Assistant Professor Holbrooe Prerequisite: Mining 12. 9. Preparation of Coal and Ores. — Coal washing: history, ap- plication, principles, processes, and machines used in the prepara- '440 Mining Engineering tion and washing of anthracite and bituminous coal; American and foreign practise; principles and machines used in breaking, pulver- izing, and concentrating ores and mineral products. /; (3). Assistant Professor Hoi^rook Prerequisite: Chemistry la or ib, 2 and 3, Physics i and 3. 10. Mining Laboratory. — Different coals, and their availability for washing; complete commercial tests, using small commercial machines wherever possible ; design of flow sheets ; analysis of pro- ducts; briquetting of fuels; concentration tests on a lead, zinc, or iron ore; amalgamation and cyanidation of a gold ore. //; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Mining Engineering 9. 11. Thesis. — Individual investigation of a special mining sub- ject; preparation of thesis giving review of the literature on the subject, the results of experimental work, and a general discussion of the subject. //; (3). 12. Mine Design. — General theory of framed structures; de- sign of mine structures of wood, steel, and masonry. Tipple ar- rangements ; rock houses ; ore bins ; general surface plant ; design and dredging of mining and metallurgical plant. /; (3). Assistant Professor Holbrook Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 20. 13. Utilization of Fuels. — The manufacture, handling, and utilization of wood, charcoal, peat, lignite, bituminous and anthracite coal, petroleum, natural and artificial gas, and refractories in mining and metallurgical practise. //; (2). Assistant Professor Holbrook 14. Mining Problems. — Review of mining literature; reports. //; (i). Professor Stoek COURSES for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in mining engineering presup- poses a full undergraduate course in that subject. loi. Advanced Mining Methods. — Coal and ore fields of the United States; methods and economics of mining: utilization, mar- keting, storage, and transportation of coal and ores. Tzvice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Stoek 102. Advanced Preparation of Coal and Ores. — Detailed in- vestigation and discussion of settling ratios, laws of crushing, sort- ing vs. sizing, etc. ; specific mill and washing problems. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Holbrook Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 441 MODERN LANGUAGES (See English Language and Literature, Germanic Languages AND Literature, and Romance Languages and Literatltie. ) MUNICIPAL AND SANITARY ENGINEERING Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Professor Melvin Lorenius Enger, B.S., C.E.,. Assistant Professor, The- oretical and Applied Mechanics Paul Hansen, B.S., Associate Harold Eaton Babbitt, B.S., Instructor 2. Water Supply Engineering. — Source of supply; hydraulics of wells ; stream flow ; impounding and storage reservoirs ; conduits and pipe lines; pumps and pumping machinery; stand-pipes and elevated tanks ; the distribution system ; tests and standards of pur- ity of potable water. Designing weekly. Tumeaure and Rus- sell's Public Water Supplies. I ; (4). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9, 10; Chem- istry I ; Mechanical Engineering 11. 3. Sewerage. — The design and methods of construction of sew- erage systems: Sanitar>- necessity of sev/erage; water carriage sys- tems, both separate and combined ; surveys and general plans ; hy- draulics of sewers; house sewage and its removal; relation of rain- fall to storm water flow ; determination of size and capacity of sew- ers; forms and strength of sewer appurtenances; modem methods of sewage disposal; estimates and specifications. Designing weekly. Fohvell's Sewerage; II; (3). Assistant Professor Enger, Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9, 10; Chem- istry' I ; Municipal and Sanitarj' Engineering 2. 6a, b. Water Purification, Sewage Disposal, and Generah. Sanitation. — Impurities in water supplies and methods and pro- cesses of their removal; the modem methods of sewage disposal by- filtration, chemical precipitation, irrigation ; representative purifica- tion plants ; garbage collection and disposal ; sanitar>' restrictions and regulations and general sanitation. Lectures ; seminar work ; draft- ^S- I J (3) ; II i (2). Professor Talbot, Mr. Babbitt, Mr. Hansen Prerequisite: Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2, 3, 5a: Chemistry i, 3, lob. 442 Music 7. Water Supply Engineering. — (Similar to Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 2, for students in sanitary science.) Design- ing weekly. Turneaure and Russell's Public Water Supplies. I ; (4)- Mr. Babbitt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 5, 12, 10; Chemistry 3. 8. Sewerage. — (Similar to Municipal and Sanitary Engineering 3, for students in sanitary science.) Designing weekly. Fol well's Sewerage. II; (3). Mr. Babbitt 9. Hydraulic Design and Construction. — The design and methods of construction of reservoirs, dams, conduits, and water- ways; hydraulic engineering problems. //; (2). Assistant Professor Enger 30. Thesis. — Investigation or design of an engineering problem. Required of seniors. //; (2). Professor Talbot, Mr. Babbitt courses for graduates Entrance upon graduate work in municipal and sanitary engineer- ing presupposes a full undergraduate course in that subject. 102. Water Supply Engineering. — Sources and requirements of water supply ; general water-works construction ; pumps and pumping ; design of reservoirs and elevated tanks ; water-works operation and the valuation of plants. One to three times a week; I or //; (i unit). Professor Talbot 103. Sewerage. — General sewerage design and construction ; sewerage systems; hydraulics of sewers; and a study of run-off. Once or twice a week; II; (i unit). Professor Talbot 106. Water Purification, Sewage Disposal and General Sanitation. — The design, consti*uction, and operation of water pur- ification plants and of sewage disposal works; the study of exist- ing plants ; comparison of results and cost of con'struction and op- eration ; experimental work on water filters and septic tanks ; gar- bage disposal; general sanitation. Once a week; II; (Yi unit). Professor Talbot MUSIC /Charles Henry Mills, Mus.D., F.R.C.O., F.A.G.O., Director, Professor of Music ^ George Foss Schwartz, A.M., Mus.B., Assistant Professor, Theory and History of Music y Constance Barlow-Smith, Assistant Professor, Sight-Singing, Ear Training, Public School Music J Music 443 X Henri Jacobus van den Berg, Instructor, Piano y^ Albert Austin Harding, Instructor, Wind Instruments, Director of the Band ^ Florence Mary Kirkup, Instructor, Voice ^ Edna Almeda Treat, Mus.B., Instructor, Piano /Edson Wilfred Morphy, Instructor, Violin /Lowell Leslie Townsend, A.M., Instructor, Piano Heber Dignam Nasmyth, Instructor, Voice Anna Viola Simon, Instructor, Voice History and Theory 1. History of ]\Iusic. — The development of music; the rise of polyphony and dramatic music; the origin and progress of the ora- torio ; the evolution of instruments and instrumental forms ; the lives of composers. Lectures; assigned collateral readings. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Schwartz 2. Harmony.—/, //; (2), Assistant Professor Schwartz 3. Advanced Harmony. — /, //; (3). Assistant Professor Schwartz 4. Counterpoint, Canon, and Fugue. — I, II; (3). Professor Mills 5.* General Theory, Free Composition. — /, //; (2). Professor Mills, Assistant Professor Schwartz Sa. Acoustics.— 7, //; (i). Professor Mills Piano' Professor Mills, Mr. van den Berg, Miss Treat, Mr. Townsend 6a, 6b, 6c. Preparatory Course: Three Years. — Special at- tention is given to the formation of a correct touch and technique, and to intelligence in interpretation. In the examination at the conclusion of the course students are required to play : Simple scales and arpeggios at fairly rapid tempo ; scales in double octaves- at a moderate speed; Bach, little preludes and fugues; Czemy, Op. 229; an early sonata of Haydn. /, //; (no collegiate credit). 7. First Year. Development of technique; scales and arpeg- gios in various forms; Wolff, Octave Studies; Czemy, Op. 229, Bks. 3, 4; Cramer-Bulow, Etudes; Bach, Two-part inventions; sonatas of Haydn and Mozart; earlier sonatas of Beethoven; ^Music 5, I, may be taken with Course 4, //, if desired. 'Since it is undesirable and impossible to establish a set course for all students, the course outline given above must be taken only as indicating the general scope of the work required of each student. 444 Music Mendelssohn, Songs Without Words; compositions (smaller works) of Schubert, Raff, Grieg, McDowell, Chaminade, Moszkow- ski, and others. I, II; (6). 7a. One Year. — The first year's work in piano taken as a minor by senior collegiate students majoring in voice or violin. /, //; (2). 8. Second Year. — Development of technique ; scales in double thirds; Tausig-Ehrlich, Daily Studies, Bk. I; Pacher, Octave Studies; Czerny, Op. 740, Bks. i, 4; Bach, Three-Part Inventions; Cramer-Bulow, Etudes, continued; Bach, selections from French and English Suites; sonatas and other compositions of Scarlatti, Beethoven, Schubert, Schumann, Mendelssohn, Lacombe, McDow- ell. I, II; (6). 9. Third Year. Development of technique ; scales in double sixths; Tausig-Ehrlich, Daily Studies, Bk. I, continued; Kullak, Octave Studies, Bk. II; Bach, Welltempered Clavichord ; Clementi- Tausig, Gradus ad Parnassum; sonatas and concertos by Mozart, Mendelssohn, Beethoven, Hiller; selections from works of Chopin, Schubert, Moszkowski, Brahms, Schumann, Beethoven, Rubinstein, Liszt, Debussy, and Reger. I, II; (6). 10.* Fourth Year: Daily Studies, Tausig-Ehrlich, Bk. II and Brahms ; Octave Studies, Chovan, Sinding, and others ; Etudes, Chopin, Alkan, Liszt, Godowsky, and Rubinstein. Selections and concertos by Brahms, Liszt, Rubinstein, Beethoven, Chopin, Schu- mann, McDowell, and other modem composers. I, II; (6). Voice' Mr. Nasmyth, Miss Kirkup, Miss Simon iia, lib, lie. Preparatory Course: Three years. The funda- mental principles of voice culture, viz., correct breathing and the proper placing of the voice. In the examination at the conclusion of the course students are required to sing: Simple scales and ar- peggios; studies selected from Concone, Sieber, Panofka, and Panseron ; songs selected from Schubert, Schumann, and Mendels- sohn. I, II; (no collegiate credit). ^Students who major in piano and who are taking Music 10 are required to take Music 28. ^Since it is undesirable and impossible to establish a set course for all students, the course outline given above must be taken only as indicating the general scope of the work required of each student. Music 445 12. First Year. Fundamental principles of Tone Production; simple exercises for breath control ; vocalises by Concone or Castelli, to aid in artistic phrasing, r\thm, and accent; songs by- English and American composers ; Lieder by Franz and Schubert, for enunciation, and interpretation. Vocal hygiene, and physiology' of the vocal organs. /, II; (6). 1 2a. The first year's work in voice taken as a minor by senior collegiate students majoring in piano or violin. /, //; (2). 13. Second Year. Tone production (continued), breath con- trol, scales, and arpeggios for flexibility, poise and sustained tone; English, Italian, and German diction ; vocalises by Garcia ; Con- cone and Castelli (continued); vocal hygiene; sacred and secular songs and ballads selected from English and American composers; classical German Lieder, from Jensen, Meyer-Helmund, Franz, Schubert, and Schumann. /, //; (6). 14. Third Year. Advanced exercises for tone production, and breath control in public singing ; vocalises continued ; vocal hy- giene ; simple arias from oratorios and operas. Advanced songs in English, French, German, and Italian. Lieder selected from Mendelssohn, Brahms, Grieg, Dvorak, Schubert, Schumann, Hugo, Wolff, and Richard Strauss. /, //; (6). 15.^ Fourth Year. Preparation for graduation; deportment; diction, interpretation, public recital, the advanced lieder, oratorio, and operatic arias classical and modem. I, II; (6). Violin' Mr. MoRPHY i6a. Preparatory Course: First Year. — Methods: Gruen- berg. Elementary Violin Lessons; Sevcik, Op. 6, No. i, 2, 3; Sevcik. Op. I, No. I to 12. Etudes: F. Hermann, Op. 20, No. i; Wohlfahrt, Op. 45, No. i; R. Hofmann, Op. 2^, Book i. Compositions: Oskar Rieding. Romance G Major; Rieding, Polonaise; Carl Busch, Polonaise A Major; Sitt, Romance Op. 26, No. 3; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 17. I, II; (no credit). ^Students who major in voice and who are taking Music 15 are required to take Music 28. -Since it is undesirable and impossible to establish a set course for all students, the course outline given above must be taken only as indicating the general scope of the work required of each student. Each year, before registration, students are requested to have their instru- ments inspected by a reliable repairer. 44^ Music i6b. Preparatory Course: Second Year. — Methods: Gruen- berg, Foundation Exercises, No. i to 80; Sevcik, Op. i, No. 20, 21, 22. Etudes: Kayser, Op. 20, Book i; Wohlfahrt, Op. 34; Alard. Op. 10, Book I. Compositions: Album of Twenty-five Pieces by Lehmann ; Seitz, Concertino, No. 2, G Major; Concertino, No. 5, D Major; Huber, Concertino, No. 4, G. Major. I, II; (no credit). i6c. Preparatory Course: Third Year. — Methods. Gruenberg, Foundation Exercises, No. 81 to 117; Schradieck, Scales; Sev- cik. Op. I, No. 13 to 19. Etudes: Kayser, Op. 20, Book 2; Dont, Op. 37, Exercises preparatory to Krcutser ; Wohlfahrt, Op. 74, Book 2. Compositions: Seitz, Concertino, No. i, D Major; No. 3, G. Minor; No. 4, D Major; Seybold, Polonaise, Op. 100; Allen, Polonaise, Op. 7; Jensen, Romance D Major; Lachner, Taren- tella, Op. 93, No. 2; Schubert, Sonatines, Op. 137. I, II; (no credit). 17. First Year. — Technical Problems: David Violin School, Part II, Exercises 64 to 93; Gruenberg, Foundation Exercises, No. 118 to 159; Schradieck, Violin Technics No. i to 14. Etudes: Kreutzer, Forty-two Etudes, including No. 20; E, Herrmann, Dou- ble-stopping Exercises, Book i; Sevcik, Preparatory Double-stop- ping Exercises, Op 9. Compositions: Mozart, Sonatas (selected) ; Accolaj'', Concerto, No. i, A Minor; Dvorak, Sonatine, Op. 100; Gossic, Gavotte; Herbert, Cansonetta, Op. 12, No. 4; Beethoven, Menuetto, No. 2, G Major, I, II; (6). 17a. One year. — The first year's work as a minor subject by senior collegiate students majoring in piano or voice. /, //; (2). 18. Second Year. — Problems: David, Violin School, Part II; Sevcik, Op. I, Part III; Gruenberg, Foundation Exercises, No. 160 to 176; Singer, Exercises for developing independence of fingers. Etudes: Continuation of Kreutzer, Etudes; Libon, Caprices Op. 15; Alard, Ten Etudes brillantes. Op. 16. Compositions: Beethoven. Sonates (selected) ; Bruch, Kol Nidrei, Op. 47; Drdla, Souvenir; Svendsen, Romance Op. 26; D. van Goens, Scherzo, Op. J2, No. 2; Schubert-Remenyi, Serenade; Francois Schubert, The Bee. Op. 13, No. 9; L II; (6). 19. Third Year. — Problems: David, Violin School, Part II; Sevcik, Op. 8, Shifting Exercises; Sevcik, Op. 2 and 3, Forty Varia- tions for the Bow; Gruenberg, Foundation Exercises No. 181 to 200. Etudes: Kreutzer Etudes from No. 30 to 40; Rodes, 24 Caprices; Fiorillo, 36 Caprices; Sevcik, Op. i. Part IV; Rovelli, 12 Caprices. Compositions: Bach, Concerto No. i, A Minor; No. 2, E Major; Music 447 Beethoven, Romances Op. 40 and ^0; Ch. de Beriot, Scene de ballet, Op. 100; Concerto, Op. 104, No. 9; Corelli, La Folia Varia- tions; Mozart, Concerto E flat Major; Hauser, Hungarian Rhap- sody Op. 43. I, II; (6). 20.* Fourth Year. — Problems: Sauret, Technical Studies Op. 36; Sevcik, Op. I, Special Technical Problems; Sevcik. Op. 2, Ex- ercises in Bowing. Etudes: Gavinies, 24 Matinees; Paganini, 24 Caprices Op. i; Tartini, Art of Bowing; Vieuxtemps, Six Studies, Op. 16. Compositions: Gade, Sonate, Op. 21; Sjoegren Sonate, Op. 24; Rode, Concerto No. 7; Bruch, Concerto Op. 26; Rust, Sonate No. i; Spohr, Concerto Op. 47, No. 8; Wieniawski, Polonaise, Op. 21; Mendelssohn, Concerto E Minor. I, II; (6). Violoncello' Assistant Professor Schwartz 31a, 31b, 31C. Preparatory Course: Three years. At the con- clusion of the course the student will be examined upon the fol- lowing: DeSwert, Cello Method; Klengel, Technical Studies; Litolff, Volkslieder Album, two parts; Marx Markus,, Op. 40; char- acteristic pieces. I, II; (no collegiate credit). 32. First Year. — Dotzanert, Selected Studies; Furino, Polo- naise; Golterman, Nocturnes; Kengel, Concertino. Op. y. I, II; (6). ZZ- Second Year. — Lee Studies : Op. 31, No. i; Romberg, Op. 42, 46, 65; Golterman, Concerto in G. I, II; (6). 34. Third Year. — Lee Studies : Op. 31. No. 2; Golterman, Con- certo in D; Klengel, Concertstiick in D. I, II; (7). Public School Music Assistant Professor Constance Barlow-Smith 23a. Ear Training, First Year. — Two hours a week; re- quired of all music students. I, II; (no credit). 23b. Ear Training, Second Year. — Two hours a week; re- quired of students in the Course in Music in the sophomore year, and of students in the course in Public School Music. /, //; (i). 'Students who major in violin and are taking Music 20 are required to take Music 28. ^Since it is undesirable and impossible to establish a set course for all students, the course outline given above must be taken only as indicating the general scope of the work required of each student. 448 Philosophy 24a. Sight Singing, First Year. — Two hours a week; re- quired of students in the Course in Music in the sophomore year, and of students in the Course in Public School Music. I, II; (no credit). 24b. Sight Singing, Second Year. — Two hours a week; re- quired of students in the Course in Music in the junior year, and of students in the Course in Public School Music. /, //; (i). 25. Methods of Teaching. — Elements of theory, eye and ear training, the limitations of the child-voice, selection of material, pedagogical presentations, appreciation work for the high school (Offered primarily for students who desire to teach music suc- cessfully in the public schools.) /, //; (4). Band, Orchestra, and Ensemble Work 21. University Orchestra. — Two-hour rehearsal once a week. I, II; (i). Professor Mills 22. University Choral Society, — One-hour rehearsal once a week. /, //; (yi). Professor Mills 26. Band Instruments. — Wind instruments in band, orches- tra, or solo work. /, //; (no credit). Mr. Harding 27. Ensemble Class. — Trios, quartets, and quintets by class- ical and modern composers. (Open to all students who are suffi- ciently advanced to undertake the course profitably.) 1, II; no credit. 28. Recital. — Required of all students majoring in a practical subject. /, (2); //, (3). PALEONTOLOGY (See Geology la, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21.) PHILOLOGY (See Classics, English Language and Literature, Germanic Languages and Literature, and Romance Languages and Literature.) PHILOSOPHY (See also Psychology and Education.) Arthur Hill Daniels, Ph.D., Professor Boyd Henry Bode, Ph.D.. Professor Philosophy 449 Queen Lois Shepherd, Ph.D., Instructor Denton Loring Geyer, A.M., Assistant Honors Candidates for honors in philosophy must offer : 1. In the major subject, 24 hours, 6 of which must be in psychology. 2. Minors in either : psychology (at least 6 hours in addition to the amount of psychology required for the major) and any one other subject listed below; or any two subjects from the same group— (a) Economics; history, political science; education; sociology'. (b) English; French; German; Greek; Latin. (c) Botany; chemistry; mathematics; physics; zoology. No course in any subject of the above groups may be counted for the minor requirement if it is excluded from the major require- ment of its respective department. Students who make philosophy a major should take at least one year of psychology. With the exception of i and 10, no course in philosophy may be taken before the completion of two years of university work. 1. Logic. — The principles of reasoning; detection of fallacies; evidence. /; (3). Professor Bode, Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: One year of university work. lb. Logic. — (The same as i.) //; (3). Professor Bode, Dr. Shepherd 2. Introduction to Philosophy. — The relation of philosophy to modern science; problems of philosophy; representative forms of philosophic theory. //; (3). Professor Bode 9. Political and Social Ethics. — Moral principles applied to political and social relations. /; (2). Professor Daniels [10. The Philosophic Thought of the Nineteenth Century as Reflected in English Literature. — Wordsworth; Carlyle; Emerson; Tennyson; Browning; Arnold. /; (2). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Bode] advanced courses for undergraduates and graduates 3. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy. — The development of speculative thought; Greek philosophers; the medieval period. I; (3)- Professor Daniels Prerequisite : Three hours in philosophy. 450 Philosophy 4. History of Modern Philosophy. — Problems and conceptions in philosophy from Descartes to the present time. Selections from the masterpieces of this period. //; (3). Professor Daniels Prerequisite: Three hours in philosophy. 7. Ethics. — The beginnings and growth of morality; leading conceptions of moral theory ; .typical social and economic prob- lems of the present. //; (3). Professor Daniels Prerequisite: Three hours in philosophy. 8. Esthetics. — The appreciation of art and nature; place of such appreciation in life; primitive arts and appreciation; modifica- tions of the esthetic (such as the sublime and the ugly) ; the fine arts. /; (3). Prerequisite: An elementary course in philosophy or psychol- ogy. II. Philosophy of Religion. — The philosophical interpretation of religious consciousness ; various religious concepts : God ; reve- lation ; inspiration, dogma ; faith ; prayer ; immortality ; evil ; mo- rality and religion. //; (2). Professor Daniels Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing; six hours in psy- chology, philosophy, or both. 15. The British Philosophers of the Eighteenth Century. — Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. /; (3). Professor Bode Prerequisite : Philosophy 2 or 3 or 4. 16. American Philosophy. — //; (3), Professor Bode Prerequisite: Philosophy 15. 17. Advanced Logic. — /, (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: Philosophy i. 18. Logical Theory in its Bearing on Philosophical Prob- lems. — //; (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: Philosophy 17. 19. The Development of Religious Thought in the Eight- eenth AND Nineteenth Centuries. — /; (3). Dr. Shepherd Prerequisite: Philosophy 2 or 3 or 4. courses for graduates loi. The Philosophy of Plato and Aristotle. — Twice a week; I; (i unit). Professor Daniels 102. Seminar. — Contemporary Philosophy. — The Philosophy of Bergson. Twice a week. I, II; (/ unit). Professor Bode J Physical Training 451 103. Seminar: Ethical Theory. — Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Daniels [104. The Philosophy of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. — Twice a week; I; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Daniels] [105. The Philosophy of Kant and Schopenhauer. — Tzvice a week; II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14- Professor Daniels] PHYSICAL TRAINING FOR MEN George A Huff, Director Harry Lovering Gill, Instructor, Track Roy Newton Fargo, B.S., Instructor and Director of the Men's Gymnasium Edward John Manley, Instructor, Swim'mi>ig Ira Thompson Carrithers, A.B., Instructor, Intra-Mural Athletics Henry Eugene Pengilly, Instructor, Fencing Ralph Jones, Assistant 1. Gymnasium Practise. — Two hours' gymnasium drill each week. (Required of freshmen.) /, //; (i); arrange time. Mr. Fargo la. Personal Hygiene. — Six lectures. Required in conjunc- tion with Physical Training i. /. Dean Clark 2. Gymnasium Practise, — Two hours each week in advanced heavy apparatus work. /, II ; arrange time. Mr. Fargo FOR women Gertrltde Evelyn Moulton, A.B., Director Verna Brooks, A.B., Instructor Anna Lue Hughitt, Assistant Dorothy Ruth Shoemaker, A.B., Assistant Marion Charlotte Landee, Assistant Rosa-Lee Gaut^ Mus.B., Assistant 7. Practise. — Class work ; individual experimentation in per- sonal hygiene; individual corrective work; games. Required of freshmen. I, II; (i). Miss Moulton, Miss Brooks, Miss Hughitt, Miss Shoemaker, Miss Landee 8. Practise. — (Continuation of 7. Second year, elective). /, //; (i). Miss Brooks, Miss Hughitt, Miss Shoemaker 452 Physics g. Hygiene. — Required of freshmen. /; (i). Assistant Dean Kyle 10. Teachers' Course. — Third year. Theory, one hour; prac- tise in the gymnasium and in the public playgrounds. I, II. Miss MouLTON, Miss Brooks 11. Teachers' Course. — Fourth year. Theory, one hour; prac- tise in the gymnasium. /, //. Miss Hughitt PHYSICS Albert Pruden Carman, D.Sc, Professor Charles Tobias Knipp, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Floyd Rowe Watson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor William Frederick Schulz, E.E., Ph.D., Assistant Professor Jakob Kunz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Mathematical Physics Elmer Howard Williams, Ph.D., Associate Glenn Alfred Shook, A.B., Instructor Orrin Harold Smith, A.M., Assistant Lloyd Theodore Jones, A.M., Assistant Oscar Alan Randolph, M.S., Assistant Earle Horace Warner, A.B., Assistant Sebastian Karrar, A.M., Assistant William Harry Bair, B.S., Assistant Jonas Bernard Nathanson, A.M., Assistant INTRODUCTORY COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES I. General Physics. — Lectures with class-room demonstra- tions; recitations; written exercises. (For sophomores in engi- neering, mathematics, physics, and chemistry.) /; (3), //; (2). Professor Carman, Assistant Professor Schulz, Mr. Shook, Mr. Smith, Mr. Jones, Mr. Warner, Mr. Bair Prerequisite: Freshman mathematics; registration in Physics 3. 3. Physical Measurements. — Laboratory experiments ; quizzes in connection with Physics i. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Schulz, Mr. Shook, Mr. Smith, Mr. Jones, Mr. Warner, Mr. Bair Prerequisite : Registration in Physics i or credit for the same. 2a. General Physics. — Lectures, with class-room demonstra- Physics 453 tions; recitations. (For students in courses in arts and science.) /. //; (2/2). Assistant Professor Watson, Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrar Prerequisite: Completion of or registration in trigonometry (Mathematics 3 or 4) ; registration in Physics 2b. 2b. Introductory Laboratory Physics. — Physical measure- ments. I, II; (2^). Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrar Prerequisite : Registration in Physics 2a. 6a. General Physics. — Lectures, with class-room demonstra- tions; recitations. (For students in architecture.) /, //; (2). Assistant Professor Watson, Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrar Prerequisite: Trigonometry (Mathematics 3 or 4) ; registration in Physics 6b. 6b. Introductory Laboratory Physics. — Physical measure- ments. /, //; (2H). Dr. Williams, Mr. Karrar Prerequisite: Registration in Physics 6a. 15. Electricity and Magnetism. — Two recitations or lectures weekly, using Brooks and Poyser's Electricity and Magnetism; one laboratory exercise weekly. /; (3). Assistant Professor Knipp Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b. 16. Heat. — /; (3). Assistant Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b. 17. Light. — Recitations; laboratory. Edser's Light. II; (2). Assistant Professor Schulz Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b. 18. Teachers' Course. — / or //; (2). Assistant Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b. advanced courses for graduates and undergraduates 4. Electrical and IMagnetic Measurements. — Exact electri- cal and magnetic measurements with accompanying theory. Labo- ratory exercises; discussions; recitations. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Knipp, Mr. Randolph, Mr. Nathanson Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b; Mathematics 7, 9. 14. Mechanics and Advanced General Physics. — Theoretical physics involving the calculus. Dynamics, with a brief introduc- tion to thermodynamics. /; (3). Professor Carman Prerequisite: A course in general physics, such as Physics 2a and 2b, or i and 3, and a course in calculus. 454 Physics 2oa. Light. — Special phenomena ; modern theories ; readings in texts of Drude, Wood, and Preston. Lectures; recitations. / or //; (2). Assistant Professor Schulz Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b; Mathematics 7, 9; or 8a. 2ob. Light. — Light measurements. Laboratory. I or II ; (2 to 5). Assistant Professor Schulz Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b; Physics 17 desired. [21, Recent Advances in Physical Science. — Lectures illus- trated by experiments. //; (i). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Knipp] 23. Sound. — //; (2). Assistant Professor Watson 25. Heat. — //; (2). Assistant Professor Watson Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; or 2a, 2b; Physics 16 advised. [29. Electrical Oscillations. — Oscillating currents of both low and high frequencies, with particular attention in the second semester to the theory of wave telegraphy and telephony. /, II; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Carman Prerequisite: Physics i, 3; Mathematics 7, 9.] 30a. Introduction to Theoretical Electricity. — Electrical phenomena discussed with calculus methods. Lectures; recita- tions; occasional demonstrations. Foster and Porter's Electricity and Magnetism; II; (3). Assistant Professor Knipp 30b. Electricity and Magnetism. — Electrical measurements; self and mutual induction; standardization and calibration work; electrical discharge through gases. / or //; (2 to 5). Assistant Professor Knipp, Dr. Williams 31. Special Problems in Advanced Physical Measurements. — (2 or 3). Professor Carman, Assistant Professors Knipp, Watson, and Schulz, Dr. Williams courses for graduates The prerequisite for graduate work in physics is a college course in general physics with a year's laboratory course in intro- ductory physical measurements. The student who is to do major work in physics should also have had additional courses in physics or teaching experience, unless the training in his minor subjects, mathematics or chemistry, has been strong and complete. He should also have a knowledge of French and German sufficient to use references in these languages. The courses named below Physics 455 are those open for candidates for the Master's or Doctor's de- gree. A large part of the last year's work of the candidate for the Doctor's degree is investigational, along either the experimen- tal or the theoretical side of physics. In addition to these major graduate courses, the courses in elementary dynamics, heat, light, electrical measurements, and introductory electrical theory, are ar- ranged with certain additions for graduate credit. The "interme- diate" courses on heat, light, and electricity and magnetism may be offered by students making a minor in physics. [i2i. Recent Advances in Physical Science. — Lectures illus- trated by experiments on the more recent developments of physics. Written reports giving an original discussion of one or more of the topics discussed during the semester. Not given, 1913-14. Once a week; I ; (y2 unit). Assistant Professor Knipp] 123. Sound. — Lectures and recitations. Raj-leigh's Sound, Auer- bach's Akustik and Barton's Sound are used as reference texts. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Watson 124. Conduction of Electricity Through Gases. — Laboratory problems with readings and discussions on the electrical conductiv- it}"- of gases, ions and ionisation, the effect of a magnetic field, the motion of ions, spark discharge, cathode rays, Roentgen rays, canal or positive rays, and related phenomena of radioactivity. Three times a week; I, II; (2 to 2 units). Assistant Professor Knipp 126. Physics Colloquium. — Weekly meetings of the instruc- tors and advanced students of the department for the presenta- tion and discussion of papers on current problems in Physics. Many of these papers are on investigations in progress in the labo- ratory and experimental demonstrations are used. Attendance on this colloquium is expected of all the graduate students tho it is not registered except in the cases of those making special reports on original investigations. Once a week; I, II; (]4 io V2 unit). 127. Electron Theory. — Seminar. The theories of the consti- tution of the atom, and the phenomena of the emission and absorp- tion spectra. (Of especial interest to students in advanced chem- istry.) Twice a week; II; (>4 to i unit). Assistant Professor Kunz 131. Investigation of Special Problems. — Advanced labora- tory or design and calculation. A problem worked out with the 456 Physics advice and direction of the instructor. Two to four times a week; I, II; {i to 2 units). Professor Carman, Assistant Professors Knipp, Watson, ScHULZ and Kunz, and Dr. Williams 132. Mathematical Physics. — Special phases in theoretical physics. (a) Dynamics. — First part: dynamics of a material system,, determination of the center of gravity, moment of inertia and po- tential, potential theory, with applications in celectial mechanics. Second part: the principle of least action. Lagrange's equations,, the theory of the top and its applications. The fundamental equations of elasticity, hydrodynamics, of the electromagnetic field and the second principle of thermodynamics for reversible pro- cesses deduced from the principle of least action. Three times a week; I, II; (i to 1^/2 units). Assistant Professor Kunz [(b) Electrodynamics. — Lectures; collateral reading. Prob- lems from Jean's Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Mag- netism; the potential theory: spherical harmonics, conjugate functions, and some theorems of the vector analysis; capacities, coefficients of self, and mutual induction ; theory of absolute electrical measurements and the condenser discharge with its ap- plication in wireless telegraphy; Maxwell's theory with some appli- cations in optics, such as the optical properties of metals ; modern modifications of Maxwell's theory: the theory of relativity and the electromagnetic emission theory of light. (Continued in the fol- lowing year in course I32d. Not given, 1913-14.) Assistant Professor Kunz] [ (c) Thermodynamics. — Fundamental principles with applica- tions to physical and chemical phenomena. Lectures ; recitations. Three times a week; I, II. Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Kunz] (d) Theory of Electrical Oscillations and Cylindrical Harmonics. — The conduction of heat and electricity through cyl- inders and cables leads to the introduction of cylindrical har- monies of real arguments. Their mathematical properties will be studied. Electrical oscillations along parallel wires, the vibrations from a Wertz oscillator and from antenna, the resonance phe- nomena between sending and receiving stations, the propagation of electrical waves over the surface of the earth and their absorption will be studied in the first part of the course. Cylindrical and Physiology 457 spherical harmonies will then be used for the solution of special problems, such as the resistance and self induction of wires. Ap- plications of cylindrical harmonies will finally be made for phe- nomena in optics and radiation of light and heat. Four times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Kunz 133. Seminar. — Three or five times a week; /, //; (i to j units). Professor Carman, Assistant Professors Knipp, Watson, ScHULZ, Kunz PHYSIOLOGY William Edward Bltige, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Joseph Howard Beard, A.M., M.D., Instructor Alma Jessie Neill, A.B., Assistant Of the courses outlined below, i and 2 are designed primarily for medical students, or for those intending to specialize in his- tolog\' or physiology; course 4 is for students desiring a course in general physiology; courses 3, 5 may be taken by seniors in the medical course, and course 103 by graduate students. The laboratory is equipped for the pursuance of research in- volving the use of apparatus necessary for physiological, histolog- ical, bacteriological, and chemical work. 1. Histology. — Fundamental mammalian tissues; microscopic anatomy of the organs. Lectures and laboratory. (Full medical credit in histology.) /; (5). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard Prerequisite: Physics 2a; Chemistry i, 2, 3, 5a, 9, 9c; Zoology 2, 3- 2. Experimental Physiology. — Physiology of nerve and mus- cle ; circulation ; respiration ; secretion ; digestion ; metabolism. Lectures and laboratory. (Full medical credit in physiolog\'.) //; (10). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard, Miss Neill Prerequisite: The same as for Physiology i. 3. Undergraduate Thesis. — (For undergraduates who wish a thesis course.) 4. General Physiology, Chemical and Experimental. — Lec- ture demonstrations; recitations; laboratory work. /; (5). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard, Miss Neill Prerequisite: Chemistry i; Zoology i. 5. Special Physiology. — (For advanced students who wish to take up a special line of work not specified in one of the other 458 Political Science courses and not involving the preparation of a thesis.) Labora- tory; conferences. I, II; (3 hours or more). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beaed Prerequisite: The consent of the head of the department. COURSE FOR GRADUATES 103. Research. — Once a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Assistant Professor Burge, Dr. Beard POLITICAL SCIENCE (See also Economics, History, and Sociology.) James Wilford Garner, Ph.D., Professor ♦John Archibald Fairlie, Ph.D., Professor Walter Fairleigh Dodd, Ph.D., Assistant Professor John Mabry Mathew^s, Ph.D., Associate Alfred Chester Hanford, A.M., Assistant Russell McCulloch Storey, A.M., Assistant Honors For honors in political science : 1. The major of 24 hours in political science may, with the consent of the department, include courses in constitutional his- tory (History 4 and 14), political philosophy (Philosophy 5), or not exceeding 6 hours in law. 2. One minor must be history, in which courses must be offered aggregating not less than 12 hours. The other minor may be economics, sociology, or philosophy, aggregating not less than 9 hours. 3. A reading knowledge of one modern language is advised. courses for undergraduates Courses i and 3 are intended to furnish a general survey of the field of national, state, and local government in the United States, and should be taken by all students who expect to special- ize in political science. I. American National Government. — Historical development, organization, powers, limitations, and practical working of the na- tional government in the United States. /; (3). Professor Garner, Dr. Mathews, Mr. Hanford Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work, 3. State and Local Government. — Powers, obligations, and *0n leave, second semester. Political Science 459 rights of the states, in the Federal Union ; formation and admis- sion of states ; development of state constitutions ; organization of state and local government; political methods. (A continuation of course i; may be taken independently). //; (3). Professor Garner, Dr. Mathews, Mr. Hanford Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work. 16. Government of Illinois. — Constitutional development; or- ganization and administration of state and local government; the legislature; the executive; the judiciary; state officers and in- stitutions; county, town, and municipal government. //; (2). Professor Garner, Assistant Professor Dodd, Dr. Mathews Prerequisite: Thirty hours of university work, ADVANCED COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES (At least junior standing required) 4. Municipal Government. — The growth of cities; municipal organization and functions in the United States ; the mayor and council ; commission governm.ent ; police, light, and water supply ; city planning ; urban transportation ; municipal ownership and reg- ulation of public utilities ; charities ; education. Lectures ; assigned readings; reports. /; (3). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: One course in political science or Economics i. 5. Constitutional Law of the United States. — The judicial interpretation of the constitution of the United States; judicial power to declare laws unconstitutional ; separation of governmental powers ; relation between state and national governments ; funda- mental rights under the constitution (due process of law, con- tract) ; territories and dependencies ; national powers with respect to taxation, commerce; jurisdiction of United States courts. /; (4). Assistant Professor Dodd Prerequisite: Political Science i. 6. International Law. — The development of the law of na- tions ; its nature, source, and present status ; the equality of states ; the doctrine of intervention ; the laws of war and peace ; the rights and duties of neutrals ; the arbitration movement. Lectures ; assigned readings; reports. /; (3). Professor Garner Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing, or junior standing with 6 hours of history, 5 hours of political science. 7. American Diplomacy. — Genesis and present organization of the Department of State; the diplomatic service; the treaty-making power; the methods and traditional principles of the foreign pol- 460 Political Science icy of the United States ; historical review of the principal diplo- matic controversies between the United States and foreign powers from the foundation of the government to the present time ; the rise of the United States to the position of a world power. //; (3). Given in 1913-14 and in alternate years, alternating with Course 18. Dr. Mathews Prerequisite: Junior standing and Political Science i or His- tory .3- 9. Principles of Jurisprudence. — The nature of law; histor- ical development of Roman and English legal systems ; English common law in the United States ; sources of law and relation be- tween statutes and judicial decisions; brief discussion of the va- rious branches of law (crime, tort, contract) and their relation to one another. /; (3). Assistant Professor Dodd Prerequisite: Course i or its equivalent; junior standing. 10. Administrative Law in the United States. — Separation of governmental powers and delegation of legislative power ; fed- eral and state administrative organizations; powers of administra- tive officers; methods of enforcing governmental commands; remedies of the individual against unlawful action of public offi- cials (civil suit, criminal action, mandamus, injunction). //; (3). Assistant Professor Dodd Prerequisite: Course 5 and at least junior standing. 11. Constitutional Aspects of Social and Industrial Prob- lems. — The police power for the protection of the public safety, health, and welfare : constitutional limitations upon legislation con- cerning the public health and safety, the control of public service corporations and combinations of capital, and labor legislation. II; (3). Assistant Professor Dodd Prerequisite: Senior standing and at least 5 hours in political science; Political Science 5, or Economics 12 recommended. [12. National Administration. — Administrative powers of the President and Congress ; executive departments and administrative services of the national government; judicial administration and the relation of the courts to the executive authorities. Not given, 1913-14. //; (3). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: Political Science i.] 13. State Administration in the United States. — The ad- ministrative position of the governor, and the organization of the state administrative departments ; state administrative disintegra- Political Science 461 tion and the influence of the diffusion of executive power upon the enforcement of state law ; organization and powers of state boards, commissions, and quasi-judicial tribunals; tendencies toward cen- tralization in the administration of taxation, education, and other state functions; methods of control over state administrative offi- cers. /; (3). Dr. Mathews Prerequisite: Political Science 3 or its equivalent. 14. Political Parties and Methods. — Development of polit- ical parties; party organization and methods in the United States and Great Britain; recent legislation on primary elections and corrupt practises, I; (2). Professor Fairlie Prerequisite: One course in political science. [18. World Politics. — The main currents of international pol- itics in Europe since the Treaty of Berlin ; the balance of power, the mutual relations and present grouping of the principal Euro- pean states, and the extension of their interests in the Near and Far East; the colonial expansion of the United States since the Spanish War, and the present position of the United States as a world power. //; (3). Dr. Mathews Prerequisite: Junior standing and History i ; History 20 recom- mended.] 21. British GtOVernment. — Political institutions in the United Kingdom and the British possessions: the Crown; the Cabinet; the House of Commons ; the House of Lords ; the party system ; the courts of law ; local government ; government in the Crown Colo- nies and the self-governing colonies ; recent developments and proposed changes. (Open to graduate students and to seniors who have had six hours in political science.) /; (3). Professor Fairlie 22. Continental European Governments. — The national po- litical systems of France, Germany, Austria-Hungary, Italy, and Switzerland ; constitutional beginnings ; political organizations ; methods of legislation and administration ; constitutional guaran- ties for the protection of individual rights. (Open to graduate students and seniors who have had six hours in political science ; History 20 recommended.) //; (3). Professor Garner 28. Problems of Contemporary Politics. — Some larger ques- tions of present day politics, domestic and foreign : the initiative and the referendum ; proportional representation ; state socialism ; universal suffrage; electoral reform; local self-government; judi- 462 Psychology cial reform, parliamentary government, the Monroe Doctrine. Re- ports by individual members of the class and general discussion. //; (2). Professor Garner Prerequisite : Senior or graduate standing. COURSES FOR GRADUATES loi. History of Political Theories. — Development and his- tory of ancient, medieval, and modern political thought; political theories of Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Mon- tesquieu, and others ; evolution of American political ideas. Given in 1913-14 and in alternate years, alternating with Course 102. Twice a week ; (i unit). Professor Garner [102. The Nature of the State, — The principles, methods, and relations of political science ; the origin, nature, forms, and func- tions of the state ; sovereignty and liberty ; citizenship and nation- ality ; constitutions ; principles of political organization. Given every other year, alternating with Course loi. Not given, 1913-14. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Professor Garner] 103. Seminar in Political Science and Public Law. — Special problems ; reports ; discussions and criticism. The research work of candidates who are writing theses is under the direction of some instructor, to whom they report frequently. Once a week; I, II. [104. Municipal Administration. — Municipal organization and functions in the United States and Europe : the relations be- tween city and state; local organization; political methods and reform movements ; police and health administration ; public works ; municipal ownership ; public regulation of public utilities. The topics vary from year to year. Lectures ; reading ; special reports. Not given, 1913-14. Three times a week; II; (i^A units). Professor Fairlie] 105. Special Topics in Constitutional Law of the United States. — Subject for 1913-14: Judicial Power over Legislation. Twice a week; II; (j unit). Assistant Professor Dodd PSYCHOLOGY Madison Bentley, Ph.D., Professor Arthur Howard Sutherland, Ph.D., Associate ' Christian Alban Ruckmich, Ph.D., Instructor Thomas Franklin Vance, Ph.D., Assistant Psychology 463 The departmental laboratories occupy 23 rooms. They make provision for (i) research, (2) undergraduate instruction in drill- courses, (3) demonstrations in the lecture-room, (4) the testing of mental capacity and of mental defect, and (5) the study of the animal mind. The laboratory contains standard equipment and such special pieces as apparatus for spectroscopical problems, for chronoscopic methods, and for studies in memory and association. Special provision is made for optical and acoustical experiments. There are five dark-rooms, installations for electric and pneumatic intercommunication between rooms, supplies of alternating and di- rect current, gas, and compressed air. Special requirements of in- vestigational studies are met either within the laboratory's shop or by requisition upon the American and European makers of ap- paratus. The departmental library contains files of foreign and American journals. It includes a working collection for experi- mental and historical studies. A conference-room is provided for the use of advanced students. Honors Candidates for honors in psycholog}'- must offer : 1. A major group of 24 semester hours. This group is to be made up from courses announced in psycholog>'- ; except that 6 hours within the group may be chosen from one or more of the following subjects: Philosophy i, 2, 4; Physics i, 2a, 2b, 3; Zoology I, 3, 13, 13a ; Animal Husbandry 30. At least 6 of the hours in psychology must be taken in laboratory courses. 2. Two minor groups. These groups are to be selected from subjects which are related to psychology, such as physiology, edu- cation, zoology, neurolog}', philosophy, genetics, sociolog>', and physics. The constitution of each of the minor groups will be de- termined by consultation with the department of psychology'. Each group must contain at least nine semester hours, and both groups at least twenty-four hours. The more elementary courses are designed to contribute to the general cultivation of undergraduate students, to illustrate scien- tific method at large, and to lay the foundations of the mental sciences. The intermediate courses are in part informative and in part cultural. Their primary aim is to set forth the facts and the laws of mind. The conduct of research looks first toward the extension of the field of psychology. The more advanced instruc- tion does not overlook, however, the needs of senior and graduate students whose chief interest lies in related disciplines. 464 Psychology COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. Introduction to Psychology. — The standpoint and the meth- ods of psychology ; the simple processes, attention and percep- tion. Emotive and volitional complexes; association, memory, ac- tion and thought. Lectures; sectional meetings. /; (3). Professor Bentley, Dr. Sutherland, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance Prerequisite : One year of university work. 2. General Psychology. — Mental inheritance, habit, custom, and fashion ; the relations of psychology to the biological and so- cial sciences ; comparative and genetic psychology, and the psychol- ogy of the abnormal ; applications of psychology to the arts and professions. //; (3). Professor Bentley, Dr. Sutherland, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance Prerequisite: Psychology i. 3. Laboratory Practise. — Scientific method; classical experi- ments in the fields of sensation, affection, attention, and action. (Introductory to the pursuit of special problems and to psycholog- ical research.) / or II; (2). Professor Bentley, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance 4. Laboratory Practise (Intermediate.) — Experiments in mem- ory, association, learning, and thought. A part of the term may be devoted either to the material methods of psychophysics or to the solution of a small qualitative problem. / or //; (2). Professor Bentley, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance courses for undergraduates and graduates 5. Comparative Psychology. — Mind in the various animal forms ; the psychological implications of the bionomic doctrine of descent ; a comparison of human and animal minds ; criticism of current literature. (Recommended to students who intend to do advanced work either in animal psychology or in the study of be- havior.) Laboratory exercises. /; (2). Professor Bentley, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance Prerequisite: Psychology i. 6. G)MPARATivE Psychology : Advanced Laboratory. — Individ- ual studies in animal psychology. //; (2-4). Professor Bentley, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance Prerequisite: Psychology i and 5. 7. The Image and Imagination. — Methods of studying the Psychology 465 image and the imaginative functions; types of imagery. Lectures; reading; demonstrations. /; (2). Dr. Sutherland Prerequisite: Psychology i and 2. 8. Memory and Association. — Recollection, recognition, re- production ; forms of the associative consciousness ; experimental methods. Demonstrations; lectures; practise. //; (2). Dr. Sutherland Prerequisite : Psychology i and 2. 10. German Reading. — Translation into English of H. Ebbing- haus : Abriss der Psychologie. I; (i). Professor Bentley 11. Studies in Mental Development. — Observation and de- scription, at first-hand, of developmental changes in mind ; literature of skill and efficiency. /; (3). Dr. Sutherland Prerequisite: Psychology i and 2. 12. Minor Problems (Advanced Laboratory). — The formu- lation of methods suitable to new problems, and the conduct of small investigations. At the discretion of the department, studies in the current literature or the presentation of essays upon historical sub- jects may be substituted for laboratory problems. I, II; (2-5). Professor Bentley, Dr. Sutherland, Dr. Ruckmich, Dr. Vance Prerequisite : Psychology i, 2, 3. 15. The Psychological Basis of Music. — An elementary course. Summ.ary of experimental and theoretical literature on the origin of music, harmony, melody, rhjthm, consonance, tonal qual- ity; psychology of musical appreciation and performance. /, II; (2). Dr. Ruckmich 17. The History of Psychology. — The rise and development, in recent times, of the science of psychology. Lectures and reading. //; (2). Dr. Sutherland Prerequisite: Psychology i, 2, and one other course. courses for graduates 103. — Research. — Advanced problems; theses offered for grad- uate degrees. I, II. Professor Bentley, Dr. Sutherland, Dr. Ruckmich 105. — Seminar. — Weekly meetings for the discussion of cur- rent topics considered in their historical setting. I, II. Professor Bentlf.y 466 Raihvay Engineering PUBLIC SPEAKING (See Rhetoric under English Language and Literature.) RAILWAY ENGINEERING ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Director, Pro- fessor Edward Charles Schmidt, M.E., Professor John McBeath Snodgrass, B.S., Assistant Professor, Railway Me- chanical Engineering Alonzo Morris Buck, M.E., Assistant Professor, Railway Electrical Engineering Arthur Francis Comstock, C.E.^ Associate, Railway Civil Engi- neering Robert Browder Keller, B.S., First Assistant, Engineering Experi- ment Station Harold Houghton Dunn, B.S., Assistant, Engineering Experiment Station Railway Civil Engineering — Courses 31-50. Railway Electrical Engineering — Courses 61-65. Railway Mechanical Engineering — Courses 1-30. railway mechanical engineering 1. Locomotives. — The mechanics of the locomotive ; problems re- lating to its operation ; the engine and valve mechanism ; counter- balancing; the determination of tractive effort; tonnage rating prob- lems; the development of types. (The course is co-ordinated with courses 2 and 8.) /; (2). Professor Schmidt Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9; Mechanical Engineering 3, 15, 16. 2. Locomotive Design. — Calculations and designs of engine and boiler details; current standards and proportions. /; (3). Assistant Professor Snodgrass Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 3, 4, 5, 15, 16; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 9; registration in Railway Engineering i. 3. Shops and Auxiliary Equipment. — The design and equip- ment of railway shops and roundhouses ; their management and or- ganization, supplemented by shop visits; water purifying plants and pumping stations; air-brake equipment. //; (2). Assistant Professor Snodgrass Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 3, 4; Chemistry ib or la. •On leave. Raihvay Engineering 467 4. Locomotive Performance. — Locomotive boiler and engine performance; the influence upon performance of combustion rate, steam pressure, speed, cut-off and other valve relations, compound- ing, and superheating. /; (2). Assistant Professor Snodgrass Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 8; Mechanical Engineering 3, 4, 5, 15, 16. 7. Advanced Design. — Problems in locomotive and car design. //; (3). Professor Schmidt, Assistant Professor Snodgrass Prerequisite: Railway Engineering 2. 8. Dynamometer Car Tests. — Investigation of train resistance and locomotive tractive effort, by the use of the raihvay test car. Discussion and exemplification of the application of the results to the determination of tonnage ratings. /; (2). Mr. Keller Prerequisite: Open to seniors in raihvay courses only. 10. Seminar. — Discussion of current topics and review of rail- way journals. Assigned topics and reports. /, //; (i). Professor Schmidt, Assistant Professor Buck, Assistant Pro- fessor Snodgrass, Mr. Com stock Prerequisite: Open to seniors in railway courses only. 11. Railway Tests. — Train resistance on steam roads and work with the electric test car. (For students in other departments of the College of Engineering.) //; (2). Assistant Professor Snodgrass, Assistant Professor Buck, Mr. Kjxler Prerequisite: Mechanical Engineering 3; Electrical Engineer- ing 6. 30. Thesis. — Independent solution of some problem or investi- gation of some subject. The thesis may consist of a design or of an original experimental investigation, or it may be the analysis and discussion of data already in existence. II; (3). Professor Schmidt, Assistant Professor Snodgrass, Assistant Professor Buck, Mr. Com stock railway civil engineering 31. Railway Yards and Terminals. — The theory and practise of the proper location of frogs and switches; the design of yards to insure efficiency of operation; the details of track construction. //; (3). Mr. Com stock Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 4. 468 Railway Engineering 32. Railway Structures. — The details of railway structures; problems in original design. //; (2). Mr. ComstocK Prerequisite : Civil Engineering 4 and 5. 33. Economic Theory of Railway Location. — The influence of location upon the net earning power of a line of railway. /; (4). Mr. Com stock Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 4 ; Theoretical and Applied Me- chanics 7, 8. 35. Railway SiGNALiNa — Block signaling on single and double track lines; interlocking systems for terminals; details of con- struction and of operation. /; (i). Mr. Comstock Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 4. 50. Seminar. — Discussion of current topics ; review of railway journals; assigned topics and reports. I, II; (i). Professor Schmidt, Assistant Professor Snodgrass, Assistant Professor Buck, Mr. Comstock RAILWAY electrical ENGINEERING 61. Traction. — Electric railway equipment and practise. The work of the course is exemplified by the use of the electric test car owned by the department. (For students other than those in rail- way electrical engineering.) II; (3). Assistant Professor Buck Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 8; Electrical Engineering 16, 6; or 3, 24. 63. Railway Laboratory and Road Tests. — Electrical labora- tory problems and electric car and dynamometer car tests to deter- mine train resistance and power consumption for electric cars and steam trains. //; (3). Assistant Professor Buck Prerequisite: Railway Engineering 64; Electrical Engineering 24. 64. Electric Railway Practise. — The types of electric railway systems and apparatus ; the engineering problems met with in pre- liminary road location, in the selection of electrical equipment, and in its operation and maintenance. /; (3). Assistant Professor Buck Prerequisite: Theoretical and Applied Mechanics 8; Electrical Engineering 5 and 24. 65. Electric Railway Practise. — The problem of steam road electrification. II; (3). Assistant Professor Buck Prerequisite: Railway Engineering 64. Romance Languages and Literature 469 COURSES FOR GRADUATES Entrance upon graduate work in railway engineering presupposes the full undergraduate course in that subject. 102, Locomotive Design. — Modem practise concerning steam pressure, compounding, superheating. Professor Schmidt 106. Locomotive Operation. — Determination of train resistance and locomotive tractive effort; application of these and other mat- ters in the establishment of tonnage ratings. Professor Schmidt 108. Electric Railway Practise. — The design, selection, opera- tion, and maintenance of electric railway equipment ; central sta- tion, sub-station, rolling stock, and line equipment. Assistant Professor Buck no. Railway Location. — The effects of the location of a rail- way upon its earning capacity; the engineering and economic prob- lems met with in original location, as well as in the relocation and reduction of grades of existing lines. Mr. Comstock RHETORIC (See English.) ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE* Thomas Edward Oliver, Ph.D., Professor fDAViD HoBART Carnahan, Ph.D., Associate Professor John Driscoll Fitz-Gerald, II., Ph.D., Assistant Professor Jean-Baptiste Beck, Ph.D., Assistant Professor IDavid Simon Blondheim, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Arthur Romeyn Seymour, Ph.D., Associate Leslie Morton Turner, D. de I'Universite, Associate Olin Harris Moore, Ph.D., Instructor John Raymond Shulters, A.M., Assistant Thor Griffith Wesenberg, A.M., Assistant Conrad Joseph Eppels, Assistant Charles Serophin Carry, B.es L., Assistant Louis Allen, A.B., Assistant *The department is administered by the following committee: Dean Kendric C. Babcock, Chairman, Professor Thomas E. Oliver, Assistant Pro- fessor John D. Fitz-Gerald. tOn leave. 470 Romance Languages and Literature FRENCH Honors Candidates for honors in French must offer : 1. A major in French. 2. One minor of at least 12 hours in Latin. This is to be in addition to three years of high school Latin. 3. One minor of at least 10 hours in one of the following sub- jects : German, excluding German i and 3 ; Spanish, excluding Spanish i; Italian; English literature, excluding English i; history; philosophy. COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. Elementary Course. — Grammar; pronunciation; reading of simple modern authors; composition; conversation. I, U; (4). Dr. Moore, Dr. Turner, Mr. Shulters, Mr. Eppels, Mr. Carry, Mr. Allen 2. Modern Prose, Poetry, and Drama. — Rapid reading of mod- em authors; advanced syntax and composition. /, //; (4). Professor Oliver, Dr. Moore, Dr. Turner, Mr. Wesenberg Prerequisite: French i. 2a. Second-Year Conversation. — Mainly classroom work. (Does not count toward a major in French.) I, //; (i). Mr. Eppels Prerequisite: French i, with a grade of at least 85; registration in French 2. 3. Intermediate Prose Composition and Conversation. — Con- ducted entirely in French, giving facility in idiomatic expression in writing and speaking. Reading; themes; talks upon France and French life. I, H; (2). Mr. Carry Prerequisite: French 2. Note: This course is required of those who expect the recom- mendation of the department to teach French. 4. Advanced Composition. — A continuation of French 3 with special emphasis upon advanced syntax. I, //; (2). Assistant Professor Beck Prerequisite: French 3. 9. Masterpieces of Romance Literatures in English Trans- lations. — Dante, Petrarch, Boccaccio, Cervantes, Rabelais, Men- Romance Languages and Literature 471 taigne, Moliere, and other writers. (This course may not be count- ed toward a major in French.) I, II; (2). Dr. Turner Prerequisite: Two years of university work. 22. Modern Novel and Drama. — The novel and drama in France from the beginning of the nineteenth century to the pres- ent time. Lectures; reports on collateral reading. I, II; (3). Dr. Turner Prerequisite: French 2. 25. Course for Teachers. — The various methods of teaching French in this country and abroad; actual contact with class-room problems. /; (2). Dr. Seymour and other members of the department Prerequisite: Twenty- four hours' credit in French. 28. Senior Thesis. — Intended primarily for candidates for hon- ors in French, but open to other seniors. I, II; (i). The various members of the department ADVANCED COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES [10. General Survey of French Literature. — Special periods and authors. The main currents of French literature from the be- ginning to the present time. I, II; (3). Not given, 1913-14. Associate Professor Carnahan Prerequisite: French 22 or 24.] 23. Modern French Poetry. — Declamation and interpretation of French poetry from Rousseau to the present time; recitations and prosodical analyses of the different categories of such poems. Conducted in French. I, II; (3). Assistant Professor Beck Prerequisite: Twenty hours' credit in French and the consent of the instructor. 24. Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. — The greater masterpieces of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries in France. Lll^iz)' Professor Oliver Prerequisite: French 2. [26. French Literary CRiTiasM. — History of criticism in an- tiquity and in the Italian Renaissance; the principal French critics; the seventeenth and the nineteenth centuries in connection with the development of classicism and romanticism. I, II; (2). Not given, 1913-14- Assistant Professor Blondheim Prerequisite: Three years of French, and senior standing] 472 Romance Languages and Literature COURSES FOR GRADUATES Before entering upon the study of the Romance languages for an advanced degree, the candidate should have had a total of at least thirty hours of college work in these languages. Eighteen of these hours must be in one of the three languages, French, Italian, or Spanish, but no candidate will be received who has not had at least twelve hours of French. In addition a candidate should have good training in Latin, and be able to read ordinary German prose. 102. Old French Readings. — Reading and interpretation of representative masterpieces in Old French literature with emphasis upon Old French syntax. Collateral reading will include other masterpieces and selected chapters in the history of Old French literature. For such students as may desire it, the collateral work may consist of the elements of Old French phonology and mor- phology. Twice a week; I, IJ^ i (i unit). Professor Oliver [103. Old French, Phonology and Morphology. — Develop- ment of Old French from Vulgar Latin. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Blondheim] [108. Vulgar Latin and Medieval Latin. — The development of the Latin language from the earliest times to the Carolingian epoch. Study of medieval paleography. Twice a week; I ; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Beck] [109. History of French Literature in the Middle Ages, FROM the Carolingian Epoch to Guillaume de Machault. — Read- ing of texts. Reports on problems concerning the general culture and civilization of the Middle Ages. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Beck] no. Introduction to the Historical Study of the Romance Languages, Especially of Old Provencal. — Phonology, morpholo- gy, syntax, and paleography. Tivice a week; I; (i unit). Assistant Professor Beck 111. History of Old Provencal Literature. — Its origin and its influence on the other Romanic literature ; the poetry of the trou- badours ; reading of the texts from photographic reproductions and from printed materials with a view to preparing critical editions of such texts. Twice a week; II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Beck 112. Introduction to Romance Philology. — Phonology. Spe- cial emphasis upon the problems which confront the teacher of French, Italian, and Spanish. Once a week; I, II; (]/2 unit). Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald Romance Languages and Literature 473 [113. Introduction to Romance Philology. — Morpholog}'. Con- tinuation of Course 112. Once a week; I, II; (i unit.) Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald] 125. Seminar. Research and thesis work in the field of Ro- mance languages. I, II ; (2 units). The various members of the department ITALIAN COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. Elementary Colhse. — Grammar; composition; conversa- tion; reading of simple modern authors. I, II; (3). Dr. Moore Prerequisite: One year of university work in French, Spanish, or Latin. 2. Italian Literatltie. — First semester: Rapid reading from the works of the Italian writers of the nineteenth century. Second semester: Dante; Petrarch; Boccaccio. I, II; (2). Dr. Moore Prerequisite: Itahan i. SPANISH COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. Elementary Course. — Grammar; pronunciation; easy read- ing; composition; conversation. /, //; (4). Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald, Dr. Seymouti, Mr. Wesenberg 2. Conversation and Composition. — Conversation; composi- tion; reading of modern prose. The vocabulary' of everyday life is emphasized. Commercial correspondence. I, II; (3). Dr. Seymour Prerequisite: Spanish i. 3. General Introduction to Spanish Literatltie. — Rapid reading of selected works of representative modern authors, and of the more important writers of the seventeenth century. I, II; (2). Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald Prerequisite: Spanish i. 4. Advanced Conversation and Composition. — Commercial correspondence; reading of commercial Spanish. (Conducted in Spanish.) /, //; (2). Dr. Seymour Prerequisite : Spanish 2. 474 Sociology COURSES FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES II. The Spanish Drama of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. — Earlier dramatists; representative plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon, Ruiz de Alarcon and Triso de Molina. Reports on additional plays read outside of class. /, //; (2). Dr. Seymour Prerequisite: Spanish 3. 15. General Survey of Spanish Literature. — //; (2). Dr. Seymour Prerequisite: Spanish 3. courses for graduates [121. Oldest Monuments of the Spanish Language. — His- torical grammar and paleography. Once a week; I, II; ('^ unit.j Not given, 1913-14. Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald] [122. Old Spanish, Origins of Spanish Poetry. — El poema del Cid and Berceo. Not given in 1913-14. Once a week; I, II; 0/2 unit). Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald] 126. The Novela of the Golden Age. — Political and social conditions in Spain from 1560 to 1700; various kinds of prose fiction produced in this period, with special attention to Don Quixote and the Novelas Exemplares of Cervantes. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Assistant Professor Fitz-Gerald SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE (See Germanic Languages and Literature) THE SOCIAL SCIENCES (See Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology.) SOCIOLOGY Edward Cary Hayes, Ph.D., Professor Arthur James Todd, Ph.D., Associate Honors For honors in sociology twenty-four hours in the major subject are required, including Sociology i, 3, 8, and 9. The mfnor subjects may be selected, with the approval of this department, from the following : history, economics, political science, philosophy, and psychology. Sociology 475 C»URSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES I. The Principles of Sociology. — The nature of such social realities as customs, institutions, organizations, social classes, and castes; changes to which the social realities are subject, and their causes ; the effects of geographic conditions, of the forms and dis- tribution of property, of inherited and acquired traits of the pop- ulation upon society and the effects of prevalent social activities upon each other; the method and the degree in which societ>- molds the lives of its members; order; progress. /; (3). Professor Hayes Prerequisite : Junior standing. 7. The Social Problems of the Rural Community. — II; (2). Professor Hayes Prerequisite : Junior standing. advanced courses for undergraduates and graduates 3. Social Evolution. — Modes of social activity among people at different stages of progress: savage, barbarous, and civilized; family organization, practical arts, economic wants and institutions, origins of government and law, codes of morality, religions ; induc- tions from such facts, as to the theory of social evolution and the method of progress. //; (3). Professor Hayes Prerequisite: Sociology i. [6. The Social Problems of the Urban Community. — //; (3>. Not given 1913-14. Professor Hayes Prerequisite : Senior standing and Sociology i.] 8. General Charities. — Evolution of modern organized philan- thropy, public and private ; causes and prevention of poverty ; or- ganization and management of charitable institutions. /; (3). Dr. Todd Prerequisite : Junior standing and Sociology i or Economics i. 9. Criminology. — Nature, causes, and treatment of the crim- inal ; evolution of modern methods of criminal procedure and penology; recent experiments and tendencies. //; (3). Dr. Todd Prerequisite: Senior standing. 10. Population. — Theories and policies of population ; Malthus' Principle and its critics ; problems in population of the United States; immigration, race-mixture, conditions affecting public 476 Sociology health, death-rate, birth-rate, "race-suicide", marriage, divorce ; se- lective influences at woTk on the "Population type". /; (3). Dr. Todd Prerequisite: Senior standing and Sociology i or Economics i. 11. Principles of Sociology. — Fundamental principles and main teachings of sociology, derived from a minute analysis and classi- fication of the elements that make up the life of a people, types of change to which they are subject, and causes by w^hich they are affected. /; (3). Professor Hayes Prerequisite: Senior standing. 12. The Labor Problem. — The same as Economics 12. Prerequisite: Economics i, 3; students who are taking sociology as a major and have had 6 hours in history, and Sociology i, may be admitted without Economics 3. 15. The Family. — Evolution of the family and marriage; edu- cation, moral, and political significance of the family at different stages of social development. I, II; (3). Dr. Todd Prerequisite: Primarily for graduates, but approved seniors who have had Sociology i or equivalent may be admitted; reading knowledge of F>ench or German desirable. 21. Socialism and Social Reform. — The same as Economics 21. Prerequisite: Economics i, 3; students who are taking sociology as a major and have had 6 hours in history, and Sociology i, may be admitted without Economics 3. 26. Social Education. — Education as a factor in social pro- gress; present day educational policy and organization in the Hght of theoretical and applied sociology. //; (3). Dr. Todd Prerequisite: Senior standing, and Sociology i or Psychology I or equivalent. courses for graduates Preparation for graduate work in sociology must include at least the equivalent of twelve semester hours in the social sciences, of which at least three must be in sociology, and three in the prin- ciples of economics. The remainder may be in any combination of these two subjects, or of history and political science. The graduate courses in this department are of two classes. Those of the first class deal with the principles of general sociol- ogy; these principles relate to the essential nature of customs, in- stitutions, and other forms of social activity, the correlations be- tween them, the types of causes by which they are affected, and the Veterinary Science 477 method by which they are evolved, all of which apply equally to the forms of social activity whether they are employed in the service of economic, political, or other purposes. The courses of the second class treat, in the light of the principles of general sociology, the practical social problems of the present The library has most of the standard works in general sociology by American, English, and European authorities, a large collection of books on various sociological problems, and an extensive list of periodicals. Special attention is given to ethnographic and anthro- pologic materials. [loi. Sociological Method. — The method of advancing the sci- ence of sociology; adaptability to sociological investigation of cer- tain methods described in Pearson's Grammar of Science, Wundt's Methodenlehre, zweite abtheilung, Seignobos' La Methode Histo- rique Appliquee aux Sciences Sociales. Bernheim's Historische Methode, Spencer's Study of Sociology, and Giddings' Inductive Sociology. Three times a week; I ; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Hayes] 102. The Development of Sociology. — Readings in the works of writers who have contributed most to the development of soci- ology; discussion; supplementary lectures. Once a week; I, II; (i unit). Professor Hayes 150. Seminar — Once a week; I, II; (i to 2 units.) Professor Hayes SPANISH (See Romance Languages and Literature.) VETERINARY SCIENCE Donald McIntosh, V.S., Professor [2. Veterinary Materia Medica. — All the agents used for the cure of disease and injury, and for the preservation of health among domestic animals. Lectures ; text-books, inspection of specimens of drugs. I, II; (5). Not given in 1913-14. Professor McIntosh] 4. Anatomy, Physiology, and Diseases of Domestic Animals. — The organs of mastication, digestion, respiration ; circulation, and lymphatic system; the urinary organs; the skin. /; (5). Professor McIntosh 478 Zoology 5. Anatomy, Physiology, and Diseases of Domestic Animals. — The nervous system, bones, joints, feet, eye, and generative or- gans ; epizootic and contagious diseases ; catarrhal fever ; pyemia ; septicaemia; rheumatism; tuberculosis; fistula of the withers; poll- evil; wounds; internal parasites. //; (5). Professor McIntosh 6, Clinic. — The free clinic is held every Saturday morning from ten to twelve o'clock. Animals are brought to be examined, operat- ed upon, and prescribed for. This class is of signal benefit to the student as he has the opportunity of seeing the cases and of assist- ing in the work. /, //; (i). Professor McIntosh Prerequisite: Registration in Veterinary Science 4 and 5. ZOOLOGY Henry Baldwin Ward, Ph.D., Professor John Sterling Kingsley, D.Sc, Professor Frank Smith, A.M., Professor Charles Zeleny, Ph.D., Associate Professor Charles Christopher Adams, Ph.D., Associate Harley Jones VanCleave, Ph.D., Instructor Ernest Carroll Faust, A.B., Research Assistant Bessie Rose Green, A.M., Assistant Ralph Harlan Linkins, A.B., Assistant Harry Virl Heimburger, A.B., Assistant Horace Wesley Stunkard, B.S., Graduate Assistant Margaret Vara Cobb, A.M., Graduate Assistant Gertrude Amelia Johnson, M.S., Graduate Assistant Homer Eldon Chenoweth, A.B., Graduate Assistant Grace Adaline Wells, B.S., Graduate Assistant Henry Gustav May, B.S., Graduate Assistant Courses i and 2 constitute a general survey of the subject, ex- tending through the entire year, and form the best introduction to later work in zoology. In the second year, a student may choose as line of work either morphological, experimental, ecological, faun- istic, or systematic courses. The courses on microscopical technique (3), heredity and evolution (5), and current literature (20) are of especial value for all students. Medical students should take courses 3 and 6 in the second year. Those preparing to teach zoology in the high school will find field zoology (16, 17) and ecology (9) of especial value, and should not overlook the impor- tance of a course in general entomology. The equipment of the department includes the usual apparatus, Zoology 479 microscopes, microtomes, paraffin baths, demonstration material, glass ware, and reagents. The various special laboratories are equipped with special apparatus and demonstration material in ac- cordance with their particular needs. Provision is made for meet- ing such special demands as may arise in connection with individual work. In addition to the equipment of the department itself, the Uni- versity Museum contains additional material in the form of series of mounted vertebrates, of Ziegler embryological models, and of alcoholic specimens in all groups; these are utilized as needed for either teaching or research. The collections and libran,- of the Illi- nois State Laboratory of Natural History, dealing especially with fresh-water biology, are freely accessible to advanced students. The private library and collections of the head of the department, in- cluding especially material on invertebrate morphology and on para- sitism, are shelved in the research laboratory and available for use by all graduate students in zoology. COURSES FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. General Zoology. — Animal biology; general principles of structure ; function and inter-relation of animal forms ; origin and development of animal life ; the simpler and best-established gener- alizations in zoological theory-. Lectures; laboratory-; quiz work. Lor II; (5). Professor Ward, Associate Professor Zeleny^ Dr. Adams, Dr. VanCleave, and assistants 2. Vertebrate Zoology and Comparative Anatomy. — Classifi- cation of the Chordata; the early stages of vertebrate embr\-ology; structure of vertebrate tissues ; systems of organs considered in re- spect to their anatomy, function, ontogeny, and evolution in the vertebrate series; anatomical studies of selected types of the Chor- data. Lectures; laboratory-; quiz work. //; (5). Professor Kingsley Prerequisite : Zoology i. 5. Heredity and Evolution. — (a) The facts of heredity and present views regarding them, (b) The proofs of organic evolu- tion with a discussion of the probable factors involved in the pro- cess. Lectures; demonstrations; assigned reading. //; (2). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: One year of university work. 16. Field Ornithology. — The birds of the vicinity. Identifi- cation ; food relations ; seasonal distribution ; migration activities. 480 Zoology (Students are advised to provide themselves with opera or field glasses.) Field work; lectures. //; (2). Professor Smith [19. Advanced Ornithology. — (Continuation of 16.) Difficult groups of birds; economic and technical literature. /, //; (2 to 5). Not given, 1913-14. Professor Smith Prerequisite : Zoology 16 or equivalent.] courses for graduates and undergraduates 3. Microscopical Technique and General Vertebrate Embry- ology. — Theory and practise of microscopical technique ; vertebrate embryos in early stages of development ; methods of fixation, em- bedding, section cutting, staining, and mounting; preparation of embryological material for use in introductory embryology. Lec- tures; laboratory. /; (3). Professor Kingsley Prerequisite : Zoology i, 2. 6. Vertebrate Organogeny. — Development of the organs of the vertebrate body. Lectures; assigned readings in a text-book of vertebrate embryology; laboratory studies on embryos of the chick, dogfish, Amblystoma, and pig. (A continuation of course 3; for medical students and others.) //; (3). Professor Kingsley Prerequisite : Zoology i, 2, 3. 9. Animal Ecology. — The relation of animals to their natural environment ; processes of change in environment and their influ- ence upon animal life ; the local fauna and the conditions under which it lives; methods of observation, making notes, and collec- tions. Insects, mollusks, reptiles, amphibians, and fishes. Field work; laboratory; assigned reading; reports. //; (5). Dr. Adams Prerequisite : One year of zoology or two years of university work, including Zoology i. II. Principles of Zoogeography. — The geographic distribution of animals, particularly the faunas of North America and of Illi- nois; the fauna in its relation to the complete environment (climate, physiography, geology, vegetation) and from the standpoint of its origin and its dynamic relations. Lectures ; laboratory work on maps; field excursions. /; (3 or 5). Dr. Adams Prerequisite : As in Zoology 9. 13. Experimental Embryology and Regeneration. — The fac- tors concerned in individual development. Lectures; demonstra- tions. /; (2). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: Three years of university work, including one year in zoological courses. Zoology 481 13a. Experimental Embryology and Regeneration. — (Labora- tory.) — Individual work on definite problems. /, //; (i to 5). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: Three years of university work, including one year in zoological courses. 15. Variation and Heredity. — The factors of organic evolu- tion; the principles of animal breeding; eugenics. Lectures and demonstrations. //; (2). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: Three years of university work, including one year in zoological courses. 15a. Variation and Heredity. — (Laborator>-.) — Individual work on definite problems. /, //; (i to 5). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: Three years of university work, including one year in zoological courses. 17. Field Zoology. — Collection, preser\'ation, and identification of common representatives of the lower vertebrates and of the var- ious groups of land and fresh-water invertebrates (excluding in- sects) in the vicinity; identification work on living and preserved material from some of the larger rivers and lakes ; observations on the habits and life histories of selected forms. Field and laboratory work; assigned reading. /; (4). Professor Smith Prerequisite: One year of zoology and senior standing. 18. Advanced Field Zoology. — More restricted problems in con- nection with the local fauna ; taxonomic or distributional problems. (A continuation of course 17.) //; (3 to 5). Professor Smith Prerequisite: Zoology 17. 22. Morphology of Vertebrates. — The skeleton and the brain, the cranial nerves, and the eye and ear. Lectures ; laboratory work ; dissection of a series of types. I, II; (4). Professor Kingsley Prerequisite: Zoology i, 2, 3, and 6. 29. Advanced Animal Ecology. — Special problems in ecology, distribution, and faunas, with reference to the interpretation of the relation between animals and their environments. Conferences ; laboratory; field work. I, II; (2 to 5). Dr. Adams Prerequisite: Two years of university work, including Zoology I and 9 or II. 21. Introduction to Zoological Research. — Investigation of topics, usually repeating the work of earlier investigators; the mor- 482 Zoology phology, life history, or reciprocal relations of invertebrate forms. Laboratory; conferences; assigned reading. I, II; (2 to 5). Professor Ward Prerequisite : One year in zoological courses. 20. Current Literature. — Meetings of the instructors and ad- vanced students of the department for the presentation and discus- sion of the results of recent zoological investigation. (Open to all students of zoology; should be taken by those intending to graduate with a thesis.) /, //; (i). Associate Professor Zeleny Prerequisite: Three years of university work, including one year in zoology. 8. Thesis Investigation. — Individual work on assigned topics. /, //; (5). Professor Ward, Professor Smith, Professor Kingsley, Asso- ciate Professor Zeleny, Dr. Adams Prerequisite : Two years in zoological courses. courses for graduates Two years of undergraduate work in zoology are ordinarily pre- supposed for entering upon graduate study in the department. When the work is chosen for a minor the courses listed for gradu- ates and undergraduates, to be acceptable, must be preceded by at least one full year's undergraduate work in zoology. Work done at other institutions will be valued on conference with the head of the department. 102. Selected Topics from Vertebrate Morphology. — Lectures and required reading on the origin of vertebrates, the segmentation of the head, the morphology of special systems, etc. Twice a week; I; (j unit). Professor Kingsley [107. Parasitology. — Structure and life history of animal para- sites; their relations to disease; origin and biological significance of parasitism. Conferences ; assigned readings ; demonstrations. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Not given, 1913-14; given in 1914-15 and in alternate years. Professor Ward] 113. Experimental Zoology. — Assigned problems in experi- mental embryology; regeneration, variation, and heredity. Two to five times a week; I, II; (i to 2 units). Associate Professor Zeleny 117. Faunistic Zoology. — Problems in taxonomy, distribution, and ecology; field work, conference, and lectures. This work is favored by a natural history survey of the State now in progress at Zoology 483 the University; students have the advantage of the collections, li- brary, apparatus, and operations of this survey, Twice a week; /, //; (i unit). Professor Smith, Dr. Adams 121. Individual Research Courses. — (a) Zoological problems. Professor Ward (b) Faunistic and systematic zoology. Professor Smith (c) Animal Ecology and Zoogeography. Dr. Adams (d) Vertebrate morphology. Professor Kingsley (e) Experimental Zoology. Associate Professor Zeleny 127. Theories of Animal Phylogeny. — Relations of various groups of animals; significance of so-called intermediate forms; study of invertebrate larval forms and of theories of descent based on them. Lectures; assigned readings; laboratory. Twice a week; I, II; (i unit). Given in 1913-14 and in alternate years. Professor Ward i 4 PART IV AUXILIARY SCIENTIFIC BUREAUS THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERI- MENT STATION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF Eugene Davenport, M.Agr., LL.D., Director ♦Cyril George Hopkins, Ph.D., Vice-Director Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., Consulting Entomologist Donald McIntosh, V.S., Consulting Veterinarian Henry Lewis Rietz, Ph.D., Statistician Burt Eardley Powell, Ph.D., Editor, Agricultural Press Bul- letins Anna Cushman Glover, Assistant Secretary In Agronomy ♦Cyril George Hopkins, Ph.D., Chief, Agronomy and Chemistry Jeremiah George Mosier, B.S., Chief, Soil Physics Louie Henrie Smith, Ph.D., Chief, Plant Breeding James Harvey Pettit, Ph.D., Chief, Soil Fertility Leonard Hegnauer, B.S., Chief, Crop Production Ora Stanley Fisher, B.S., Assistant Chief, Soil Fertility ♦William George Eckhardt, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility Axel Ferdinand Gustafson, M.S., Associate, Soil Physics Ernest Van Alstine, B.S., Associate, Chemistry Joseph Paul Aumer, B.S., Associate, Chemistry Clarence Chester Logan, B.S., Associate, Soils Extension Jay Boardman Park, M.S., Associate, Plant Breeding Sidney Viel Holt, B.S., Associate, Soil Physics Harold Wilson Stewart, B.S., Associate, Soil Physics Henry Clyde Wheeler, B.S., Associate, Soil Physics John Ezra Whitchurch, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility Ezekiel Edward Hoskins, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility William Leonidos Burlison, M.S., Associate, Crop Production Ward Hanson Sachs, B.S., Associate, Chemistry Walter Byron Gernert, Ph.D., Associate, Plant Breeding Albert Lemuel Whiting, Ph.D., Associate, Soil Biology •On leave. 487 488 The Agricultural Experiment Station Frederick Charles Bauer, B.S., Associate, Soil Fertility Frederick Martin William Wascher, B.S., First Assistant , Soil Physics Forrest Addison Fisher, B.S., First Assistant, Soil Physics Frank William Garrett, B.S., First Assistant, Soil Fertility Wilbur Roy Leighty, B.S., First Assistant, Chemistry Gertrude Neiderman, B.S., Assistant, Chemistry Orr Milton Allyn, B.S., Assistant, Crop Production Robert William Dickenson, B.S., Assistant, Soil Physics Leo Ross Binding, B.S., Assistant, Chemistry Harrison Fred Theodore Fahrnkopf^ B.S., Assistant, Soil Fer- tility George Edward Gentle, B.S., Assistattt, Soil Physics Harry Charles Gilkerson, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Edward Harvey Walworth, B.S., Assistant, Crop Production Arthur Floyd Heck, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Howard John Snider, B.S., Assistant, Soil Fertility Arthur Maxwell Brunson, B.S., Assistant, Chemistry Warren Rippey Schoonover, B.S., Assistaiit, Soil Biology Clinton B Clevenger, B.S., Assistant, Chemistry Orland I Ellis, B.S., Assistant, Soil Physics In Animal Husbandry Herbert Windsor Mumford, B.S., Chief Harry Sands Grindley, D.Sc, Chief, Animal Nutrition Walter Castella Coffey, M.S., Chief, Sheep Husbandry ♦Louis Dixon Hall, M.S., Assistant Chief, Animal Husbandry John A Detlefsen, D.Sc, Assistant Chief, Genetics Henry Perly Rusk, M.S.A., Assistant Chief, Beef Cattle James Lloyd Edmonds, B.S., Assistant Chief, Horse Husbandry Arthur Donaldson Emmett, A.M., Assistant Chief, Animal Nu- trition Harold Hanson Mitchell, B.S., Associate, Chemistry Walter Edward Joseph, Ph.D., Associate, Animal Husbandry Sleeter Bull, M.S., Associate, Animal Nutrition Walter Frederick Handschin, B.S., Associate, Animal Hus- bandry William Herschel Smith, M.S., First Assistant, Animal Hus- bandry Virgil Augustus Place, B.S., First Assistant, Animal Husbandry *0n leave. The Agricultural Experiment Station 489 Francis Marion Simpson, B.S., First Assistant, Animal Hus- bandry John Jonathan Yoke, Assistant, Animal Husbandry Wilbur Jerome Carmichael, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry John Richard Wells, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Charles Ivan Newlin, B.S., Assistant, Animal Husbandry Elmer Roberts, B.S., Assistant, Genetics Leonora Perry, Editorial Assistant In Dairy Husbandry Harry Alexis Harding, Ph.D., Chief Wilbur John Fraser, M.S., Chief, Dairy Farming ♦Nelson William Hepburn, M.S., Assistant Chief, Dairy Manu- factures Martin John Prucha, Ph.D., Assistant Chief, Dairy Bac- teriology RoYDEN Earl Brand, M.S., Associate, Dairy Husbandry Harry AIoxtgomery Weeters, Assistant, Dairy Husbandry Horatio Newton Parker, First Assistant, Milk Distribution Jesse IMelangthon Barnhart, M.S., First Assistant, Chemistry LeRoy Lang, M.S., Associate, Dairy Manufactures William Truman Crandall, M.S., Associate, Milk Production Ray Stillman Hulce, B.S.A., First Assistant, Milk Production Oliver Arnold Keller, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Manufactures Harrison August Ruehe, B.S., First Assistant, Dairy Manufac- tures Frank Ash more Pearson, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry Ernest McChesney Clark, B.S., Assistant, Dairy Husbandry In Horticulture Joseph Cullen Blair, M.S. A., Chief Charles Spencer Crandall, M.S., Chief, Plant Breeding John William Lloyd, M.S.A., Chief, Olericulture Herman Bernard Dorner, M.S., Assistant Chief, Floriculture Bethel Stewart Pickett, M.S., Assistant Chief, Pomology Oscar S Watkins, B.S., Associate, Horticultural Chemistry Ernest Winfield Bailey, M. S., Associate, Plant Breeding fARNO Herbert Nehrling, Associate, Floriculture Warren Albert Ruth, A.M., Associate, Horticultural Chemistry Charles Elmer Durst, B.S., Associate, Olericulture Simeon James Bole, A.M., Associate, Pomology Thomas Bregger, B.S., First Assistant, Plant Breeding *0n leave. fResigned, February 1, 1914. 490 The Agricultural Experiment Station Alfred Joseph Gunderson, B.S., First Assistant, Pomology Fred Weaver Muncie, A.B., First Assistant, Floriculture Charles Bovett Sayre, B.S., First Assistant, Olericulture Charles Christian Rees, A.B., Assistant, Horticulture George Leo Peltier, A.M., Assistant, Floricultural Pathology John Joseph Gardner, B.S., Assistant, Pomology James Hutchinson, Assistant, Floriculture Julia Alberta Harper, A.B., Editorial Assistant By an act approved March 2, 1887, the national government appropriated $15,000 per annum to each state for the purpose of establishing and maintaining, in connection with the colleges found- ed upon the congressional act of 1862, agricultural experiment sta- tions, "to aid in acquiring and diffusing among the people of the United States useful and practical information on subjects connect- ed with agriculture, and to promote scientific investigation and ex- periment respecting the principles and applications of agricultural science." Under this provision the Agricultural Experiment Station for Illinois was founded in 1888 and placed under the direction of the Trustees of the University; a part of the University farm, with buildings, was assigned for its use. The federal grants to the Station have been supplemented by State appropriations, until its revenues have become larger than those of any other similar institution in the world. Investigations are conducted in the growing and marketing of orchard fruits, the methods of production of meats and of dairy goods, the principles of animal breeding and of nutrition, and the improvement and the economic production of crops. All the prin- cipal types of soil of the State are being studied in the laboratory under glass and in the field. A soil survey is in progress which when finished will map and describe the soil of every farm of the State down to an area of ten acres. Between forty and fifty fields and orchards are operated in various portions of the State for the study of local problems, and assistants are constantly on the road for the conduct of experiments or to give instruction to producer or consumer. The results of investigation are published in bulletins, which are issued in editions of 40,000 and distributed free of charge. Much of this work is of interest to students, especially of gradu- ate grade, and it is freely available for this purpose, so far as is consistent with the interests of the Station. THE ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss^ M.S., D.Eng., Director Charles Russ Richards, M.M.E., Acting Director Alfred Knight Chittenden, Ph.B., M.F., Assistant to the Director and Lecturer on Timber and Timber Resources The Heads of the Departments of the College of Engineering Special Investigators Herbert Fisher Moore, M.M.E., Assistant Professor in the Depart- ment of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Duff Andrew Abrams, C.E., Associate in the Department of The- oretical and Applied Mechanics Davh) Ford McFarland, A.M., M.S., Ph.D., First Assistant in the Department of Chemistry Willis Appleford Slater, M.S., C.E., First Assistant in the Depart- ment of Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Robert Browder Keller, B.S., First Assistant in the Department of Railway Engineering Trygve D Yensen, M.S., E.E., Assistant in the Department of Electrical Engineering John Nicholas Vedder, A.M., Assistant in the Department of Mechanical Engineering Harold Houghton Dunn, M.S., Assistant in the Department of Railway Engineering Alonzo Plumsted Kratz, M.S., Assistant in the Department of Mechanical Engineering Research Fellows Harry Fielding Hadley, A.M., Chemistry Rudolph McDermet, B.S., Electrical Engineering George Alfred Maney, C.E., Theoretical and Applied Mechanics *On leave. 491 492 The Engineering Experiment Station Howard Rice Thomas, C.E., Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Walter Jacob Wohlenberg, B.S., Mechanical Engineering Jefferson Hall Belt, B.S., Electrical Engineering Julian Montgomery, C.E,, Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Merle Louis Nebel, B.S., Mining Engineering Robert Bedford Pogue, B.M.E., Railway Engineering The Engineering Experiment Station was established by action of the Board of Trustees, December 8, 1903. Its puposes are the stimulation and elevation of engineering education, and the study of problems of special importance to professional engineers and to the manufacturing, railway, mining, and industrial interests of the State and the country. The practical nature of the investigations and their adaptation to present-day needs are assured by means of conferences with committees of the leaders of the State's industrial activities. The control of the Station is vested in the heads of the several departments of the College of Engineering. These constitute the Station Satff, and, with the Director, determine the character and extent of the investigations to be undertaken. Up to the present time, sixty-eight bulletins of value to engi- neering science have been published. The experiments have re- lated chiefly to tests of high-speed tool steels; the resistance of tubes to collapse; the holding power of railroad spikes; the effect of scale on heat transmission ; roof trusses ; base and bearing plates in columns and beams; stresses in chain links; extensions of the Dewey decimal system of classification; tests of electric lamps; lighting country homes by private electric plants; street lighting; high steam pressures in locomotive service ; rate of formation of carbon monoxide in gas producers; fuel tests; the weathering of coal and the spontaneous combustion of coal; thermal conductivity of fireclay; heat transmissions; freight train resistance; tests of a suction gas producer ; tests of concrete ; reinforced concrete beams and columns ; tests of cast-iron and reinforced concrete culvert pipe ; tests of brick columns and terra cotta block columns ; tests of timber beams; tests of built-up columns under load; tests to determine the resistance to flow through locomotive water columns; tests of nickel-steel riveted joints; strength of rolled zinc; inductance of coils; mechanical stresses in transmission lines; starting currents of transformers; superheated steam in locomotive service; a new analysis of the cylinder performance of reciprocating engines; The Engineering Experiment Station 493 effects of cold weather upon train resistance and tonnage rating; coking of coal at low temperatures ; characteristics and limitations of the series transformer; electron theory of magnetism; entropy- temperature and transmission diagrams for air; tests of reinforced concrete buildings under load ; the steam consumption of locomotive engines from indicator diagrams ; properties of saturated and super- heated ammonia vapor; reinforced concrete wall footings and col- umn footings; and strength of I-beams in flexure. THE STATE LABORATORY OF NATURAL HISTORY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., Director Charles Arthur Hart, Systematic Entomologist Mary Jane Snyder, Secretary Robert Earl Richardson, A.M., Assistant in charge of Biological Station Charles Edwin Janvrin, Ph.B., B.L.S., Librarian In 1885 the General Assembly passed an act transferring the State Laboratory of Natural History from the Illinois State Normal University to the University of Illinois. This laboratory was created for the purpose of making a natural history survey of the State, the results of which should be published in a series of bul- letins and reports ; and for the allied purpose of furnishing speci- mens illustrative of the flora and fauna of the State to the public schools and to the State museum. For these purposes direct appro- priations are made by the legislature from session to session. Ma- terial of all classes has been collected in all parts of the State, field observations and experiments have been conducted, extending over many years, and twelve volumes have been published in the form of bulletins and final reports. The most important problem upon which the work of the survey is at present concentrated is the effect of drainage operations, sew- age contaminations, and other results of industrial occupancy upon the general system of life in our principal rivers. 494 THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST'S OFFICE STAFF Stephen Alfred Forbes, Ph.D., LL.D., State Entomologist Charles Arthur Hart, Systematic Entomologist Wesley Pillsbury Flint, Assistant for Central Illinois LiNDLEY Malcolm Smith, B.S., Assistant for Southern Illinois David Kent MacMillan, B.S., Assistant for Northern Illinois Pressley Adams Glenn, A.M., Chief Horticultural Inspector Robert Douglas Glasgow, A.B., Spe&ial Assistant S Fred Prince, lUustrator The work of the State Entomologist's Office has been done at the University of Illinois since January, 1885; by legislative enact- ment in 1899 it was permanently established at the University, the Trustees of which are required by that act to provide for the Entomologist and his assistants such office and laboratory rooms as may be necessary to the performance of their duties. It is the duty of this officer to investigate all insects dangerous to any valuable property or dangerous to the public health, and to conduct experiments for the control of injuries to persons or property by insects, publishing the results of his researches bien- nially in his official report. He is required also to inspect and certify annually all Illinois nurseries and all importations of nursery stock, and to maintain a general supervision of the horticultural property of the State with respect to its infestation by dangerous insects and its infection with contagious plant disease. Twenty-seven reports have now been published by the Ento- mologist, fourteen of them since the transfer of his office to the University. 495 THE STATE WATER SURVEY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Director Samuel Wilson Parr, M.S., Consulting Chemist Arthur Newell Talbot, C.E., Consulting Engineer Otto Rahn, Ph.D., Consulting Bacteriologist Paul Hansen, B.S., Engineer Wilfred Francis Langelier, M.S., Inspector Harry Peach Corson, M.S., Chemist and Bacteriologist Ralph Hilschfji, B.S., Assistant Engineer Milford Everett Hinds, B.S., Assistant Chemist Fred Wilbur Tanner, B.S., Assistant Bacteriologist Floyd William Mohlman, B.S., Assistant Chemist Harry Foster Ferguson, B.S., Assistant Engineer Henry Lawrence Huenink, M.S., Assistant Chemist Maurice Charles Sjoblom, B.S., Engineering Assistant John Francis Schnellbach, B.S., Engineering Assistant Charles Herbert Spaulding, B.S., Assistant Chemist A chemical survey of the waters of the State was begun in the latter part of September, 1895. In 1897 the legislature author- ized the continuance of the work and directed the Trustees of the University to establish a chemical and biological survey of the waters of the State. In 191 1 the legislature imposed additional duties on the State Water Survey, authorizing the Water Survey to employ field men to inspect water supplies, water-sheds, etc., and to make, free of charge, sanitary examinations of water for citizens of Illinois, and made increased appropriations. The Survey is col- lecting data concerning the water supplies, sewerage systems, and water sheds, making chemical and bacteriological examinations to demonstrate the sanitary condition of water supplies and streams, and determining standards of purity for drinking waters. The Survey advises municipal authorities how best to obtain and con- serve an adequate supply of pure water for domestic and manu- facturing purposes. The Survey is a division of the department of chemistry of the University of Illinois, and special laboratories are equipped in the Chemistry Building for conducting the work. The engineering division is located in Engineering Hall. 496 THE STATE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY COMMISSION Governor Edward F. Dunne, Chairman Professor T. C. Chamberlin, Ph.D., D.Sc, LL.D., Vice -Chairman President Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., L.L.D,, Secretary STAFF Frank Walbridge DeWolf, B.S., Director, Urbana Edward Bartow, Ph.D., Consulting Chemist in Water Analysis, University of Illinois, Urbana Ulysses Sherman Grant, Ph.D., Consulting Geologist in Lead and Zinc Studies, Northwestern University, Evanston Samuel Wilson Parr, M.S., Consulting Chemist in Coal Investi- gations, University of Illinois, Urbana Charles Wesley Rolfe, M.S., Consulting Geologist in Clay Investi- gations, University of Illinois, Urbana Albert Victor Bleininger, B.S., Consulting Ceramist, U. S. Bur- eau of Standards, Pittsburgh, Pa. Rollin D Sallisbury, A.M., LL.D., Consulting Geologist in Prep- aration of Educational Series, University of Chicago, Chicago Fred Hall Kay, B.S., Assistant State Geologist, Urbana Thomas Edmund Savage, Ph.D., Geologist, University of Illinois, Urbana Stuart Weller, Ph.D., Geologist, University of Chicago, Chicago Gilbert H Cady, A.M., Assistant Geologist, Northwestern Univer- sity, Evanston Raymond Silliman Blatchley, B.S., Geologist, Urbana E Wesley Shaw, B.S., Assistant Geologist in Co-operative Sur- veys, Urbana, 111., and Washington, D. C. Henry Hinds, M.S., Assistant Geologist in Co-operative Surveys, Urbana, 111., and Washington, D. C. JusTA M LiNDGREN, A.M., Chemist, Urbana William Henry Herron, B.S., Geographer in charge of Topo- graphical Surveys, Urbana, 111., and Washington, D. C. The Fort>'-fourth General Assembly passed an act, in force July i> 1905, providing for the establishment at the University of Illinois of the State Geological Survey. The Survey is under the control of 497 49^ The State Geological Survey a Commission, of which the President of the University is an ex officio member. The purpose of the Survey is primarily the study and exploration of the mineral resources of Illinois, Field parties are organized for the investigation of oil, clay, coal, stone, artesian water, cement materials, and road materials, and for general scientific investiga- tions. The Survey is charged also with the duty of making a com- plete topographical and geological survey of the State. The topo- graphical surveys are now being carried on in co-operation with the United States Geological Survey. These will lead to the publica- tion of a series of bulletins and maps, eventually covering the entire State. The Forty-fifth General Assembly further charged the Com- mission with the duty of making surveys and studies of lands sub- ject to overflow, with a view to their reclamation. Work has been carried on in co-operation with the Rivers and Lakes Com- mission, the United States Geological Survey, and the United States Department of Agriculture, along the Sangamon, Kaskaskia, Big Muddy, Little Wabash, Embarrass, Spoon, and Saline rivers. Re- ports have been issued on the Little Wabash, Kaskaskia, and Em- barrass. The laboratory work is done in connection with various depart- ment laboratories of the University. The equipment includes a working library, maps, and a growing collection, illustrating the geological and the economical resources of the State. Sixteen bul- letins and a large number of maps have been published. Many tem- porary assistants besides the regular corps are employed each summer. Under an agreement between the State Geological Survey and the College of Engineering on the one hand, and the United States Bureau of Mines on the other, a branch station has been located at Urbana for the demonstration of modern methods in mine-rescue work, and for the study of mining methods and mine wastes in Illinois. A similar agreement by the above-named parties provides for a co-operative investigation of the Illinois coal mining industry. The Forty-seventh General Assembly made appropriations to carry on the work for two years, and the Forty-eighth General Assembly repeated the appropriations for an equal period. See page 500. THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS IN ACCOUNTANCY Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President BOARD OF EXAMINERS W. E. Seatree, C.P.A., Chicago Marquis Eaton, Chicago UNIVERSITY COMMITTEE David Kinley, Ph.D., LL.D., Chairman Maurice Henry Robinson, Ph.D., Secretary Charles Maxwell McConn, A.M. By a law passed in 1903 the State University is made an exam- ining board of applicants for certificates as certified public account- ants. To carry out the provisions of the law the Board of Trustees have appointed a board of three examiners to prepare, conduct, and grade examinations, and a University committee to conduct the routine work. Under the law one examination must be held each year in May, but examinations have been held also in November or December of each year in which there were a sufficient number of applicants. All the examinations thus far given have been held in the city of Chicago. Applicants for the certificate of Certified Public Accountant are required to pass examinations in the theory of accounts, commer- cial law, auditing, and practical accounting. 499 CO-OPERATIVE INVESTIGATION OF ILLINOIS COAL PROBLEMS AND MINE RESCUE STATION Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF College of Engineering — ♦William Freeman Myrick Goss, M.S., D.Eng., Dean. Charles Russ Richards, M.M.E., Acting Dean Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor of Mining Engi- neering Stephen Osgood Andros, A.B., B.S., E.M., Associate in Mining En- gineering Special Mining Engineers and Field Samplers State Geological Survey — Frank Walbridge DeWolf, B.S., Director, State Geological Sur- vey Samuel W. Parr, M.S., Consulting Chemist Fred Hall Kay, B.S., Assistant State Geologist Special Geologists and Field Samplers United States Bureau of Mines — Joseph Austin Holmes, B.S., D.Sc, LL.D.. Director, United States Bureau of Mines tRoBERT Young Williams, A.B., E.M., Mining Engineer, U. S. Bu- reau of Mines, Urbana, Illinois tJoHN Thomas Ryan, B.S.(Min.), Assistant Mining Engineer, U. S. Bureau of Mines, Urbana, Illinois John W. Koster, E.M. Assistant Mining Engineer, studying the use of explosives Louis A. Scholl, B.S., Chemist, studying the explosibility of coal dust Rudolph Kudlich, Assistant Engineer, studying gasoline locomo- tives *0n leave. tResigned, December 31, 1913. ^Appointed, January 1, 1914. 500 Co-operative Investigation of Illinois Coal Problems 501 The department of Mining Engineering of the University of Illinois, the State Geological Survey, and the United States Bureau of Mines are co-operating in the investigation of some of the prob- lems connected with the mining of coal in the State of Illinois, under authority granted by the Forty-seventh General Assembly. This co-operative work is constructive as well as statistical, based upon accurate data and taking account of all existing conditions, to enable the operators and miners of the State to produce coal more safely, more cheaply, and with less waste. A force of trained mining engineers, geologists, and chemists has been placed at the disposal of the coal industry of Illinois. A Mine Explosion and Mine Rescue Station is maintained in Urbana by the United States, in co-operation with the State Geo- logical Survey and the Department of Mining Engineering of the University of Illinois. The purpose of this station is to interest all connected with the mining industry in the use of breathing resuscitation apparatus in connection with rescue work in mines, as an aid in fighting mine fires, and in the opening of mines which have been sealed on account of fires. The station not only gives demonstrations, but undertakes to train men in the use of such apparatus, the service being rendered gratuitously, and, as far as possible, to all interested in the subject. MINERS' AND MECHANICS' INSTITUTES Edmund Janes James, Ph.D., LL.D., President STAFF Robert Young Williams, A.B., E.i\I., Director Advisory Committee Charles Russ Richards, M.E., M.M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Head of the Depariment of Mechanical Engineer- ing, and Acting Dean of the College of Engineering Harry Harkness Stoek, B.S., E.M., Professor of Mining Engi- neering The Illinois Miners' and Mechanics' Institutes were established by act of the State Legislature, Senate Bill No. 259, approved May 25, 1911. An appropriation of $15,000.00 per annum to carry out this authorization was included in House Bill No. 895, approved June 30, 1913. The purpose of the institutes, as stated in the act, is "to prevent accidents in mines and other industrial plants and to conserve the resources of the state." In the development of this purpose, any and all means may be employed which promise "to promote the technical efficiency of all persons working in and about the mines and other industrial plants and to assist them to better overcome the increasing difficulties of mining and other industrial employments." The administration of the Institutes is vested in the Trustees of the University. The Trustees have appointed a Director and have placed the Institutes under the general supervision of the depart- ment of mining engineering of the University of Illinois. 502 PART V LIST OF STUDENTS, ETC. (1913—1914) LIST OF STUDENTS THE GRADUATE SCHOOL Abe, Mikishi — Theoretical and Applied Mechanics B.S. (Tohoku Imperial Univ.) 1905 (SS)* Ichinoseki, Japan Adams, John William — Botany A.B., B.Ped., A.M. (Ohio Univ.) 1907, 1908, 1910 SS Galeshurg Appleton, Wis. Urbana SS Ladoga, Ind. SS Prairie du Rocher Bucharest, Roumania Greenville Monmouth Allen, Chester Harmon — Organic Chemistry A.B. (Lawrence College) 1912 Allen, Louis — French tA.B., 1913 Anderson, Harry Warren — Botany A.B. (Wabash Coll.) 1907 A.M. (Vanderbilt Univ.) 1910 Anderson, Isabella — Latin A.B., 1913 Andronescu, Demetrius — Agronomy Diploma (Agricultural College, Roumania) Anthony, Marie Elizabeth — English A.B. (Greenville Coll.) 1907 A.M., 1911 Austin, Alice Louise — Scholar in the Classics A.B. (Monmouth Coll.) 1910 Bagley, Ruth Gertrude — English A.B. (Univ. Michigan) 1893 A.M. (Univ. California) 1905 Bair, William Harr* — Physics B.S. (Ohio Northern Univ.) 1908 Baker, Tames Chamberlain — Philosophy A.B. (Illinois Wesleyan Univ.) 1898 S.T.B. (Boston Univ^) 1905 Baker, Robert Earl — Chemistry A.B. (Univ. Oklahoma) 1912 Ball, Theodore Rally — Chemistry B.S. (Drake Univ.) 1908 Barnhart, Jesse Melangton — Chemistry B.S., M.S., 1906, 1912 Barr, Oren Augustus — History B.Ed. (Illinois State Normal Univ.) 1913 Bates, Elinore Adelia — German A.B. (Oberlin Coll.) 1908 Bauer, Frederick Charles — Agronomy B.S., 1909 Bayley, Paul Levern — Scholar in Physics A.B. (Univ. Arkansas) 1913 Belt, Jefferson Hall — Fellow in Electrical Engineering A.B., 1912 Saybrook Belting, Paul Everett — History A. B., 1912 SS Urbona Biegler, Philip Sheridan — Electrical Engineering B.S. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1905 Champaign Champaign Ruffsdale, Pa. Urbana Norman, Okla. Des Moines, Iowa Urbana Normal SS Andover, Ohio Champaign Fort Smith, Ark. 'Attendance during both the Summer Session of 1913 and the regular session of 1913-14 is indicated by SS in parenthesis; during the Summer Ses- sion only, by SS. tDegrees were conferred by the University of Illinois unless otherwise specified. Two degrees from the same institution are indicated thus: A.B., A.M., 1909, 1911. 505 5o6 University of Illinois Stockbridge, Monmouth ss Binding, Leo Ross— Agronomy B.S. (Michigan Agr'l. Coll.) 1912 Blayney, Lillian— Scholar jn History A.B. (Monmouth Coll.) 1913 Bole, Simeon James—Education A.B. (Untv. Michigan) 1906 A.M., 1912 , ,, , Bond, John David— Mathematics A.B. (Univ. Tennessee) 1909 . Bowden. Robert Douglas— Political Science A B. (State Coll. Oklahoma) 1913 Brady, St. Elmo — Chemistry A.B. (Fisk Univ.) 1908 Braley. Silas Alonzq— Industrial Chemistry Br.n^n.r!^£^^^^^ in Architectur^^^^^^ ^"4l;S§.tfFr;T9i2 ^ ^ Brown, Robert Wesley— Fellow in Geology B.S. (Northwestern Untv.) 1911 Brow^e^Lifi Adeline— Scholar /" English A B. (James Milhkin Untv.) 19J2 Brunson, Arthur Maxwell— Agronomy B S 1913 Brush! Elizabeth Parnham— History A.B. (Smith Coll.) 1909 A M 1912 Buchen, Walther Albert— English A.B. (Univ. Wisconstn) 1911 A.M., 1913 du Buisson, Johannes Petrus— Agronomy A.B., 1913 *Buellesfield, Henry— Education LL.B. (Valparaiso Untv.) 1901 A.B., 1906 . , „ ^ , Bull, Sleeter— Animal Husbandry B.S. (Ohio State C7«n;.; 1910 M.S. (Pennsylvania State Coll.) lyii Burlison, William Leonidas— Agronomy B.S. (Univ. Oklahoma) 1905 tBurt,'Henry Jackson— Civil Engineering ■p c ig96 Burton 'Laurence Vrceland— Bacteriology T> C 1Q11 , V'^'^' Carmichael, Wilbur Jerome-Animal Husbandry B.S.. 1913 Mich. (SS) Champaign Gallatin. Tenn. Sedalia, Ky. Louisville, Ky. Cherokee, Iowa Toledo, Ohie Chicago Carbondale Joliet Boulder, Colo. Urbana Senekal, S. Africa Nofcomis Sidney, Ohio Champaign Wilmette Aurora in Animal Husbandry Urbana Carroll. William Ernest— Fellow B.k(Agr. Coll. Utah) 1909 Cars?iifen,^G^W Ernest-Mathematics A.B. (Wabash Coll.) 1906 A M 1910 Carter" Herbert Melville— Organic Chemistry B.S. (Tufts Coll.) 1913 Caswell. Omar— Education A t. (Indiana Univ.) 1897 Charlton, fernest Edward-Industrial Chemistry A.B. (Grinnell Coll.) 1913 Chenoweth, Homer Eldon— Zoology A T> iqi 3 tChinlund, Toseph Ferdinand-Electrical Engineering B.S., 1910 SS (SS) Orderville, Utah Frankfort, Ind. Norwood, Mass, Mascoutah Cherokee, Iowa Charleston, Ohio Chicago ♦On leave of absence. . . .__ tC?ndidIte for professional degree in engineering. Graduate Students 507 Economics *Clark, Charles Richard — Architecture B S 1898 Clark," Clifton Wirt— Geology A.B., 1913 tClark, Darwin O — History A.B. (Drurv Coll.) 1896 A.M., 1909' Clark, Fred Emerson — Fellow A.B. (DruryColl.) 1896 A.M., 1909 Clark, Helen — Scholar in Psychology A.B. (Vassar Coll.) 1913 Clark, Karl Adolf — Physical Chemistry A.B., A.M. (McMaster Univ.) 1910, 1912 Clevenger, Clinton B — Agronomy B.S., M.S. (Ohio State Univ.) 1912, 1913 Cobb, Margaret Vara — Zoology A.B. (Radcliffe Coll.) 1910 A.M., 1913 Colby, Arthur Samuel — Pomology B.S. (Neu- Hampshire Coll.) 1911 Conel, Jesse LeRoy — Fellow in Zoology A.B. (James Millikin Univ.) 1912 A.M., 1913 Corson, Harry Peach — Sanitarv Chemistry B.S. (New Hampshire Coll.) 1910 M.S., 1912 Cort, William Walter — Fellow in Zoology A.B. (Colorado Coll.) 1909 A.M.. 1911 Coultas, Lois Miriam — Scholar in German A.B. (Illinois Woman's Coll.) 1913 tCoyle, James Perry — Physics A.B. (Lake Forest Coll.) 1910 Crane, Rufus — Botanv A.B. (Middlcbury Coll.) 1909 B.S. (Mass. Inst. Technology) Crow. William Leslie — Education A.B., 1912 A.M. (McPh^son Coll.) 1913 Gushing, Helen Isabel — Scholar in A.B. (Lake Forest Coll.) 1913 Darrah, Juanita Elizabeth—Chemistry A.B., 1913 Davisson, Bert Stover — Chemistry A.B. (Indiana Univ.) 1911 fDeffendall, Prentice Hoover — English A.B. (DePauw Univ.) 1906 Demmer, John Edward — Chemistr.' A.B., 1910 Dewey, Ida Belle — Scholar in English A.B. (Rockford Coll.) 1913 Dickenson, Robert William — Agronomy B.S., 1912 Dixon, Ravmond Ephraim — English Literature A.B. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1909 •Dolkart, Leo — Electrical Engineering B.S., 1903 Ebersol, Elmer Tryon — ^Agronomy A.B., 1902 Edwards, Forrest Glen — Chemistry A.B. (Lombard Coll.) 1907 Edwards, Kate — Education A.B. (Knox Coll.) 1911 Ekblaw, Mrs. Alma Heuman — History A.B., 1910 1911 Philosophy Champaign Pratt, Kant. Carthage, Mo. Albion, Mich. Cortland, N. Y. Toronto, Can. Fletcher, Ohio Falls Church, Va. Tilton, N. H. Decatur Laconia, N. H. (SS) Champaign Winchester (SS) Logansport, Ind. North Hanover, Mass. SS Chatham Mt. Morris Champaign "^ New Richmond, Ind. (SS) Taylorville SS Pinckneyville Rockford Paris Dalton, Wis. Moline Ottawa SS Princeville SS McLeansboro Urbana 'Candidate for professional degree in engineering. fWork completed with exception of thesis. 5o8 University of Illinois (SS) Emmett, Arthur Donaldson— Chemistry B.S., A.M., 1901.1905 Engle, Edgar Wallace— Chemistry ^B.S. /bruryCo/U1912 . Enfflis, Duane Taylor— Food Chemistry A.B. (Eureka Coll.) 1912 Eppcls, Conrad Joseph— French Konigliches Lehrersemxnar, 1907 Erdahl. Absalom C— Scandinavian Languages A!Q.(St.OlafColl.) 1911 *Etherton, William Alonzo— Architectural Engineering B S 1904 Fager,' Daniel Baldwin— Education Graduate (Southern III. State Normal) 1883 Fahrnkopf, Harrison Frederick Theodore-Agronomy FarwdU's|n^ey Prince-Fellow in Electrical EngmeeHng^^^ ^.^^^ ^^^ Faust. Ernest Carroll— Zoology A B (Oherlin Coll.) 1912 . , , Fisher; Lewis Nebinger-Scholar in Theoretical and B S 1912 •Fisk ' Ira William— Electrical Engineering B.S.. M.S.. 1909, 1913 Flaningam. Miletus Lafayette-Education B S. (Northwestern Univ.) 1904 l»»; Fleener, Frank Leslie— Geology A.B. (Demson Univ.) 1912 . ♦Flowers, Roy Warner— Architectural Engineering B.S.. 1906 . ^, • ^ M.S. C/owo State Coll.) 1912 Frailey, Lester Eugene— Education (work for A.B. completed) , Frohardt, Louis Philip— t-ducation A.B., A.M. (Central Wesleyan Coll.) 1881,1884 , , ^.. , Furukawa, Sozabu— Architecture B S 1913 Gardner*,' John Joseph— Pomology - - (Massachusetts Agr'l Coll.) 1905 (Boston Univ.) \9\2 Philip — Scholar in Entomology (Kentucky State Unxv.) 1913 Geyer, Denton Loring— Philosophy A.B. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1910 Gilmore, Ross Earlby— Chemistry A.M. (McMaster Univ.) \9n Gittins, Elizabeth Mae-Fellow in Zoology B.S. (Drake Univ.) 1909 Goad, Winfred Llewellyn— Education A.B. (Indiana Univ.) \9\i Goebcl, Julius Ludwig. Jr.-Pohtical A.K A.M.. 1912. 1913 ^ ,. , Goodwin, Thomas Gregory— English A.B. (Harvard Univ.) 191^ Gourley, Mary Jane— Zoology A.B., 1909 Gray. Cora Emeline— Economics B.S^ M.S. (Univ. Chicago) 1906. 1909 Green. Bessie Rose — Zoology A.B.. A.M., 1907, 1910 B.S. B.S. Garman, B.S. Science Urhana Springfield, Mo. Eureka Urhana Frost, Minn. Washington, D. C. Vandalia Urhana Carthage, Mo. Applied Mechanics Decatur Urhana Urhana Dodge Center, Minn. Gary, Ind. Storm Lake, Iowa Urhana Granite City Kasuga, Japan Clinton, Mass. Lexington, Ky. Madison, Wis. Toronto, Can. Williamsburg, Iowa Mt. Carmel Urhana Jamaica Plain, Mass. Paxton W. Palm Beach, Fla. Ivesdale ♦Candidate for professional degree in engineering. Graduate Students 509 in Industrial 1911 Greene, Elizabeth Grosvenor — Philosophy A.B., B.L.S., 1904, 1905 Greene, James Henry — Animal Husbandry B.S., 1908 SS Gross, Alfred William — Education A.B., 1908 Ph.B. (Northwestern Coll.) 1909 . SS *Gulley, Laurence Richard — Mechanical Engineering B.S., M.S.. 1910, 1911 Gutberlet, John Earl — Fellow in Zoology A.B. (Bethany Coll.) 1909 A.M., 1911 Gwinn, Alta — English A.B.. A.M., 1907, 1910 Hadley, Harry Fielding — Fellow A.B. (James Millikin Univ.) A.M., 1912 Hall-Quest, Alfred Laurence — Education A.B. (Augustana Coll.) 1900 A.M. (Univ. Kansas) 1913 Handschin, Walter Frederick — Animal Husbandry B.S., 1913 Hanford, Alfred Chester — Political Science A.B., A.M., 1912, 1913 Hanford, Wesley Wallace — Chemistry B.S. rWesleyan Univ.) 1913 Hansen, R07 — ^Agronomy (Work for B.S. completed) Hanson, Frank Blair — Zoology A.B. (George Washington Univ.) 1913 Harbarger, Sada Annis — English A.B. (Ohio State Univ.) 1906 A.M., 1909 Harder, Oscar Edward — Fellow in Chemistry A.B., A.M. (Univ. Oklahoma) 1910, 1911 Harlan, Charles Leroy — Education A.B. (Indiana Untv.) 1912 Harner, George Madison — Agronomy B.S., 1913 Harshbarger, James Francis — Education A.B., 1913 SS Haskett, Aloa Alice — Scholar in Latin A.B. (Illinois Wesleyan Univ.) 1913 Hebbert, Clarence Mark — Mathematics B.S. (Otterbein Univ.) 1911 Heck, Archie Oliver — Scholar in Mathematics B.S. (Redding Coll.) 1913 Heck, Arthur Floyd — Agronomy B.S., 1913 Hedlund, Mauritz — Mathematics B.S., M.S. (Dartmouth Coll.) 1912, 1913 Heimburger, Harry V — Zoology A.B. (DePauw Univ.) 1911 Heitkamp, George William — Physiography A.B. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1912 Held, Felix Emil — German Literature A.B., A.M. (Emporia Coll.) 1902, 1908 Henion, Lora Atkins — English A.B., A.M., 1907, 1911 SS Henry, Theodore S — Education A.B. (Hedding Coll.) 1903 SS Hess, Raymond W — Organic Chemistry A.B. (Morningside Coll.) 1912 Heuse, Edward Otto — Fellow in Chemistry A.B. (Hanover Coll.) 1900 M.S., 1907 Champaign Garrett, Ind. Atwood Urbana (SS) Hardy. Nebr. Urbana Chemistry Champaign Brooklyn, N. Y. Urbana Carbondale Middletown, Conn. Rock Island Bloomington Columbus, Ohio Urbana Connersville, Ind. Urbana Areola Bloomington Bloomdale, Ohio Bardolph Urbana Worcester, Mass. Kewanna, Ind. Cuba, Wis. Emporia, Kans. Urbana Havana Plover, Iowa Urbana •Candidate for professional degree in engineering. lO University of Illinois ss ss Hewes, Charles Kay— Organic Chemistry B S 1912 Hinds', Milford Everett— Chemistry A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1912 Hofacker, Olga Vera— English A.B. (Carroll Coll.) 1907 A.B., 1911 . ^, . Holley, Charles Elmer— Fellow in Education A.B.,A.M., 1912, 1913 Horner, Nellie Nancy — Physics A.B., 1912 Hoskinson, Ottis — Education A.B. (Union Christian Coll.) 1900 Howard, Joseph Whitney — Fellow in Chemistry A.B. (Shurtleff Coll.) 1912 A.M., 1913 . , ^ . . ♦Howell, Leslie Dillon— Architectural Engineering B.S., 1907 ^ . , „ . , Hudelson, Clyde Whittaker — Animal Husbandry B S 1913 Huenink! Henry Lawrence — Sanitary Chemistry A.B. (Carroll Coll.) 1911 - M.S., 1913 ^ . „ ^ , Hulce, Ray Stillman— Dairy Husbandry B.S.A. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1911 M.S.. 1913 ^^ Hull, Anna Leo — History A.B., 1910 Hursh, Ralph Kent— Ceramics B.S., 1908 ^^ Inagaki, Nobtaro — Economics (Work for A.B. completed) Ingels, Nelle Louise— Scholar in Mathematics Ph.B. (Greenville Coll.) 1911 Tames, Helen Dickson — German A.B.,A.M., 1910, 1913 . Jamison, Michael Valma— Latin A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1912 ^» Taynes, Ethel — Mathematics A.B. (Univ. Chicago) 1904 SS •Jensen, J Norman — Civil Engineering B.S., 1906 ^ , Johnson, Gertrude Amelia — Zoology B.S. (Northwestern Univ.) 1911 M.S., 1913 ^ ,. . Jones, Easley Stephen— English A.B., A.M. (Univ. Colorado) 1907, 1909 A.M. (Harvard Univ.) 1913, Jones, Lester Seaman — Education B.S. (Northwestern Univ.) 1905 Jones, Lloyd Theodore— Physics ^ A.B. (Lake Forest Coll.) 1909 M.S., 1912 . ^, Kamm, Oliver— Organic Chemistry B.S., M.S., 1911, 1913 Karrer, Sebastian— Physics . A.b., A.M. (Washington Univ.) 1911, 1913 Kelso, Ruth — English A.B., A.M., 1908, 1909 . ., , Kernall, Morris Johnson— Lellow in Zoology A.B. (Univ. North Dakota) 1906 Kessler, Harvey Lamech — Education A.B., 1910 . „. ^^ Kile. Jessie June — Scholar in History A.B. (Rockford Coll.) 1912 Kingsley, Mary Winship — History A.B., A.M: (Tufts Coll.) 1903 SS (SS) Quincy Peotone Peoria Franklin Grove Danville Meron, Ind. Upper Alton Salem, Oregon Gooding, Idaho Cedar Grove, Wis. Whitewater, Wis. Urbana Champaign Tokyo, Japan Greenville Urbana Monmotith Chicago Chicago Chicago Urbana Oblong Raymond Highland Roslyn, Wash. Columbus, Ohio Valley City, N. D. Roseville Rockford Urbana ♦Candidate for professional degree in engineering Graduate Students 511 -Fellow in SS (SS) Kircher, Edward August Theodore A.B., A.M., 1911, 1912 Kirkpatrick, Harold H — Education A.B., 1897 Knight, Abner Richard — Electrical Engineering M.E. (Ohio State Univ.) 1909 Knight, Charles Kelley — Scholar in Economics A.B., A.M. (Ohio Univ.) 1912, 1913 Knoche, Viola Emma — Scholar in German A.B. (Northwestern Coll.) 1913 Kremers, Harry Cleveland — Inorganic Chemistry A.B. (Hope Coll.) 1913 Lamb, Burlev Frank — Scholar in Economics A.B. (Albion Coll) 1913 Lamkev, Ernest Michael Rudolph — Botany A."fe., 1913 Lantz, Cyrus William — Scholar in Botany A.B., 1913 Larson, Martha Sharson — Latin A.B., 1910 Lauter, Carl John — Chemistry B.S., 1911 Lawrence, Matthew — Scholar in History A.B. (Shurtleff Coll.) 1913 Lawson, Edward Latan — Education A.B., Ph.B. (Union Ch-istian Coll.) 1901, 1902 (SS) Layng, Thomas Ernest — Industrial Chemistry A.B., A.M. (jfcMastcr Umv.) 1909, 1912 (SS) LeCato. John Marvin — Botany A.B. (Univ. Michigan) 1913 Lee, Miss Ma-Ii — Education Work for A.B. completed (Iowa IVesleyan Coll.) Lehenbauer, Philip Augustus — Fellow in Botany A.B. (Westminster Coll.) 1907 B.S.jJamesMillikin Univ.) 1908 (SS) Lewis, Harr>' Fletcher — Sanitary Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Wesleyan Univ.) 1912, 1913 Lewis, Lucy Elfa — Education A.B., 1911 SS Lillehei, Ingebright — Scandinavian A.B., A.M. (Univ. Minnesota) 1908, 1909 Lincoln, Warren — Scholar in Animal Husbandry B.S.A. (Washington State Coll.) 1913 LirUdns, Ralph Harlan — Zoology K.B. (Ilhnois Coll.) 1911 McComis, Samuel Jav — Education LL.B. (Jefferson Univ.) 1910 SS McCoT, Dwight Weslev — Education A.B., 1912 ' SS McDermet, Rudolph — Fellow in Electrical B.S., 1912 McDowell, Samuel Kline — Education B.S. (Tri-State College) 1909 SS Macfarlane, Wallace — Fellow in Agronomy B.S. (Univ. Utah) 1910 M.S., 1913 McGregor, Harold Hossack — Fellov.' in Chemistry A.B. (McMaster Univ.) 1909 M.S. (Univ. Louisville) 1912 Mclntire, Mamie Minerva — Latin A.B., 1906 Mcjohnston, Harrison — English A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1907 McKenna, Edward Lawrence — Scholar in Economics A.B. (Columbia Coll.) 1913 McKinnev, Henr}- Theodore — Education A.B.; 1913 (SS) Mathematics Chicago LeRoy Champaign Athens, Ohio Cedar Falls, Iowa Hudsonville, Mich. Hillsdale, Mich. (SS) Riverton Brooklyn Morris Quincy Urbana Villa Grove Toronto, Can. Harmon, Md. Nanking, China Urbana Pottsville, Pa. Danville Minneapolis, Minn. Prosser, Wash. Jacksonville Lacon Versailles Engineering Seattle, Wash. Hoopeston Logan, Utah Ottawa, Can. SS Urbana McCutcheonsville, Ind. Brooklyn^ N. Y, Hud gens 512 University of Illinois Macelona, Mich. Dallas, Oregon Amboy Grayville Bushnell Central City, Nebr. Kan. Mane^, George Alfred — Fellow in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics C.E. (Univ. Minnesota) 1911 Minneapolis, Minn. Manuel William Asbury — Chemistry A.B. (DePauw Univ.) 1912 Greencastle, Ind. Marquis, Stewart Dent — Chemistry A.B. (Lake Forest Coll.) 1911 Rock Island 'Marshall, Robert Haskell — Mathematics Gamaliel, Ky. Mathews, Howard — Scholar in Electrical Engineering B.S., 1913 Yates City Mathewson, Louis Clark — Fellow in Mathematics A.B., A.M. (Albion College) 1910, 1911 A.M., 1912 May, Henry Gustav — Zoology B.S. (Univ. Rochester) 1913 *Mellen, Arthur Franklin — Chemistry Melrose, Mary Hazel — Education A.B., 1910 SS Miles, Lois Maia — Scholar in the Classics A.B., 1910 Millard, Earl Bowman — Feljow in Chemistry A.B. (Univ. Colorado) 1910 A.M. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1911 Miller, J Earl — Fellow in History A.B. (Univ. Kansas) 1910 LL.B., A.M., 1912, 1913 (SS) Miller, Jessie Fay — Scholar in the Classics A.B., 1913 Miller, Wilford Stanton — Psychology A.B., A.M. (Indiana Univ.) 1910, 1911 Mills, Guy G — Civil Engineering B.S., 1912 Mitchell, Harold Hanson — Animal Nutrition A.B., M.S., 1909, 1913 Mohlman, Floyd William — Chemistry B.S., 1912 (SS) Montgomery, Julian — Fellow in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics B.S. (Grayson Coll.) 1908 Moore, Laura McAllister — History A.B. (Indiana Univ.) 1892 SS Morehouse, Francis Milton — History A.B., 1910 SS Morris, Alice Elvira — Education A.B., 1913 (SS) tMorse, Samuel Theodore — Civil Engineering B.S., 1896 Moshei\ Edna — Entomology B.S.A. (Cornell Univ.) 1908 M.S., 1913 Moulton, Gertrude Evelyn — Sociology A.B. (Oberlin Coll.) 1903 A.B. (Rio Grande Coll.) 19CS Muncie, Fred Weaver — Cnemistry A.B. (Wabash Coll.) 1910 M.S., 1913 Myers, John Calvin — Education A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1912 Marysville, Gilman Champaign Palestine Urbana Urbana Texas Whitewright, Terre Haute, Ind. Annawan Viola Carlinville Kempt Shore, Nova Scotia Reva, S. Dak. Myers, John T — Chemistry Ph.B. (Central Wesleyan Coll.) 1909 (SS) SS SS Nathanson, Jonas Bernard — Physics A.B. (Ohio State Univ.) 1912 A.M., 1913 Nebel, Dora Myrtle — Mathematics (Work for A.B. completed) Nebel, Merle Louis — Fellow in Mining Engineering B.S., 1913 Partt Lena Gibson City Urbana Urbana Urbana •Has completed the number of hours required for graduation from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. tCandidate for professional degree in engineering. Graduate Students 513 Neill, Alma Tessie — Physiolog^y A.B., 1913 Newell, Clyde Ross — Bacteriology Pb.B,, M.S. (Yale Univ.) 1910, 1912 Newlin, Charles Ivan — Animal Husbandry B.S., 1912 NicRoley, Mrs. Emma May Rhoads — English A.B., 1899 Niederman, Gertrude — Chemistry B. S., 1908 Noerenberg, Clarence Eugene — Education B.S., A.E., A.B., 1907, 1909, 1910 Ochsuer, Albert Henry — Animal Husbandry A.B. (Univ. IVisconsin) 1911 M.S. (Univ. California) 1913 Overmier, Emmons — Mechanical Engineering B.S., 1913 Owens, Albert Waffle — Inorganic Chemistry B.S. (Bucknell Univ.) 1909 SS Parker, Karr — Scholar in Chemistry B.S. (Carthage College) 1913 Parr, Rosalie Mary — Botany A.B., A.M., 1906, 1911 Partridge, Newton Lyman — Scholar in Entomology B.S., 1913 Pasmore, Daniel Frederick — Scholar in German A.B. (Albion Coll.) 1913 Patton, Carrie Cade — Sociology A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1909 B.L.S., 1911 Paulson, Paul Alexander — Scholar in Chemistry A.B. (Augustana Coll.) 1913 Pearson, Frank Ashmore — Dairy Husbandry B.S.A. (Cornell Univ.) 1912 Peine, Arthur Frederick — Fellow in History A.B., A.M., 1911, 1913 Peltier, George Leo — Botany A.B. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1911 A.M. (Washington Univ.) 1912 Perry, Winifred Almina — English A.B., 1908 Peterson, Alvah — Entomology 'B.S. (Knox Coll.) 1911 A.M., 1913 (SS) Peterson, Stella Maude — English A.B. (Albion Coll.) 1909 SS Petty, Luther Ewing — Mathematics A.B. (Wabash Coll.) 1907 Place, Virgil Augustus — Animal Husbandry B.S. (Ohio State Univ.) 1912 (SS) -.- Pogue, Robert Bedford — Fellow in Railway Engineering B.M.E. (Kentucky State Univ.) 1913 Lexington, Ky. Prickett, Alva LeRoy — Economics A. B., 1913 Litchfield Randolph, Oscar Alan — Physics B.S., M.S., 1911, 1913 Summersville, Mo. Ray, Samuel Hawkins — Scholar in Animal Husbandry B.S. (Agr'l. and Mech. Coll. Texas) 1911 San Antonio, Texas Read, John William — Agronomy B.S., M.S. (Univ. Missouri) 1907, 1908 Columbia, Rees, Charles Christian — Botany . ^ '"' ' •'-••• Rochester, Romance Languages Urbana Chiilicothe Milford, Conn. Urbana Beirut, Syria Chicago Highland Park Chicago Mt. Auburn Lewisburg, Pa. Madisonville, Ky. Mapleton Chicago Swartz Creek, Mich. Urbana Rockford Beaver Falls, Pa. Bloomington (SS) Urbana Urbana Galesburg Saranac, Mich. Aspen Hill, Tenn. Hume, Ohio in A.B. (Wabash Coll.) 1913 Reeves, Harry Pavne — Scholar A.B., 1913 Renich, Amanda Barbara — History A.B., 1910 Renich, Katharine Louise — History A.B., 1911 Mo. Ind. Woodstock Woodstock 514 Unwersity of Illinois Roberts, Elmer— Animal Husbandry BS., 1913 ,. ^ . RoKcrs, Anna Sophie— Latin A.fe., 1911 Rolfe. Martha Deette— History B.S..A.M., 1900, 1904 Ross, Clarence Samuel— ueology A.B., 1913 ^, . ^ Ross, John^Carl— Chemistry A.B. (Ouachita Coll.) 1907 . ^"^ ' A B A.M. (Albwn Coll.) 1908, lyuy Rutledge, George— Mathematics A.Ka.M., 1910. 1913 . Sayre, Charles Bovett— Horticulture B.S., 1913 Sayre, E Randall— History „ ,, > .Qf^Q .q^Q \ B A.M. (McKendree Coll.) 1909, 191U Sayre,' Rollo Clifton-History g B.S. (McKendree Coll.) 1909 „ . • •Schafmaycr, Albert James— Civil Engineering B "^ 1907 Scherfee! Samuel Hawthorne— Botany A B. (Stanford Umv.) 1909 . Schinne^er, Otto Paul-Scholar in German A.B., 1913 . ^, . ^ Scholl, Clarence— Sanitary Chemistry ^^^^ Schoon^ovir^,^\VarrenRippey-Agronomy B.S. (Occidental Coll.) 1912 , ^. ^^. ._„ Sears, George Wallace-Inorganic Chemistry B.S. (Drury Coll.) 1908 M S 1911 Shackell,' Bessie Estelle— Classics j, B S (West Virginia Umv.) 191^ Shen, Wen Yu— Plant Breeding Shev?hfn, Walter Andrew-Scholar in Physics ShoemScer, Dorothy R«th-Sociology A.B. (Oberlin Coll.) 1913 Shook, Glenn Alfred— Physics A.B. (Univ. Wisconsin) 1907 Shulters. John Raymond— t rench A.B.. A.M.. 1910, 1911. Shultz, Edith Adehne— History Siebfns^" Thikla Maria-Scholar in German A.B. (James Milhkm UntvJl9U Sievert, Carl William John—Chemistry (Work for B.S. completed) ,Ko«,1rv Simpson, Francis Marion— Animal Husbandry B S 1909 Skinner." Glenn Seymour— Organic Chemistry A B. (Kans. Manual Training Normal •?<^''ff/;^i^^"' ♦Sluss Alfred Higgins-Mechanical Engineering B S 1901 Smith,' Guy Watson— Mathematics B.S., M.S. (Univ. Colorado) 1908, ivuy Urbana Bushnell Champaign Champaign Cape Town. South Africa Bartlesville, Okla. Fitchburg, Mass. Urbana Urbana Chicago Lebanon Grayville Chicago Mt. Morris Bay Ciiy, Mich. Watseka Alhambra Kidder, Mo. Urbana Morganstown, W. Va. Shantung, China New Canton Cedar Falls, Iowa Urbana Bristol, N. Y. Chicago Minonk Blue Island Urbana Cherokee, Kans. Lawrence, Kans. Castle Rock, Colo. ♦Candidate for professional degree in engineering. Graduate Students 515 Smith, Orrin Harold — Phvsics A.B. (Knox Coll.) 1908 A.M., 1909 *Smith, Raymond Stratton — Scholar in Agronomy B.S. (Pomona Coll.) 1907 B.S., 1913 Smith, Rose — Botany B.S., 1911 SS Smith, William Herschel — Animal Husbandry B.S. (Nebraska State Univ.) 1906 M.S., 1912 Snider, Earl Quinter — Entomology A.B., 1906 SS tSnyder, Christopher Henry — Civil Engineering B.S., 1890 Spaulding, Charles Herbert — Chemistry B.S.. 1912 Spencer, Edwin RoUin — Education A.B., 1911 SS Spindler, George Washington — German Literature A.B., A.M. (Indiana Univ.) 1900, 1908 Stanley, Thomas Blaine — English A.B. (Earlham Coll.) 1913 fStein, Milton Frederick — Civil Engineering B.S., 1909 ttSteinke, Martin William — German A.B. (Warthurg Cell.) 1908 A.M. (Univ. Washington) 1910 Stevens, Wayne Edson — Scholar in History A.B. (Kkox Coll.) 1913 Stevenson, Lionel — Animal Husbandry B.S.A. (Toronto Univ.) 1912 Stewart, Charles Leslie — Economics A.B., A.M., 1911, 1912 Stewart, Harold Wilson — Agronomy B.S., 1909 Stokes, Claude Newton — Scholar in Mathematics A.B. (McKendree Coll.) 1913 Strader, Edna Louise — Household Science B.S. (James Millikin Univ.) 1910 Stunkard, Horace Wesley — Zoologv B.S. (Coe College) 1912 Sullivan, Ward William — Scholar in History A.B., 1911 Sutcliffe, Emerson Grant — English A.B. (Harvard Univ.) 1911 Sutherland, George Fred — Zoology A.B., 1913 ttTanabe, Stetfan — Physics B.S. r^no.r Co/;.; 1911 Tanner, Fred William — Sanitary Chemistry B.S. (IVesleyan Univ.) 1912 Taylor, Everett Harvey — Chemistry A.B., 1913 Taylor, Scott Charaplin — Chemistry A.B., 1913 Theilen, Margaret Katherine — Scholar in History A.B., 1913 Thomas, Howard Rice — Fellow in Theoretical and Applied Mechanics C.E. (Univ. Texas) 1912 Austin, Texas Thompson, David Grosh — Geology A.B. (Northwestern Univ.) 1911 A.M., 1913 Evanston Thoreen, Edna Amelia — Scholar in German A.B. (Lombard Coll.) 1911 Galesbnrg SS (SS) Corning, Iowa Moorpark, Cal. Gibson City Tobias, Neb. Urbana San Francisco, Cal. Springfield Waverly Woodland, Mich. Noblesville, Ind. Chicago Ann Arbor, Mich. Avon Ancaster, Ont. Bloomington Urbana Crossville Decatur Walker, Iowa Thompsonville Plymouth, Mass. Champaign Tokyo, Japan Warsaw, N. Y. Lancaster, Wis. Bement Coatsburg •Resigned November 28, 1913. tCandidate for professional degree in engineering. tfWork completed with exception of thesis. University of Illinois (SS) T.o.ne. M^a EU..e.-ScWa. in Ma.e.aUcs •TohUl. Louis Arthnr-Ihstory Tola^^'e^^e May-English Tsovf Ying Hsuwen-Entomology ^^"""■bS (Cornell Umv.) 19U M.S., 1913 r)e Witt— Chemistry Valentine. Howard Ue will B.S.. 1913 __i„organic Chemistry A.M.. lyf^, Dwight— Botany ^=^K'ff:}9^r'^^^^^,„,,_E,ectrical Engineering WaW.i;.'Ed«ard Harvcy-Ag™non,y Wa4tB^,H.^ace-m|" Wats''on^-l^%"i"=-'^"^'"'' A-B., 1910. p„„|,rth_Fellow in Zoology M.S., 1913 -r^cpnh— Chemistry Well?: GracJ AdaUn?7o^r '"^ ^ B.S. rKno^t; Co/U 1913 ^ Husbandry Wells, John Richard— Animai ^•^•' T 'Ci' Vyamilton— Botany ^'"A-B..a..|"thLic Chemistry Wich«|.. r«^U li',^ i„ Poiitica. science ^"''X^B«f^ E!c?;gVn^»C.en,i^^ ^"^,,.'8°%!"-^ ''"ir-^Scholar in Mathematics Wilsk^iJiEZ gjKlVlty ..... :„ M„hanica, Decatur Appleton. Wis. Farm Ridge Urbana Soochow. China River Forest Zeeland. Mich. Bahawalpore, India (SS) Naperville Granite City Urbana Urbana Urbana Bisbee, Ariz. SS (SS) Oyster Bay. N- ^• Pittsford, N. Y- Galva Champaign Philadelphia, Pa. Urbana Zeeland, Mich. Mt. Vernon, Ohio IVhittier. Cal. Mattoon Champaign A"fe.'f^'i^',f?«i;,;i'FeUov. in Mechanical En^neenng__^,^^_ ^°"B"s'y5«^>\l;™-tt;a^'°n Electrical Engineerin|^^^^^ Wolf, Herman Carl— ^cnoia Engineering ^•^'v'?rL Sidney-Scholar in Architectural Eng^^^^^ Wolfe, William bianty B.S., 1913 -p ^7__Education gs Villa Grove Pa. Carthage, •Leave of absence, 1913-14. Graduate Students 517 Wright, Albert Bayard — Political Science B.S., A.M. f Illinois Wesleyan Univ.) 1907, 1910 Wright, Philip Quincy — Fellow in Political Science A.B. (Lombard Coll.) 1912 A.M., 1913 Wyatt, Frank Archibald — Fellow in Agfronomy B.S. (Agricultural Coll. Utah) 1910 M.S.. 1913 Yapp, William Wodin — Dairy Husbandry B.S., 1911 *Yeaton, Fred Drinkwater — Civil Engineering B.S., 1907 Yensen, Trvgve D — Electrical Engineering B.S., M.S., E.E. 1907. 1912, 1913 Young, Lewis Emanuel — Economics B.S. (Pennsylvania State Coll.) 1900 E.M. (Michigan Coll. of Mines) 1904 Young, Yungyen — Agronomy A.B., B.S., 1913 (SS) Zeis, Henry Charles — Mathematics A.B., 1913 Zucker, Adolf Eduard — German Literature A.B., A.M., 1912, 1913 JVenona Calesburg Wellsville. Utah Urbana Cincinnati, Ohio Christiania, Norway Champaign Nansiang, China Waterloo Ft. Wayne, Ind. 'Candidate for professional degree in engineering. 5i8 University of Illinois UNDERGRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL AND SCHOOLS IN URBANA COLLEGES (Including the Colleges of Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering, Agri- CULTURE, AND LaW, THE LIBRARY SCHOOL, AND THE SCHOOL OF MuSIC) ABBREVIATIONS A AE Agr BLA CE Cer CerE Ch ChE EE HSAgr HSLAS L Courses Architecture LA Architectural Engineering Lb Agriculture Md Business, Liberal Arts and ME Sciences MnE Civil Engineering MSE Ceramics Ceramic Engineering Mus Chemistry RCE Chemical Engineering REE Electrical Engineering RME Household Science, Agri- culture S Household Science, Liberal SS Arts and Sciences Law- Literature and Arts Library Science Medical Preparatory Mechanical Engineering Mining Engineering Municipal and Sanitary Engineering Music Railway Civil Engi^neering Railway Electrical Engineering Railway Mechanical Engineer- ing Science Summer Session NAME Aagaard, Arthur Hildeman Abbott, Louis Asa Abney, Bertram Abrahamsen, Fred Acer, Donald Winchester Acer, Katharine Edith Acer, Victor Adna Ackerson, Esther Mae Adams, Albert Clark Adams, Allan Madison Adams, Eugene Franklin Adams, Pauline Hopkins Adams, William Calvin Adler, Leon Agg, Rachel, Ph.B., (Penn lege) 1911 Agg, Sarah Agnew, Beulah Irene Amsworth, Harry Francis Ainsworth, Harry Gregory /Xjnsworth, William Howar< Alband, Laura Anna Albaugh, Hazen Lowell AJbee, Chester Leon Albert, Harry D Albin, Harold Cornelius Albrecht, Daniel Arthur Albrecht, William Albert, A.B., 1911 Albright, Joseph Clarence Albright, Raymond Bean Alden, John Leslie Aleshire, Sarah Louise Alexander, Grace Elizabeth Alexander, John Alva Allan, Robert Howard Allen, Alice Alexandria Col- course ME Agr Agr LA BLA HSLAS Agr HSLAS EE Agr AE LA sp Ch ChE Lb HSAgr LA Agr Agr Agr HSLAS LA Agr L SS S *CREDIT HOURS 110 I02i J03 100 37 121 22 104 4 5ol 94 62 6Sh i/^l Agr (55) ME LA 100 ME 102 HSAgr i)7 SS /5i 55 io6\ Agr HSLAS iSS) 6o RESIDENCE Chicago Morrison Harrisburg Chicago Medina, N. F. Medina, N. Y. Medina, N. Y. West field, Ind. Chicago Rockville, Ind. Ashland, Nebr. Grand Rapids, Mich. Watseka St. Louis, Mo. Champaign Champaign Villa Grove Greensburg, Ind. Mason City Mason City Streator Oak Park Pekin Mansfield IVashington, D. C. Champaign Champaign Rossville Minier Kalamazoo, Mich. Chicago Chicago Amorita, Okla. Winchester Urbana ^Computed October 1, 1913 Undergraduate Students 519 Allen, Edith Allen, Ernest Victor Allen, Harriet Horton Allen, Hester Ada Allen, Joe Graham Allen, Lucy Elizabeth Allen, Otho William Allen, Paul Glen Allen, Ruben C Allhands, Cash Lyle Allison, Tay Malcom Allison, 'Ruth. Elizabeth Allison, Worth Arthur Allyn, Albert Merrell Allyti, Hester Anne Almond, Harry Havens Altpeter, Waller George Alverson, Verna May Alvord, Genevieve Raymond Alvord, Mrs. Idress Head Alv.'ood. Clyde Gobel Alyea, Norma Jenness Alyea, Melville Carlyle Alyea, Thomas Ellwood Amborn, Louise Ambrose, Arthur Samuel Ambruster, John Rea Ames, Albert Carder Ames, Waldo Boynton Amos, Douglas Jacques Amsbary, Harlow Aydelott Amsbary, Paul Donald Anderle, Emil Joseph Anderson, Andrew John Albert Anderson, Benjamin Franklin Anderson, Charles Wesley Anderson, Clarence Joseph Anderson, Clarence Scott Anderson, Irving Anderson, John Henning Anderson, Joshua Clayton Anderson, Olive Matilda Anderson, Owen Huntington Anderson, Rena Anderson, Roy William Anderson, Walker Whitcomb Anderson, Walter Si^rfried Anderson, William French Ando, Ikutaro Andresen, Hans Henry Louis Andrews, Chauncey Bliss Andrews, Harry Lee Andrews, John Asa Andrews, Nellie Eulalie Andrews, Roscoe Cram Andrews, Sybil Elizabeth Angarola, Michael Louis Anschicks, David Paul Anthony, Charles Becht Anthony, Elizabeth Virginia Apple, Charles Henry Applegate, Albert An^elo Applegate, Ruth Pauhne Applegram, Clarence Oliver Arber, Frederick Verne Arbuckle, Leon Archambeault, Geraldine Muriel Arends, Annis Lilian Arends, Arthur Arias. Fenelon 55 2\ MnE (SS) 65 HSAgr HSAgr Agr HSAgr 39 LA 73 LA 66 Agr ^^i Agr M Agr 29 LA 57 Agr 46 AE 66 HSLAS LA 20 ME 79 LA LA 31 LA LA S Agr 59 LA 83i BLA 31 Agr iSS) 97 Agr Agr 3S BLA Agr 32 ME (SS) J08 A 32 Cer 107 CE 109 L 32 Cer BLA 74l Agr 108 MSE no CE io6i Agr (SS) 66i HSAgr ME 29 HSLAS 98 Agr 31 A 72 CE 106% Agr 66^ BLA 60 A 100 i¥ 105 5i Agr 62 HSAgr sp LA 35 SS 8 CE 79h Agr A 112 Mas CE 1^3 LA (SS) no HSLAS 30 Agr LA 26 Agr 28 HSAgr HSLAS (SS) 3 Agr CE sp Delavan Pana Delavan Delavan Washington, Ind. Delavan Clinton Chicago Montfort, Wis. Watseka Downer's Grove Kirkland Charleston Grants Pass, Oregon Modesto Anderson, Ind. Chicago Urbayia Urbana Palmyra, Mo. Clinton Earlville Earlville Earlville Ft. Madison, Iowa Downer's Grove Chicago Riverside Oak Park Cairo Champaign Urbana Chicago Chicago Charleston Dixon Princeton Polo Galesburg Rock Island Williamsport, Ind. Chicago De Kalb Polo Oregon Holder Rock Island Lake Forest Kagawaken, Japan Chicago Chicago Washburn Walnut Hebron Mattoon Hebron Chicago Champaign Chicago Elmhurst Peoria Atlanta Atlanta Chicago Brimtield Brocton Peshtigo, Wis. Greenup Meh'in Salta Salta. Argentina 520 University of Illinois Armington, Dorothy Maude Armistead, Ambrose Harvey Lindsay Armour, Phillips F Armstrong, Clifford Oakley Armstrong, Delia Estelle Armstrong, John Harold Armstrong, Lennox Francois Armstrong, Walter Clark Arndt, John August Arnold, Howard Clinton Arnold, Howard Shaver Asada, Toichi James Asai, Seiji Aschcrman, Vade Earl Ash, James Landreth Ashbeck, William Louis Ashburn, Clarence Marcellus Ashley, Laurin S Ashman, Oscar Harold Atherton, Elmer Atkin, MilHcent Atkins, Bessie May Atkins, Edward Laurence Attebery, Homer Franklin Atwater, Allen Russell Auer, Lucile Augustus, Earl Ktrkwood Augustus, Lelah Marie Augustus, Ralph Edgar Austin, Barton Slade Austin, Harold Emery Auten, John Thompson Avery, Guy Thomas Avery, John Madison Avison, Clayton Coleridge Axelson, Alice Grace Axline, Edward Springer Ayer, Thomas Parker, A.B. (Brown University) 1909 Ayers, Lester George Ayres, Edward Burge Babbitt, Eleanor Babcock, Basil Philip Tiabcock, Dan Babcock, Frank Roy Babcock, Jennie May Bacher, Eugene Denby Bacher, Holland Robert Bade, Charles Henry Baechlor, Matilda May Baechtold, Elsie Louise, A.B. (Grinnell College) 1911 Bagusin, Alexis Matthew Bailey, John Willard Bailey, LaForce Bailey, Linus McCowan Bailie, Robert Mills Baines, Alice Elizabeth Bair, William Harry, B.S. (Ohio Northern Univ.) 1908 Baird, Helen Baker, Alfred Michael Mark, Jr. Baker, Amelia West Baker, Gerald Clifford Baker, Harry James Baker, Helen White Baker, Mrs. Lena, A.B. {Mis- souri Wesleyan Coll.) 1898 LA Agr sp BLA Md HSLAS Agr ME IV Cer Agr EE BLA EE LA AE S ss AE Agr SS SS Agr Agr Cer Mus Agr (55) HSAgr {SS) Agr Agr ME Agr ME 5 {SS) A 5 {SS) BLA Lb BLA ME HSAgr ME AE B